2002/03 Calendar
COLLEGE OFNew Caledonia
PRINCE GEORGE British Columbia THE FINE PRINT
DISCLAIMER All fees and charges were under review at the time of publication and may change at any time throughout the year.
DECLARATION OF WAIVER The information presented in this Calendar is accurate as of January 31, 2002. The College reserves the right to implement changes as required, including the cancellation or adjustment of programmes and courses, changes in organizational structure, regulations, services, and fees. The College expressly denies responsibility or liability to any person or persons who may suffer loss or may be otherwise adversely affected by any modification to the information herein.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS Published by the Public Relations and Student Information Department, College of New Caledonia.
The assistance of all staff, faculty, and administration in the preparation of this Calendar is gratefully acknowledged.
Calendar design and layout by Jordan Bacon, Media Services, College of New Caledonia.
PHOTO CREDITS Front cover photograph of College of New Caledonia Prince George Campus. All photo- graphs by Stuart Berry and “Book” Buksa, Media Services, College of New Caledonia. CONTENTS
WELCOME TO CNC 3 Message from the President 3 The College Board 3 Mission Statement 3 Introduction to CNC 4 Coat of Arms 4 Campus Profiles 4 Community and Continuing Education 6 Co-operative Education 7 Distributed Learning Initiatives 8 Student Election Information for Education Council and the College Board 8 College Programmes 9
ACADEMIC SCHEDULE 11
ADMISSIONS, REGISTRATION AND RECORDS 15
FEE INFORMATION 27
FINANCIAL AID AND STUDENT AWARDS 31
APPEALS, COMPLAINTS & DISCIPLINE 35
REGULATIONS 39
SERVICES AND FACILITIES 40 2 / Welcome to CNC
PROGRAMMES Business and Management Studies 46 College Foundations Programmes 69 Health Sciences Programmes 77 Social Services Programmes 97 Technology Programmes 104 Trades Programmes 131 University Credit Programmes 139
COLLEGE STAFF 162
CO-OPERATIVE EDUCATION WORK TERM SCHEDULES 169
GLOSSARY 172
APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION / RE-ADMISSION 174
TWO-YEAR CALENDAR 177
PRINCE GEORGE CAMPUS MAP 178
INDEX 179
TELEPHONE DIRECTORY 182 3 Welcome TO CNC
At the College of New Caledonia we believe in students and their success. All of us at CNC— instructors, operational and administrative staff—welcome you and look forward to working with you. We focus on quality instruction and on services that support our students such as Counselling and the First Nations Centre. Our programmes continue to receive high ratings on provincial student outcomes surveys, and we’re proud of that. We are committed to responding to the changing needs of our communities with programmes such as the Northern Collaborative Baccalaureate Nursing Programme, the Northern Outdoor Recreation and Ecotourism Programme, and most recently the Practical Nursing Programme. Students attending CNC come from every part of the globe. Our commitment to the growth of our International Education Department reflects CNC’s connection with and role in the global economy. Welcome to CNC!
Dr. Terence A. Weninger President
THE COLLEGE BOARD Murry Krause, Chair Andrew Yellowback, Prince George Mary Jarbek, Vice-Chair, Prince George Fran Miller, Faculty Representative Steve Reynolds, Vice-Chair, Regions Christine Jackson, Support Staff Representative Amy Bartlett, McBride Kim Doerksen, Student Representative Maggie Bello, Quesnel Dawn O’Donald, Student Representative Surinder Bhatti, Prince George Rindy Crampton, Education Council Chair Allan Leier, Prince George Marlene Madill, Administration Representative Joyce Upex, Vanderhoof Terence A. Weninger, President
MISSION STATEMENT The College of New Caledonia, as a comprehensive community college, provides access to life- long learning and facilitates the achievement of personal and educational goals. We are respon- sive to the diverse needs of our students, our employees, and the communities in our region. In a dynamic, consultative environment, we deliver quality programmes and promote the success of every student. 4 / Welcome to CNC
George, where the College was first estab- CAMPUS PROFILES INTRODUCTION lished. On the “Y” are five Cross Crosslets, taken from the Coat of Arms of Simon Fraser— TO CNC the explorer who gave the region its early The College of New Caledonia has been an name of New Caledonia, later adopted by the institution of “first choice” for students of BC’s College. The number Five honours the origi- Central Interior since 1969. As one of 22 nal School Districts which helped to establish community colleges in the province, CNC the College and also represents the five main consists of five campuses, serving a region campuses of the College today. At the top of spanning 117,500 square kilometers with a the Shield is an Open Book, a traditional population of approximately 145,000. symbol of learning. The past 30 years have seen the College grow Crest (above the shield) from a fledgling institution housed in a A closed Helmet means the wearer is “ready portable building adjacent to Prince George for battle.” Above the Helmet is a gold Secondary School, to a larger, modern facility Coronet or crown, a link to the royally- with campuses in Prince George, Burns Lake, named City of Prince George. The Coronet is Mackenzie, Quesnel, and Vanderhoof. rimmed with Pine Cones, representing the Dedicated to the pursuit of excellence in edu- forests of the region. At the top is a Beaver, PRINCE GEORGE cation, and to the provision of an intellectually an animal associated with diligence and in an The Prince George Campus expansion official- challenging environment, CNC offers a wide historical context, symbolic of the early fur ly opened to students in September 1997. The range of university credit, technical, vocational, trade of the region and its native heritage. new look has received great feedback from and general interest programmes. Educational students, staff, and community users. opportunities are further enhanced with the Supporters operation of CNC’s Co-operative Education On either side of the Shield are Supporters, Programme. chosen from animals indigenous to the region. On the left is a Bear wearing a blue collar and pendant disc on which is displayed a Pair of Dividers, representing Design and COAT OF ARMS Technical Studies. On the right is a Fox, wear- ing a disc on which is displayed a Lamp of Learning.
College Colours Blue (“loyalty and achievement”) and Gold The Prince George Campus offers the full (“prosperity”). range of College programmes. For further information, contact: Motto Office of Admissions, Registration “Toujours la Vérité” (The Truth Always). and Records The motto is in French, in recognition of the College of New Caledonia bilingual nature of our country. 3330 – 22nd Avenue Prince George, BC V2N 1P8 Badge and Flag Canada Both the Badge and Flag Telephone: (250) 562-2131 have a Cross Crosslet, 1-800-371-8111 taken from the Shield. The Fax: (250) 561-5861 The College received its Coat of Arms in an Cross Crosslet is surrounded E-mail: [email protected] historic joint ceremony with the City of Prince by a golden sun or Website: www.cnc.bc.ca George in 1996. Sun in Splendour. This represents the LAKES DISTRICT Coats of Arms are grants of honour from the light of learning. It Crown. Symbols used in the design represent also associates the The Lakes District Campus, established in unique features of the College and its region. College with the Province of British Columbia, 1976, is centred in Burns Lake and serves a Elements from an earlier College “crest” form which has a Sun in Splendour on its Coat of large geographical area of approximately an important part of this new design. Arms. 30,000 km and a population of 7,000. Programmes and courses are offered through- Shield of Arms out the region from Fort Babine in the extreme The “Y” in the Shield represents the confluence northwest section to the boundary of of the Fraser and Nechako Rivers at Prince Tweedsmuir Park in the south. In addition to Welcome to CNC / 5
MACKENZIE Mackenzie Campus partners training with the community and with industry. The Mackenzie Campus of the College of New Caledonia serves the academic and training Community needs are assessed when determin- needs of a population of approximately 5,500 ing further programme offerings at the and provides educational opportunities in Mackenzie Campus. English Language Services Mackenzie and surrounding areas. The commu- for Adults, Fast Track Employment, Forest Rec- nity services the largest timber supply area in reation/Silviculture Entrepreneur Training, Social the province and the forest industry serves as Service Worker, and Teaching Assistant pro- the primary economic catalyst for the region. grammes are currently offered at the Mackenzie campus and in Kwadacha First Nation. Burns Lake, there are offices in Granisle, Topley, The campus in Mackenzie consists of the sec- and the area south of Francois Lake (Southside). ond floor of the Evergreen Mall and includes In addition, Mackenzie Campus hosts the seven classrooms of varying sizes, including Community Networking Centre, an employ- Recognized for its student-centred approach, an 850 square foot seminar room available to ment assistance service for both unemployed offerings at this campus include Applied community groups. The Mackenzie Campus individuals and employers. Human Resources Business Technology (ABT), Business provides community access to four computer Development Canada and the Ministry of Management, College and Career Preparation, labs equipped with current software and high- Human Resources jointly sponsor this service. Focus, Social Services programmes, and speed Internet access. Advisors assist and support clients in achiev- University Credit. The campus also designs ing their personalized employment and educa- and delivers programmes in conjunction with To encourage further learning opportunities, tional goals. To ensure client success, the cen- First Nations organizations, community agen- the Mackenzie campus works in cooperation tre is well equipped with computers and cies and groups, industries, and businesses to with local industry to provide a variety of Internet access, extensive job search and meet the educational and training needs of the training and professional services on site— career decision- Lakes District. There are over 5,000 course whether in the mills or in remote forestry making tools, as well as a job board that is registrations annually in various programme camps. In addition, the campus collaborates updated daily. Services are free and confidential. areas. The campus is housed in a large, reno- with the local First Nations of Kwadacha, Tsay vated facility with a daycare for students, staff, Keh, and McLeod Lake to ensure access to The strength of the Mackenzie Campus is in and members of the community. relevant educational opportunities. our ability to develop and deliver programmes to specific target audiences while focusing on the needs of our community of learners. Lakes District Programme Profile For further information, please contact: • Applied Business Technology (ABT) • College and Career Preparation College of New Caledonia Mackenzie Campus • Early Intervention Services 540 Mackenzie Boulevard • Family Centre/Parenting Skills/Family PO Box 2110 Issues Mackenzie, BC V0J 2C0 Canada • FAS/FAE Prevention/Intervention/ Telephone: (250) 997-7200 The Mackenzie Campus has two full-time pro- Employment Training Fax: (250) 997-3779 grammes. Applied Business Technology (ABT) E-mail: [email protected] • Full-Time Vocational/Trades/Career trains people on automated office systems for Programmes employment in today’s business, government, NECHAKO • Job Readiness/Supported Work Placement and industry offices. Learners receive compre- hensive training, enabling them to successfully CNC Nechako serves 12 communities of vary- • Social Services programmes compete for a variety of office positions. ing size in an area extending from Takla • University Credit The College and Career Preparation (CCP) Landing to the north, Stoney Creek to the • Vocational courses programme is for people wishing to upgrade south, Bednesti to the east, and Endako to the west. CNC Nechako has two office loca- For further information, contact: math, English, and computer skills. CCP pre- pares learners to enter a variety of employ- tions: Vanderhoof (100 km from Prince College of New Caledonia ment and academic programmes at the post- George) and Fort St. James (164 km from Lakes District Campus secondary level. To best meet the needs of Prince George). 545 Highway 16 learners, flexible intake, self-paced learning, Box 5000 and instructor-facilitated classes are available Burns Lake, BC VOJ 1E0 during the day and in the evening. Canada Telephone: (250) 692-1700 As well, the Mackenzie Campus offers a vari- Fax: (250) 692-1750 ety of part-time business management, univer- sity transfer, vocational, and general interest courses in response to community requests. To meet community needs and trends, the 6 / Welcome to CNC
One of the ways people try to come to terms Nazko/Kluskus, and Alexandria communities. COMMUNITY & with their changing worlds is to “go back to The campus is located in the Rigsby Building in school.” Education is the most common tool downtown Quesnel, and CNC shares facilities CONTINUING sought by people and communities wanting to and partners in programme offerings with the achieve a measure of control over their envi- University of Northern British Columbia to serve EDUCATION ronment. The challenge before CNC Nechako this region. The campus includes 12 classrooms • Community Education is to assist people and communities to imag- (including three computer labs and a science ine what is possible and articulate their educa- lab) as well as a library and student service • Continuing Education tional needs in light of their visions for the facilities and administrative and staff offices. • First Nations Education Support Services future. CNC Nechako’s mandate is to provide The Quesnel Campus offers several full-time educational opportunities that enable people • Canoe Robson Education Development programmes on a regular basis and other full- to upgrade existing skills, catch up on new Association and part-time programmes on a special fund- technology, begin new careers, start new busi- ed or cost recovery basis. Annually offered • Parternships and Projects nesses, and thereby take a place in the world. full-time programmes include: CNC Vanderhoof, on Hospital Road, is housed • College and Career Preparation COMMUNITY EDUCATION in a large, comfortable building which over- looks the community of Vanderhoof and the • Job Education Training (JET) The College works with government and spectacular Nechako River. The facility affords community partners to provide a number of many classrooms, a resource centre, adminis- • Social Service Worker Certificate transitional and employment-oriented training services to specific student groups, including tration offices, and the Nechako Career Centre. • University Credit: Arts and Sciences A satellite CNC office with a small computer people who are unemployed. These services lab is located at 366 Stuart Drive in Fort St. The College and Career Preparation Depart- include career vocational assessment and deci- James. ment at the Quesnel Campus offers a full sion-making programmes, access and support range of adult basic education courses leading services for students entering CNC, skills In response to community needs, CNC to certificate and diploma levels. The campus specific training in fields such as forestry, Nechako designs and delivers a variety of also has a Centre for Student Success and security, and hospitality, as well as longer- specialized programmes. These programmes, associated services as well as the Volunteer term career skills and upgrading programmes. in addition to our regularly offered Applied Adult Literacy Tutor programme. The Social Business Technology programme, may include Service Worker Programme trains paraprofes- CONTINUING EDUCATION Early Childhood Education, Forest Technology, sionals to work in a wide range of community Forestry Preparation, and Home Support/ and social services agencies. University Credit The Continuing Education Department delivers Resident Care. In response to the time con- courses are offered toward an Associate of public courses on a regular basis in addition straints of adult learners, a wide variety of Arts degree in close collaboration with UNBC to working with industry and professional part-time and/or short-term courses are avail- course offerings in the region. groups on custom training. Detailed calen- able with weekend and evening instruction dars are published in September for and include credit, vocational, general interest, A broad range of student services are avail- fall courses and in January for winter/ and direct purchase courses. able at the Quesnel Campus. These include spring sessions. To receive a calendar counselling and academic advising services, or request specific course details call For further information, contact: a Learning Assistance Instructor, disability (250) 561-5801 or check our website at College of New Caledonia—Nechako services, and several other support services. www.cnc.bc.ca/ce/ RR #2 Part-time credit and non-credit courses are The department can assist employers, Vanderhoof, BC V0J 3A0 also offered in Quesnel and are developed employee groups, and professional associa- Canada and/or scheduled depending upon community tions in conducting needs assessments and Telephone: (250) 567-3200 demand. CNC Quesnel’s community program- developing customized educational and train- Fax: (250) 567-3217 ming department may be contacted for further ing programmes. In addition to delivery of E-mail: [email protected] information on courses and programmes in programmes, specific resources and facilities computer skills, health sciences, management, may be coordinated to facilitate specific QUESNEL trades, and other areas. needs. For further information please call The Quesnel Campus of the College of New For more specific information on programmes, (250) 561-5801 or check our website at Caledonia serves a population of approximately courses, services, and schedules at the www.cnc.bc.ca/ce/ 25,000 in the Quesnel, Wells/Barkerville, Quesnel Campus, request a copy of the CNC Quesnel calendar or contact: PROJECTS AND PARTNERSHIPS College of New Caledonia The Community & Continuing Education Quesnel Campus Division works with community partners and 488 McLean Street the College’s academic divisions to identify Quesnel, BC V2J 2P2 and address emerging educational needs. Canada Whether it’s assisting with the development Telephone: (250) 991-7500 of an entrepreneurial incubator concept, the Fax: (250) 991-7502 start-up of the Northern Outdoor Recreation Welcome to CNC / 7 and Ecotourism Certificate Programme in oriented, paid work experience. A student who Co-operative Education programme staff. Valemount, undertaking labour market graduates from a co-operative education pro- Students must apply for the Co-operative research on e-commerce, or conducting work- gramme is much better prepared to enter the Education Option and must be hired by a par- place skills assessments, the Division is work force, benefiting from career-related ticipating employer. Students registered in a involved. If you’re interested in a partnership experience, employment contacts, and Co-operative Education programme include the with the College or require assistance in get- references. following work terms in their programmes: ting your educational project moving, call Co-operative Education offers four options for • Co-op 150 (250) 561-5846. students to complete the number of work First work term—all Co-op programmes terms required by the various programmes. FIRST NATIONS EDUCATION • Co-op 250 SUPPORT SERVICES 1. Co-op programmes must have a mini- Second work term—all Co-op programmes mum of three academic terms resulting in the except GIS CNC works closely with its Aboriginal partners length of each academic term and each work throughout the region. Through the First term being approximately equal in weeks. • Co-op 298 Nations Education Support Services office and Third work term—Technologies and drop-in centre, students can receive informa- 2. Co-op internship programmes must Business place the work term portion of the programme tion on entering college, choosing career • Co-op 299 paths, and accessing funding to attend school. after completion of 50 percent of the academic portion of the programme. Co-op internship Fourth work term—Optional and as They can provide and receive peer tutoring scheduled and academic support to be successful, coun- programmes, with a work term longer than selling and peer support, and participate in four months, must be monitored within the Work terms typically consist of 13 to 16 cultural and academic activities. FNESS staff first four months and at least once subsequent weeks of full-time employment. The number also provide a cultural link for other CNC to the initial four months. of work terms varies depending on the instructors and programmes integrating 3. Co-op international programmes programme of study. Refer to Co-operative First Nations studies and learning into their must provide a minimum of eight months and Work Term Schedules in this Calendar for an classes. FNESS is a joint initiative of the no more than 12 months of work term experi- outline of each programme. College and the Carrier Sekani Tribal Council. ence while simultaneously completing the The Co-operative Education office is staffed on CNC also works with CSTC, the Prince George equivalent of a full-time academic term. a year-round basis to offer assistance to stu- Native Friendship Centre, and other Aboriginal 4. Co-op parallel programmes must dents participating in the programme. organizations to develop and deliver appropri- provide for year-round work experience; and Employment skills courses are offered to pre- ate transition and support programmes and the parallel work/academic term must not pare students for their work placements. support services for Aboriginal people attend- exceed eight months, which would be equiva- Seminars in résumé preparation, interviews, ing the College. lent to a typical full-time work and academic and job search techniques are also provided. term. The concurrent work term must be THE CANOE ROBSON REGION 15–20 hours a week. Students must be TRANSFERABLE WORK TERMS CNC works closely with the Valemount visited each three- to four-month period. Co-operative education work terms successful- Learning Centre and CREDA in McBride to pro- Currently, the following programmes offer stu- ly completed at a British Columbia post- vide a variety of education and development dents the opportunity to integrate work experi- secondary institution will be eligible for services in those communities. For information ence with their academic studies: transfer credit if they meet the following contact either of those agencies, or Community requirements: & Continuing Education at (250) 561-5846. • Accounting and Finance Diploma • Automotive Service Programme Certificate a) the student must be accepted into the College of New Caledonia Co-op programme; • Computer Information Systems Diploma b) the programme in which the work • Electronics Engineering Technology CO-OPERATIVE term(s) was undertaken is provincially Diploma EDUCATION approved under the Co-operative Education • Engineering Design Technology Diploma Fund of British Columbia; STATEMENT OF • Forest Resource Technology Diploma c) the work term is officially recognized, PURPOSE i.e., noted on the transcripts, by the institution • Geographic Information Systems Advanced where the work term originated; The purpose of the Diploma Co-operative Education department is to d) the work term(s) was granted for expe- • Hospitality Administration Diploma deliver quality service to students, employers, rience in the same discipline into which the and the community by delivering programmes • Marketing/Management Diploma student is transferring. that prepare and assist students for transition Regardless of the number of work terms to their career. • Writing and New Media Technologies Diploma accepted, students will be required to com- Co-operative Education integrates academic plete at least 50% of the required work terms and on-campus programmes with career All work placement opportunities are subject in the new programme into which they are to College approval and are monitored by the 8 / Welcome to CNC transferring. Acceptance into a co-op pro- STUDENT ELECTION 2. Eligibility to Vote and Serve gramme at one institution does not guarantee acceptance in the College of New Caledonia’s INFORMATION FOR c) Students—In order to be eligible to vote Co-op programme. Application for transfer of and serve on the College Board or Education work terms must be made to Co-operative EDUCATION COUNCIL Council, a student must be registered and in good standing in a course or programme Education prior to undertaking any additional AND THE COLLEGE work terms at the College of New Caledonia. (excluding CE or contract courses or pro- BOARD grammes) at the time of the election. The following information is taken from the 3. Nominations DISTRIBUTED College of New Caledonia Education Council Handbook. a) Number of Nominations LEARNING iii) Students—all nominations of candi- “Rules for the election are intended to be in dates for membership on the College Board or INITIATIVES accordance with the College and Institute Education Council shall be signed by not less Act amended by Bill 22. Access to all students is an important part of than five (5) students entitled to vote in the the CNC mandate. Distributed learning pro- The rules and regulations shall guide elections particular election along with the name and vides options to support this, including online to fill vacancies in the following positions: signature of the candidate. courses and correspondence. Educational tech- • Board: One faculty—three-year term, one c) Nomination Paper—All nomination forms nologies such as Web CT support both class- support staff—three-year term, two students— must be submitted to the Registrar’s office room and distance learning by taking learning one-year term within the time nominations are open. The beyond the fixed time and place of classroom signature of the candidate will indicate an walls. Interaction between students and • Education Council: Ten faculty—two-year intention to stand for election, as well as indi- instructors can occur in real-time, such as on term, two support staff—two-year term, four cating ability and intent to fulfil the term. the telephone or by computer conferencing, or students—one-year term delayed time through the use of e-mail and d) Election to College Board the Internet. This means that more and more 1. Election—Dates and Notice iii) Students—Two students shall be elect- courses are available to learners in their home ed at large by all eligible students. community, supported by College and commu- a) Students nity resources. Election Dates—Normally, elections to the Meeting Dates College Board and Education Council shall be The Distributed Learning logo beside course conducted in the Fall term. Education Council meetings are held monthly descriptions indicates in this Calendar that the from September to June on a Tuesday at 3:00 course may also be available for distance pm in the Board Room. College Board meet- learning. Contact the Distributed Learning ings are held monthly from September to Coordinator at (250) 562-2131, the CNC June.” campus nearest you, or www.cnc.bc.ca/dl for more information. Welcome to CNC / 9 College Programmes CAREER TECHNICAL VOCATIONAL
BUSINESS AND • Purchasing Management Association SOCIAL SERVICES • Society of Management Accountants of BC MANAGEMENT • Social Services Training: Developmental Disabilities STUDIES Social Service Worker COLLEGE Pre-UNBC BSW BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION FOUNDATIONS Teaching Assistant DIPLOMAS PROGRAMMES • Accounting and Finance* • Business Administration • Adult Special Education Programmes: • Computer Information Systems* TARGET / Job Education and Training TRADES • Hospitality Administration* • College and Career Preparation • Marketing and Management* • Culinary Arts ENTRY LEVEL PROGRAMMES • Management • Early Childhood Education • Automotive • English as a Second Language • Carpentry • General Education Development BUSINESS MANAGEMENT • Commercial Transport Mechanic • Volunteer Adult Literacy Tutoring CERTIFICATES • Electrical • Business Administration • Heavy Duty Mechanical Repair • Computer Information Systems • Millwright/Machinist • Financial Planning and Investment HEALTH SCIENCES • Hospitality Operations Certificate CERTIFICATE PROGRAMMES • Dental Assisting • Management Studies • Dental Hygiene • Automotive Service* • Northern Outdoor Recreation and • Home Support/Resident Care Attendant • Culinary Arts Programme Ecotourism Certificate • Northern Collaborative Baccalaureate • Power Engineering Nursing • Welding COMPUTERIZED • Practical Nursing BOOKKEEPING CERTIFICATE PROVINCIAL APPRENTICESHIP PROGRAMMES APPLIED BUSINESS TECHNOLOGY TECHNOLOGIES • Automotive Mechanical Repair • Carpentry • Computer/Network Electronics Technician • Administrative Assistant • Electrical • Drafting Technician • Legal Secretary • Heavy Duty Mechanics • Electronics Engineering Technology* • Millwright • Electronics Technician Common Core COURSES FOR PROFESSIONAL • Welding CERTIFICATION • Engineering Design Technology* • Forest Resource Technology* • Canadian Institute of Bookkeeping • Geographic Information Systems • Canadian Securities Institute Technology* • Certified General Accountants of BC • Wood Processing and Engineering • Institute of Canadian Bankers Technology • Institute of Chartered Accountants of BC • Wood Processing Technician *Denotes availability of • Institute of Traffic and Transportation • Writing and New Media Technologies* Co-operative Education programmes 10 / Welcome to CNC College Programmes UNIVERSITY CREDIT CAREER PATHS
ARTS AND • Computer Science SCIENCE • Finance SOCIAL SCIENCES • Industrial Administration • Astronomy • Geography • Industrial Relations Management • Biochemistry • Mathematics • Anthropology • Industrial Relations • Marketing • Biology • Microbiology • Criminology • Mathematics • Transportation and Utilities • Biophysics • Oceanography • Economics • Philosophy • Urban Land Economics • Chemical Physics • Pharmacology • English • Psychology • Chemistry • Physics • First Nations • Social Services • Computer Science • Physiology Studies • Sociology • Forest Science • Wood Sciences • Geography • Women’s Studies AGRICULTURAL • History • Human Kinetics SCIENCE (Physical Education) • Agricultural Economics • Agricultural Mechanics • Animal Science APPLIED SCIENCE • Food Science • Plant Science • Bio-Resource Engineering • Poultry Science • Chemical Engineering • Soil Science • Civil Engineering • Design and Computer Aided Engineering • Electrical Engineering • Engineering Manufacturing and Business PROGRAMMES FOR Management ADMISSION TO • Environmental Engineering • Medical Laboratory Science PROFESSIONAL • Metallurgical Engineering • Mining and Mineral Process Engineering SCHOOLS • Ocean Engineering • Architecture • Law • Chiropractic • Medical Laboratory Medicine Technology • Criminology • Medicine COMMERCE AND • Dental Hygiene • Pharmaceutical BUSINESS • Dentistry Science • Education • Rehabilitation ADMINISTRATION • Engineering Medicine • Forestry • Social Work • Accounting and • Home Economics • Wood Products Management Information Systems • Human Kinetics Processing • Commerce and Economics (Physical Education) • Commerce and Law 11 Academic SCHEDULE
2002 SCHEDULE September 2 November 11 Labour Day Remembrance Day May 20 • College closed • College closed Victoria Day • College closed September 3 November 25–December 13 • General student orientation Clinical June 1 • Evening classes start • Practical Nursing Convocation September 4 December 3 June 28 Classes start Fall Awards Ceremony • Semester programmes (see October 31) Last day of classes • Career Technical Centre • Career Technical Centre December 4 • Dental programmes Last day of classes • Early Childhood Education • Semester programmes July 1 • Practical Nursing Canada Day • Nursing (Northern Collaborative • College closed Baccalaureate) December 5 • TARGET and JET First day of exams August 5 • Trades • Semester programmes BC Day • College closed October 14 December 6 Thanksgiving Day Last day of classes August 6 • College closed • Dental programmes • Developmental Disabilities Classes start • Culinary Arts Programme—Level I October 31 Late application date for limited enroll- December 9 August 19 ment programmes beginning in the First day of exams Spring term (January). Applications • Dental programmes Classes start received after this date will be processed • Developmental Disabilities as space permits. December 13 August 26 Last day of exams November 1 • Semester programmes Classes start Classes start • Dental programmes • Applied Business Technology • Culinary Arts Programme—Level II • Early Childhood Education • Forest Resource Technology (first year only) Late application date for University Last day of classes Transfer and Business Administration • Home Support/Resident Care Attendant August 28 programmes beginning in Spring term • TARGET and JET Classes start (January). Applications received after • College and Career Preparation this date will be processed as space • Home Support/Resident Care Attendant permits. 12 / Academic Schedule
December 16 January 31 April 14–May 2 Christmas break starts Classes end Practicum • Home Support/Resident Care Attendant • Career Technical Centre • Dental Assisting • Majority of programmes Application deadline for UT packages. April 17 December 20 February 3–7 Last day of classes Last day of exams • Semester programmes Exams start • Applied Business Technology • Dental Hygiene • Home Support/Resident Care Attendant • College and Career Preparation • Social Services Mid-February/early March December 23 April 18 & 21 Career Fair Christmas break starts Good Friday and Easter Monday • Non-teaching day (date to be determined) • Trades • College closed February 17 December 25 & 26 April 22 Study break starts (February 17–21) Christmas and Boxing Day Exams start • Semester programmes • College closed • Semester programmes • College and Career Preparation • Dental Hygiene • Dental programmes April 25 March 3 2003 SCHEDULE Last day of exams Study break starts (March 3–7) • Dental Hygiene • Early Childhood Education January 1 • Home Support/Resident Care Attendant New Year’s Day •JET April 28–May 30 • College closed Intersession NURS 220 March 3–April 11 January 2 Clinical April 30 Classes start • Practical Nursing Last day of exams • Practical Nursing • Semester programmes March 17 January 6 Study break (March 17–21) May 2 Classes start (break to coincide with School District 57) Last day of classes • Semester programmes • Applied Business Technology • Developmental Disabilities • Applied Business Technology • TARGET • Business: The Next Generation May 5 • College and Career Preparation March 31 • Culinary Arts Programme—Level III First day of exams • Dental Programmes Late application date for all programmes. • Home Support/Resident Care Attendant • Early Childhood Education Applications received after this date will be processed as space permits. • Home Support/Resident Care May 5–June 6 • Nursing (NCBNP) Intersession • TARGET and JET April 1 • Dental Assisting • Trades Spring Awards Ceremony • Dental Hygiene
January 13 April 4 May 9 Classes start Last day of classes Last day of classes • Developmental Disabilities • Dental Assisting • Applied Business Technology • College and Career Preparation January 27 April 7 • Culinary Arts Programme Classes start First day of exams • Northern Outdoor Recreation and • Dental Assisting May 16 Ecotourism Last day of classes and exams April 14–20 • Engineering Design Technology Study break • Practical Nursing Academic Schedule / 13
May 19 SEMESTER EXAMS Victoria Day • December 5–13, 2002 • College closed PROGRAMMES • Dental Hygiene and Dental Assisting: Note: All programme dates subject to December 9–13, 2002 May 30 change. Students should confirm entry Last day of classes date well in advance of proposed • Early Childhood Education registration. CHRISTMAS BREAK • Home Support/Resident Care Attendant • Business Administration • December 16, 2002–January 3, 2003 • TARGET and JET • Computerized Bookkeeping SPRING SEMESTER June 7 • Dental Studies • January 6, 2003–April 17, 2003 Convocation • Nursing—Northern Collaborative • Dental Assisting: Baccalaureate Programme June 9–26 January 3, 2003–April 4, 2003 • Practical Nursing Practicum • Practical Nursing: • Dental Assisting • Social Services January 2, 2003–April 11, 2003 • Technology Programmes June 23–July 25 EXAMS • University Transfer Clinical • April 22–30, 2003 • Practical Nursing ORIENTATION • Dental Hygiene: April 22–25, 2003 June 27 • September 3, 2002 Last day of classes • Dental Assisting: • Dental Assisting FALL SEMESTER April 7–11, 2003 • September 4–December 4, 2002 July 25–August 29 STUDY BREAK • First-year Forest Technology: Practicum • February 17–21, 2003 • Practical Nursing August 26, 2002 • Practical Nursing: April 14–20, 2003 14 / Academic Schedule
COLLEGE AND CAREER PREPARATION AND VOCATIONAL PROGRAMMES Start Christmas Study End Programme Intake Orientation Date Break Break Date
Applied Business Fall August 26/02 August 26/02 December 20/02– March 17–21/03 May 9/03 Technology January 3/03 **Automotive Fall #1 September 3/02 September 4/02 December 23/02– N/A January 31/03 Entry Level January 3/03 Training Spring #2 February 10/03 February 10/03 N/A N/A June 27/03 **Carpentry Fall #1 September 3/02 September 4/02 December 23/02– N/A February 7/03 Entry Level January 3/03 Training Spring #2 February 10/03 February 10/03 N/A N/A July 4/03
College and Fall August 28/02 August 28/02 December 20/02– N/A December 20/02 Career January 3/03 Preparation Spring January 6/03 January 6/03 N/A February 17–21/03 May 9/03 **Commercial Spring February 10/03 February 10/03 N/A N/A June 27/03 Transport Mechanic
Culinary Arts Fall August 6/02 August 6/02 December 16/02– N/A May 9/03 Programme January 3/03
Dental Fall September 3/02 September 4/02 December 16/02– February 17–21/03 June 27/03 Assisting January 3/03
Early Childhood Fall September 3/02 September 4/02 December 16/02– March 3–7/03 May 30/03 Education January 3/03 **Electrical Fall #1 September3/02 September 4/02 December 23/02– N/A January 31/03 Entry Level January 3/03 Training Spring #2 February 10/03 February 10/03 N/A N/A June 27/03 **Heavy Duty Entry Fall #1 September 3/02 September 4/02 December 23/02– N/A January 31/03 Level Training January 3/03
Home Support/ Fall September 3/02 August 28/02 December 16/02– March 3–7/03 May 30/03 Resident Care Attendant January 3/03
JET Fall September 3/02 September 4/02 December 16/02– March 3–7/03 May 30/03 January 3/03 *Millwright/ Fall #1 September 3/02 September 4/02 December 23/02– N/A February 14/03 Machinist January 3/03 Entry Level Spring #2 February 17/03 February 17/03 N/A N/A July 18/03
Power Fall September 3/02 September 4/02 December 23/02– N/A June 27/03 Engineering January 3/03
TARGET Fall September 3/02 September 4/02 December 16/02– March 17–21/03 May 30/03 January 3/03
Welding Fall September 3/02 September 4/02 December 23/02– N/A June 20/03 January 3/03
*Course may be changed to one 9-month programme. **Course may be changed to one 10-month programme. 15 Admissions, REGISTRATION & RECORDS
ADMISSION ments for Grade 12 or equivalent, but are sub- c) hold a valid Student Authorization ject to specific programme or course require- issued by Immigration Canada, proof of which REQUIREMENTS ments. To qualify for this admission status, must be submitted. Students applying under students must have completed English 045; this section are specifically referred to the sec- The College of New Caledonia, as a compre- Math 044 or 045; one of Chemistry 045, tions of this calendar dealing with Internation- hensive community college, provides access to Biology 045 or Physics 045; and one other al Students and International Student Fees. lifelong learning. course such as an additional science at the Eligibility for admission is based on satisfying 045 level, Computer Studies 045, or 3. Age Requirements citizenship, age, and academic requirements. Canadian Studies 045. Option also includes a In general, students must be at least 19 years Specific programme or course prerequisites language, science, social science, or computer- of age or turn 19 during their first year of must be met in addition to any general admis- ized science at the advanced level or higher; study. Specific programme requirements, such sion requirements. In cases where applicants d) students who have completed the as in the case of College and Career Prepara- may not meet the specific admission require- Senior Alternate Education (SAE) with English tion (formerly ABE), take precedence over the ments for a desired programme, the College 12 and who are 18 years and over meet gen- general age requirement. Persons under the offers a broad range of developmental pro- eral admission requirements for Grade 12 or age of 18 years can be admitted and are grammes which lead to the qualifications nec- equivalent, but are subject to specific pro- referred to the Special Admission section of essary for specific programme entry. gramme or course requirements. To qualify for this calendar. this admission status, students must have 1. General Admission completed English 11; English 12; Social 4. International Students Studies 11; one of Mathematics 11, Intro- In all cases, specific programme admission ductory Mathematics 11, Mathematics 11A, or The College of New Caledonia offers full-time requirements or course prerequisites take Applications of Mathematics 11; and one of programmes in English Language Training precedence over general admission require- Biology 11, Chemistry 11, Physics 11, Earth and access to other College programmes sub- ments and should be checked at the time of Science 11, or Science and Technology 11. ject to Canadian student enrollments. In addi- application. tion, English Language Training programmes At this time, Senior Alternate Education has While many programmes at the College do (designed for specific international institutions not been articulated for specific programme not require Grade 12 or equivalent, and stu- and areas of study), summer immersion pro- requirements admission. Students requesting dents are encouraged to examine specific pro- grammes, short-term English Language admission using Senior Alternate Education gramme or course requirements for more Training, and cultural education study tours must receive specific programme approval. information, the following qualifications are are also offered. Students from outside of generally accepted where Grade 12 or equiva- Canada planning to attend CNC should contact lent is listed as a requirement for admission: 2. Citizenship and Immigration the International Education Department at Requirements a) students who have graduated from a BC secondary school or have a BC Adult The College of New Caledonia accepts applica- Graduation Diploma; tions for admission from prospective students only if they: b) students who have completed the GED meet the general admission requirements for a) are citizens of Canada, or Grade 12 or equivalent, but are subject to spe- b) hold status granted by Employment cific programme or course requirements; and Immigration Canada as Permanent c) students who have completed the Residents (landed immigrants), proof of which Adult Basic Education (ABE) Advanced must be submitted, or Certificate meet general admission require- 16 / Admissions, Registration and Records
(250) 562-2131. The International Education Admissions Policy Services (ICES). Applicants who are 17 years Department also provides orientation pro- of age may be admitted to English Language All International Students at CNC must adhere grammes, and personal advising and assis- Training programmes of less than one semes- to the programme admissions requirements as tance to International Students. ter in length. outlined in this calendar. Policy on International Students All students must use the International Document Requirements Notwithstanding these benefits, both the Student Application Form which is available A valid Student Authorization is the only docu- provincial Ministry of Advanced Education and from the International Education Office or ment needed for entry into English Language the College of New Caledonia Board recognize Registrar’s Office. As enrollment is limited in Training. their primary responsibility is to the education all programmes, students are advised to apply Official (i.e., signed and sealed) transcripts for of British Columbians. Guidelines have been as early as possible. all secondary and/or post-secondary education established to ensure International Students Students must submit a completed application (issued within the past six months) must be benefit from the opportunity to study at CNC form and $100 (Cdn) non-refundable applica- submitted with an Application for Admission. without restricting education for BC residents. tion processing fee. Assuming that all docu- Current guidelines suggest the following: ments are in order, CNC will issue an admis- Applicants from outside Canada, or whose documents are not in English will be required • Colleges and institutes exist for the educa- sion letter which will allow the applicant to to provide a certified translation. tion of Canadian citizens and permanent apply for a Student Authorization through the residents. nearest Canadian Embassy or Immigration Transcripts and other original documents sub- Centre. mitted become the property of the College of • International Students will be accepted into New Caledonia and will be returned to the limited enrollment programmes if, by their Programmes of less than 90 days’ duration student only upon request and only at the acceptance, places are not denied to quali- do not require a student authorization time of submission. In this event, true copies fied Canadians and permanent residents, or although it is advisable to obtain an authoriza- of non-replaceable documents will be made by the College has added seats for Inter- tion for students who may wish to continue CNC and the original documents returned. national Students to specific programmes, on to the next semester. in addition to those regularly available for Application Deadlines Academic Requirements Canadians. September entry: March 31 To apply to English Language Training pro- • International Students admitted to the grammes, applicants must at minimum: College of New Caledonia must satisfy the January entry: July 31 English Language requirements of the pro- • Be 17 years of age or turn 17 during the gramme they have been admitted to as out- Immigration Requirement first semester at CNC if the programme is lined under the heading “Requirements.” less than six months in length; International Students must submit a valid The College of New Caledonia in-house Student Authorization issued by the nearest • Be 18 years of age or turn 18 during the assessment and a Test of English as a Canadian embassy or Canada Immigration first semester at CNC if the programme is Foreign Language (TOEFL) score results are Centre. more than six months in length; used to assess English skills. • Meet Canadian student authorization • International Students whose academic suc- Medical Insurance requirements. cess would be enhanced by further English International Students registering for a semes- study will be placed in an appropriate level ter or longer are required to provide proof of No TOEFL is required for English Language of English Language Training. health insurance coverage for the period of Training. • Programmes designed for International their study. The College administers an insur- To apply for all other programmes, applicants Students, which also create course oppor- ance plan which offers comprehensive cover- must at minimum: tunities for British Columbians, are age at a reasonable rate until such time as • Be 18 years of age or turn 18 during the encouraged. regular coverage is available. All International Students must enroll in the Medical Services first semester at CNC; • Costs of educating International Students Plan of British Columbia if studying in BC for • Have graduated from high school (or equiv- (including administrative, management, more than three months. The current premium alent of British Columbia Grade 12); and direct instructional costs) must be is approximately $125 (Cdn) for three months’ borne by the International Students, or their coverage. Please note these rates are • Have a minimum TOEFL score of 550 or sponsoring agency, on a cost-recovery subject to change. Both premiums are to be equivalent; basis. paid upon arrival at CNC. • Meet all programme admission require- Where possible, International Students will be Age Requirements ments; admitted based on these guidelines. If the College of New Caledonia is unable to provide Applicants must be at least 18 years of age or • Meet Canadian student authorization the educational opportunity requested, effort turn 18 during their first semester at CNC and requirements. will be made to recommend an alternate have completed the equivalent of British institution. Columbia Grade 12 as evaluated by CNC or the International Credential Evaluation Admissions, Registration and Records / 17
students. This registration period will be prior Refund Policy for to new International Students who are apply- International Students ing for access to regular programmes. The College’s tuition refund policy for Academic Standing International Students is as follows: International Students shall be subject to all • a 50% refund, if a student withdraws from academic and disciplinary policies at the the College prior to the commencement of College of New Caledonia. classes • a 25% refund, if a student withdraws from Tuition (subject to change) the College during the first or second week • English Language $3200/semester (Cdn) of classes Training $800/month (Cdn) • no refund after the second week of classes • Other programmes: Application Process • Student Activity Fees are not refundable. To a maximum of International Students should follow these 3 courses $640/course (Cdn) There is a $100 (Cdn) administrative fee on all steps when applying to the College of New refunds. Students who are unable to obtain a Caledonia: For enrollments of student authorization will be entitled to a full 4 to 5 courses $3200/semester (Cdn) refund minus any administrative fees. 1. Complete an International Student For enrollments of Application Form. more than 5 courses $640/course (Cdn) Accommodation 2. Enclose a $100 (Cdn) non-refundable • Trades $900/month (Cdn) Homestay: College of New Caledonia staff will application processing fee. find accommodation for students with hos- If a student’s status changes after the first day pitable families in the community. Average 3. Enclose a certified copy of all educational of classes in a semester (e.g., changes from costs, including room and meals, is approxi- documents in the original language, and a student authorization to landed immigrant), mately $500 (Cdn) per month. Alternately, stu- certified copy translated into English if apply- the change in tuition fees will occur the follow- dents may choose peerstay-living with a fami- ing for programme entry other than English ing semester. Students will be required to ly or individual who provides a bedroom and Language Training. show proof of the status change. use of kitchen facilities. With this arrange- 4. Arrange to have an original copy of the The College of New Caledonia reserves ment, the student does his/her own cooking. TOEFL results sent to the College of New the right to change fees without notice. Cost is approximately $450–$550 (Cdn) per Caledonia. month for accommodation and $200–$250 All fees must be paid a minimum of six weeks The address to apply is: (Cdn) for food. The College of New Caledonia prior to the first day of classes (new students) will not be responsible for arranging peer Education Testing Service or at the time of registration (continuing stay-living. Homestay programmes require an Code Control, 18-Q students). initial $125 (Cdn) non-refundable fee to cover Princeton, New Jersey homestay placement services. Additional Fees USA 08541 Off-Campus: From September to April, nearby International Students will also be levied Applicants must enter the code number on motels rent their units to students. A selection Student Association and other applicable fees the answer sheets when sitting for the exami- of apartment accommodation is also available in addition to tuition. International Students nation. (For tests previously taken, enter the in the community, but students must pursue are also responsible for such expenses as text- code on score Report Request Forms. Our this on their own. (Lists are available at the books, housing, food, and transportation costs institutional TOEFL number is 9053. CNC Student Association office.) as well as required medical insurance. 5. No TOEFL is required for English Dormitory: Dormitory accommodation with Language Training. single, twin, and pod rooms is available and costs between $335–$375 (Cdn) per month. 6. Enclose five passport-size photographs. Students must apply directly to the Student Continuing International Students Residence for dormitory accommodation on Continuing International Regular Programme students will register with domestic students International Students Scheduled Dates for all courses during the registration period designated for their particular programme. Semester Suggested Orientation Class Class Arrival Date Start Date End Date All Continuing English Language Training students applying for admission to a regular Summer 2002 May 10/02 May 15, 2002 May 21, 2002 August 15, 2002 programme will register at a designated time Fall 2002 August 21/02 August 28/02 September 3/02 December 20/02 scheduled subsequent to the registration period for continuing regular programme Spring 2003 December 27/02 January 2/03 January 6/03 May 9/03 18 / Admissions, Registration and Records their own. For further information please 5. Special Admission Note: The College of New Caledonia contact: reserves the right to limit admission to In addition to meeting General Admission those applicants who, in the opinion of Student Residence Inquiries requirements, many students may gain entry the College, possess the requisite capabil- College of New Caledonia to the College through other avenues: ities for success. 3330 – 22nd Avenue Prince George, BC V2N 1P8 a) students without Grade 12 who are Canada deficient by no more than two courses or eight Telephone: (250) 561-5849 credits for BC secondary school graduation, Fax: (250) 561-5816 but do have English 12, English 045, or APPLICATION equivalent may be admitted as having Grade Contracts for International 12 or equivalent, but are subject to specific PROCEDURES Student Groups programme or course requirements. 1. New Students Contracts for International Education pro- b) students who are at least 19 years of gramme services can be designed and negoti- age on the first day of the term for which a) Obtain an Application for Admission ated to meet the educational needs of specific admission is sought and have been out of the form by writing to or contacting: regular school system for at least one year groups of students. Tuition fees and other Office of Admissions, Registration may gain entry as Mature Students. Students financial arrangements are dependent on the and Records wishing to be considered for admission to nature of the programme. College of New Caledonia College programmes as a Mature Student 3330 – 22nd Avenue A co-ordinator is available to provide must consult with a CNC counsellor, or in the Prince George, BC V2N 1P8 International Students with assistance in pro- case of regional campuses, an appropriate Canada gramme planning, application and registra- counsellor, administrator, or instructor, before Telephone: (250) 562-2131 or tion, transportation, accommodation, medical submitting an application. Individual course (250) 561-5800 insurance, etc. prerequisites listed for the programme or Toll-free 1-800-371-8111 Individuals, agents, and governments or their course being applied for must be met or institutions are invited to submit their requests exempted by the appropriate department/ Application forms may also be obtained for educational services and inquiries to: programme. from the College’s website at www.cnc.bc.ca or at any of the College’s regional campuses. Coordinator of International Programmes c) students who are under 18 years of College of New Caledonia age may be granted special admission to a b) For programmes beginning September 3330 – 22nd Avenue programme or course upon the written recom- 2002, students may apply any time after Prince George, BC V2N 1P8 mendation of a College of New Caledonia September 15th. Submit the completed appli- Canada counsellor and upon the authorization of the cation as early as possible (seats are limited in Telephone: (250) 562-2131 specific programme Division Dean. Such stu- many programmes) along with the $15.00 Fax: (250) 561-5816 dents will generally have an outstanding aca- application fee and official secondary or post- demic record and will complete Grade 11 in secondary school transcripts. Secondary Further Information the year in which they are applying for admis- school students may initially submit an official sion. They will also require the authorization verification of Secondary School Subjects, and International Education of the appropriate secondary school principal subsequently complete their application by College of New Caledonia and will be admitted as Early Entry students. forwarding official transcripts as soon as they 3330 – 22nd Avenue The College of New Caledonia reserves the become available. Applicants are not officially Prince George, BC V2N 1P8 right to determine whether an under-aged accepted or placed on programme waiting lists Canada student will be permitted to register. until transcripts or secondary school status Telephone: (250) 562-2131 statements are received by the College. Fax: (250) 561-5856 d) students without specific programme Applications received before March 31st for Web site: www.cnc.bc.ca or course prerequisites may be granted per- Fall entry into limited enrollment programmes E-mail: [email protected] mission to enter a programme or course upon will receive priority processing. Applications the written recommendation of a College of received before March 31st for Fall entry into International Student applicants should apply New Caledonia counsellor and the instructor open enrollment programmes will receive pri- early to allow for reference verification, tran- with the signed authorization of the appropri- ority processing. script evaluation, and correspondence with ate Dean. immigration authorities. International Students c) Applications received after March 31st will be required to present a valid student visa e) a student wishing to be considered for for Fall entry into limited enrollment pro- with approval to attend a post-secondary admission to College programmes as a Home grammes are considered late. If the pro- institution in Canada for the duration of their Educated Student must consult with a CNC gramme applied for is oversubscribed at the studies and provide evidence of health insur- Counsellor, or in the case of regional cam- March 31st deadline, applications and appli- ance coverage for the duration of their studies. puses, an appropriate counsellor, administra- cation fees after that date will be returned to Applicants are cautioned that all applications tor, or instructor before submitting an applica- the applicant. and supporting documentation must be in tion. Individual course prerequisites listed for English or notarized translations to be the programme or course being applied for Limited enrollment programmes which considered. must be met. become oversubscribed after March 31st will Admissions, Registration and Records / 19 be deemed closed by Admissions. Applica- contact the Admissions office or the College of ADMISSION PROCEDURES tions and fees submitted after the programme New Caledonia Counselling Department. is closed will be returned to the applicant. After applications are finalized, eligible appli- b) Documents for Specific Programmes: cants will be processed for admission. For Applications received after March 31st for most programmes starting in the Fall, the Some programmes have specific document Fall entry into open enrollment programmes selection process normally begins May 1st for requirements and these should be checked at are considered late and will be processed sub- September intakes. (For additional information the time of application. ject to course availability. refer to specific programme descriptions.) d) Advise the admissions office of any 4. Change of Programme change of name, address, or telephone num- LIMITED ENROLLMENT ber. Unless requested otherwise, all correspon- As entry qualifications vary between pro- PROGRAMMES grammes, a student who wishes to change his dence will be sent to the applicant’s perma- For limited capacity College programmes, stu- nent home address. or her programme of studies must submit a new application along with a $15 application dents may be admitted on a selective basis. e) Applicants will be notified by mail of fee to the Office of the Registrar. This will Eligible applicants must meet specific educa- their admission to the College. Detailed regis- ensure that the student is adequately qualified, tional and general programme prerequisites tration information, including the date and is classified properly, and receives appropriate and are evaluated to assess their potential for time for registration, will be specified in the registration information and other materials. success in the programme. Applicants to over- Permission to Register letter. subscribed programmes will be accepted based on the Student Selection Procedures 5. Protection of Privacy and described below. 2. Former Students Access to Information Students returning without interruption to The College of New Caledonia gathers and REGISTRATION PROCEDURES their programme of study need not complete maintains information for the purposes of Applicants who have been accepted for admis- an application form. They will automatically admission, registration, and other fundamen- sion to the College must register on the date be issued a Permission to Register letter. tal activities related to being a member of the and at the time specified in the Permission to Students returning after an interruption of one College of New Caledonia community and Register Letter. Students are advised to select or more semesters or trimesters must com- attending a public post-secondary institution their courses in consultation with a College plete and submit an application along with in the province of British Columbia. In signing counsellor prior to the registration period. The $15 application fee as early as possible. an application for admission, all applicants are registration is complete once all fees have advised that both the information they provide been paid. Students who obtain sponsorship 3. Documents Required and any other information placed into the stu- from an outside agency must present written dent record will be protected and used in com- Applicants are required to submit the follow- confirmation of sponsorship prior to registra- pliance with the BC Freedom of Informa- ing documents with their applications. tion. tion and Privacy Protection Act (1992). a) Transcripts: See also Confidentiality of Student Records a) Late Registration: Students who do (Page 24). not register at the time specified in their notice Official transcripts for all secondary and/or of admission must register by the tenth post-secondary education or training must be instructional day following the beginning of submitted with the Application for Admission. 6. Personal Education Number classes. A late registration fee of $10.00 per Applicants from outside Canada, and Student personal information contained on the course (to a maximum of $50.00) will be whose documents are not in English, must application form will be used to verify your levied. Students with extenuating circum- provide a notarized translation. Personal Education Number (PEN) or assign stances are advised to contact the Registrar. one to you. The main uses of the PEN will be Applicants who are currently attending for measuring participation in post-secondary b) Change in Registration: Students secondary school may initially submit an offi- education and for student registration pur- wanting to modify their registered courses are cial verification of secondary school subjects at poses. As well, the PEN will be used for pro- advised to consult with a College counsellor. the midpoint of the final semester or term and gramme research and evaluation but any per- All course and section changes require College subsequently complete their application by sonal information disclosed for these purposes approval and will only be permitted during forwarding official transcripts as soon as they will be in non-identifiable form. These uses the ADD/DROP periods specified at the time become available. have been reviewed and approved by the of registration. Information and Privacy Commissioner. Applicants who have completed post- c) Identification Cards: Student identi- Students are required to supply this informa- secondary courses in other institutions and fication cards are issued by the Admissions, tion to complete their registration in courses who request Advance Credit must submit an Registration and Records Office upon full pay- or programmes at CNC. If you have any ques- official (i.e., signed and sealed) transcript for ment of fees. Replacement cards can be tions about the use of the PEN, please contact evaluation. obtained from the Office of Admissions, the Freedom of Information (FOI) coordinator Registration and Records for a fee of $5.00. Applications will not be considered com- at CNC. plete until all transcripts are received. Students who are unable to submit transcripts should 20 / Admissions, Registration and Records
STUDENT SELECTION b) Following those selections, the admis- notice of acceptance, will be given 30 days to PROCEDURES sion of the remaining 50% of acceptable submit a $100.00 non-refundable deposit. If applicants will be determined randomly. More the deposit is not received in the Registrar’s On April 24th, all programmes (with the specifically, all remaining, acceptable appli- Office within 30 days, the applicant will lose exception of Dental Hygiene) will be reviewed, cants will be identified by number. The his/her seat. and at this date it will be established whether Admissions Officer, in consultation with the e) All remaining fees to be paid not later a programme is over- or undersubscribed. Registrar, will be responsible for randomly than the normal programme registration date. Specific admissions procedures for Dental selecting the remainder of the applicants. Hygiene and Early Childhood Education are f) All acceptances are conditional pend- c) All applicants must demonstrate that noted under section 3 and 4 of this policy. ing proof that admission criteria have been they have completed or are in the process of satisfied. 1. For limited enrollment programmes that completing admission requirements for the pro- are not oversubscribed, selections will be gramme for which they have applied. Appli- 4. For the Early Childhood Education made as follows: cants who have not completed the admission Programme, the following procedure will a) Applicants who meet admission requirements or have not demonstrated that apply as approved by the CNC Board: requirements will be accepted on April 24th they are in the process of completing the neces- sary requirements will not be considered. a) On May 1st, all eligible applicants for or thereafter until the programme is fully this programme will be selected by the appro- subscribed. d) All applicants who are selected in the priate Dean and/or his or her selection com- b) Where possible, registrations will be initial acceptance process and who are sent a mittee. Selection criteria are published under conducted by mail. notice of acceptance will have 30 days to sub- the Early Childhood Education section of this mit a $100.00 non-refundable deposit. If the calendar. Students are encouraged to review c) All applicants must demonstrate that deposit is not received in the Registrar’s Office these criteria and respond to them if they wish they have completed or are in the process of within 30 days, the applicant will lose his/her to increase their chances of acceptance. completing admission requirements for the seat. programme for which they have applied. b) All eligible applicants must demon- Applicants who have not completed the e) All remaining fees to be paid not later strate that they have completed or are in the admission requirements or have not demon- than the normal programme registration date. process of completing admission requirements for the programme. Applicants who have not strated that they are in the process of com- f) All acceptances are conditional pend- completed the admission requirements or pleting the necessary requirements will not ing proof that admission criteria have been have not demonstrated that they are in the be considered. satisfied. process of completing the necessary require- d) All applicants who are selected in the 3. For the Dental Hygiene Programme, ments will not be considered. initial acceptance process and who are sent a the following procedure will apply as c) All applicants who are selected in the notice of acceptance will be given 30 days to approved by the CNC Board: submit a $100.00 non-refundable deposit. If initial acceptance process and who are sent a the deposit is not received in the Registrar’s a) On May 22nd, 50% of all acceptable notice of acceptance will be given 30 days to Office within 30 days, the applicant will lose applicants for this programme will be selected submit a $100.00 non-refundable deposit. If his/her seat. by the appropriate Dean and/or his or her the deposit is not received in the Registrar’s selection committee. Selection criteria for this Office within 30 days, the applicant will lose e) All remaining fees to be paid not later programme has been published under the his/her seat. than the normal programme registration date. programme area in this calendar. Selection cri- d) All remaining fees to be paid not later teria is available at the divisional level and f) All acceptances are conditional pend- than the normal programme registration date. ing proof that the admission criteria have been students are encouraged to review this criteria satisfied. and respond to it if they wish to increase their e) All acceptances are conditional pend- chances of acceptance. ing proof that admission criteria have been 2. For limited enrollment programmes that satisfied. are deemed to be oversubscribed, selections b) Following those selections, the admis- will be made as follows: sion of the remaining 50% of acceptable applicants will be determined randomly. More a) On May 1st, 50% of all acceptable specifically, all remaining, acceptable appli- applicants for these programmes will be cants will be identified by number. The ADVANCED STANDING selected by the appropriate Dean and/or his or Admissions Officer, in consultation with the Students who have completed post-secondary her selection committee. Selection criteria for Registrar, will be responsible for randomly courses in other institutions may be given most programmes have been published under selecting the remainder of the applicants. advanced standing for those courses at CNC. the programme area in this calendar. Selection criteria are available at the divisional level and c) Applicants who have not completed Unassigned credit will be granted on a course- students are encouraged to review these crite- the admission requirements and who have not by-course basis in consultation with the pro- ria and respond to them if they wish to submitted official transcripts on or before May gramme in which the credits apply. increase their chances of acceptance. 22nd will not be considered. The College does maintain a list of acceptable d) All applicants who are selected in the substitute or equivalent courses for those list- initial acceptance process and who are sent a ed as necessary under the Admission Admissions, Registration and Records / 21
Requirements for each programme. Students AUDIT STATUS - Hospitality Operations are advised to ask the Admissions Office or - Management Studies Counselling and Academic Advising to deter- Students may audit courses under the follow- • College and Career Preparation: mine acceptable substitutes or equivalents. In ing conditions: - Fundamental, Intermediate, Advanced those cases where a determination has not 1. The class has a vacancy. Students taking already been made, the student may request a • Community Health Representative the course for credit are given priority on class review of course(s) they wish to use as equiv- (Nechako) alents or substitutes. Once determinations lists. • Culinary Arts have been made on new requests, these will 2. The student must request audit status at be added to the list maintained by the the time of registration. • Dental Assistant Admissions Office. 3. Students may change, with written • Drafting Technician In addition, students who have completed approval from the instructor, from regular to • Early Childhood Education (Basic) Advanced Placement or International Baccalau- audit status prior to 40% completion of a reate courses may receive exemption or credit. course. Specific dates for each term are avail- • Early Childhood Education (Post-Basic) Students are advised to consult with a counsel- able from the Registrar’s Office or the lor well before classes begin, and to obtain a Counselling and Academic Advising Centre. • Electronics Common Core written acceptance of their advanced standing. After this date, approval from the instructor • Entry Level Trades: Specific advanced standing for dental pro- and Dean is required. - Automotive Mechanical Repair grammes is outlined in the dental studies 4. Credit is not awarded for audited courses. - Carpentry section. - Commercial Transport Mechanics 5. The student must pay the regular fee for - Electrical audited courses. ADVANCED PLACEMENT - Heavy Duty Mechanical Repair - Millwright/Machinist PROGRAMME 6. Audited courses are not considered part of the student’s official work load. • Hand Falling (Mackenzie) Transfer credit may be granted to students who complete Advanced Placement • Home Support/Resident Care Attendant Programme examinations with a grade of 4 or 5 as determined by the College Entrance • Power Engineering (4th Class) Examination Board. CERTIFICATE/ • Practical Nursing Potential transfer credits include: DIPLOMA/DEGREE • Social Services Worker Programmes: Advanced CNC APPLICATION - Developmental Disabilities Placement Course Recognition - Social Service Worker Students anticipating completion of their cer- - Teaching Assistant Biology BIO 103/104 (6) tificate, diploma, or degree programme are Calculus A B MATH 100/101 (6) required to apply to the Office of Admissions, • Welding (“C” Level) Chemistry CHEM 113/114 (6) Registration and Records to receive their cer- • Wood Processing Technician English ENGL (3) tificate, diploma, or degree. Students are encouraged to apply during their final term History HIST (3) Diplomas Physics PHYS 105/106 (6) and will be considered pending final grades. Diplomas are official CNC qualifications which INTERNATIONAL Certificates are awarded to recognize academic studies BACCALAUREATE PROGRAMME which generally take two years to complete. Certificates are official CNC qualifications Transfer credit may be granted to students The following programmes award official which are awarded to recognize academic College of New Caledonia diplomas: who complete International Baccalaureate studies which generally take one year to Programme courses with a standing of 6 or complete. The following programmes award • BC Adult Graduation Diploma greater as outlined below: official College of New Caledonia certificates: • Business Administration: International CNC • Applied Business Technology: - Accounting and Finance Baccalaureate Course Recognition - Administrative Assistant - Computer Information Systems Biology BIO 103/104 (6) - Legal Secretary - Hospitality Administration - Marketing and Management Chemistry CHEM 113/114 (6) • Automotive Service Programme English—Lang. A ENG (3) - Management Geography GEOG (3) • Business Management: • Dental Hygiene Mathematics MATH 100/101 (6) - Business Administration Physics PHYS 105/106 (6) - Computer Information Systems • Electronics Engineering Technology - Computerized Bookkeeping • Engineering Design Technology - Financial Planning and Investment • Forest Resource Technology 22 / Admissions, Registration and Records
• Geographic Information Systems PRIOR LEARNING 7. Students seeking PLA credit for experien- tial learning must demonstrate attainment of • Social Services Programmes: course objectives using one or more of the - Pre UNBC BSW ASSESSMENT following methods: - Social Service Worker Many adults have college level knowledge or a) the development of a portfolio • University Credit: skills gained through their work and/or life - Criminology training. Prior Learning Assessment (PLA) b) demonstration of a particular skill - Human Kinetics allows students to demonstrate this knowl- edge. The College of New Caledonia may c) performance testing • Wood Processing and Engineering grant credit for a course(s) towards a certificate d) challenge exam Technology or diploma for this learning if it fulfills the pro- gramme requirements. e) structured interview • Writing and New Media Technologies Prior Learning Assessment is the assessment f) submission of assignments Degrees (Associate) of knowledge, skills, and attitudes acquired through life skills, work, and study not previ- FEES Associate Degrees are official CNC qualifica- ously associated with conventional college tions which recognize two full years of credit. PLA measures and evaluates what has The PLA fee will be equivalent to the course University Credit study and which meet the been learned, regardless of the source of tuition fee in effect at the time of assessment. specific requirements of the degree. Specific learning, and translates this into course credit The PLA fee is non-refundable. Where there is requirements are listed under the University towards a certificate or diploma. no course fee established, a fee of $110 will Credit section of this calendar. apply. The maximum number of credits that can be • University Credit: awarded through the prior learning assess- GRADE ASSIGNMENT - Arts ment process is 50% of the number required - Science to complete the programme. If credit is awarded, a “PL” (PLA) grade will be assigned to the course and will appear on the Degree CRITERIA student’s permanent record. While credit is awarded, the “PL” grade is not calculated into • Nursing (in collaboration with UNBC) 1. Applicants requesting PLA must be admit- the student’s GPA. ted to the programme for which they are seek- ing credit before PLA will proceed. If the appli- The College’s grade appeal process will be cant has been admitted and enrolled in a applied to any appeal on Prior Learning CONVOCATION programme and wishes to challenge a course assessment. in which he/she is registered, application must Students who have completed or will be com- Important: Students should be aware that uni- be made within three weeks following the pleting their requirements for a certificate, versities or colleges may not grant transfer commencement of the course. diploma, or associate degree and students credit for courses completed through Prior who have accumulated 60 or more credit The PLA fee is equivalent to the course tuition Learning Assessment. Students are responsible hours are eligible to take part in the fee for which credit is being sought. If credit is for determining whether the university or col- Convocation ceremony held each spring. granted, the course tuition fee will be refund- lege to which they intend to transfer will grant Students will receive a “Certificate of ed. The PLA fee is non-refundable. transfer credit. CNC is not responsible for ensur- Achievement” at the ceremony. To attend, stu- Where there is no course fee established, e.g., ing that licensing bodies accept PLA credit. dents are required to complete an “Application CCP, a PLA fee of $110 will apply. to Attend the Convocation Ceremony.” These Students who would like more information on forms are available after April 1 from the 2. Learning must be measurable. Credit will Prior Learning Assessment or who feel they Admissions, Registration and Records office, be awarded only for learning and not for the are ready to begin the process should contact Counselling and Advising Department, Library, experience itself. the Prior Learning Assessment Coordinator at Student Association, or through the Deans. (250) 562-2131, local 545. 3. Credit will be awarded only for prior learn- Students are encouraged to attend this cele- ing that is considered to be college level and bration of their achievement. is consistent with College of New Caledonia offerings. CREDIT HOURS 4. The learning must have a theoretical and One credit hour usually represents one hour an applied component where applicable. In per week of classroom lectures. Most courses the latter, the student must demonstrate the include three credit hours. As such, they require integration of theory and practice. three hours of lecture per week, together with 5. The learning must be relevant to the cur- required study in laboratories, seminars, or rent course objectives. tutorials. To achieve full-time status a student is normally enrolled in ten or more credit hours of 6. The determination of competency and of courses each semester/trimester. credit to be awarded will be made by appro- priate subject matter and academic experts. Admissions, Registration and Records / 23
GENERAL STUDIES I Incomplete. Grade and credit NC* Applied Business Technology, Cooking withheld until all requirements of Programmes, and Dental Studies the course have been met. Students AWARD A+ 95–100% must complete all required work with- A 90–94.9% The General Studies Award is an unofficial in 4 weeks from the last day of recognition which is available to students who semester term and within 3 weeks B+ 85–89.9% have accumulated 60 credit hours of general from the last day of trimester term B 80–84.9% studies at the College but who do not have the or an “F” grade will be assigned. appropriate combination of credits to qualify C+ 75–79.9% for an official College certificate, diploma, or CS Continuing Status. Student may NC* C 70–74.9% associate degree. As this is an unofficial recog- continue in the same level. This F 0–69.9% nition, students may apply credits that have grade may be used only once Competency Based Courses been used to earn this award to qualify for per course. Applicable to CCP official College qualifications at a later date. (formerly ABE) Fundamental Level A 90–100% students only. B+ 85–89.9% AUD Audit Status. No credit granted. NC* B 76–84.9% GRADING SYSTEM W A “W” grade will be assigned to NC* C+ 70–75.9% students completing the with- C 63–69.9% Alphabetic symbols are used to report academic drawal procedure within the time achievement. Each grade is assigned a numeri- limits specified in the calendar. D 55–62.9% cal grade point used in determining the grade F 0–54.9% point average. Grade points are calculated by AG Students who have completed a NC* multiplying the credit hours of the course by modified programme. An annotated the numerical equivalent of the letter grade. report is available. Grading System Grade point averages are calculated by dividing TER This letter grade signifies that the NC* Prior to August 31, 1994 the following grade the total number of grade points by the total student was terminated from the system was applied to courses: number of credit hours and are reported on applicable course(s) and requires For Diploma each statement of grades. The cumulative grade the permission of the Divisional Grade Percent Nursing, Dental, point average is reported on the transcript. Dean to re-enroll. Points Conversion & Culinary Arts Letter Grade Grade Points PL A PL grade will be assigned to NC* Programmes students who have successfully A+ Excellent Performance 4.33 A 4.00 88–100% 90–100% A 4.00 received credit for that course A- 3.67 through the PLA process B+ 3.50 81–87% 85–89% B 3.00 74–80% 80–84% B+ Good Performance 3.33 *NC: Not included in the calculation of B 3.00 the grade point average (GPA) C+ 2.50 67–73% 75–79% B- 2.67 C 2.00 60–66% 70–74% Grading Scales C+ Satisfactory Performance 2.33 D 1.00 50–59% N/A Majority of programmes C The lowest standing on which to 2.00 F 0.00 0–49% 0–69% base further study in a discipline A+ 90–100% unless specifically noted in a A 85–89.9% Grade Point Average (GPA) course description. A- 80–84.9% C- 1.67 Calculation B+ 76–79.9% The GPA is calculated by multiplying the D Marginal Performance 1.00 B 72–75.9% grade points earned by the number of credits, F Unsatisfactory Performance (Fail) 0.00 B- 68–71.9% and then dividing the result by the number of credit hours taken. Example: N A student who completes no 0.00 C+ 64–67.9% assignments for grading and who C 60–63.9% Credit Letter Grade Grade Points fails to officially withdraw from the C- 55–59.9% Hours Grade Points Credit Hours course or programme of studies. D 50–54.9% 3A 4 12 3B 3 9 S Successful achievement of NC* F 0–49.9% determined learning requirements 4C 2 8 in a competency-based course. 2D 1 2 3F 0 0 U Unsuccessful achievement of NC* 15 31 determined learning requirements in a competency-based course. GPA: 31 ÷ 15 = 2.07 24 / Admissions, Registration and Records
Statement of Grades Personal Education Number months’ duration between August 1st and July 31st of any year. At the end of each semester/trimester, or at Student personal information contained on the the end of a programme, a Statement of application form will be used to verify your Credits or course work recognized through Grades is made available to each student Personal Education Number (PEN) or assign Prior Learning Assessment is eligible towards enrolled in a course for credit. All obligations one to you. The main uses of the PEN will be President’s List qualification. relating to fees, library books or fines, rentals, for measuring participation in post-secondary 1b.Eligibility—Part Time loans, etc. must be met before any statement education and for student registration purposes. of grades, transcript, certificate, diploma, or As well, the PEN will be used for programme All University Credit and Career Technical associate degree will be released. research and evaluation but any personal infor- students who have not maintained full-time mation disclosed for these purposes will be in status but who reach either 30 or 60 credits Repeating a Course non-identifiable form. These uses have been during the course of the academic year. reviewed and approved by the Information and All Vocational and College and Career Prepara- Courses may be repeated for the purpose of Privacy Commissioner. Students are required to tion (formerly ABE) students who have not raising grades. Students who intend to trans- supply this information to complete their regis- maintained full-time status but who complete fer to another educational institution should tration in courses or programmes at CNC. If you a certification for a programme of at least four be aware that other institutions may re- have any questions about the use of the PEN, months’ duration at any time between August calculate grade point average (GPA) in accor- please contact the Freedom of Information (FOI) 1st and July 31st of any year. dance with its own policies on admission. coordinator at CNC. Credits or course work recognized through Confidentiality of Student Records Prior Learning Assessment is eligible towards The College of New Caledonia treats all stu- President’s List qualification. dent records with confidentiality. Only those GRADUATION 2. Criteria administrators, faculty, and staff who have a HONOURS need to view them as part of their normal Students in programmes where GPAs are cal- duties will be permitted access to student Any student in a programme where GPAs are culated, such as University Credit and Career records. All employees are expected to respect calculated, such as University Transfer and Technical, must have an overall GPA of 3.50 the confidentiality of the student information Career Technical, who has a cumulative GPA of or higher for the academic year. Part-time with which they work. 3.50 or better at the time of graduation will be students must have an overall GPA of 3.50 or considered to have Graduated With Honours. higher at the point where they complete 30 or Disclosure of information from student files is 60 credits. authorized only in response to: Any student in a programme where GPAs are not calculated, such as Vocational or College Students in programmes where GPAs are not a) A written request and presentation of and Career Preparation (formerly ABE), will calculated, such as College and Career Prepa- photo identification from a student for infor- receive graduation honours upon recommen- ration (formerly ABE) and Vocational, can be mation from his/her record; dation of the faculty and dean. included on the President’s List upon the rec- b) A written request from a student to ommendation of the faculty and Dean upon All students who have graduated with release information contained in their file with completion of a programme of at least four honours will have this noted on their tran- the exception of documents submitted in sup- months’ duration. These recommendations scripts and their diplomas. port of their application or for transfer credit will generally recognize the top 10–15% of evaluation; eligible students or those with an “A- to B+” or better standing where appropriate. c) The Ministry of Advanced Education request for information for the purpose of sta- PRESIDENT’S LIST 3. Recognition tistical analysis or research provided that con- Students who earn a place on the annual fidentiality is assured; The College annually recognizes students on President’s List will receive the following the basis of academic achievement in the form forms of recognition for their achievement: d) Government departments where the of inclusion of their name on the President’s College is required by law to provide the List. Inclusion on the President’s List is gov- • letter of congratulations signed by the requested information, and; erned by the following regulations. President; e) A valid court order, search warrant, 1a. Eligibility—Full Time • publication of their names in local news- subpoena, summons, or a request by a law papers if they are from the College region, enforcement agency. All University Credit and Career Technical stu- in a Prince George newspaper for all dents who complete an academic year and who students, and in the College student news- Note: Confidentiality is also covered on have maintained a full-time enrollment status paper for all students; page 19, Protection of Privacy and in every trimester or semester of the year. Access to Information. • annual posting of their names on a College All Vocational or College and Career Prepara- Honours Wall; tion (formerly ABE) students who have com- pleted a full-time programme of at least four Admissions, Registration and Records / 25
• notation on their transcripts that they have The following information is required to com- earned a spot on the President’s List for the plete transcript transaction: year in question. 1. Full name of the student requesting the Note: Any student not wishing to be con- transcript. Include your maiden name if this is sidered for inclusion on the President’s applicable. List should inform the Registrar. 2. Student number (or birth date if you can’t remember your number). 3. The number of copies required. TRANSCRIPTS 4. The full address of where you would like An official transcript of a student’s academic the transcript(s) sent. must accompany the request. Only courses in which a minimum grade of “D” or equivalent record will, on written request of the student, 5. Your signature. We cannot process your was earned will be considered for transfer be mailed directly to the institution indicated request without this. in the request or given to the student in a credit. Courses transferred from other post- sealed envelope bearing the inscription secondary institutions are not included in the METHODS OF PAYMENT “Official transcript enclosed. Invalid if seal calculation of grade point average at the broken on envelope.” Requests from third 1. Cash and Interac debit card: In person only College of New Caledonia. parties must be accompanied by a signed 2. Cheque or money order: In person or by Any student planning to transfer to a universi- authorization from the student. mail ty or other post-secondary institution should Official transcripts will not be released to you be aware that transfer credits granted by the 3. Visa or MasterCard: In person, by mail, or or on your behalf if financial or other obliga- College of New Caledonia are not binding on by fax. (Please include your full Visa or tions to the College are outstanding. another post-secondary institution. MasterCard number and expiry date.) Transcript requests should be made at least 10 days before the document is required. Fees for transcripts are $5 for the first copy and $1 WITHDRAWAL for each additional copy ordered and are TRANSFER payable in advance. FROM COURSES OF CREDITS Under the Freedom of Information and A student may withdraw from a course with- Protection of Privacy legislation in the out academic penalty under the following con- TRANSFER TO province of BC, the College of New Caledonia ditions: cannot accept transcript requests without the OTHER INSTITUTIONS student’s signature. Parents or partners 1. Prior to 40% completion of the course— In order to verify the transferability of credits the instructor’s signature is not required; wanting to order or pick up transcripts for a taken at CNC, students planning to transfer to student must have that student’s signed another institution should consult the calendar 2. Prior to 60% completion of the course, authorization specifically requesting the of that institution as well as the British provided a “D” grade or above has been release and must include the name of the Columbia Transfer Guide published by the BC maintained—the instructor must sign the person who will be acting for them. Council on Admissions and Transfer and avail- withdrawal form; able in the CNC Counselling and Academic 3. Students are advised to see a counsellor/ ORDERING TRANSCRIPTS Advising Department or online at: advisor when considering withdrawing from a Transcripts may be ordered in one of three www.bccat.bc.ca course. ways: CNC counsellors will assist students in select- Students who withdraw from a course without 1. In person: Requests may be made at the ing transferable courses; however, the final meeting these conditions will receive an “F” Prince George Campus. responsibility for course selection rests with grade which will be accounted for in the calcu- the student as transfer agreements are contin- lation of the grade point average. This grade 2. By mail: Written requests should be uously being negotiated and changed. may be appealed through the Grade Appeal mailed to: procedure. A student seeking re-admission to College of New Caledonia TRANSFER FROM a course, from which he/she has withdrawn Admissions & Registration Office OTHER INSTITUTIONS more than once, will be assigned the lowest 3330 – 22nd Avenue priority on the course waiting list. Prince George, BC V2N 1P8 A student who has completed courses at other post-secondary institutions may request that 3. By fax: Requests by fax should be sent to these credits be transferred to the College of (250) 561-5861. Fax requests must include a New Caledonia. An official transcript from each Visa or MasterCard number and expiry date institution at which the courses were taken as well as the student’s signature. 26 / Admissions, Registration and Records
REFUND/ March 7, 2003 the responsibility of the student. This require- • Last day to withdraw with Instructor’s ment may result in a student having to under- WITHDRAWAL DATES permission without academic penalty, pro- go two criminal record searches; one through viding a “D” grade has been maintained. the RCMP (for those programmes requiring it) SEMESTER PROGRAMMES After this date, students withdrawing will and one through the Attorney General’s Office. receive an “F” grade. (All programmes except College Students must have completed the Criminal and Career Preparation, Culinary Records Search process in order to be consid- Arts, and Trades) COLLEGE AND CAREER PREP ered admissible to the programme. The result (Formerly ABE) of a Criminal Records Search which identi- Fall 2002 fies relevant criminal convictions may (Classes start September 4, 2002) Fall 2002 prevent a student from entering into a (Classes start August 28, 2002) practicum or clinical setting. Students who September 12, 2002 cannot enter the practicum or clinical compo- October 11 2002 • Last day to receive 75% refund. nent of the programme cannot graduate from • Last day to withdraw without instruc- the programme. Students may be unable September 13, 2002 tor’s signature or possible academic to obtain registration or a license to • Last day to add courses without the penalty. practice and may be unable to obtain appropriate instructor’s and Division employment in their chosen field. It is Dean’s signature. October 11, 2002 • Last day to change to audit status. therefore imperative that students with September 19, 2002 criminal records provide documenta- • Last day to receive 50% refund. After this November 1, 2002 tion regarding the timing and nature of date no refund available. • Last day to withdraw with Instructor’s the offense(s) and, where possible, seek permission without academic penalty, pro- a pardon. October 11, 2002 viding a “D” grade or better has been • Last day to withdraw without instructor’s maintained. After this date, students with- Criminal Records Searches are required for the signature or possible academic penalty. drawing will receive an “F” grade. following programmes: • Last day to change to audit status. • College Foundations programmes: Spring 2003 Early Childhood Education November 1, 2002 (Classes start January 6, 2003 • Last day to withdraw with instructor’s • Health Science programmes: permission without academic penalty, pro- February 21, 2003 Dental Assisting viding a “D” grade has been maintained. • Last day to withdraw without instruc- Dental Hygiene After this date, students withdrawing will tor’s signature or possible academic penal- Home Support/Resident Care Attendant receive an “F” grade. ty. Nursing • Last day to change to audit status. • Social Services programmes: Spring 2003 Developmental Disabilities Certificate (Classes start January 6, 2003) March 14, 2003 • Last date to withdraw with Instructor’s Social Service Worker Certificate January 14, 2003 permission and without academic penalty Social Service Worker Diploma • Last day to receive 75% refund. providing a “D” grade or better has been Teaching Assistant Certificate maintained. After this date, students with- January 17, 2003 Criminal Record Reviews under the Criminal drawing will receive an “F” grade. • Last day to add courses without the Records Review Act are required for the fol- appropriate instructor’s and Division lowing programmes: Dean’s signature. • Developmental Disabilities Certificate January 21, 2003 CRIMINAL RECORDS • Early Childhood Education • Last day to receive 50% refund. After this date no refund available. SEARCHES • Nursing February 14, 2003 Given the scope of the Criminal Records • Practical Nursing Review Act, CNC requires criminal records • Last day to change to audit status. • Social Service Worker Certificate searches for applicants to programme areas • Last day to withdraw without instructor’s that involve working with children or other • Social Service Worker Diploma signature or possible academic penalty. vulnerable persons. The cost of this search is • Teaching Assistant Certificate 27 Fee INFORMATION
• University Credit 5. Second-year Forest Technology students will be expected to cover their • Writing and New Media Technologies own costs of approximately $100 for a All fees are payable at the time of registration. multi-day field trip to the Robson Valley. Fees are charged by course based on lecture 6. First-year Forestry students who do plus lab contact hours. not have a Level 1 first aid certificate or The programme fee consists of: who presently hold a ticket which expires prior to graduation of the two-year course • Tuition $149.85 per course will be required to attend a one-day (Standard lecture—45 hours) certification course scheduled at a specified training facility. The cost will be • Lab Fees $73.35 per course approximately $60.00 and will be paid EFFECTIVE APRIL 19, (Standard lab—45 hours) directly to the training facility. 2002 • Student Association $7.50 per course 7. Computer accounts are required for ($30.00 per semester max.) students who use computers in class and • Canadian Federation $1.71 per course are optional for other students. For more of Students ($6.84 maximum) details, see the Computer Account Application Form available in the SEMESTER • Registration Fee $15.00 per semester Admissions Office. PROGRAMMES • Student Building Fund $10.00 per year CALCULATION OF • Business Administration • Daycare Subsidy Fee $2.50 per year COURSE FEES • Computer Information Systems • Computer Account $40.00 per year Individual course fees include both lecture fees • Computer/Network Electronics Technician Application Fee (see Note) and lab fees (if applicable), and are calculated by the following formula: • Dental Assisting Note: [Duration (in weeks)] x [contact hours per week] • Dental Hygiene 1. Courses not offered in standard format will have their fees pro-rated. x [$ per contact hour] • Electronics Engineering Technology 2. Maximum total lecture and lab fees (first year) for Engineering Design Technology and • Electronics Technology Bridge Forest Resource Technology are $900.00 per semester. COMPUTER ACCOUNT • Engineering Design Technology 3. An additional FOR 299 Extended APPLICATION FEE • Forest Resource Technology Field Trip fee will be charged to Forest The College provides computer accounts to • Geographic Information Systems Resource Technology students in the 4th any student who has a current CNC ID semester. Technology number and provides written proof of this The fee will range between $300 and (CNC ID Card or Registration Form with ID • Hospitality Administration $400 depending on the number of field Number). Students must fill out a Computer trip Account Application Form to apply for an • Bachelor of Science in Nursing participants. account. There is a $40.00 fee for the account. • Social Services Training 4. There is no maximum fee level for a The fee is tax-deductible and non-refundable. University Credit programme. The account is active for one year (365 days) 28 / Fee Information
• Weight Room, Courts, and Gymnasium use: The College of New Caledonia reserves $30.00/semester the right to change fees without notice. Outside users: $150.00/semester All fees must be paid a minimum of six weeks • Weight Room only: $20.00/semester prior to the first day of classes (new students) Drop in rate: $5.00/visit or at the time of registration (continuing Outside users: $100.00/semester students). • Courts only (includes equipment use): $20.00/semester ADDITIONAL FEES Drop in rate: $7.50/visit International Students will also be levied Outside users: $100.00/semester Student Association and other applicable fees • Aerobics/fitness classes: cost recovery in addition to tuition. International Students are also responsible for such expenses as from the date of set up. Accounts are required • Equipment rental: textbooks, housing, food and transportation for students who use computers in class and Semester equipment use: $5.00/semester costs, as well as required medical insurance. optional for other students. For more details, Racquets: $1.00/use see the Computer Account Application Form, Squash/racquetballs: $0.50/use REFUND POLICY FOR available in the Admissions Office. Eyeguards: $0.50/use INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS Shuttles: $0.50/use The College’s tuition refund policy for International Students is as follows: CONTINUING • a 50% refund, if a student withdraws from INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION REFUND the College prior to the commencement of STUDENT FEES classes POLICY • a 25% refund, if a student withdraws from In keeping with the Ministry of Advanced the College during the first or second week A full refund of fees will be given if: Education, Training and Technology policy on of classes 1. A course is cancelled by the College, or Tuition Fees for International Studies at BC Colleges and Institutes, the following fees are • no refund after the second week of classes 2. A student withdraws from a course/ set at a rate which covers all direct costs and programme one or more days prior to the overhead. • Student Activity Fees are not refundable. advertised course registration deadline. There is a $100.00 (Cdn) administrative fee No refund of fees will be given if a student TUITION (subject to change) on all refunds. Students who are unable to cancels their enrollment on or after the obtain a student authorization will be entitled • English Language $3200/semest advertised course registration deadline. to a full refund minus any administrative fees. (Cdn) Note: Training $800/mon (Cdn) 1. The registration deadline date for all Continuing Education courses is one • Other programmes: SENIOR CITIZEN FEES week prior to the course start date unless Full time $3200/semest It is CNC policy to waive tuition, identification otherwise stated. (Cdn) card, registration, and Student Association fees 2. Registrations are welcome after the To a max. of 3 courses $640/cour for senior citizens (over the age of 65). This advertised course deadline, based on seat (Cdn) exemption applies to all credit courses and availability. For enrollments of non-credit courses provided that the tuition fee 3. Non-attendance does not constitute a 4 to 5 courses $3200/semest is not required to cost-recover the course. formal withdrawal. (Cdn) 4. The original receipt is required when For enrollments of requesting a refund. more than 5 courses $640/cour (Cdn) SERVICE FEES AND • Trades $900/mon OTHER CHARGES (Cdn) • Application Fee: $15.00 per programme GYMNASIUM USER If a student’s status changes after the first day FEES of classes in a semester (e.g., changes from • Registration Fee: $15.00 per term student authorization to landed immigrant) the • Transcripts: $5.00 per copy Gymnasium user fees are for registered CNC change in tuition fees will occur the following students and staff. Outside users include non- semester. Students will be required to show • EMAT (English & Math Achievement Test): CNC students and other community members. proof of the status change. $5.00 Fee Information / 29
• College and Career Preparation (formerly TUITION REFUND If a student withdraws more than two weeks ABE) Placement Test: $5.00 after classes start, or after 14% completion of courses in a programme of less than four • Late Registration Fee: $10.00 per course POLICY months in duration, no refund will be • ID Replacement: $5.00 Fees are totally refunded when a course or granted. Students enrolled in English 155 programme is cancelled. Once full fees have and/or Math 155 who complete the • Calendar: $5.00 (pickup); $8.00 (mail) been paid and a student withdraws from a programme in less than 15 weeks will have course or programme, fees are refunded as • Prior Learning Assessment: PLA fee their tuition fees refunded on a pro-rata basis. follows: equivalent to course tuition a) A refund of 75% is granted if a student withdraws before the end of the first week of classes, or prior to 7% completion of SPONSORED a course in a programme/course which is less than four months in duration. STUDENT FEES b) A refund of 50% will be granted if A number of agencies, such as Human a student withdraws before the end of the Resources Development Canada (HRDC), second week of classes, or prior to 14% sponsor students by purchasing spaces in completion of a course in a programme/course some programmes or by paying tuition fees. which is less than four months in duration. Students who have been admitted as c) Special consideration is given for sponsored students are required to pay medical withdrawal. Withdrawals for medical Student Association and other fees not covered or personal reasons must be accompanied by by the sponsorship and must present written a letter from the doctor and have the signed confirmation of sponsorship prior to recommendation of a counsellor and the registration. approval of the Director, Student Services. 30 / Fee Information
FEE INFORMATION FOR VOCATIONAL AND OTHER PROGRAMMES The following are 2002/03 fees and are subject to change. Student Lab Programme Tuition Association Registration Fees Other Total
$900.00 $30.00 $15.00 $945.00 Administrative Assistant (per semester) (per semester) (per semester) maximum Centre for Student Success $130.82 $15.00 Courses (per course) (per session) College and Career No tuition fee $7.50 $15.00 Variable Preparation (per course) Co-operative Education $300.10 $15.00 $315.10 (per Co-op term) (per Co-op term) Culinary Arts $1680.00 $62.50 $45.00 Students are required $1787.50 to purchase their own uniforms Early Childhood $900.00 $30.00 $15.00 Variable Education (per semester) (per semester) maximum maximum English as a Second Language variable $7.50 $15.00 (6-month programme) (per course) per course Entry Level Trades $840.00 $31.25 $15.00 $50.00 $936.25 (5-month programme) ($6.25/month) tool deposit (refundable) Home Support/ $1512.00 $56.25 $15.00 $1583.25 Resident Care Attendant ($6.25/month) Power $1680.00 $62.50 $15.00 $1757.50 Engineering ($6.25 month) Welding Variable Variable $15.00 Variable Level A & B ($52.00/week) ($6.25 month) (per programme) extensions (Not applied to extensions) Welding $2080.00 $62.50 $15.00 $50.00 tool $2207.50 Level C Beginner ($6.25 month) deposit Full-time (refundable)
NOTE
Totals do not include: 1. $40.00 Computer Account Application Fee OR 2. Student Association Fees: a) Student Association Building Fund: $10.00 per year b) Daycare Fee: $2.50 per year c) Canadian Federation of Students: $1.71 per course (maximum $6.84 per semester) 31 Financial Aid & STUDENT AWARDS
SCHOLARSHIPS, Canfor Corporation Computer Information Nancy Anne Tarrant Memorial Endowment Systems Scholarship Bursary—Nursing AWARDS, AND Central Interior Logging Association Northern Forest Products Association BURSARIES Scholarship Scholarship The College of New Caledonia offers scholar- CNC Endowment Gourmet Dinner Scholarship Northern Institute for Resource Studies Endowment Bursaries ships, awards, and bursaries to recognize aca- CNC Forestry Society Bursary demic achievement and to provide financial Northern Institute for Resource Studies Don Flynn Endowment University Transfer assistance to those in need who maintain sat- Endowment Scholarships isfactory academic status. The Financial Aid Forestry Scholarship Northland Chrysler Automotive Bursary Catalogue, available after September 1 at the Elks and Royal Purple Endowment Bursaries Financial Aid and Student Awards Office Novak Bros. Contracting Ltd. Endowment FEAT, the Foundation for Education and (located in the main entrance building on the Bursary ground floor) and the regional campuses, pro- Advancement in Technology Bursary vides complete information on all financial Novak Bros. Contracting Ltd. Endowment Finning Ltd. Business Administration Bursary awards. Below is a listing of awards currently Scholarship administered by CNC; information with regard FMC of Canada Ltd. Endowment Scholarships Pacific Regeneration Technologies Silviculture to other awards from external agencies is also Human Resource Management Association Scholarship available. Bursary PG, Cariboo and Central Interior Award recipients are expected to Husky Oil Scholarship Transportation Club Scholarship attend the award presentation cere- monies held regularly, in the Fall and Industrial Forestry Service Ltd. Annual Prince George Chapter IODE Northern Spring, to receive their awards. Failure to Scholarship Collaborative Baccalaureate Nursing attend without a legitimate excuse may result Bursary in the withdrawal of the scholarship, award, Industrial Forestry Service Ltd. Annual Bursary Prince George Chapter IODE Pre-UNBC or bursary. Institute of Chartered Accountants of BC Bachelor of Social Work Bursary Bursary PG and District Dental Society Bursary for Knights of Columbus, Council 8927 Bursary Dental Hygiene ANNUAL AWARDS Laureen Ens Endowment Scholarship PG Savings Credit Union Endowment Leann Marie Sweet Memorial Endowment Scholarships FALL AWARDS Bursary Deadline: September 30 Pulp, Paper & Woodworkers of Canada, Logging Seminar Steering Committee Local 9 Bursaries Aizlewood Endowment Bursaries Endowment Scholarships Pulp, Paper & Woodworkers of Canada, Auxiliary to the Associated Canadian Travellers Marilyn Comeau Memorial Endowment Local 29 Endowment Bursaries Bursary Bursary Real Estate Foundation Endowment Fund for Auxiliary to Prince George Regional Hospital Michelle Lamarche-Swift Memorial Endowment Student Aid Bursaries Endowment Bursary Scholarship Real Estate Foundation Endowment Fund for BC Gas Scholarship Nancy Anne Tarrant Memorial Endowment Student Aid Scholarships BC Lung Association Bursary Bursaries—Dental Hygiene 32 / Financial Aid & Student Awards
Rotary Club of Prince George Endowment CNC Endowment Scholarship for Health Janet Peters Memorial Endowment Bursary Scholarships Sciences Janet Peters Memorial Endowment Royal Bank Hospitality Endowment CNC Endowment Scholarship for Social Scholarship Scholarship Services and Early Childhood Education Jean Humphreys Memorial Endowment Sam Ketcham, Phil Bodman Memorial CNC Endowment Scholarship for Office Bursary Bursaries Administration Jeanette Beaulieu Memorial Scholarship Weldwood of Canada Ltd. Bursaries CNC Endowment Scholarship for Trades Jennifer Revel Annual English Scholarship Training Jim Damiano Memorial Endowment SPRING AWARDS CNC Faculty Association Scholarships Deadline: January 31 Scholarship CNC Forestry Society Bursary Adult Basic Education Association of BC Justin Scott Memorial Scholarship CNC Student Association Endowment Scholarship Kevin St. Dennis Memorial Endowment Bursaries Ann McQuaid Endowment Scholarship Bursary CNC Student Association Endowment Knights of Columbus, Council 8927 Bursaries Anthony Karpicius Memorial Endowment Scholarships Forestry Scholarships KPMG Chartered Accountants Endowment CNC Woodlot Endowment Bursaries Arthur and Cora Buchi Memorial Endowment Bursary in Memory of Travis Todd Klose College and Career Preparation Bursaries Bursary KPMG Chartered Accountants Endowment BC Hydro Annual Scholarship Credit Union Foundation Bursaries Scholarship BC Hydro Endowment Scholarship Cris Hallett Memorial Endowment Bursary Lakeland Mills Endowment Scholarship Bob Martin Endowment Trades Scholarship David Sali Memorial Bursary Leann Marie Sweet Memorial Endowment Bursary Canadian Association of Equipment Don Flynn Endowment Forest Resource Distributors BC Chapter Heavy Duty Technology Scholarship Lion’s Quest Endowment Bursary Mechanics Endowment Scholarship Dr. John De Rosario Memorial Endowment Lloyd Anderson/Steve Burgess Endowment Canadian Federation of University Women— Bursary Trades Scholarship Prince George—Janet E. King Memorial Dr. Nalini Murthy Memorial Endowment Mike Reid Northern Studies Endowment Endowment Bursary Scholarship Scholarship Canadian Hospital Engineering Society Dustin Lee Bullock Memorial Endowment Nancy Anne Tarrant Memorial Endowment BC Chapter Endowment Scholarship Scholarship Bursaries—Dental Assisting Canfor Corporation Forest Resource Duz Cho Logging Ltd. Endowment Forestry Nancy Anne Tarrant Memorial Endowment Technology Scholarship Scholarship Bursary—Nursing Canfor Corporation Scholarship Ed Berry Memorial Endowment Bursary Northern Institute for Resource Studies Endowment Bursaries Certified General Accountants Association of E.G. (Robbie) Robertson Bursary BC Scholarship Northern Institute for Resource Studies Finning International Inc. Forest Resource Endowment Scholarships City of Prince George Endowment Bursary Technology Bursary Northern Interior Cruising Committee CNC Endowment Co-operative Education FMC of Canada Ltd. Endowment Scholarship Bursaries Scholarship Forest Expo Endowment Bursaries CNC Endowment Bursaries—Full-time Prince Northern Interior Food Safe Council Along with George Students Forest Expo Endowment Scholarship the Restaurant and Food Services Association of British Columbia Northern CNC Endowment Bursaries—Part-time Prince Fraser Fort George Regional District Bursary and Central Branch Endowment Bursary George Students Guru Gobind Singh Temple Scholarship Northern Silviculture Endowment Scholarship CNC Endowment Gourmet Dinner Hans Allgaier Memorial Endowment Scholarships Northland Chrysler Automotive Bursary Scholarship CNC Endowment Scholarship for College and Pat Earle Memorial Bursary Heather Sadler Jenkins Scholarship Career Preparation—English Language PEO Sisterhood Bursaries Training Howie Toane Memorial Endowment Bursary PG Alzheimer’s Society Bursary CNC Endowment Scholarship for Engineering HSBC Bank of Canada Endowment Design Technology Scholarship Financial Aid & Student Awards / 33
PG Branch of the Association of Professional Canadian Federation of University Engineers and Geoscientists of the Province Women—Prince George—University of BC Endowment Bursary Transfer Endowment Scholarship April 30 PG Business and Professional Women’s Club Canadian National Scholarships for Bursary Women October 15 PG Business and Professional Women’s Club Canfor Corporation University Transfer Disabled Student Bursary Scholarship April 30 PG Chapter of IAAP (International Association Certified General Accountants Academic for Administrative Professionals) Excellence Scholarship April 30 Endowment Bursary Certified Management Accountant PG Chartered Accountants Association Society of BC Scholarship April 30 Scholarship CNC Endowment Admission PG Cougars Hockey Club Endowment Bursary Bursaries May 31 Nechako Community Endowment Bursary February 27 PG District Certified Dental Assistant Society CNC Endowment Bursary— Bursary Full-time Regional Students February 27 PG Home Builders Association Endowment Scholarship Open PG and District Dental Society Bursary for CNC Endowment Bursaries— Dental Assisting Part-time Regional Students February 27 Quesnel Campus—CNC—Quesnel Students Council Bursaries (Full-time) February 27 PG Savings Credit Union Endowment Athletic CNC Endowment Entrance Bursaries Scholarships December 1 Quesnel Campus—CNC—Quesnel Students Council Bursaries (Part-time) February 27 PG Savings Credit Union Endowment Athletic CNC Recruitment Scholarships May 15 Scholarships Quesnel Campus—CNC—Vending CNC Recruitment Scholarships for Machine Bursary February 27 PG Savings Credit Union Endowment Independent Schools May 15 Scholarships Robson Valley Community CNC Retention Scholarships April 15 Endowment Bursary February 27 Pulp, Paper & Woodworkers of Canada Developmental Disabilities Practicum Local 29 Bursaries Rod Eckland Memorial Endowment Scholarship October 30 & March 30 Bursary May 15 Ray Small Memorial Endowment Scholarship Don Flynn Endowment Forest Rotary Club of Mackenzie RCMP Prince George Subdivision Commercial Resource Technology Scholarship April 30 Bursary February 27 Crime Section Endowment Bursary Don Flynn Endowment University Rotary Club of Prince George Real Estate Foundation Endowment Fund for Transfer Forestry Scholarship April 30 Endowment Bursaries April 30 Student Aid Bursaries Dr. Hu Stephen Memorial Rotary Club of Vanderhoof Real Estate Foundation Endowment Fund for Endowment Bursaries May 31 Endowment Office Administration Student Aid Scholarships Dunkley Lumber Ltd. Endowment— Programme Bursary February 27 Robert Fulton Memorial Scholarship Quesnel Campus Bursary February 27 Russell Kenneth Dillabough Society of Vocational Instructors of BC Dunkley Lumber Ltd. Endowment— Memorial Scholarship April 30 (CNC Chapter) Bursary Quesnel Campus Scholarship February 27 Sadie Merrick Memorial Spruce City Lion’s Club Endowment Bursary George D. Brown Memorial January 31 or Endowment Bursary April 30 Bursary June 30 or September 30 Timberline Forest Inventory Consultants Seleen Denluck Memorial Scholarship Lionel Lamoureaux Memorial Endowment Scholarship Open Bursary February 27 Tyler Urquhart Memorial Endowment Bursary CNC FUNDRAISING SOCIETY Mackenzie Campus Employment Women’s Equality Bursary Bursary February 27 Scholarships and bursaries are made possible through the generous support of our com- AWARDS Mackenzie Community munity. The CNC Fundraising Society works Miscellaneous Deadlines Endowment Bursary February 27 with the community to solicit scholarship and bursary funds. Donor Application Deadline Martina Johnnie College and Career Preparation You can help students to pursue their educa- Association of BC Professional Memorial Bursary February 27 tional goals by contributing to the scholarship Foresters Endowment Natural and bursary programme. For further informa- Resources Studies Scholarship April 30 Martina Johnnie Memorial Endowment Bursary February 27 34 / Financial Aid & Student Awards tion, please contact the CNC Fundraising 5. Complete an application from the Financial CANADA STUDY GRANTS Society at (250) 561-5857 or visit: Aid Office at the College of New Caledonia, to PROGRAM be forwarded to the Ministry of Advanced www.cnc.bc.ca/fundraising Education The Canada Study Grants (CSG) Program for High Need Part-time (HNPT) students is 6. Accept responsibility to read the informa- designed to assist single parents who are tion on all documents upon acceptance of unable to meet the eligibility requirements of STUDENT LOANS BCSAP funds the full-time student loans programme. Students must be taking course(s) on a part- The Financial Aid Catalogue is the most com- 7. Inform the bank of any changes and pro- vide proof of ongoing full-time student status time basis in any post-secondary programme prehensive source of information on student offered at CNC to be eligible for assistance. loans. Students are advised to submit their Default on payments of student loans bears College and Career Preparation (formerly Adult loan applications well in advance of their pro- serious consequences. If you encounter diffi- Basic Education) courses are not eligible for gramme start date to allow for processing, culties contact your bank or the CNC Financial funding from this Program. An appointment which can take up to six weeks. The British Aid Office for information. with the Financial Aid Officer is required. Columbia Student Assistance Programme (BCSAP) was established to supplement finan- Note: All students applying for a loan are The procedures and policies for BCSAP, cial resources for post-secondary education. strongly encouraged to attend a student ABESAPor CSG are determined by the Awards are provided to students based on cal- loan workshop. federal and provincial governments. The culated financial need. The Ministry of English 155 and Math 155 are not College of New Caledonia has no control Advanced Education establishes financial need eligible to be included in the course load of the policies or the upper limit of funds from the information provided in the student requirement for student loan awarded. loan application. BCSAP allows for a modest programmes. student lifestyle and does have a ceiling on EMERGENCY LOANS Further explanation of programme the level of available assistance. course loads may be provided by the The College of New Caledonia offers limited Financial Aid and Student Awards Office. emergency loan assistance to students REQUIREMENTS FOR encountering major unexpected expenses LOAN ASSISTANCE ADULT BASIC EDUCATION while attending school. It is assumed that the student has exhausted all other resources of To be eligible for a BC Student Assistance STUDENT ASSISTANCE financial assistance before coming to the Program loan, a student must: PROGRAM Financial Aid and Student Awards Office. An 1. Be a Canadian citizen or a landed immi- The Adult Basic Education Student Assistance application to and discussion with the grant and a permanent resident of British Program (ABESAP) provides funding for: Financial Aid Officer is required before any Columbia twelve months before starting such assistance can be provided. Students are • Basic literacy school required to sign a promissory note; which is a • Academic upgrading commitment to repay the interest-free loan on 2. Possess a valid social insurance number or before a specified date agreeable to the • English as a Second Language 3. Maintain a specified course load in a full- College. A 24-hour waiting period is neces- time programme for credit at an eligible post- • Pre-vocational Adult Special Education sary for the processing of the loan. All secondary institution and work towards a cer- arrangements for repayment of the loan must The ABESAP program is given to students tificate, diploma, or degree be made with the Financial Aid Officer and be demonstrating a lack of financial resources. approved by the Financial Services 4. Establish financial need by a standard Upon acceptance into a programme an Department of the College. BCSAP assessment of total costs, less student appointment with the Financial Aid Officer is resources required to complete an application to deter- mine financial need. 35 Appeals, COMPLAINTS & DISCIPLINE
GRADE APPEALS interview, and the instructor for the second. 2. If the matter cannot be satisfactorily Joint interviews may be conducted if deemed resolved with the instructor, the student pur- A student may request reconsideration of final appropriate by the Committee and if accept- sues the appeal by forwarding a written out- course grades under the Grade Appeals proce- able to both the student and the instructor. line of the appeal to the Dean. If the Dean is dure. Problems regarding all other grades The student and the instructor both have the the instructor, or if the Dean or designate is should be discussed with the instructor shortly right to proxy representation at the interview, absent, the written appeal should be forward- after the grade is issued. Grounds for appeal and may be accompanied by one additional ed to the Vice-President, Academic. The appeal include prejudicial or capricious grading by the person. If further clarification is required, the must specify the course, the instructor, the instructor or clerical error. The appeal must be committee may interview, jointly or individual- issues upon which the appeal is based, and of sufficient substance to warrant a change to ly, the student and the instructor. the resolution being sought. the grade if the appeal is successful. The Committee will pursue all avenues appro- 3. Failing resolution with the Dean or desig- 1. The student must initiate the appeal priate to the resolution of the appeal. If a con- nate, the student pursues the appeal by for- process within thirty (30) calendar days fol- sensus is reached, the Committee will submit, warding it to the Vice-President, Academic lowing the receipt of the final grade by dis- to the instructor, a report outlining recom- who will verify that the appeal process has cussing the matter with the instructor. mended action and its rationale. If the instruc- been properly adhered to, and who will sub- tor does not support the recommendation, the mit the appeal to the Clinical Grade appeal 2. If the matter cannot be satisfactorily Committee will then forward the report to the Committee. resolved with the instructor, the student may Vice-President, Academic for final decision. The pursue the appeal by forwarding a written Committee will never recommend that a lower 4. The clinical grade appeal committee will outline of the appeal to the instructor’s Dean. grade be assigned. If the Committee cannot include: If the Dean is the instructor, or if the Dean or reach a consensus, it will prepare a report out- designate is absent, the written appeal should • Chairperson—Director of Student Services lining the issues involved and will forward it to be forwarded to the Vice-President, Academic. (permanent appointment) the Vice-President, Academic for decision. The appeal must specify the course, the • Two students from the programme instructor, the evidence upon which the appeal (appointed annually) is based, and the resolution being sought. CLINICAL PRACTICE— APPEAL PROCEDURE • Two faculty from the Health Science 3. Failing resolution with the Dean or desig- Division, one of whom must be from the A student who feels that he or she may have nate, the student may pursue the appeal by programme area (whenever possible, the been unfairly treated in the evaluation of forwarding it to the Vice-President, Academic faculty member from the programme area progress in the clinical component of the pro- who will verify that the appeal process has should not have been involved with previ- gramme may lodge an appeal of the final grade been properly adhered to, and will submit the ous clinical evaluations of the student) appeal to the Grade Appeal Committee. In using the Clinical Practice Appeal Procedure. general, fourteen (14) calendar days will be Clinical grade appeals are only allowed in cases • One clinical practitioner employed in a clini- allowed for the appeal to progress from the where either a failure or an unsatisfactory final cal setting outside the College (appointed instructor to the Vice-President, Academic. evaluation has been received. annually) 1. Upon receipt of an unsatisfactory grade or Within seven (7) days following receipt of the The Dean will assist the Chairperson in con- final evaluation, as set by the programme, the appeal, the Grade Appeal Committee will vening the Clinical Grade Appeal Committee by student should attempt informal resolution by review the appeal, and will conduct hearings identifying possible participants. When con- discussing the assigned grade or evaluation with the instructor and the appellant. When ducting the hearing, the Committee generally with the clinical instructor. If informal resolu- reviewing the appeal, the Committee may will encourage joint interviews with the stu- tion cannot be reached at this stage the stu- request additional written submissions. When dent and instructor present; although separate dent must initiate the appeal process normally conducting its hearings, the Committee will meetings may be scheduled if circumstances within seven calendar days following receipt generally schedule the student for the first warrant. The student and the instructor may be of the final clinical grade. 36 / Appeals, Complaints & Discipline accompanied by one additional person. If fur- ACADEMIC HONESTY In those cases where denial of admission or ther clarification is required, the committee re-admission, suspension, or termination is may interview, jointly or individually, the stu- Students at the College of New Caledonia are not the sanction imposed, students may dent and the instructor. When reviewing the expected to conduct themselves honourably appeal to the Vice President, Academic within appeal, the Committee may request additional and maturely in pursuit of their academic five working days of the receipt of the sanc- written submissions as appropriate. goals. Students are expected to be honest and tion. The Vice President, Academic will under- forthright in their endeavours. Academic take appropriate review procedures to explore If consensus is reached, the committee will integrity is both highly valued and expected. the appeal. The decision of the Vice President submit a report outlining recommended action Academic shall be final. and the rationale to the Vice-President, Academic misconduct includes, but is not lim- Academic. If the committee cannot reach con- ited to, cheating and plagiarism. In those cases where the sanction imposed sensus, they will prepare a report outlining involves denial of admission or re-admission, the issues involved and will forward this to 1. Cheating includes, but is not limited to, a suspension, or termination, students will be the Vice-President, Academic. The Vice- student or group of students, using or informed in writing, outlining the reasons for President, Academic makes the final decision attempting to use unauthorized aids, assis- the sanction, the penalty imposed, the right to and forwards this information to the student, tance, materials, or methods in tests, assign- appeal, and procedure for appeal. Students the instructor, and the Dean. ments, projects, presentations, labs, examina- denied admission, re-admission, suspended, tions or any other evaluation method used. or terminated have the right to appeal through Normally 14 calendar days will be allowed the Suspension or Termination Appeal process. for the appeal to progress from the letter to 2. Plagiarism is the presentation of another the Dean to the final decision of the Vice- person’s work or source’s work, words, or Before being considered for re-admission, President, Academic. ideas as if they were one’s own. It ranges students who have been denied admission from an entire assignment which is not the or re-admission, suspended, or terminated student’s own work to specific passages with- indefinitely for academic misconduct must REWRITING FINAL in an assignment which is not the student’s EXAMINATIONS have the prior written approval of the Vice own work taken from any source without President, Academic. If a student were to be If the grade of a final examination results in a acknowledgement. Students are responsi- re-admitted, the Vice President, Academic failing grade for the course, a student may ble for ensuring that they understand may impose such restrictions and conditions apply to rewrite his or her final examination if: and follow the principles of proper as are deemed necessary to ensure appropri- documentation and scholarship. • he/she has written the final examination in ate academic conduct. the course and If it is determined by an instructor that a stu- dent has cheated and/or plagiarized, the • the final examination is worth 40% or College will proceed with discipline in the fol- more of the final course grade and lowing manner: PERSONAL • he/she has received a passing average in 1. For most first offences, a grade of zero will MISCONDUCT all other work in the course. be assigned for the affected assignment, test, paper, project, lab, etc.; College students are expected to conduct Only one rewrite of a final examination is per- themselves honourably and maturely and mitted in any one course to a maximum of 2. For most second offences, a failing grade show respect for the College, students, and three rewrites per academic year. will be assigned in the affected course; employees. Personal misconduct includes, but The rewrite examination will be structured as 3. Depending on the circumstances surround- is not limited to, damage to property, assault per the final examination outlined in the ing the first or second offence, a more severe on individuals, threatening and dangerous course description. level of discipline may be imposed by the behaviour, misrepresentation, disruptive behaviour, or verbal or non-verbal harass- The maximum final grade for the course, after College, including denial of admission or re- admission; ment. Offences covered by the Criminal Code successful completion of the rewrite examina- of Canada shall be dealt with through the tion, will be the minimum passing grade 4. Where deemed appropriate in the circum- courts of law. Sanctions or payment for per- allowed to proceed to the next level course. stances, for any third offence the matter must be sonal misconduct may include a warning, The rewrite of the final examination will nor- referred to the Vice President, Academic for the restitution through work or payment, denial of mally be within 15 working days following assignment of discipline, which may include admission or re-admission, forfeiture of the last day of the examination week. suspension or termination from the College. College financial aid, mandatory mediation or counselling, and suspension or termination. A fee of $50.00 will be charged for each rewrite. Sanctions imposed for academic misconduct other than those involving denial of admission 1. Damage to property includes, but is In those circumstances where programmes are or re-admission, suspension, or termination not limited to, behaviour leading to vandalism governed by external bodies, the policies/pro- will be made by the appropriate faculty mem- of College, staff, or student property. cedures of those external bodies will prevail. ber in consultation with the appropriate Dean or Regional Manager. Students will be 2. Assault on individuals and threaten- If the student meets these criteria, he/she should informed in writing, outlining the reasons for ing and dangerous behaviour includes, advise the Dean/Regional Manager who will the sanction, the penalty imposed, the right to but is not limited to, assault, subjecting or make the appropriate arrangements and apply appeal, and the procedures for an appeal. threatening to subject any student or employ- to the Registrar to rewrite. ee to physical, mental, or emotional harm, Appeals, Complaints & Discipline / 37 injury, indignity, harassment, written or spo- (5) working days of the receipt of the sanction. pended or terminated from the College and ken abuse, physical intimidation of any stu- The Vice-President, Academic will undertake who feels the decision is unjust has the right dent or employee and action that deliberately appropriate review procedures to explore the to appeal the decision. endangers students or employees. As appro- appeal. The decision of the Vice President, 1. The student must initiate the appeal priate, the Sexual Harassment or Personal Academic shall be final. For those cases where process within two (2) working days of the Harassment procedures may be followed as the sanction involves the denial of admission receipt of the sanction by notifying the alternatives to this procedure. or re-admission, suspension or termination, President of his or her intention to appeal. the student has the right to appeal the sanc- 3. Misrepresentation includes, but is not This notification must be in writing. tion through the Suspension or Termination limited to, the fraudulent representation of Appeal procedure. Students who have been 2. The President will establish an ad hoc information and the falsification of documents denied admission or re-admission, suspended Suspension or Termination Appeal Committee and academic records. Also, included in mis- or terminated for personal misconduct, must to hear the appeal within five (5) working days representation is the impersonation of others. have the prior written approval of the of receipt of the student’s notification. This com- 4. Disruptive behaviour includes, but is President before being considered for re- mittee will consist of one (1) Student named by not limited to, speech or action that seriously admission. The President may impose such the Student Association, one (1) Counsellor detracts from the task at hand, speech or restrictions and conditions as are deemed named by the Director, Student Services, action that is not part of a learning process appropriate to ensure appropriate personal one (1) Faculty Member named by the Vice- that creates an atmosphere of hostility, intimi- conduct if a student were to be re-admitted. President, Academic, and one (1) Administrator dation, ridicule, or anxiety among other stu- named by the President. The President will The above procedure is not intended to inter- dents or employees, action that impedes the name the Chair of the Committee. fere with an instructor’s right to impose nor- delivery of College services, action that abuses mal classroom discipline for disruptive behav- 3. The ad hoc Suspension or Termination College property and services by using them iour to ensure the orderly conduct of classes in Appeal Committee will conduct hearings with- for unauthorized purposes, excessive or an environment conducive to learning. An in five (5) working days of the establishment unreasonable demands for attention or special instructor who feels that normal classroom of the Committee. The Committee will inter- treatment from faculty or staff to the detriment discipline has not been effective has recourse view and do such other research as it feels of other students, or hindrance of other’s work to the Academic Misconduct Procedure. necessary to fully explore the appeal. by failure to complete one’s own work. The above procedure is not intended to inter- 4. The Chair of the ad hoc Suspension or Formal complaints about a student’s behav- fere with an administrator’s right to impose Termination Appeal Committee will advise the iour as outlined above and pertaining to per- sanctions for personal misconduct, where this President within two (2) working days of the sonal misconduct shall be made to the sanction is seen as detrimental to the opera- Committee’s recommendation. The President Director, Student Services or the appropriate tions of a College facility, area, or service. Such will review the recommendation and make a Regional Manager. The Director, Student sanctions may include, but are not limited to, final judgement on the appeal. Services or Regional Manager may at this the restriction of access or denial of access point, undertake such measures as deemed and service. The Personal Misconduct proce- 5. If the student finds the final judgement to appropriate to resolve the complaint informal- dure is available to any College employee who be unsatisfactory, he or she may appeal to the ly. Such measures may include the use of both wishes to make a formal complaint about per- College Board. The College Board will ensure internal and external resources. If informal sonal misconduct on the part of a student. that the proper procedures have been followed measures are unsuccessful, or if the Director, and may recommend a review if such has not Student Services or Regional Manager feel the A student who has received a sanction related been the case. complaint is of sufficient merit in the first to a specific facility, area or service, may instance an immediate sanction may be appeal to the Director, Student Services within imposed. Such sanctions may include, but are five (5) working days of the receipt of the not limited to, a written warning, a personal sanction. The Director, Student Services will ACADEMIC PROBATION conduct/performance contract, personal mis- undertake appropriate review procedures to conduct probation, restriction through work or explore the appeal. The decision of the AND DISMISSAL payment, denial of access to specific College Director, Student Services shall be final. areas, facilities or services, forfeiture of College PROGRAMMES WHERE GRADE financial aid, mandatory mediation or coun- POINT AVERAGE APPLIES selling, denial of admission or re-admission and suspension or termination. A student registered in any number of credit SUSPENSION OR hours who receives less than a 1.0 Grade Point Sanctions imposed for personal misconduct TERMINATION Average (GPA) in a term will be placed on pro- shall be transmitted to the student in writing, bation in the next term or when the student outlining the sanction being imposed, the rea- APPEAL next registers. A student placed on probation- sons for the sanction, the right to appeal, and ary status will be required to see a counsellor A student may be denied admission or re- the procedure for appeal. With the exceptions to discuss his/her academic progress. of sanctions involving the denial of admission admission, suspended, or terminated from the To have probationary status removed a stu- or re-admission, suspension, or termination, College for disciplinary reasons such as dent must obtain a GPA of 1.0 or greater at the student has the right to appeal the sanc- Academic or Personal Misconduct for a speci- the end of the probationary term. tion to the Vice-President, Academic within five fied period or indefinitely. A student who has been denied admission or re-admission, sus- 38 / Appeals, Complaints & Discipline
If a student’s GPA is below 1.0 at the end of HUMAN RIGHTS STUDENT COMPLAINT the probationary term, the student will be pro- hibited from re-registering in the same pro- All members of the College community have PROCEDURE gramme in the next term. Probationary status the responsibility to respect the rights of oth- continues upon registering in an alternate ers. The College does not condone and will Any student who perceives that he or she may programme. not tolerate discrimination or harassment, have been unjustly treated regarding the which undermines the dignity, self-esteem, or application of a College policy or procedure, or A student who achieves a GPA of less than productivity of any student or employee. regarding the action of a College employee, 1.0 in more than two consecutive terms will may seek recourse. be required to withdraw from the College for The College considers any form of harassment one term. or discrimination of any member of the Matters that are not academic in nature may College community to be a serious violation of be brought to the attention of appropriate In the case of dismissal on the basis of failure that individual’s fundamental rights. College officials through Counselling and to meet the requirements of academic proba- Complaints of harassment or discrimination Academic Advising Services or the appropriate tion, the appropriate Dean or Regional must pertain to College-related activities. Regional Manager. Complaints such as mis- Manager may dismiss the student. conduct, incompetence, discrimination, or Harassment is a form of discrimination that other inappropriate behaviour by any College CREDIT PROGRAMMES WHERE adversely affects the recipient on one or more employee can be considered. of the prohibited grounds under the BC GRADE POINT AVERAGE DOES 1. The student must first attempt to resolve NOT APPLY Human Rights Code: age, race, colour, ancestry, place of origin, political belief, the issue with the College employee on an In programmes where Grade Point Average religion, marital status, physical or informal basis within thirty (30) calendar days (GPA) does not apply, a student whose per- mental disability, sex, sexual orienta- following the incident. formance is at an unsatisfactory level may be tion, and in the case of employment, 2. If the matter cannot be satisfactorily placed on probation for a specified period. If unrelated criminal convictions. resolved, the student may pursue the com- his/her performance continues to be unsatis- Any student who perceives that s/he may plaint by forwarding a written outline of the factory beyond a specified period, the student appeal through Counselling and Academic may be suspended from the programme. have been harassed has recourse to the fol- lowing steps: Advising Services or the appropriate Regional Re-admission will be subject to programme Manager or the appropriate administrator. policy. Where specific divisional policies exist • Attempt to address her/his problem directly with the individual concerned or consult 3. If the complaint cannot be resolved by the for students on Academic Probation, these will administrator, the complaint may be forward- supercede the general policy. with a counsellor, a supervisor, Human Resources, or a Student Association ed to the President. In the case of dismissal on the basis of failure representative. 4. Complaints will be resolved by the to meet the requirements of academic proba- • If the complainant is uncomfortable doing President based on recommendations provid- tion, the appropriate Dean or Regional ed by an ad hoc committee comprised of one Manager may dismiss the student. so, or if the complainant is unsuccessful dealing directly with the respondent, s/he (1) Student appointed by the Student may take the complaint to the Human Association, one (1) Faculty Member named APPEAL Resources Director who acts as the Human by the Vice- President, Academic, one (1) Students dismissed for failure to meet the Rights Officer. Counsellor named by the President, and one requirements of academic probation may (1) Administrator named by the President. • The Human Resources Director will listen to appeal to the Vice-President, Academic within the complainant’s concerns to understand 5. If either party involved disputes the final two (2) working days of the receipt of the dis- the origins of the problem, the current situ- judgement of the President, he or she may missal notice. This appeal must be in writing. ation, and the impact on the complainant. appeal to the College Board. The College The Vice-President, Academic will undertake The Human Resources Director, with the Board will ensure that the proper procedures appropriate review procedures to explore the complainant, will review the Human Rights have been followed and may recommend a appeal. The decision of the Vice-President, Policy and the options available for review if such has not been the case. Academic shall be final. Students dismissed addressing a concern. for failure to meet the requirements of aca- demic probation do not have recourse to the Suspension or Termination Appeal process. 39 Regulations
ATTENDANCE WORKERS’ Effective September 1, 1994, Provincial Workers’ Compensation Board coverage only Students attending the College with the assis- COMPENSATION covers student apprentices while attending the tance of a sponsoring agency or group should classroom/lab/shop instruction for the techni- be aware that many of these agencies and BOARD COVERAGE cal training component of an Apprenticeship groups have attendance requirements which Effective January 1, 1994, Provincial Workers’ Programme. This coverage will no longer be go beyond those enforced by the College. Compensation Board coverage was extended in place for non-apprentice students in any It is the students’ responsibility to be to all students while participating in the other programmes. fully aware of any such policies that “practicum” component of all programmes may apply to them. The College of New offered by the provincial colleges and insti- Caledonia bears no responsibility for any tutes regardless of the source of funding for sanctions or penalties that may be imposed by the programmes. BASIC INSURANCE sponsoring agencies or groups that may result due to a lack of attendance. College of New A practicum is defined as: COVERAGE Caledonia attendance policies, where appro- • an integral component of a programme The College of New Caledonia does provide priate, are listed under specific divisional which is required for programme comple- basic insurance coverage for students regis- descriptions. tion and certification; tered in credit programmes at the College. All registered students under age 80 (excluding • unpaid and supervised work experience apprenticeship and general interest students) which takes place at the host employer’s are automatically covered under the pro- premises or place of business. CLEAN AIR POLICY gramme provided they are enrolled in a pro- gramme or course of study offered by the The College of New Caledonia, in an effort to The Workers’ Compensation Board coverage policyholder and are actively engaged in the promote the physical health and the intellectu- does not extend to work places established course and/or approved programme activity. al well-being of its constituent members and specifically for the purpose of experiential Information with regard to this coverage is in accordance with WCB guidelines, prohibits training that is established within a pro- available at Admissions, Registration and smoking in all College facilities except in des- gramme by an institution. Records. ignated areas. 40 Services & FACILITIES
ATHLETICS AND designed to offer the opportunity to pursue a • To provide access to various learning mate- high performance athletic career and post- rials held in the CSS library, e.g., books, RECREATION secondary education. The programme involves videos, and audiotapes. assistance with academic scheduling and The goal of the Centre for Student Success is The College is a member of the BC Colleges’ exposure to sport science resources. For more to help all college students be more successful Athletics Association (BCCAA) and is presently information, and an application, contact the in their studies and to provide assistance in a participating in men’s and women’s volleyball programme coordinator at (250) 562-2131, variety of ways. For some students who have on an intercollegiate level. All students regis- local 292. tered in three or more 3-credit courses, or in been identified as having weaknesses in math full-time Vocational or College and Career and/or English, the Centre provides remedia- Preparation (formerly ABE) programmes, are tion. Many others take advantage of the eligible to participate on the intercollegiate Centre’s English and math courses to brush up Kodiaks’ teams. CENTRE FOR on their skills to better prepare them for their career choice course work. In co-operation with the Student Association, STUDENT SUCCESS the College offers a full range of scheduled Academic Success Seminars which deal with intramural sports. Basketball, racquetball, STATEMENT OF PURPOSE specific study and learning skills are offered soccer, softball, squash, tennis, and volleyball periodically throughout the semester. These • To provide a foundation of basic skills in are a few of the sports offered in past years. seminars are available to all College students. math, English, and study skills to the stu- Fitness classes are offered from September to For more information on these seminars, call dent body; these courses are designed to April, and clinics are held in weight lifting, rac- the Centre at (250) 562-2131, local 384. meet the basic requirements in math and quetball, and squash throughout the academic English for various disciplines year. Recreational activities of a non-competi- ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS tive nature are also held. The Athletics and • To provide and evaluate an academic Placement Testing: All students entering Career Recreation department will assist students in assessment Technical programmes and certain Vocational establishing or offering most types of recre- • To provide a testing centre for students programmes must take the English and Math ational activities. who miss regular test dates Achievement Test (EMAT) prior to their first The College has a large gymnasium, one semester. The results of this test are used to • To provide a drop-in centre for studying racquetball and one squash court, and a assess and prescribe upgrading requirements weight training facility available to all stu- • To provide essay critiques as staffing for those students whose English and/or math dents. Equipment, services, and facilities are permits skills are weak. Students falling below the cri- also available to the public. The gym and teria for the programme in which they are • To provide individual math assistance as washrooms are wheelchair accessible to all, enrolled may be required to take developmen- staffing permits with the showers and change rooms wheel- tal courses. The EMAT is administered approxi- chair accessible to some. The weight room • To provide noon-hour seminars designed mately once a month. For more information located on level 2 is accessible to students for student enrichment contact the Centre For Student Success (Prince with mobility problems from the upper hall. George); Admissions, Registration, and Further information regarding the gym may be • To provide Student Success 800 courses Records; or any regional campus office. obtained by calling (250) 561-5803. • To provide customized academic seminars Students who are not required to take the for individual departments as staffing EMAT, or who scored above the criteria have SPORT ACADEMY permits equal access to the Centre’s resources and are The College of New Caledonia Sport Academy • To provide support and encouragement to encouraged to make use of the many services is a programme for elite athletes and is all students and seminars that the Centre offers. Services & Facilities / 41
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Basics of Algebra faxing, and social events. As a member of the Basics of Algebra is a review of signed num- Students’ Association, you are also a member ENGL 155 bers, real numbers, polynomials, equations with of the Canadian Federation of Students, an Developmental English one variable, formulas, exponents, factoring, the alliance of over 70 college and university stu- dent associations from across Canada. The Based on the results of the EMAT and the Cartesian coordinate system, word problems, Students’ Association addresses student requirements of the programme in which they and manipulating and deriving formulas. issues at the provincial and national levels are enrolled, students will be assigned a through the Federation. course of study which is drawn from the fol- MATH 855 lowing components: Developmental Component Math The activities, services, and work of the The individual student programme will consist Students’ Association are co-ordinated by an Developmental and College Reading of components drawn from the MATH 155 Executive Committee comprised of elected A self-paced course for students who are weak programme. representatives. Elections for the Executive in reading, designed to help students acquire Committee takes place during the spring the basic reading skills needed to handle Student Success 800 semester. All members of the Students’ college-level material. Skills covered are This credit course is strongly recommended Association are eligible, and encouraged, to designed to improve comprehension and for all students who wish to improve their run for office and vote in the elections. As critical analysis skills. learning skills. It is appropriate for those stu- well, the Students’ Association holds an dents who feel they need help as well as Basic Study Skills Annual General Meeting each year. those who are already successful but wish to This course is designed to help the student be more so. Students who have been away For further information about your Students’ develop a systematic method of studying. from “formal” learning for any length of time Association and how you can get involved, Skills demonstrated include study reading, will find it of great value. please visit the Association Office at Room listening to lectures, note taking, time man- 1–201 by the cafeteria or call (250) 562-7415 agement, review techniques, and exam This course teaches the skills and attitudes or (250) 562-2131, local 365. writing. required to be successful as a student. It gives the newest and most efficient techniques for Writing dealing with time, memory, reading, note- This course is designed to help the student taking, and tests. It also deals with a variety acquire the basic skills of writing. Students of topics such as creativity, relationships, COLLEGE STORE are assigned work on punctuation, and health, resources, and career planning. It pro- The College Store, located off the Atrium, stocks grammar. Structure and style are practiced vides tools and techniques for students to all required course-related texts and materials. and then are incorporated into organized para- become better organized and attain maximum The store also stocks reference materials and graphs and essays. success in school, business, and social life. general interest books. Upon request, the store Spelling Corequisite: It is recommended that students also places special orders on book titles. In addition to textbooks, the store sells a wide This course helps the student to apply basic be enrolled in at least one other academic variety of sundry supplies and College crested spelling rules and to spell commonly mis- course. sportswear, glassware, and gift items. spelled words. 2 CR Hours of operation are from Monday to ENGL 855 Thursday, 0800 to 1700, and Friday, 0830 to Developmental Component English 1600. To accommodate students, evening The individual student programme will consist COLLEGE OF hours are extended at peak periods. Summer of components drawn from the English 155 NEW CALEDONIA hours are Monday to Thursday, 0800 to programme. 1600, and Friday, 0830 to 1600. Looking STUDENTS’ forward to serving you! MATH 155 Developmental Mathematics ASSOCIATION Based on the results of the EMAT and the The College of New Caledonia Students’ requirements of the programme in which they Association is comprised of all students regis- COMPUTER are enrolled, students will be assigned a tered in credit courses at the College. Member- FACILITIES course of study which is drawn from the fol- ship in the Students’ Association begins at lowing components: registration upon payment of the membership The College has several computer labs accessi- fees and ceases at the end of the last term of ble to students. The labs contain microcomput- Fundamental Arithmetic registered study. ers, laser printers, overhead projectors, and Fundamental Arithmetic includes whole num- are fully networked using the Novell, At the campus level, the Students’ Association ber operations, decimals, fractions and mixed Windows, NT/2000, and UNIX operating sys- advocates for the rights and interests of its numbers, ratio and proportion, percent, simple tems. The individual workstations run members within the College and the local graphs, and an overview of the metric system. Windows 95/98/NT/2000/XP. community, as well as offering various ser- vices such as locker rental, photocopying, 42 / Services & Facilities
1. Internet Lab 2–315 located in the public access areas in the Library. Anyone requiring assistance from the The lab is accessible at all times to all stu- These are accessible to all students during Counselling and Academic Advising dents who have an active user account. It is Library hours. Users have access to a variety of Department is requested to make an appoint- used principally to access the Internet. applications software and to the Internet. ment by calling (250) 561-5818. Department hours are Monday to Friday 0800 to 1600. 2. General Purpose Labs (GPL/GPL2) The regional campuses are also equipped with Drop-in times are available daily, and evening 2–307 and 2–312 computer labs. Common word processing and appointments are scheduled regularly. Offering a wide variety of software applica- business applications software are available in tions, these labs are used primarily by all regional lab facilities. The Quesnel and Lakes District Campuses Computer Information Systems. offer a part-time Counselling and Academic Access to the Internet is available in most Advising Service. Contact the campus for an 3. Microcomputer Lab (MCL) 2–316 College lab facilities. The College is connected appointment. This lab is primarily used by Engineering to the Internet with a 10-megabyte fibre optic Design while offering general access to all feed. All users of computer facilities must have students. an authorized user account and password. 4. Word Processing Labs (WPL/MPL) In case of problems encountered contact a DAY CARE 2–309 and 2–3110 faculty member, security, or Computer Services Offering various word processing and busi- Help Desk at (250) 561-5812 or e-mail the The demonstration daycare centre complex ness software applications, these labs are Help Desk ([email protected]). includes three centres which meet the needs of used primarily by the Applied Business children aged six months to five years. The All of the computer facilities are available to all Technology programmes. Centre offers full-time care only and is open students during posted hours except during from 0800 to 1700 year round except for 5. Network Lab (NET) 2–311 scheduled class time. statutory holidays. The daycare centres This lab is set up to teach and demonstrate function as lab settings for the Early the Novell, NT/2000, and UNIX operating Childhood Education programme and are systems. Included are workstations running available to students as well as community Windows 95/98/NT/2000/XP. This lab is COUNSELLING AND families. The centres are staffed by qualified open access at all times. ACADEMIC ADVISING early childhood educators. Fees are payable o 6. Macintosh Lab (MAC) 2–313 n a monthly basis. To obtain further informa- This lab provides access to several software The Counselling and Academic Advising tion, call (250) 561-5834. applications, including word processing, desk- Department provides a comprehensive coun- top publishing, graphic design, spreadsheet, selling and advising service to assist students draw, and accounting programmes. and prospective students in successfully achieving their objectives. Professional coun- DESIGNATED 7. Technologies Lab (TEC) 2–319 sellors and academic advisors can provide This lab is primarily used by the Geographic assistance in dealing with educational, career, PARKING Information Systems (GIS) programme using and personal concerns. Individuals are encour- the applications Arc Info, and ArcView. Designated parking spaces for persons with aged to consult with a counsellor when: disabilities are in the main parking lot 8. Open Access Lab (OAL) 2–314 • Entering college; (entrance off 22nd Avenue) and by the Gym This lab is open access at all times. The soft- entrance in the Dental parking lot. Disabled ware used is a combination of program prod- • Establishing career and life goals; parking placards must be displayed to prevent ucts used in all the other labs. This lab is not towing from these spaces. • Encountering barriers to personal and connected to the Internet. academic success; Note: Limited reserved parking spaces are 9. Trades Lab 2–816 available in addition to the open parking • Transferring to another post-secondary This lab is primarily used by the Trades areas at $15 per month. institution; Department, using general purpose pro- gramme products and specific programmes • Entering the job market; like Mitchell on Demand, Master Cam, and • Encountering personal problems and crisis; Auto Sketch. EMERGENCIES • Requiring assistance with appeals; 10. Other Lab Facilities AND EVACUATION There are microcomputer facilities available • Withdrawing from courses/programmes. as part of other specific labs: Biology, Centre PROCEDURE— for Student Success, Chemistry, Forestry, Academic advising is available to assist stu- Geography, Human Kinetics, Math, Physics, dents in: LOCAL 200 and Psychology. • Planning educational programmes The College has several qualified first aid attendants on staff. In the event of any emer- 11. Public Access Area—Library • Obtaining information on career options gency including those requiring First Aid, call (2–717, 2–718) and skills requirements There are a variety of microcomputers and Local 200. All accidents must be reported to printers connected to the College network, • Job search preparation and techniques Services & Facilities / 43 the Physical Plant office (Room 2-332) within They can provide and receive peer tutoring INFORMATION 24 hours of occurrence. and academic support to be successful, counselling and peer support, and participate The College does not have a public address CENTRE/ in cultural and academic activities. FNESS system that extends to the classrooms. Given staff also provide a cultural link for other SWITCHBOARD the large number of students and classrooms, CNC instructors and programmes integrating it is impossible to communicate messages, The Information Centre and Switchboard pro- First Nations studies and learning into their other than in emergencies. Students should vides general directional information. All calls classes. not use the switchboard to relay messages. In to (250) 562-2131 are handled by the some cases, messages may be relayed FNESS is a joint initiative of the College and switchboard from Monday to Friday 0800 to through the Student Association office at (250) the Carrier Sekani Tribal Council. CNC also 1600. Departments may be contacted after 562-7415 or (250) 562-2131, local 365. works with CSTC, the Prince George Native hours by calling the numbers listed in the city Friendship Centre, and other Aboriginal organ- telephone directory or by calling the general The fire alarm operates in two stages; a slow izations to develop and deliver appropriate number and then following the voice prompt. intermittent ring signals a fire occurring in transition and support programmes and sup- The College does not have a paging system, another area of the College. A fast ring indi- port services for First Nations people attending and it cannot take messages for, or make cates a fire in the immediate area, and every- the College. contact with, students except in the case of one must leave the building via the nearest an emergency. The College voice mail exit—the elevators must not be used. FNESS coordinates a study centre for First system may be accessed directly by calling Nations students at the Prince George Campus Students requiring assistance to evacuate are (250) 561-5848. and supports the activities of the CNC First asked to go directly to the refuge areas located Nations Students Club. For more information in the second floor foyer by the Library, third contact (250) 562-2131, local 460. floor foyer by Human Resources, and first floor Atrium area. LIBRARY The main Library is located in a modern facili- FOOD SERVICES ty on the second floor of the entrance building. Open to the general public as well as to stu- EMPLOYMENT Food Services is located on the first floor, and dents, the Library offers a broad range of PLACEMENT operates from September to April, 0730 to resources including books, periodicals, news- 2100 Monday to Thursday, 0730 to 1500 on papers, federal and provincial government The Placement Services Officer, located in the Fridays, and May 0730 to 1500 Monday to documents, audio-visual materials, a computer Counselling and Academic Advising area, Friday. It offers a salad bar, short order grill, job bank, and other computer and Internet assists students and graduates in identifying complete full hot meals, and a variety of bev- resources. The holdings of other libraries are career oriented employment opportunities. erages and fresh bakery products. available through the inter-library loan Providing a liaison between the College and Food Services is equipped to cater to all types programme. prospective employers, the Placement Services of functions from small receptions and buffets, Officer assists with full-time, part-time, Assistance in locating information and in to large banquets. The professional staff can using the Library’s resources is available from temporary, and some summer employment offer advice on planning menus, and other opportunities. the staff at the Information Desk. Orientation services suited to the occasion. For further tours are provided to groups as well as to Additional services include: the coordination information on services available, contact the individuals upon request. Library patrons have of student interviews, either on-campus or at Cafeteria Supervisor at (250) 561-5807. access to study carrels, small tables, informal an employer’s premises, and tutoring services. reading lounges, and group study and meet- ing rooms. Photocopiers, typewriters, audio- Students may drop by the Student Placement visual equipment, microcomputers, printers, Office to discuss employment opportunities or and a public fax machine are available. call (250) 561-5840. HEALTH AND SAFETY The College is committed to providing a safe For opening hours and information about and healthy environment for employees and services, call (250) 561-5811. students. To achieve this objective, all health Web address: FIRST NATIONS and safety regulations are enforced, unsafe conditions are promptly corrected, and safety www.cnc.bc.ca/ and click on Library EDUCATION SUPPORT education is provided on a continuous basis. E-Mail: SERVICES (FNESS) The College’s Occupational Health and Safety Committee meets monthly and is comprised of [email protected] CNC works closely with its First Nations employee and management representatives. partners throughout the region. Through the Students must comply with the Workers’ Com- The College Library network extends to the First Nations Education Support Services office pensation Board safety regulations as outlined region, and there are collections at each regional and drop-in centre, students can receive infor- in the Programmes section where applicable. campus. Further information may be obtained mation on entering college, choosing career from the Regional Librarian at 1-800-371-8111, paths, and accessing funding to attend school. or by contacting the regional campus. 44 / Services & Facilities
MEDIA SERVICES SERVICES AND Media Services, located beside the Library, FACILITIES FOR offers equipment, media, web, and desktop publishing services as well as workshops to STUDENTS WITH College students, staff, and community DISABILITIES groups, businesses, and organizations. The College provides a variety of support Media Services has equipment such as flatbed services to assist individuals with disabilities scanners, slide scanners, CD burner, Zip in attending College programmes and partici- drives, digital cameras, and computers with pating in all facets of College life. These data display units attached available to services are delivered by the College Access students, staff, and faculty. units have private washrooms. Wheelchair- Instructor and the Learning Assistance Graphic collections (print and electronic for- accessible rooms are available. The housing Instructor. mats) are available for use by students, staff, fees include heat, utilities, and basic cable- vision, while private telephone service is College Access Services include assistance for and faculty in class, course, and web-related students entering the institution. Learning presentations. available through Telus. Each room is equipped with a bed, desk, chair, wardrobe, Assistance support is available for students Media Services offers video and audio dub- microwave, and fridge. Any student registered registered in College programmes. bing services (in North American and interna- at the College is eligible to live in residence, Services are available from September to May tional formats) in addition to loaning various although preference will be given to full-time and should be requested as soon as possible types of audio-visual equipment, including students with a permanent address outside but at least six months in advance of videotape recorders and television sets (for Prince George. The rooms are assigned based anticipated attendance. on-campus use only), video and 35 mm cam- on the date of receipt of application; applying eras, audio equipment, and projectors (slide, early provides your best chance of acceptance. Current documentation of disability is required filmstrip, 8 mm & 16 mm projectors). Students should not wait for confirmation of to ensure that appropriate services can be pro- College acceptance before applying for resi- vided. The College also offers employment Direct line for all services: dence. Registration packages are available preparation programmes for adults with devel- (250) 561-5805 at Admissions, Registration and Records opmental disabilities (refer to the programmes Equipment loans: or contact the Residence Manager at section, College Foundations). bookings in person only (250) 561-5849. Rates range from $335 to $400 per month. SERVICES Audio and video dubbing services: (250) 562-2131, local 290 The Residence also has rooms available—from College Access one night to four months—from May to Desktop publishing services: August. Group enquiries are welcome. Rates Statement of Purpose (250) 562-2131, local 485 range from $20 per night to $400 per month. The purpose of College Access Services is to Web services: facilitate the inclusion of individuals with dis- (250) 562-2131, local 247 abilities into the college setting. These services are available to prospective students who Department Manager: require assistance in making the transition (250) 562-2131, local 247 SECURITY into the College of New Caledonia. The Security Department operates 24 hours a day, seven days a week, including statutory Service Description: The provision of the holidays. Security can be reached at College Access educational services may 100 BLOCK BUILDING (250) 561-8926 or local 200 or through include the following: safety phones located at most entrances or • assistance with admission into the College LEVEL 3 CLASSROOMS the button marked “S” on most pay phones. There is a wheelchair lift connecting the Emergency phones are located in the parking • assistance with programme/course 3–200 and 3–100 block. To use, pick up the areas. selection telephone at the lift station. • assessment of learning strengths and SAFEWALK difficulties The Security Guard on duty will provide a • identification of and assistance with obtain- SafeWalk service from the Security Office RESIDENCE ing support critical to successful student beside the main entrance between ten minutes participation in a chosen programme A 92-unit Student Residence is available on before the hour and ten minutes after the hour • provision of adaptive equipment through the Prince George Campus. Each single room 24 hours a day, seven days a week pro- the Adult Services Project has a private outside access; most of the vided the guard has not been called away on an emergency. rooms are connected to an adjacent room • referral to external support agencies and through a shared washroom, although eight other College resources Services & Facilities / 45
• alternative assessment for programme as well as instructor or counselling referrals, Further information may be obtained from the placement. are welcome. Individuals requesting learning regional campuses. assistance must be registered CNC students. For further information, contact Disability Documentation of disability is required to Services at (250) 561-5848, local 248 or ensure that appropriate services are identified. the Counselling and Advising Centre at There is no charge for this service. (250) 561-5818. TRANSPORTATION For further information, contact the Full-time students with a valid student card Learning Assistance Counselling and Advising Centre at (250) are eligible to receive the Prince George 561-5818, Disability Services at (250) 561- Transit student rate. Bus schedules are avail- Statement of Purpose 5848, local 250. Information contact: (250) able at the College Store and at the main front The purpose of Learning Assistance Services is 562-2131, local 250, or TDD/TTY at (250) entrance. to ensure that all students who meet regular 561-5852. entrance requirements have equal access to programmes and services at the College of SPECIAL RESOURCES New Caledonia. • Visualtek magnification system VOLUNTEER ADULT Learning Assistance services are available to • Speech plus calculator LITERACY TUTORING registered students with disabilities. These services are in place to make College pro- • Large print computer software (VALT) grammes accessible to all community mem- • Laptop computers bers, regardless of disability. The College offers a free tutoring programme to assist adults who wish to acquire or • Reading Edge Reader Services are individualized to meet specific improve basic literacy skills. This one-to-one disability related needs. Current documenta- • Four-track tape recorder tutoring is provided by community volunteers, tion of disability may be required to ensure trained by the College to serve as tutors. Every effort is made to provide services as that appropriate services can be provided. Based on an initial assessment, students are requested, however, the range of these servic- Individuals are encouraged to contact matched with a tutor. Student-tutor pairs usu- es is dependent upon availability of resources. Disability Services at least six months ally meet two or three times per week, accord- prior to programme start date. Every ing to a schedule and location convenient to effort will be made to accommodate individual both the student and the tutor. requests for service required, however, early contact is essential as some accommodations TELEPHONES The VALT programme is offered by some require significant time to arrange. regional campuses. More information may be Lowered public telephones are available for obtained by contacting a regional campus in Services are provided according to need. They wheelchair users throughout the College. your area. may include: At each bank of public telephones, one is marked for emergency use. Emergency (white) • diagnostic testing for educational planning telephones are located throughout the College, • alternative assessment for programme including parking lots. One telephone is WAS H ROOM S placement equipped with an amplification device for individuals who are hearing impaired. TDD Most washrooms in the main building are • learning strategy instruction service, for people with hearing impairments, wheelchair accessible and are so marked. • instructor and community agency liaison is available through (250) 561-5852. The Washrooms in the Mackenzie Building are not telephone is located in the Library. wheelchair accessible. There is a unisex wash- • provision of support services including room located on level I and level 2 in the main notetakers, tutors, scribes, taped texts, entrance area which is wheelchair accessible. exam accommodations, interpreters, short- term equipment loans, or other learning TEST SUPERVISION support to meet individual needs. The regional centres provide supervision for Learning assistance is available between various tests required for admission to univer- September and May each year. Self-referrals, sities, other institutions, or professions. 46 Business & MANAGEMENT STUDIES
DIVISIONAL CONTACT The Administrative Assistant and Legal Secretary programmes consist of two full-time Bob Miller 17-week semesters and are designed to pro- Dean, Business Division vide students with the necessary skills for Telephone: (250) 561-5814 entry into the work force. Programmes are Fax: (250) 561-5866 structured for the high school graduate or Web pages: [email protected] mature student with typing competency but E-mail: [email protected] little or no office experience. Those who are interested in a career in the business world Applied Business Technology may wish to pursue one of these programmes. • Administrative Assistant • Legal Secretary Certificates will be awarded to students who successfully complete all courses in the Business: The Next Generation programme. Certificates Note: In order to proceed to the second 2. A keyboarding proficiency assessment. A • Business Administration semester of the Applied Business prerequisite minimum speed of 20 net words • Computer Information Systems Technology programmes, courses in the per minute or permission from the Depart- • Computerized Bookkeeping preceding semester must be successfully ment is required. Any necessary upgrading • Financial Planning and Investment completed. Check prerequisites for may be obtained through the Applied • Hospitality Operations courses offered in each term. Business Technology Online Keyboarding • Management Studies Speed 1, Computer Studies 020, or equiva- • Northern Outdoor Recreation and CAREER OPPORTUNITIES lent. This assessment may take the form of a Ecotourism transcript or a letter on institutional letterhead Diplomas Administrative Assistant from a teacher of typing, or other typing test • Accounting and Finance documentation—any of which is to be dated Graduates of the Administrative Assistant • Computer Information Systems within the previous three years—or an assess- Programme find employment in business, • Hospitality Administration ment by a CNC Applied Business Technology government, and industrial offices in a wide • Management instructor. An assessment by a CNC Applied variety of positions. Examples are junior • Marketing and Management Business Technology instructor may be secretaries, word processing operators, clerk- arranged between February 1 and April 30 of typists, and receptionists. each academic year. Contact your local cam- pus for regional assessment dates. Legal Secretary APPLIED BUSINESS 3. Applicants must take the English and Graduates of the Legal Secretary Programme Math Achievement Test (EMAT) administered TECHNOLOGY have found employment in private law firms; by the College, prior to the first semester. federal, provincial, and municipal offices; real Students below a certain level in this test will STATEMENT OF PURPOSE estate companies; and accounting firms. be required to complete work in English To provide the educational foundation for and/or math. office professionals entering or re-entering the ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS workforce, enabling them to have a positive 1. Successful completion of Grade 12 or ABE GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS impact on the business community. Advanced Certificate or GED Certificate or Certificates will be awarded to students who mature student status. successfully complete all courses in the pro- Business and Management Studies / 47
*Note: Students must receive an exempt BUSINESS: THE NEXT or satisfactory standing in ENGL 155 and MATH 155. GENERATION Semester 2 January to May (17 weeks) A-075 Secretarial Bookkeeping ENTREPRENEURIAL C-075 Business Communications II PROGRAMME D-070 Machine Transcription The College of New Caledonia, in co-operation P-076 Office Simulations in the with community partners, offers on a regular Electronic Office basis a four-month entrepreneurial pro- W-078 Introduction to Desktop gramme. The actual partnerships in each com- Publishing munity may vary. In Prince George the major W-042 Document Production Level III partner is the Community Futures V-075 Work Experience* Development Corporation of Fraser Fort *Note: This course is currently under George. The Business: The Next gramme. Certificates will be awarded to part- development. It may not be offered in the Generation (BNG) programme provides an time students who successfully complete all academic year 2002/03 although every opportunity to experience supported entrepre- courses in the programme within three years. effort will be made to do so. neurial activity. Participants form a BC regis- (The Applied Business Technology department tered company, decide on a company name will be following the grading scale as outlined PROGRAMME OUTLINE: and product/services, elect a board of manage- in the College Calendar under “Dental Studies LEGAL SECRETARY ment from amongst themselves, conduct mar- and Cooking Programmes”.) ket research, develop a business plan, raise CERTIFICATE capital, and create and sell a product(s)/serv- SELECTION CRITERIA Semester 1 August to December ice(s). At the conclusion of the course the com- (17 weeks) pany will go into voluntary liquidation with In those cases where the programme is over- B-070 Electronic Calculations profits returned to participants. This is all subscribed, the following selection criteria will C-074 Business Communications I done in a real-life situation and not a simula- be used to select one-half of the class in the H-070 Human Relations tion. Successful participants may apply for 6 following order of priority: L-070 Introduction to Legal Office credits toward the Marketing/Management 1. Verified typing speed with preference Procedures Diploma programme. given to those with a higher documented level P-072 Office Procedures of achievement. W-045 Computer Keyboarding/ Document Production Levels I APPLICATION PROCEDURE and II BUSINESS W-073 Microcomputer Applications Applications will be accepted beginning Sep- ENGL 155 Developmental English* ADMINISTRATION tember 15 for the following August intake. MATH 155 Developmental Math* The Applied Business Technology programmes CERTIFICATE are under review and some courses may *Note: Students must receive an exempt PROGRAMMES change. Students should check with a counsel- or satisfactory standing in ENGL 155 lor in the spring. and Math 155. The Business Management Certificate pro- grammes are designed for students seeking to Semester 2 January to May (17 weeks) PROGRAMME OUTLINE: complement their current business experience C-075 Business Communications II with academic training. ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT D-070 Machine Transcription CERTIFICATE L-076 Legal Processes The programmes may only be taken on a Semester 1 August to December A-076 Legal Office Bookkeeping part-time basis and are designed to provide (17 weeks) W-042 Document Production Level III mature students the opportunity to add B-070 Electronic Calculations V-075 Work Experience* accounting, computer information systems, C-074 Business Communications I and general administration courses to their *Note: This course is currently under H-070 Human Relations skill mix. development. It may not be offered in the P-072 Office Procedures academic year 2002/03 although every A wide selection of courses are available W-045 Computer Keyboarding/ effort will be made to do so. allowing students to tailor programmes to Document Production Levels I their needs and educational background. and II W-073 Microcomputer Applications COMPUTER ACCOUNTS Courses are offered during the day and ENGL 155 Developmental English* To avoid lost time in computer labs, the evening on a rotating basis to accommodate MATH 155 Developmental Math* College urges students to apply for a computer those students working full-time. account and pay the technology fee prior to classes starting. 48 / Business and Management Studies
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS advances in their specialty area. This is the below an established level in this test will be approach too, for students who need to post- required to complete work in English and/or Programmes vary according to a student’s pone further study towards a Diploma. math. It is strongly recommended that interests and requirements and are planned students write the EMAT early and that they 2. Candidates already possessing basic CIS on an individual basis in consultation with complete any required English or math work skills can choose courses at a more advanced the Counselling and Advising Centre and the prior to attending the first semester. Dean of Business. A student may start his/her level. Students can tailor individual pro- programme at any time, as agreed upon grammes to expand their skill base according Note: Students entering the Computer- between the student and a CNC counsellor. to their specific needs and interests. ized Bookkeeping programme are strongly advised to have keyboarding Courses start in September and January. Students then can receive recognition for skills of at least 20 wpm prior to com- managing their careers in the face of rapidly mencement of the programme. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION changing technology and their need to update CERTIFICATE or upgrade skills. Selection Criteria The programme consists of seven required Both approaches are appealing to candidates Where the programme is oversubscribed, the courses, plus three electives. already employed and wanting to expand their job prospects. selection criteria will be: Required Courses Entry requirements are the same as for the CIS 1. Completion of English 12 or English 045 ACC 151 Accounting I Diploma programme, and allow for either full- 2. Completion of Math 155 and English 155 ACC 152 Accounting II time or part-time study. Students must have or exemption from Math 155 and English CIS 152 Introductory Computing all the course prerequisites or equivalents to 155 Systems enroll in a course. The Certificate requires at least 50% of the courses that count towards a FIN 257 Finance I Application Procedure MGT 157 Principles of Management CIS Diploma. MGT 160 International Business Applications will be accepted beginning MKT 152 Principles of Marketing COMPUTERIZED September 15 for the following September BOOKKEEPING intake. Electives Statement of Purpose Programme Outline: The three elective courses may be selected Computerized Bookkeeping To produce a computer-literate graduate who from Accounting, CIS, Commerce, Economics, Certificate FIN 251, 252, 253, 254, 258, Law, Manage- is capable of functioning independently; one ment, Marketing, MATH 157, or ENGL 190. who could look after all the bookkeeping and Semester I September to December office functions of a small office, or one who (15 weeks) COMPUTER INFORMATION could start a home-based business of keeping BOOK 161 Bookkeeping I SYSTEMS (CIS) CERTIFICATE books for clients; or one who could fill effec- BOOK 162 Production Keyboarding I tively a bookkeeping or accounting position. BOOK 163 Communications I BOOK 164 Computer Applications I Statement of Purpose This programme consists of two 15-week BOOK 165 Business Mathematics semesters beginning each September and To prepare students for an entry level technical BOOK 167 Human Relations ending in April of the next year. role in a business computing environment and ENGL 155 Developmental English* provide a foundation for future educational It is intended for people who wish to: keep MATH 155 Developmental Mathematics* opportunities. books for clients, be the bookkeeper in a small *Note: Students must receive an exempt office, or work as an accounting clerk in a The CIS Certificate is awarded to students who or satisfactory standing in ENGL 155 larger office. It is not intended for students have completed half the course credits needed and MATH 155 for a CIS Diploma. There are two approaches who wish to pursue an accounting designa- Semester II January to April to a CIS Certificate. tion. Extensive exposure to spreadsheets and accounting packages should prepare the stu- (15 weeks) 1. Most candidates complete Year 1 of the dent for today’s computerized environment. BOOK 171 Bookkeeping II CIS Diploma. It provides basic skills in micro BOOK 172 Production Keyboarding II applications, computer programming, and Admission Requirements BOOK 173 Communications II systems analysis as well as general business BOOK 174 Computer Applications II knowledge and interpersonal and communica- 1. Successful completion of Grade 12 (with BOOK 176 Office Procedures tion skills. They would be capable of assisting English 12, Communications 12 or Technical BOOK 190 Work Experience (optional) in microcomputer information systems. and Professional Communications 12) or ABE Advanced Certificate or GED Certificate or This approach is attractive to students who mature student status. wish to combine CIS “cross-over” skills with a specialty such as accounting or forestry. 2. Applicants must take the English and Students with cross-over skills would easily Math Achievement Test (EMAT), administered adjust to, if not actually lead, technology by the College, prior to the first term. Students Business and Management Studies / 49
FINANCIAL PLANNING AND Proficiency Exam (PPE), leading to the INVESTMENT CERTIFICATE Certificated Financial Planner (CFP) designa- tion, and the financial licensing exam currently Statement of Purpose under development by the Canadian Securities administrators. The Financial Planning and Investment Certificate is intended for students who are It should be noted that students wishing to interested in the retail side of financial plan- take Finance 251 and Finance 252 must ini- ning. The programme is intended to provide tially register for both courses and as a stu- students with a comprehensive background in dent with the Canadian Securities Institute. financial markets, products, services, invest- This same registration procedure applies to ments, and analytical skills. In addition, the students registering in Finance 253 and objective is to equip students with the basic Finance 254. Therefore, in addition to CNC skills and knowledge necessary to provide tuition fees, students are expected to pay an Note: Students must receive an exemp- personal financial advice in such areas as tax- additional, but reduced fee levied by the tion or satisfactory standing in ENGL ation, investments, and estate and retirement Canadian Securities Institute. The fee provides 155 and MATH 155 (refer to item 4 of planning. each student access to course materials, one admission requirements) attempt at the relevant Institute exam at any The Certificate will be of interest to students time up to one year after enrollment in the Semester II January to April contemplating careers in one of the fastest College’s course, and the requisite Institute ENGL 190 Business Communications I growing sectors, the financial services indus- assignments. HOSP 153 Hospitality Financial try. This would include exciting career oppor- Accounting tunities with banks, brokerage firms, mutual Required courses: HOSP 190 Work Experience fund companies, independent financial plan- ACC 151 Accounting I HOSP 170 Accommodations ning firms, or as self-employed financial plan- ACC 152 Accounting II HOSP 165 Beverage Operations ning practitioners. Examples of positions grad- HOSP 168 Food and Beverage Any one of: uates can expect to obtain include: personal Cost Control financial advisor, financial planner, investment ECON 152 Canadian Macroeconomics advisor, mutual fund investment specialist, ECON 202 Principles of Economics— MANAGEMENT STUDIES insurance advsior, and retirement and estate Macroeconomics CERTIFICATE specialist. ECON 102 Canadian Economic Issues The programme consists of the following nine The Financial Planning and Investment Any one of: required courses, plus one elective. Certificate is also designed for the working ECON 251 Canadian Microeconomics adult who is seeking to increase his/her busi- ECON 201 Principles of Economics— Required Courses ness knowledge and supplement a present Microeconomics career, or who is seeking to change careers ECON 101 Introduction to Economics ACC 151 Accounting I into the area of financial services. It is also ACC 152 Accounting II Further required courses: directed to those who wish to become inde- CIS 152 Introductory Computing pendent financial consultants in private prac- FIN 251 Canadian Securities I Systems tice. It is a flexible programme, in a classroom FIN 252 Canadian Securities II COM 222 or environment, arranged to accommodate part- FIN 253 Professional Financial MGT 262 Organizational Behaviour time and evening studies. Planning I MGT 157 Principles of Management FINE 254 Professional Financial MGT 160 International Business Programme Accreditation Planning II MGT 263 Personnel MGT 264 Industrial Relations Completion of Finance 251 and Finance 252 HOSPITALITY OPERATIONS entitles the student to receive credit for the CERTIFICATE Elective Canadian Securities course, upon completion of the Canadian Securities Institute’s exams The elective course may be selected from Programme Outline: and assignments, which are administered by Accounting, CIS 160, Economics, ENGL 190, the Institute. Hospitality Operations Certificate FIN 251, 252, 253, 254, Law, Management, (Year One) or Marketing. Completion of Finance 253 and Finance 254 entitles the student to receive credit for the Semester I September to December Professional Financial Planning course, upon MKT 152 Marketing I completion of the Canadian Securities HOSP 150 Introduction to Tourism Institute’s exams and assignments, which are HOSP 160 Food and Beverage Service administered by the Institute. These courses CIS 152 Introduction to Computing prepare students for the Financial Planners Systems Standards Council (FPSC), Professional MGT 154 Applied Interpersonal Skills (Human Relations) 50 / Business and Management Studies
DIPLOMA LADDER FOR access the exceptional outdoor recreation Quesnel, British Columbia opportunities in those areas. BUSINESS CERTIFICATE With a population of over 11,000, Quesnel is GRADUATES The programme is designed to provide train- a municipality located 150 km south of Prince ing for people wanting to enter the ecotourism George at the northern edge of the Cariboo Statement of Purpose industry as well as for those who are already recreation area. Quesnel has evolved from a involved in the industry. In order to provide a To provide a path for business certificate grad- supply centre for the gold rush communities solid understanding of the fundamentals of uates to complete a diploma. The title of the of the Cariboo to a major forestry and recre- outdoor recreation and ecotourism operations, diploma is a Diploma in Business ational location. Transportation to Quesnel is the programme consists of a core of courses in Administration. available by bus through Greyhound Canada, guiding, nature interpretation, and business. by rail through BCR, or by air through Air BC. Elective field skills courses provide a variety of Programme Outline technical skills specific to employment as out- Housing Students need either a Business Admini- door recreation leaders, ecotourism guides, stration Certificate or a Management Studies and assistant guides. The College will assist students in finding suit- able accommodation by providing students Certificate plus enough additional courses to This certificate programme is normally com- make a total of 60 credits that also meet the with a list of contacts for rooms, apartments, pleted in one year. Students may enroll part and houses available for rent in the community. following requirements. time, subject to seat availability. Required courses: Clothing and Equipment ENGL 190 Business Communications I Valemount, British Columbia Participants will be required to provide a sub- ENGL 191 Business Communications II The Northern Outdoor Recreation and stantial amount of personal clothing and MATH 157 Business Statistics Ecotourism Certificate Programme will be run equipment for this programme through either MGT 154 Applied Human Relations in Valemount, British Columbia, where access purchase or rental. This includes clothing, MKT 152 Principles of Marketing to nature and outdoor recreation facilities is backpack, sleeping bag, boots, etc. The One or more of: exceptional. The area features outstanding College provides group equipment such as natural resources for hiking, canoeing, bird- FIN 257 Finance I canoe equipment and rafting equipment. A watching, kayaking, river rafting, mountain ACC 251 Intermediate Accounting I required clothing and equipment list will be biking, ATV touring, snowmobiling, cross- ACC 255 Management Accounting I mailed out upon acceptance. country skiing, backcountry skiing, heliskiing, dogsledding, fishing, and horseback riding. One or more of: Fees MKT 281 Personal Selling The small community is uniquely located in a MKT 276 Retailing and Merchandising valley surrounded by three mountain ranges— Tuition fees are approximately $6000 per MKT 271 Consumer Behaviour the Rockies, the Cariboos, and the Monashees. student. Student financial support may be MKT 272 Marketing Research Methods It is the gateway to Mount Robson Provincial available. Park, home of the highest peak in the One or more of: Canadian Rockies and is just over an hour Additional Costs Macro- one of ECON 102, 152, or away from Jasper National Park. Valemount In addition to costs for personal clothing and economics: 202 provides a perfect setting to learn how to equipment purchase or rental, students will Micro:- one of ECON 101, 201 or guide a variety of soft adventure activities in incur additional costs for texts, maps, food, economics: 251 diverse terrains. and backcountry hut accommodation for Plus: Sufficient electives chosen from Valemount is a friendly village with a popula- extended field trips, snowmobile trail fees, etc. Accounting, CIS, Economics, FIN 251, 252, tion of about 1,600 people and a variety of Additional costs, excluding costs for personal 253, 254, Law, Management, or Marketing to stores and services. The campus is located clothing and equipment, will range from $950 make up a total of at least 60 credits. within easy walking distance of the village’s to $1800 depending upon the field options residential areas. There are a number of out- chosen. NORTHERN OUTDOOR door recreation and ecotourism businesses in the area where students may obtain work RECREATION AND Admission Requirements experience. ECOTOURISM CERTIFICATE 1. Successful completion of Grade 12 (with PROGRAMME Valemount is centrally located 294 km east of English 12, Communications 12 or Technical Prince George, 310 km north of Kamloops, and Professional Communications 12, or ABE Statement of Purpose and 126 km west of Jasper, Alberta. Advanced Certificate or GED Certificate. Transportation to Valemount is available by The purpose of the programme is to train bus through Greyhound Canada or by train 2. Successful completion of Accounting 11 or individuals for positions in northern outdoor through Via Rail Canada. Math 11A or Introductory Math 11 or recreation and ecotourism operations which Applications of Math 11 or Principles of Math specialize in nature interpretation and soft 11 or Math 044 or Math 045. adventure activities. The programme will be run in Valemount and Quesnel in order to 3. Applicants must take the English and Math Achievement Test (EMAT), administered Business and Management Studies / 51 by the College, prior to attending the first Applicants not selected will be placed in the ECOT 155 Trip Planning and Emergency semester. Students below a certain level in general selection pool for the balance of Situation Management this test will be required to complete work in seats available in the programme. ECOT 158 Business Communications in English and/or math. It is strongly recom- Tourism 2. In those cases where the programme is mended that students write the EMAT early ECOT 190 Work Experience oversubscribed on the review date, selection and that they complete any required English will be made on the basis of the résumé sub- Field Skills Electives: and math work prior to attending the first mitted with an emphasis for selection placed ECOT 170 Avalanche Awareness* semester. on the relevancy and extent of the experience ECOT 171 Nordic Skiing* 4. Applicants to the Northern Outdoor in tourism and/or customer service, level of ECOT 172 Nordic Skiing II** Recreation and Ecotourism Operations knowledge and interest in natural history, and ECOT 173 ATV and Snowmobile Touring* Programme must provide a work/volunteer experience and level of proficiency in eco- ECOT 174 Freshwater Fishing I* experience résumé listing: tourism field activities. ECOT 175 Rafting I* ECOT 176 Rafting II* a) experience in tourism and/or customer ECOT 177 Swiftwater Rescue Technician I* service or in a related educational pro- Assumption of Risk Release ECOT 179 Flatwater Canoeing gramme such as the BC Tourism Career Due to the varying levels of risk associated Preparation Programme with outdoor recreation activities, participants Semester II Theory Courses: b) level of knowledge and interest in will be required to sign an Assumption of Risk ECOT 160 Environmental Stewardship natural history and Indemnifying Release form. In the case of participants under the age of 19 years, the CIS 152 Introductory Computing c) experience and level of proficiency in form must also be signed by a parent or legal Systems ecotourism field activities guardian. Participants may want to seek legal ECOT 161 Entrepreneurship in advice regarding the signing of this form. Ecotourism d) three references who have firsthand ECOT 165 Natural History knowledge of the items listed in a), b), and c) Programme Outline: Field Skills Electives: Northern OUtdoor Recreation and ECOT 180 Dayhiking 5. Applicants to the Northern Outdoor Ecotourism Certificate ECOT 181 Backpacking Recreation and Ecotourism Operations ECOT 182 Backcountry Horse Packing Programme must be in good physical condi- Note: To graduate, students must success- tion suitable to participate in moderate out- fully complete all theory courses in the *Note: Includes or leads to industry certi- door recreation activities. A doctor’s certificate programme and four field skill electives. fication. of health is required. Students must provide (Depending on demand, all electives may proof of medical coverage. not be available.) Note: Students must be a minimum of 19 Semester start time can be confirmed through years of age at the course start date in Counselling and Admissions, Registration and BUSINESS order to take the field options Rafting II Records. and Swiftwater Rescue Technician I. ADMINISTRATION Prerequisite DIPLOMA Selection Criteria Enrollment in the Northern Outdoor Recreation PROGRAMMES 1. Preferred Admission and Ecotourism Certificate programme. The Business Administration Diploma pro- a) Graduates of Tourism 11 and Tourism 12 Elective Field Activity grammes are designed to equip students with with at least a “C+” grade in each course a broad understanding of business practices, and at least 120 hours of documented rele- Upon approval from the College, students may in preparation for entry-level management vant work experience are eligible for prefer- receive up to two credits for participation in trainee and specialist positions in a variety of ential admission. Applicants who meet the additional adventure activity courses not institutions, such as manufacturing, whole- criteria must apply to CNC before October taught within the Northern Outdoor Recreation saling, retailing, financial, and service enter- 31st of the calendar year to qualify and and Ecotourism Certificate programme. prises, as well as government agencies. In must meet all other admission require- Courses must be recognized training pro- addition, the Business Administration pro- ments as presented in the College Calendar. grammes to receive consideration. grammes provide a solid base in preparation Preferential admission will be limited to six for further education towards professional des- Semester I students per year. In no case will an appli- ignations. Studies focus upon the application Theory Courses: cant be eligible for preferential admission of computers within business. The students ECOT 150 Introduction to Tourism and after four years from completion of Tourism develop skills through intensive hands-on Ecotourism 11 and Tourism 12. training with industry standard equipment. ECOT 151 Wilderness First Aid for The training labs are equipped with Novell b) In those cases where more than six appli- Leaders* networks and microcomputers. The instruc- cants meet the criteria for preferential ECOT 152 Interpretive Guiding Skills* tional staff maintain constant contact with admission to the programme, selection will ECOT 153 Camping and Food industry ensuring the student receives rele- be done on the basis of date of application. Preparation Skills* 52 / Business and Management Studies vant, current, and practical training. Students a work/volunteer experience résumé outlining The Accounting and Finance Diploma pro- interested in furthering their business educa- experience in the field or in a related educa- gramme may qualify you for entry level posi- tion are advised to consult the transfer guide tional programme such as the BC Tourism tions in public practice and private industry. in the Calendar, and to discuss their pro- Career Preparation Programme. Further study and work experience can lead to grammes with a counsellor. such careers as controller, treasurer, public 6. Applicants to the Hospitality accountant, and auditor. Many of the courses Administration Programme: Graduates of taken in the Accounting and Finance Diploma GRADUATION REQUIREMENT Tourism 11 and Tourism 12 courses with at are recognized for credit by the Society of least a “C+” grade in each course and at least Students must achieve a minimum overall Certified Management Accountants (CMA), the 120 hours of relevant work experience are eli- grade point average of 2.0 (“C”) based on the Institute of Chartered Accountants of BC (CA), gible for preferential admission. Applicants courses required for graduation. and the Certified General Accountants who meet the criteria must apply to CNC Association (CGA). Block transfer is available before February 1 of the calendar year to qual- CO-OPERATIVE to UNBC. ify and must meet all other admission require- EDUCATION ments as presented in the College Calendar. The Business diploma pro- Preferential admission will be limited to 12 Selection Criteria grammes can be structured according to the students per year. In no case will an applicant First qualified, first served. Co-operative Education format, offering stu- be eligible for preferential admission after 4 dents the option to integrate career-oriented years from completion of Tourism 11 and Programme Outline: work experience placements into their aca- Tourism 12. Accounting & Finance Diploma demic programmes. Students earn a salary 7. Applicants to HOSP 191: only students (programme currently under review) during their work terms, and gain valuable having completed three Hospitality courses, understanding and experience directly related Semester I September to December with a minimum grade of “C” in each course, to their chosen field. MGT 154 is a prerequi- ACC 151 Accounting I and a letter of acceptance of employment with site for participation in Co-op. A GPA of 2.67 CIS 152 Introductory Computing hospitality companies offering approved must be maintained. Systems internships as per the Hospitality Admini- ECON 251 Microeconomics stration programme can enroll in HOSP 191. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS ENGL 155 Developmental English* FOR ALL DIPLOMA 8. Applicants to the CIS Diploma MATH 155 Developmental Math* PROGRAMMES programme must submit a statement out- MGT 154 Applied Interpersonal/ lining computer courses already completed Career Development Skills 1. Successful completion of Grade 12 (with and the date of their completion. MKT 152 Principles of Marketing English 12, Communications 12 or Technical *Note: Students must receive an exemp- and Professional Communications 12) or ABE APPLICATION PROCEDURE Advanced Certificate or GED Certificate. tion or satisfactory standing in ENGL Application forms are available at Admissions, 155 and MATH 155 (refer to item 4 of 2. Successful completion of Principles of Registration and Records and may be submit- admission requirements) Mathematics 11 or Introductory Math 11 or ted after September 15 for entry in the follow- Semester II January to April Applications of Mathematics 12 or MATH 044 ing Fall. Acceptance to the programme begins ACC 152 Accounting II or MATH 045. in May. All programmes begin the first week CIS 160 Introduction to Systems 3. Applicants are strongly recommended to of September. Applicants are advised to con- Analysis & Design have taken, in the past five years, or have a sult with a counsellor to enter a programme at ECON 152 Macroeconomics strong working knowledge of: other times of the year. ENGL 190 Business Communications 1 MATH 157 Business Statistics • Typing 11 (20 wpm) PROGRAMME SCHEDULES Semester III September to December • Computer Science (11 or 12) All diploma programmes are two years in ACC 251 Intermediate Accounting I • Data Processing (11 or 12) duration. Students may, in consultation with ACC 255 Management Accounting I a counsellor, structure their programme over a ACC 264 Simply Accounting Lab 4. Applicants must take the English and longer period. Modified programmes are ENGL 191 Business Communications 2 Math Achievement Test (EMAT), administered available. FIN 257 Finance I by the College, prior to attending the first LAW 294 Business Law semester. Students below a certain level in this test will be required to complete work in ACCOUNTING AND Semester IV January to April English and/or math. It is strongly recom- FINANCE DIPLOMA ACC 252 Intermediate Accounting II mended that students write the EMAT early Statement of Purpose ACC 256 Management Accounting II and that they complete any required English ACC 265 ACCPAC PLUS Lab and math work prior to attending the first To provide a practical accounting programme FIN 258 Finance II semester. that meets the needs of the students and the MGT 254 Applied Group and community and to maximize articulation with Leadership Skills 5. Applicants to the Hospitality the professional accounting bodies. MGT 255 Small Business Development Administration Programme must provide Business and Management Studies / 53
COMPUTER INFORMATION Programme Outline: HOSPITALITY SYSTEMS DIPLOMA Computer Information Systems ADMINISTRATION Diploma Statement of Purpose Statement of Purpose This programme is subject to revisions to To train students for careers in the hospitality To prepare students for an entry level technical keep up with technology. Please check industry. Tourism worldwide has become the role in a business computing environment and the department website cis.cnc.bc.ca for world’s largest and fastest growing industry. provide a foundation for future educational any pending changes. Students expecting With the shift away from traditional resource- opportunities. credit for CIS courses prior to Fall 1996 are advised to contact the Business based industries, tourism and hospitality have Division office or CIS faculty to fill out a assumed a new prominence in the world Programme Accreditation course planner. economy. The Computer Information Systems pro- Semester I September to December The Hospitality programme is designed to gramme prepares students for careers in the CIS 158 Business I provide training not only for people desiring diverse field of computer information systems. CIS 163 Systems Analysis to enter the hospitality industry but also for The CIS Diploma Programme focuses on the CIS 175 Windows Programming I those in the industry who wish to further their application of computers in business. Hands- CIS 179 Operating Systems qualifications for advancement. The pro- on training takes place in modern labs Fundamentals gramme contains a core of relevant business equipped with networked microcomputers. MGT 154 Applied Human Relations courses to provide a solid understanding of Systems analysis and design, software devel- the fundamentals of any business. Practical Semester II January to April opment, testing, documentation, user training, work is matched with an underpinning of communications, and network administration CIS 159 Business II pertinent theory. Students will be exposed are cornerstones of the programme. These CIS 186 Database Systems I to industry standard software tools and goals are reached using industry standard CIS 176 Windows Programming II packages. software packages and system tools. The pro- CIS 181 Microcomputer Systems and gramme also focuses on technical writing and Operations The certificate programme is normally com- presentation, personal skills, and group CIS 183 Word Processing and pleted in one year, the diploma programme dynamics. Spreadsheet Lab normally in two years. Students may enroll ENGL 190 Business Communications I part-time, subject to seat availability. Students The Computer Information Systems Diploma may, in cooperation with a counsellor, set up Semester III September to December programme has been accredited by the a modified plan where they may need to CIS 255 Data Communications Canadian Information Processing Society accommodate heavy commitments to develop- CIS 256 Training Workshop (CIPS). The accreditation committee works mental math and English, family obligations, CIS 277 Windows Programming III with academic institutions to ensure that edu- or to part-time employment. cational programmes prepare students for the CIS 282 Database Systems II demands of the information systems profes- ENGL 191 Business Communications II Selection Criteria sion. Completion of an accredited programme Semester IV January to April assists graduates in pursuing the Information CIS 262 Information Systems Project First qualified, first served. Systems Professional of Canada (ISP) desig- CIS 264 System Architecture For the Hospitality Administration nation. More information about CIPS and the CIS 265 Local Area Networks Programme Diploma: professional certification programme can be CIS 266 Client Server Computing obtained at www.cips.ca or (416) 861-2477. MGT 254 Applied Group and 1. In those cases where more than 12 appli- Leadership Skills cants meet the criteria for preferential admis- Selection Criteria sion to the programme, selection will be done on the basis of date of application. Applicants First qualified, first served. not selected will be placed in the general In the event that the Computer Information selection pool for the balance of seats avail- Systems Diploma Programme is oversub- able in the programme. scribed on the review date, the following 2. In those cases where the programme is guidelines for the selection of students to fill oversubscribed on the review date, selection half of the available seats will be used: will be made on the basis of the résumé sub- 1. Math 11, MATH 044, MATH 045, or mitted with an emphasis for selection placed Applications of Math 12 or equivalent with a on the relevancy and extent of the work expe- grade of “B” or better contributes 2 points rience background provided. 2. Successful completion of a secondary or post-secondary computer course of at least 25 hours of instruction in the last three years con- tributes 1 point per course to a maximum of 2 points. 54 / Business and Management Studies
Programme Outline: Hospitality MGT 154 Applied Interpersonal/ MARKETING AND Administration Diploma Career Development Skills MANAGEMENT DIPLOMA (Year Two) MKT 152 Principles of Marketing Statement of Purpose The Hospitality Programme has been set up to *Note: Students must receive an exemp- To prepare students for careers in business, accommodate a double Co-op work term so tion or satisfactory standing in ENGL with a focus on marketing and management that after Term 3, students will have a semes- 155 and MATH 155 (refer to item 4 of admission requirements) positions. ter off as either a Co-op work term or to pick up available courses. Diploma students must Semester II January to April The Marketing and Management Diploma consult with faculty to design their schedules. ACC 152 Accounting II programme provides specific career employ- ENGL 190 Business Communications I ment areas including personal selling, adver- Semester III September to December LAW 294 Business Law tising, sales promotion, marketing research, ECON 152 Economics I MGT 157 Management purchasing, product/brand management, ENGL 191 Business Communications II Plus one elective from list below physical distribution, public relations, and MGT 263 Human Resource Management consumer affairs and protection. HOSP 270 Accommodations II Semester III September to December HOSP 280 Hospitality Law ACC 255 Management Accounting I ENGL 191 Business Communications II Selection Criteria Semester IV January to April MGT 263 Human Resource Development MGT 254 Applied Group Dynamics First qualified, first served. Plus two electives from list below (Organizational Behaviour) HOSP 253 Hospitality Management Semester IV January to April Programme Outline: Accounting MGT 264 Industrial Relations Marketing and Management MKT 281 Personal Selling (Marketing II) MGT 254 Applied Group and Leadership Diploma HOSP 260 Food Production Principles Skills Semester I September to December HOSP 265 Food Operations Management MGT 255 Small Business Development ACC 151 Accounting I Plus two electives from list below Co-op Work Terms CIS 152 Introductory Computing Co-op work terms will be scheduled to take Electives Systems advantage of the peaks in the hospitality CIS 160 Systems Analysis and Design ECON 251 Microeconomics industry. ECON 152 Macroeconomics ENGL 155 Developmental English* or ECON 202 Principles of Economics— MATH 155 Developmental Math* MANAGEMENT DIPLOMA Macroeconomics MGT 154 Applied Interpersonal/ FIN 251 Canadian Securities I Career Development Skills Statement of Purpose FIN 252 Canadian Securities II MKT 152 Principles of Marketing FIN 253 Professional Financial To prepare students for careers in business *Note: Students must receive an exemp- Planning I with a focus in management. tion or satisfactory standing in ENGL FIN 254 Professional Financial 155 and MATH 155 (refer to item 4 of The Management Diploma programme is Planning II admission requirements) designed for mature students seeking to build FIN 257 Finance I upon their existing work experience in order FIN 258 FInance II Semester II January to April to move into management positions. Students MATH 157 Business Statistics ACC 152 Accounting II with little work experience should expect MGT 160 International Business MATH 157 Business Statistics junior or entry-level positions with potential MKT 251 Marketing Management ENGL 190 Business Communications 1 for movement into management. MGT 256 Entrepreneurial Development MKT 276 Retailing and Merchandising MKT 271 Consumer Behaviour MKT 281 Personal Selling MKT 272 Marketing Research Selection Criteria Semester III September to December MKT 266 Promotions First qualified, first served. ENGL 191 Business Communications 2 MKT 276 Retailing and Merchandising LAW 294 Business Law MKT 281 Personal Selling Programme Outline: MKT 251 Marketing Management Management Diploma Potential electives under possible develop- Theory & Application ment: MKT 271 Consumer Behaviour Semester I September to December MKT 272 Marketing Research Methods ACC 151 Accounting I Databases for Managers Semester IV January to April CIS 152 Introductory Computing Introduction to E-Commerce Systems ACC 255 Management Accounting I ECON 251 Microeconomics Operations Management MGT 254 Applied Group and or ECON 201 Principles of Economics— Leadership Skills Microeconomics MGT 255 Small Business Development ENGL 155 Developmental English* MGT 256 Entrepreneurial Development MATH 155 Developmental Math* MKT 266 Promotions Business and Management Studies / 55
COURSE ACC 151. The specific accounting areas com- ACC 256 menced in ACC 151 will be completed and Management Accounting II DESCRIPTIONS other areas introduced. These include partner- A continuation of Management Accounting I. ship accounting, bonds and notes, corporation Topics include: profit planning, standard costs, A-075 accounting, short- and long-term investments, flexible budgets, control in decentralized oper- Secretarial Bookkeeping share issues, and shareholders’ equity. ations, pricing of products, and allocation of Students will also be introduced to cash flow Provides a basic understanding of the account- service department costs. The computer lab statements and financial statement analysis. ing process for use in the business office. The component utilizes spreadsheet software. The lab component introduces the use of elec- student will practice the application of basic Prerequisite: ACC 255 tronic spreadsheet software for business and accounting principles in both manual format 3 CR / (3,1.5) accounting applications. and in a computer programme such as Simply Accounting. This course was previously Prerequisite: ACC 151 ACC 264 offered as A-070 and A-071. 3 CR / (3,1.5) Simply Accounting Lab Prerequisite: B-070 This course provides a practical, hands-on ACC 251 (6) introduction to Simply Accounting software. Intermediate Accounting I Students learn how to set up a company’s A-076 A sound knowledge of fundamental account- books, enter historical information, process Legal Office Bookkeeping ing principles is essential to deal with the con- current transactions, and produce financial cepts presented in this course. The emphasis This course is designed to give the legal stu- statements. is on solving problems related to the prepara- dent an understanding of the accounting Prerequisite: ACC 152 tion of financial statements. Specific financial process in a law office. The student will be 2 CR / (0,2) statement elements covered are cash, mar- taught a basic accounting system, with an ketable securities, accounts receivable, inven- emphasis placed on the client accounting. The ACC 265 tories, capital assets, and investments. The expectations and demands in the law office ACCPAC PLUS Lab preparation of the Balance Sheet, Income are continually in a state of change, with the This course provides a practical, hands-on Statement, and Statement of Retained accounting in law firms being done either introduction to ACCPAC PLUS accounting Earnings is thoroughly reviewed. manually or on any one of several computer software. The General Ledger, Accounts systems. Law firm employees require a sound Prerequisite: ACC 152 Receivable, and Accounts Payable modules are understanding of both accounting procedures 3 CR / (4,0) used. Students learn how to set up a compa- and basic accounting principles, thinking ny’s books, enter historical information, skills, and general computer literacy. This ACC 252 process current transactions, and produce course is designed to prepare the student to Intermediate Accounting II financial statements. meet these needs. An analysis of financial statement elements Prerequisite: ACC 152 started in ACC 251 is concluded with cover- Prerequisite: Successful completion of B-070 2 CR / (0,2) with a “C” grade or better or equivalent as age of current liabilities, long-term debt, and evaluated by the instructor shareholder’s equity. Special topics include ACC 354 leases, pensions, income tax, and financial (4) Advanced Accounting statement analysis. The preparation of the This course covers in depth: accounting for Statement of Changes in Financial Position is ACC 151 intercorporate investments via the Cost and thoroughly reviewed. Accounting I Equity Method, consolidated financial state- This course is a study of the fundamental con- Prerequisite: ACC 251 ments at date of acquisition and subsequent cepts and techniques of the accounting 3 CR / (4,0) years, foreign currency transactions, and process in proprietorships and corporations. preparing consolidated financial statements Students are taken through the accounting ACC 255 that include a foreign operations component. Management Accounting I cycle. Topics include the balance sheet equa- Prerequisite: ACC 252 An introduction to Managerial Accounting. tion, journals, adjusting entries, financial 4 CR / (4,0) statement preparation, and closing entries. Emphasis is placed on cost for planning and The capital and current assets sections of the control. The following topics are included: job- ACC 380 balance sheet are studied in detail, including order and process costing, cost-volume-profit Auditing relationships, cost behaviour, segmented costs, amortization, cash, investments, receiv- This course in auditing covers the main topics reporting, and contribution approach to cost- ables, and inventory methods. Payroll, capital of audit risk, documentation and evidence, ing. The computer lab component utilizes assets, and other current liabilities may be evaluation of internal controls, sampling, spreadsheet software. introduced. transaction cycle auditing, substantive testing, 3 CR / (4,0) Prerequisite: ACC 152 with spreadsheet EDP auditing, and legal liability. software Prerequisite: ACC 252 ACC 152 3 CR / (3,1.5) Accounting II 3 CR / (3,0) A continuation of the fundamental accounting concepts and techniques introduced in 56 / Business and Management Studies
BOOK 161 BOOK 167 Payable modules are covered. Students prac- Bookkeeping I Human Relations tice setting up a company’s books, processing This is the first semester of a two-semester All jobs have a human relations responsibility. transactions, producing financial statements, practical bookkeeping course. This course Accordingly, one must strive to develop inter- and procedures for year-end. In addition, more will introduce students to the double-entry personal skills that will have a positive influ- advanced spreadsheet topics are covered. bookkeeping system. Next, students will ence on relationships. This course will explore Prerequisites: BOOK 164 and BOOK 161 receive an overview of bookkeeping up to strategies and techniques to positively influ- (1,6) financial statements. Students will then study ence their interactions with clients, financial the following topics in depth: accounts institutions, and other personal and profes- BOOK 176 receivable, accounts payable, subsidiary sional contacts. Office Procedures ledgers, synoptic journal, special journals, and (2,0) Office Procedures is an introductory study of reconciliation of bank accounts. Guest lecturers office technology and practical business rou- may be presented to speak on related topics. BOOK 171 tines including banking, meetings and confer- Students will complete two realistic practice Bookkeeping II ences, postal services, reprographics, tele- sets during this course. This is the second semester of a two-semester phone and telecommunications, reference (4,4) practical bookkeeping course. Students will resources, travel arrangements, work manage- continue their study of bookkeeping, building ment, and office ergonomics. It also provides BOOK 162 on the skills they acquired in Bookkeeping I. filing basics to meet business entry-level Production Keyboarding I The topics covered in this course include: requirements. A basic beginner and/or refresher course in merchandising businesses, returns and allow- (3,0) typing skills. Exercises include basic keyboard- ances, inventory and cost of goods sold, sales ing, centering, tabulation, and simple business taxes and GST, and payroll. Guest lecturers BOOK 190 forms, as well as business and personal busi- may be presented to speak on related topics. Work Experience ness letters, and envelopes. Students will refine and practice their skills by BOOK 190 is an optional course offered in (0,3) working through a realistic, comprehensive, the second semester of the programme. This practice set during this course. course is a bridge for the student between BOOK 163 Prerequisite: BOOK 161 school and work whereby the student is able Communications I (4,4) to experience the real-life requirements of an Good communications skills are essential for office or other work environment, utilize skills business success. This course will introduce BOOK 172 already learned, and develop and practice new students to all aspects of communicating— Production Keyboarding II skills. It is a three-way partnership among the speaking, listening, reading, writing, and This is a continuation of Production College, the student, and the host employer. non-verbal communications. Keyboarding I, BOOK 162. Exercises include The student will attend a position with a local (3,0) business and personal business letters and business in the workplace for one day per envelopes. week during the fall semester. The remaining BOOK 164 Prerequisite: BOOK 162 with a grade of 60% second semester courses have been scheduled Computer Applications I or better to leave a day open in the student schedule This extensive, hands-on course will familiar- (0,3) for the work experience course. ize the students with computer applications in Prerequisite: At least a “C” grade in all of the the Windows environment. Simply Account- BOOK 173 first-semester courses in the Computerized ing, an integrated accounting package, is used Communications II Bookkeeping programme. extensively. Students practice setting up a Good communications skills are essential for company’s books, processing transactions, business success. This course will cover all B-070 producing financial statements, and proce- aspects of communicating, speaking, listen- Electronic Calculations dures for year-end. In addition, basic spread- ing, reading, writing, and non-verbal commu- Mathematical problems in various business sheet techniques are introduced. nications. This course is a continuation of settings are examined. Following a review of Corequisite: BOOK 161 BOOK 163 and will concentrate on written basic addition, subtraction, multiplication, and (1,6) documents in the world of work and oral division, electronic calculators are used to presentations. solve cases in mark-up, mark-down, simple BOOK 165 Prerequisite: BOOK 163 interest, discounts, ratios, and other related Business Mathematics business calculations. (3,0) This course provides a review of basic arith- Prerequisite: Math 155 metic and algebraic concepts and the applica- BOOK 174 (2) tion of these concepts to everyday business Computer Applications II activities. It also covers the use of the electron- This extensive, hands-on course is a continua- C-074 ic calculator in carrying out bookkeeping and tion of Computer Applications I. A modular- Communications I other daily office tasks and in solving busi- ized computerized accounting package is This course introduces the student to effective ness problems. used. The General Ledger and Financial communication skills including mastering the (0,3) Reporter, Accounts Receivable, and Accounts principles of grammar, punctuation, and style; Business and Management Studies / 57 developing a comprehensive business vocabu- management, and personnel. The terminology CIS 176 lary; reading rapidly and comprehending what and concepts of computerized applications are Windows Programming II is read; producing error-free communications stressed. Both on-line and batch systems are In this second course, the focus is on code. by proofreading and editing; learning the tech- covered. Students learn discovery strategies for under- niques for planning, organizing, and writing Prerequisite: None standing a programming language and tech- messages; and listening, comprehending, and 3 CR / (3,0) niques for using it effectively. Data structures participating in oral communications. are introduced. Sound programming habits, (5) CIS 159 clarity, and troubleshooting are emphasized. Business II Prerequisites: MATH 155, CIS 175 C-075 In this second course of the two-part study of 3 CR / (3,3) Communications II fundamental business processes and cycles, This is a continuation and expansion of the focus shifts towards the role of technology CIS 179 C-074 Communications I. The student will in support of business practices. Operating Systems Fundamentals write letters that inquire, inform, persuade, Prerequisites: CIS 158 and 163 Through “hands-on” experience, the student sell, and promote goodwill; write effective 3 CR / (3,3) acquires survival skills when working with reports; and produce effective résumés and industry standard operating systems and their effective letters of application. In addition, the CIS 160 user interface. Supporting discussions include student will further develop oral business Introduction to Systems Analysis general computer theory and a working communications skills including formal and Design knowledge of basic operating system com- speeches, informal talks, face-to-face conversa- An introduction to the theory and methodolo- mands, and survival skills in the user tion, telephone communication, non-verbal gy of structured analysis and design of busi- interface. communication, and introductions. ness information systems. Among the many 3 CR / (3,3) Prerequisite: C-074 topics introduced are: the systems develop- (5) ment cycle, the problem definition and evalua- CIS 181 tion of existing systems, characteristics of Microcomputer Systems and CIS 152 good system design, system control, evalua- Operations Introductory Computing Systems tion of benefits and alternatives, system docu- The student acquires the skills to provide tech- Through extensive hands-on experience, the mentation, conversion and testing, implemen- nical support for the micro environment, student acquires skills in applying generic tation, follow-up, and evaluation. Throughout, including operating systems, control language, microcomputer applications to common busi- human relations are emphasized as well as and basic hardware troubleshooting. Software ness problems. Supporting discussions the goals, methodology, and particular tools package configuration and installation are include introductory theory on the types of and techniques of a top-down approach to included. The concepts of computer support computers, hardware, software, networks, analysis and design of business systems. services within an organization are stressed. communications, and the influences of the Prerequisite: CIS 152 Prerequisite: CIS 179 computer within society. 3 CR / (3,0) 3 CR / (3,3) Prerequisite: None 3 CR / (3,3) CIS 163 CIS 183 Systems Analysis Word Processing and Spreadsheet Lab CIS 158 This course introduces the learner to the con- This course provides the student with the nec- Business I cepts, tools, and techniques of systems analy- essary skills to apply industry standard word This is the first part of a two-course study of sis. Topics include the systems development life processing, spreadsheet, and presentation fundamental business processes and cycles. cycle, the role of systems analysis, information software to the solution of a variety of busi- The major business applications, their inter- collection, feasibility, the products of systems ness problems. relationships, control procedures, data needs, analysis, repository management, data model- Prerequisite: CIS 179 processing activities, documents, reports, and ling, and network modelling. Object oriented 3 CR / (0,3) on-line dialogues are examined. Typical areas analysis concepts are also discussed. studied are: accounting, marketing, materials 3 CR / (3,1.5) CIS 186 Database Systems I CIS 175 This course provides the learner with a con- Windows Programming I ceptual foundation in database systems and This is an introductory course in computer practical experience developing microcomputer programming. The main topics are fundamen- database solutions. tal concepts of programme development Prerequisites: CIS 163 and 175 process, variables and expressions, flow of 3 CR / (3,3) control, and dealing with detail. Students gain facility with the Interactive Development Environment and in using a visual, event- driven environment. 3 CR / (3,3) 58 / Business and Management Studies
CIS 250 CIS 264 Experience is gained through a series of lab Information Systems Project System Architecture exercises complementing the discussion of This course is the culmination of the certificate This course provides the learner with a techni- definition, design, data dictionaries, inquiry programme. The student will design, develop, cal understanding of computer hardware and tools, development, and management. implement, and document an operational system software, and how they interact to Prerequisites: CIS 176 and 186 information system. Depending upon the proj- support modern information systems. Topics 3 CR / (3,3) ect, either mini- or microcomputers will be include the role of hardware and software, used, along with the most appropriate soft- data representation formats, structure and D-070 ware. The student may be required to work in function of the CPU, primary storage, second- Machine Transcription a team, depending on the scope of the project. ary storage, communications technologies, I/O This course integrates realistic transcription Real cases will be developed where possible. devices, and operating system components. tasks with carefully planned grammar and Prerequisites: CIS 152 and CSC 109 (old CIS Prerequisites: CIS 176 and 255 usage drills and provides practice time to Certificate only) 3 CR / (3,0) ensure that students develop the level of per- 6 CR / (3,3) formance that is demanded in today’s busi- CIS 265 ness environment. CIS 255 Local Area Networks Prerequisite: W-045 Data Communications This course provides the learner with the (2) This course introduces the student to the con- knowledge and skills to effectively administer ceptual issues related to the establishment of a network. Theoretical background on hard- ECON 101 data communications networks. Discussions ware, software, and installation are provided Introduction to Economics include the current and future state of the as well as extensive hands-on experience An introduction to economics and the free communication industry, hardware and soft- using Novell Netware or similar industry stan- enterprise economy. Topics include: an ware, comparison of LANs and WANs, connec- dard software. overview of economic systems, supply and tivity, and the various models used to analyze Prerequisite: CIS 255 demand and various product, labour, and a business network. 3 CR / (3,3) financial markets; organization and behaviour Prerequisite: CIS 181 of business under different industry environ- 3 CR / (3,1) CIS 266 ments and topics in consumerism. Through- Client/Server Computing out, issues related to the national, provincial, CIS 256 This course provides the learner with the and local economy will be discussed. Training Workshop knowledge, skills, and values to develop on- 3 CR / (3,0) This course provides the learner with the line transaction processing and decision sup- knowledge, skills, and values to plan, deliver, port applications in a client/server environ- ECON 102 and evaluate training workshops for computer ment. Topics include the role of client/server Canadian Economics Issues users. Topics include identifying training computing in the enterprise, client/server com- This course reviews current (mostly macro- needs, developing training plans, assessing ponents, client/server architectures, middle- economic) issues such as unemployment, computer tutorials, developing and using ware, server issues, client development envi- inflation, taxation, the role of government in effective media, evaluating training, and deliv- ronments, distributed applications, and data the macro-economy, international trade, and ering effective training sessions. warehousing. Applications are developed pro- GNP/GDP. Current events are dealt with at Prerequisites: CIS 163 and 181, ENGL 190 viding extensive hands-on experience using length. Both ECON 101 and 102 are aimed at 3 CR / (3,3) industry standard software. the liberal arts student who may not pursue a Prerequisites: CIS 255 and 282 degree in Commerce or Economics, but wishes CIS 262 3 CR / (3,3) to become more familiar with the economic Information Systems Project issues of the day as reported in the media. This capstone course emphasizes teamwork CIS 277 3 CR / (3,0) and project management in building an infor- Windows Programming III mation system from a comprehensive, “real- In this course students build simple but typical ECON 152 life” case study. Teams develop and monitor business applications that are reasonably Canadian Macroeconomics their own work plans. Each team works robust and maintainable, and use persistent This is an introductory course which examines through the phases of the software develop- data. Topics also include several ActiveX con- the major factors which influence the perform- ment cycle to produce and demonstrate a trols and other object models that extend the ance of a modern mixed economy; special working model of the target system. language. Testing is emphasized. emphasis is placed on economic policy- Prerequisites: CIS 277 and 282 Prerequisite: CIS 176 making in the Canadian context. The relevance of economics to the average citizen is also Corequisite: MGT 254 3 CR / (3,3) stressed. Major topics to be addressed include 3 CR / (0,6) economic indicators, measuring economic per- CIS 282 Database Systems II formance, GDP, unemployment, inflation, business cycles, and government stabilization The student studies the theory of database policies. The economic role of government, design concentrating on the relational model. Business and Management Studies / 59 unemployment, business cycles, and govern- ECON 251 ECOT 155 ment stabilization policies. Canadian Microeconomics Trip Planning and Emergency 3 CR / (3,0) An introduction to the operation of individual Situation Management markets, consumer/producer behaviour, and This course covers the fundamentals of trip ECON 201 government intervention at the market level. preparation and planning, hazard avoidance, Principles of Economics— Major topics include supply and demand, and emergency situation management. It Microeconomics elasticity, costs to firms, and industrial organi- includes: navigation, environmental concerns, This course examines the market system’s zation. Throughout the course, the relevance route plans, trip planning, identifying and inner workings, characterized by supply and of microeconomic theory to the average citizen avoiding hazards, professional driving skills, demand. Various market structures such as will be stressed. survival skills, emergency situation manage- perfect competition and monopolies will be 3 CR / (3,0) ment, and developing response plans. studied. Time will be spent looking at ways in 3 CR / (54 hours total) which the market system “fails”, leading to ECOT 150 discussions about government’s role, in cer- Introduction to Tourism ECOT 158 tain circumstances, as possible replacement and Ecotourism Business Communications for the market system. By the end of this This course provides an overview of the tourism in Ecotourism course the student should have the ability to industry with an emphasis on ecotourism. This course deals with both written and oral analyze the impact of events on the price and Topics include: tourism sectors; size, scope, and communication skills. Topics include: writing production of goods and services. infrastructures; trends and current issues; travel reports and business correspondence, non- 3 CR / (3,0) motivators; career opportunities; ethical issues; verbal communication, cultural differences in and the role of tourism organizations. communication patterns, making effective pre- ECON 202 3 CR / (45 hours total) sentations, preparing for and chairing meet- Principles of Economics— ings. Macroeconomics ECOT 151 3 CR / (45 hours total) Beginning with the techniques for measuring Wilderness First Aid for Leaders important variables such as GDP, unemploy- This course covers the management of injuries ECOT 160 ment, and the price level, the course will caused by force in addition to common envi- Environmental Stewardship develop a model of the economy with which ronmental injuries and illness such as This course examines the relationship various “shocks” can be analyzed. How the hypothermia, frostbite, hyperthermia, and between tourism, outdoor recreation, and the government uses its spending, taxation, and dehydration. The focus is on learning to use management and conservation of natural control of the money supply to achieve eco- medical supplies available to a prepared resources. It incorporates the central concepts nomic goals will be discussed. By the end of leader while emphasizing leadership and of sustainability and sustainable development the course the student should have the ability client pre-trip preparation with respect to con- in working with communities, other resource- to analyze the macroeconomic impact of most tingency planning. based industries, and with visitors to natural events influencing the economy. 3 CR / (48 hours total) resource-based areas. It includes planning and 3 CR / (3,0) management strategies to maximize benefits ECOT 152 and minimize impacts. ECON 207 Interpretive Guiding Skills 3 CR / (45 hours total) Managerial Economics This course focuses on the responsibility of This course is an application of economic interacting with the visitor. It includes: nature ECOT 161 theory to a variety of management and plan- and heritage interpretation techniques, group Entrepreneurship in Ecotourism ning decisions such as output maximization management, roles and responsibilities, legal This course covers the concepts and practices and cost minimization given the constraints liability, logbooks and journals, leadership, of entrepreneurship applied to ecotourism faced by the firms. and team building. This course will prepare businesses, including assessment, research, Prerequisites: ECON 201 and 202 students for the National Parks Interpretive planning, and implementation strategies. It 3 CR / (3,0) Guiding Licence examination. includes: creating a vision, goal setting, finan- 3 CR / (45 hours total) cial and business planning, marketing, ECON 210 research, and business laws and regulations. Money and Banking ECOT 153 3 CR / (45 hours total) This course examines banking theory and Camping and Food Preparation Skills practice in a Canadian context. Specifically, it This course covers camp management and ECOT 165 deals with the supply/demand for money and food handling and preparation in an outdoor Natural History credit creation, monetary policy in a central- setting. It includes: setting up, maintaining, This course provides an in-depth study of the ized banking system and in relation to inter- and breaking camp; nutrition; menu planning; natural history of northern interior British national finance. menu lists; food planning; trail food prepara- Columbia, including flora, fauna, and geology. Prerequisites: ECON 201 and 202 tion; expedition planning; packaging; presen- It includes species identification, plant identifi- 3 CR / (3,0) tation; and FoodSafe. cation, bird identification, forest ecology, and Prerequisite: ECOT 155 the biogeoclimatic classifications of British 3 CR / (45 hours total) 60 / Business and Management Studies
Columbia. It will include research and field regulations, boating safety, equipment, fly ECOT 180 studies. fishing, spin fishing, fish identification, guest Dayhiking 3 CR / (45 hours total) management, and client safety. This course is for guides leading dayhiking Prerequisite: ECOT 155 and helihiking trips. It covers navigation, low- ECOT 170 2 CR / (45 hours total) impact travel, route plans, group management, Avalanche Awareness I client care, pacing, nature interpretation in a This course provides an introduction to ava- ECOT 175 hiking situation, environmental ethics, and lanche safety and detailed weather, snowpack, Rafting I helicopters. and avalanche observations. An emphasis will This course covers river rafting instruction in Prerequisite: ECOT 155 be placed on recognizing avalanche terrain, preparation for the BC River Rafting Guide 2 CR / (45 hours total) safe travel techniques, and self-rescue. This Examination. It includes navigation, rafting course follows the guidelines of the Canadian equipment, maintenance, oar rafting skills, ECOT 181 Avalanche Association and is a prerequisite to guest management, low-impact travel, and Backpacking the CAA Level I course. environmental ethics. This course is for guides leading multi-day Prerequisite: ECOT 155 Prerequisite: ECOT 155 backpacking trips. It covers navigation, low- 2 CR / (30 hours total) 2 CR / (45 hours total) impact travel, route plans, group management, client care, pacing, leadership, trip planning, ECOT 171 ECOT 176 and record keeping. Nordic Skiing I Rafting II Prerequisite: ECOT 180 This course covers classic and skating tech- This course covers instruction and rafting 2 CR / (45 hours total) nique and equipment. It covers navigation, experience in preparation for the BC River low-impact travel, route plans, group manage- Rafting Whitewater Guide Examination. It ECOT 182 ment, client care, pacing, nature interpretation includes advanced oar and paddle rafting Backcountry Horse Packing in a skiing situation, and environmental techniques, river hydraulics, running rapids, This course is for guides leading multi-day ethics. It prepares students for the Canadian and safety. horse pack trips. It covers low-impact travel, Association of Nordic Ski Instructors Level I Prerequisites: ECOT 175 & 177; student must horse care and ferrier skills, horse handling Instructor course and examination. be 19 years of age and safety, packing, equipment management, Prerequisite: ECOT 155 3 CR / (45 hours total) and client care. 2 CR / (45 hours total) Prerequisite: ECOT 155 ECOT 177 2 CR / (32 hours total) ECOT 172 Swiftwater Rescue Technician Nordic Skiing II This course covers the skills and theory ECOT 184 This course provides an introduction to the required for Rescue 3 Canada Swiftwater Freshwater Fishing II Canadian Association of Nordic Ski Instructors Rescue Technician Level I Certification. It This course provides an introduction to the Level I Telemark course. It includes nordic covers river rescue instruction as it pertains Casting Instructor Certification programme downhill and basic, intermediate, and to canoes, kayak, and rafts. It includes hypo- offered by the Federation of Fly Fishers. It advanced telemark techniques. thermia, drowning, rescue in moving water, includes equipment selection, casting, and Prerequisite: ECOT 171 improvised rescue, rope system rescue, and fishing techniques. 2 CR / (45 hours total) rescue simulations. Prerequisite: ECOT 174 Prerequisite: ECOT 155; student must be 19 2 CR / (45 hours total) ECOT 173 years of age ATV and Snowmobile Touring 2 CR / (30 hours total) ECOT 190 This course covers navigation, low-impact Work Experience travel, environmental ethics, route plans, ECOT 179 This provides experiential, workplace-based group management, client care, and ATV and Flatwater Canoeing learning opportunities. The experience builds snowmobile safety. It leads to BC Snowmobile This course covers a history of canoeing, employable competencies and practices the Federation Level III Commercial Snowmobile equipment construction and care, flatwater principles and skills learned during classroom Operator’s Certificate. It also includes mainte- strokes, canoe rescue, and tandem and solo study. It builds employment linkages and nance procedures and minor repairs for small paddling. It includes navigation, low-impact establishes the foundations of an individual’s engines. travel, route plans, group management, client employment history. Prerequisite: ECOT 155 care, and environmental ethics. Students will Prerequisite: Completion of the first semester 2 CR / (38 hours total) be expected to meet British Columbia Recrea- of the Northern Outdoor Recreation and tional Canoeing Association standards for Ecotourism Certificate Programme ECOT 174 Advanced Solo Paddling (Basic Flatwater 4). 3 CR / (120 hours total) Freshwater Fishing I Prerequisite: ECOT 155 This course prepares students for the British 2 CR / (45 hours total) Columbia Freshwater Fishing Guide Examination. It includes BC freshwater fishing Business and Management Studies / 61
ENGL 190 issues, portfolio management, and building FIN 258 Business Communications I the client relationship. Finance II This course introduces students to the funda- Prerequisite: FIN 251 This course continues the introduction to mentals of professional business communica- 3 CR / (3,0) financial management which was presented in tions. Upon completion of this course, stu- Finance I. Topics include: stock valuation, net dents will be able to properly compose inter- FIN 253 present value and other capital budgeting nal and external written communications in Professional Financial Planning I techniques, deriving cash flow information various business formats. This is a practical The primary objective of this course is to give from financial statements, capital markets, risk course involving a substantial number of the student an understanding of the steps in and return, cost of capital, financial leverage, assignments. In addition students will make the development of a financial plan. These and dividend policy. The computer lab will use several prepared as well as impromptu oral steps occur as a client is interviewed, and then spreadsheet software and the Internet for an presentations to develop speaking skills when goals are set, problems are identified, investment portfolio simulation and solving through practice. and a plan is written out, implemented, moni- financial problems. Prerequisite: ENGL 155 tored, and reviewed. The major areas that are Prerequisite: FIN 257 3 CR / (2,2) covered in detail include: financial planning 3 CR / (3,1.5) practice, budget and savings planning, resi- ENGL 191 dential mortgages, business law (covering HOSP 150 Business Communications II contract and agency law, and fiduciary duty), Introduction to Tourism This course introduces students to the princi- family law (covering marriage, separation, This course is designed to assist students ples and practice of formal report writing. divorce, and their financial implications), and considering or committed to a career in the Upon completion of the course students will insurance, both general and life, as well as the tourism industry. The major topics are covered be able to plan, research, and present busi- broader concept of risk management. from an industry perspective and are ness projects in appropriate formats. In addi- Prerequisite: FIN 252 tourism’s: 1) history, 2) current scope, tion students will make several prepared as 3 CR / (3,0) 3) macro environmental issues, and well as impromptu oral presentations to devel- 4) future direction. op speaking skills through practice. FIN 254 3 CR / (3,0) Prerequisite: ENGL 190 Professional Financial Planning II 3 CR / (2,2) The primary objective of this course is to build HOSP 153 on the knowledge gained in FIN 253. Having Hospitality Financial Accounting FIN 251 studied the overall organization of a financial Using hospitality industry specific termi- Canadian Securities I plan and various topics, the focus of this nology, structures, and examples, this course The primary objective of this course is to intro- course will be on further topics of financial introduces students to the basic concepts and duce the student to the overall organization planning including: tax planning of individu- principles of accounting. Students will work and functioning of Canadian securities mar- als, business and financial products, retire- through the accounting cycle. Topics include: kets, as well as to present the major types of ment planning with a special emphasis on hospitality accounting as an information sys- securities traded and techniques with which to pension plans, estate planning, investment tem, elementary accounting theory, traditional analyze and manage these investments. The planning, and a financial planning case which and hospitality specific record-keeping meth- major areas that are covered in detail include: provides a sample case study and illustrates ods, income measurement in the hospitality characteristics and functions of stock the implementation of a financial plan. industry, the balance sheet equation, the exchanges and capital markets, trading in list- Prerequisite: FIN 253 nature of assets and liabilities in the hos- ed securities, the underwriting process, corpo- 3 CR / (3,0) pitality industry, and financial statement ration and their financial statements, fixed- preparation. income securities, and equity securities. FIN 257 3 CR / (4,0) 3 CR / (3,0) Finance I This course provides an introduction to the HOSP 160 FIN 252 role of financial management and the environ- Food and Beverage Service Canadian Securities II ment in which it operates. Topics include: the This course focuses on the philosophy and The primary objective of this course is to build functions of corporate finance, foreign psychology of service as well as technical on the knowledge gained in FIN 251. Having exchange transactions, financial mathematics skills or the mechanics of service. Students studied the overall organization of Canadian (time value of money), bond valuation, short- will experience a combination of service theo- securities markets and major types of securi- and long-term financing instruments, securi- ry reinforced in a controlled and practical envi- ties traded, the focus will be on techniques ties markets, individual and personal income ronment where they can practice the concepts with which to analyze and manage these taxes, and financial statement analysis. The learned. Emphasis is on the concept of cus- investments. The major areas that are covered computer lab will use spreadsheet software tomer relations from its broadest perspective, include: mutual funds, other managed prod- and the Internet for an investment portfolio ways these impact on the customer, and the ucts, segregated funds, derivative securities, simulation and solving financial problems. interpersonal skills needed to manage situa- fundamental, quantitative, and technical Prerequisite: ACC 152 tions. Students will understand and appreciate the areas of service that are important and analysis, financial planning and taxation 3 CR / (3,1.5) critical from a management point of view. 62 / Business and Management Studies
Students have the option of taking FoodSafe HOSP 191 competencies in management practices, menu Level I for an additional $45. International Work Experience making, purchasing, payroll systems, and 3 CR / (3,2) This course provides experiential, internation- merchandising and promotional techniques. al work-based learning opportunities. The They operate a licensed food service opera- HOSP 165 experience builds employable competencies tion, rotating as manager, chef, sous chef, Beverage Operations and practices the principles and skills learned kitchen manager, purchasing agent, controller, This course is a systematic approach to bever- during classroom study. It connects the learner steward, dining room manager, server, bar- age operations with emphasis on manage- with industry managers, and employees build tender, busperson, and host. Students learn to ment and operational controls. Students will linkages and establish the foundations of an plan, organize, and cater functions through get practical experience in preparing and individual’s employment history. Currently, integrated teamwork and participation. serving beverages. our International Internship Approved Partners 3 CR / (3,0) 3 CR / (3,2) are Disney World in Orlando, Florida and Hyatt Regency in Denver, Colorado. The costs HOSP 270 HOSP 168 of visa and health insurance which students Accommodations II Food and Beverage Cost Controls must pay is typically $2000. Accommodations II is a continuation of This course focuses on the principles and pro- Prerequisites: Any three HOSP courses Accommodations I. Topics include the princi- cedures involved in an effective system of 3 CR / (0,6) ples of professional housekeeping operations, food, beverage, and labour controls used in housekeeping procedures and practices, secu- the hospitality industry. Topics include: the HOSP 253 rity controls, guest safety, contingency plans basic control procedures used for food and Hospitality Management Accounting for emergencies, the role of the management beverage costing, labour cost analysis, pricing Using hospitality industry specific examples team in the event of an emergency, energy methods, internal controls, and computer and terminology, this course will assist stu- and maintenance issues facing hospitality applications. Students will apply concepts, dents to understand how management within operations, and fundamentals of current hotel principles, and skills gained in Accounting I to the industry uses accounting to make busi- computer programmes. case studies in the hospitality industry. ness decisions. Topics include: analysis of Prerequisite: HOSP 170 3 CR / (3,0) financial information in the hospitality indus- 3 CR / (3,0) try, accounting concepts, understanding and HOSP 170 analyzing financial statements, internal con- HOSP 280 Accommodations I trol, pricing, cost management, budgeting, Hospitality Law Accommodations I is an introductory course. and working capital. In addition, students will This course outlines Canadian law applicable Topics include travel patterns affecting the look at investment decisions and be intro- to the hospitality industry, identifies areas lodging industry, different types of lodging, duced to feasibility studies. where there may be potential legal problems, functions of the various departments within a Prerequisite: ACC 152 or HOSP 153 or and discusses rights and liabilities to relation- lodging operation, human resource manage- COM 204 ships within the hospitality industry. Topics ment issues specific to hotel operations and 3 CR / (3,0) include constitutional law, the common law of management, current trends in guest services, contract, property law dealing with the sales competitive tactics that hotels use in their HOSP 260 of goods, methods of securing debts, human service and amenities, service philosophy and Food Production Principles rights, working conditions, labour relations, psychology, principles of front desk manage- This course will provide a basic knowledge of liquor, health and licensing, definition of ment, and relevant operational procedures. food production principles. Topics include ter- hotels and related establishments, and the 3 CR / (3,0) minology, use of equipment, recipe and meas- safety of guests. urement analysis, cooking terms and con- 3 CR / (3,0) HOSP 190 cepts, safe food handling, and storage proce- Work Experience dures. The provincial FoodSafe certificate is H-070 This work experience provides experiential, offered. The course is designed to broaden Human Relations workplace-based learning opportunities. The students’ knowledge to become better man- All jobs have a human relations responsibility. experience builds employable competencies agers by providing a hands-on experience. It Accordingly, one must strive to develop inter- and practices the principles and skills learned introduces students to both the theoretical and personal skills that will have a positive influ- during classroom study. Internships connect practical basis of food preparation systems. ence on relationships. This course will explore the learner with industry managers and They will acquire the basic skills of food strategies and techniques to positively influ- employees, building employment linkages and preparation: classifying and preparing soups, ence an employee’s performance in an office establishing the foundations of an individual’s stocks, sauces, fish and shellfish, meat, poul- position. employment history. In a workplace environ- try, and egg dishes. (2) ment, educators can provide students with 3 CR / (0,4) skills that are essential to their future success. L-070 3 CR / (0,6) HOSP 265 Introduction to Legal Office Food Operations Management Procedures This course covers the theoretical application Introduction to Legal Office Procedures will of food service management. Students develop provide the student with a basic background Business and Management Studies / 63 to Canadian law, introduce the student to the world. Areas covered include personal man- MGT 255 Canadian and British Columbia court system, agement and interpersonal communication Small Business Development and present the student with the necessary development skills. Classroom participation This course is specifically designed to provide information to enable her/him to prepare gen- and discussion are a necessary part of this students with the knowledge required in start- eral legal documents. The student will also course. Students who plan to participate ing up and successfully operating a small learn about the role and responsibilities of a in Co-op must complete MGT 154 prior business. Topics include: business structures, legal secretary, a lawyer, and all the other to their first scheduled work term. location and market assessment considera- support staff who work in the legal 3 CR / (2,2) tions, business plans and methods of financ- profession. ing, government obligations, franchising, (2) MGT 157 strategic planning and control. Case studies Principles of Management and simulations are used in the course. L-076 This course focuses on the foundations of It may be helpful to consider taking MGT 254 Legal Office Procedures II management theory. Management is present- concurrently with this course for the group This course consists of the following modules: ed as a discipline and as a process. The component. Litigation, Conveyancing, Family Law, Corpo- course introduces the key issues of manage- 3 CR / (2,2) rate, and Wills and Estates. The student will ment from the essential skills to management learn to use current precedents and follow ethics. Major topic areas will include the foun- MGT 256 proper procedures to prepare documents as dations of planning and decision making, Entrepreneurial Development well as learn the legal theory in each subject organizational design, managing change and A study of entrepreneurship including the vari- area. innovation, leadership, motivation, communi- ous methods and support systems required to Prerequisites: L-070 and W-045 cations, supervision, and control of operations. successfully launch a new venture, product, or (4,10) 3 CR / (3,0) system. Consideration is given to methods required for both new and existing enter- LAW 294 MGT 160 prises. This course draws together the many Business Law International Business skills of various programmes culminating in This course introduces students to fundamen- Learners will investigate the importance of an interdisciplinary project. tal legal concepts, principles, and issues that international business and international trade 3 CR / (2,2) are relevant to Canadian business. It also pro- to Canada and the local region. They will motes an understanding of how these legal study importing and exporting from the per- MGT 262 concepts and issues are applied to specific spective of a small or medium size business in Organizational Behaviour problems in business. Topics include: an intro- central British Columbia. By the end of the Information extracted from various areas of duction to the Canadian legal system, the law course, students should be able to construc- psychology (social, industrial/organizational) of torts, and the law of contract. An in-depth tively discuss an international business pro- and management will be utilized to study the investigation is then made in specific areas of posal in terms of its commercial merit and nature of work, people, and organizations. contract and business law, including: sale of practicality as a way of promoting economic Topics include: leadership motivation, group goods contracts, employment contracts, the growth and job opportunities. dynamics, communication, Japanese manage- law of agency, corporations, secured transac- 3 CR / (3,0) ment, job design, organizational design, cul- tions, the law of real property and mortgages, ture and climate, organizational change, and negotiable instruments. MGT 254 power, stress and time management, and 3 CR / (3,0) Applied Group and Leadership Skills human resource management/development Teamwork is a vital part of organizational life. issues. Organizational behaviour will be MATH 157 Participating effectively in teams requires the examined through lecture, discussion, and Business Statistics ability to use leadership skills when appropri- practical applications of learned materials. This course introduces the student to basic ate. Areas covered include: group dynamics, 4 CR / (4,0) statistical methods for analyzing both quanti- communication in groups, conflict manage- tative and qualitative information, including ment, and problem solving. Classroom partici- MGT 263 graphic methods, sampling, descriptive statis- pation and discussion are a necessary part of Human Resource Development tics and differential statistics. The relationship this course. An introduction to personnel management of statistics to research methods is discussed; An important component of this course is an including organization of the personnel func- applications to business decisions are in-depth analysis of a current group experi- tions: recruitment and selection, interviewing stressed. ence. For this reason, it is recommended that and counselling, job descriptions and evalua- Prerequisite: MATH 155 Accounting and Marketing students take tion, compensation and salary administration, 3 CR / (3,0) MGT 255 at the same time as MGT 254. management development and performance Prerequisite: MGT 154 or AIS 151 appraisal, training and manpower planning, MGT 154 Corequisite: CIS 262 for CIS students safety and occupational health. The course Applied Human Relations 3 CR / (2,2) places particular emphasis on the practical This course focuses on the personal manage- application of personnel policies and proce- ment and interpersonal communication skills dures, on personnel’s relationship to manage- that contribute to success in the business 64 / Business and Management Studies ment and management’s responsibilities to promotions) will be examined separately, and P-072 employees. in relation to each other, from the marketing Office Procedures 3 CR / (3,0) manager’s point of view. Special attention will This course introduces the student to a variety be given to newer forms of promotion, such of office procedures including basic file man- MGT 264 as special events and telemarketing. agement, banking and financial management, Industrial Relations Prerequisite: MKT 152 data processing, meetings and conferences, An introduction to the fundamental issues of 3 CR / (3,0) postal services, reprographics, telephone and labour/management relations in Canada. telecommunications, and travel arrangements. Topics include the roles assumed by labour MKT 271 (3) unions, management, and government bodies, Consumer Behaviour the processes involved in collective bargaining A study of the various influences affecting the P-076 such as negotiation, mediation, conciliation, consumer in the purchasing process. Economic Office Simulations grievance, and arbitration, contract interpreta- and demographic factors will be among the in the Electronic Office tion and administration, as well as discipline many considerations examined. The consumer Using information from the text and varied ref- procedures. decision-making process and its implication erence materials, the students will acquire and 3 CR / (3,0) on a company’s market research design, apply keyboarding, word processing, and data collection, and interpretation process will business knowledge and skills in simulated MGT 266 be covered. office environments. This course polishes Management Skills for Supervisors Prerequisite: MKT 152 administrative skills and provides realistic office experiences. Skills developed will Students can only receive credit for this course 3 CR / (3,0) through successful completion of the three include editing, proofreading, composition, modules of the certified Management Skills for MKT 272 computational skills, etc. In addition, the stu- Supervisors Programme. Marketing Research Methods dent will gain experience working as part of a team. 3 CR This is an introductory course in marketing research. Topics include research design, data Prerequisites: Completion of W-045 with a “C” MKT 152 collection, sampling, and data analysis. The or better average or equivalent as evaluated Principles of Marketing class will carry out a marketing research by the programme and completion of P-072 This course is an introduction to marketing project, beginning with a problem analysis, with a “C” or better or equivalent as evaluated activities in modern business firms. The major and leading to a final research report. by the programme topics covered are target markets and seg- Prerequisites: MATH 157, MKT 152 (5,0) mentation, consumer behaviour, research and 3 CR / (3,2) information systems, and the marketing mix. TAX 361 Throughout the course, emphasis is on the Taxation I MKT 276 application of concepts and perspectives to Retailing and Merchandising This course focuses on the calculation of net current business problems and opportunities, income for tax purposes. Topics include the This course will examine the field of retailing, through case studies and projects. taxation of employment income, business with particular emphasis on the application of income, capital gains income, and other 3 CR / (3,0) marketing concepts, approaches, and meth- sources of income. This course reviews the ods. Topics include: understanding retail tar- MKT 251 calculation of taxable income and taxes get markets, buying, merchandising and pro- Marketing Management Theory payable for individuals. moting for retail markets, creation of an and Applications exciting retail environment, and financial Prerequisite: ACC 152 The analysis of marketing management as it management. 3 CR / (3,0) relates to marketing opportunities, marketing Prerequisite: MKT 152 planning, and product strategy. The decision- TAX 362 making responsibilities of the marketing man- 3 CR / (3,0) Taxation II ager are examined with particular emphasis This course focuses on the calculation of tax- on market research, demand analysis, cost MKT 281 Personal Selling able income and taxes payable for corpora- analysis, and market planning and develop- tions, taxation aspects of corporate reorganiza- An introduction to personal selling. A practical ment. Case studies and computer based tions, taxation of partnerships, taxation of course emphasizing role playing, case studies, simulations are used extensively throughout trusts and income tax compliance issues. the course. and write-ups as a means to developing sell- ing skills. Subject areas will include communi- Prerequisite: TAX 361 Prerequisite: MKT 152 cations principles, buyer behaviour, prospect- 3 CR / (3,0) 3 CR / (3,2) ing potential customers, sales presentations, overcoming objections, and closing the sale. V-075 MKT 266 Employment Placement Prerequisite: MKT 152 Promotion Employment placement is a bridge for the stu- 3 CR / (3,0) This course focuses on planning a media cam- dent between the academic present and the paign. The four elements of promotion (per- professional future. It is a three-way partner- sonal selling, advertising, publicity, and sales ship between the college, the student, and the Business and Management Studies / 65 host employer. All parties in the relationship with an introduction to basic document for- W-078 assume definite responsibilities, perform spe- matting functions of a word processing soft- Introduction to cific functions, and derive benefits as a result ware programme. In addition, the course will Desktop Publishing and of their involvement. cover intermediate functions of a word pro- Advanced Features of Word Processing Prerequisite: A grade average of at least a “C” cessing software programme. A portion of the This is an introductory hands-on course in Applied Business Technology programmes course will develop speed and accuracy in designed to teach the student the advanced (3,0) keyboarding skills. functions of word processing and how to pre- (10) pare professional looking printed material. W-042 Such topics as publishing concepts and ele- Document Production Level III W-073 ments of page design, the production process In this course, the advanced level functions of Microcomputer Applications of producing camera-ready copy, and the basic a word processing software programme will This course provides working-level computer design principles and production techniques of be covered. The course will also continue to literacy through extensive hands-on experi- a variety of printed material are included. develop speed and accuracy in keyboarding ence with microcomputer applications, as well Prerequisite: W-045 with a “C” or better or skills. as in-class discussions of typical uses. The equivalent as evaluated by the programme. Prerequisite: W-045 experience provides the confidence to make a Corequisite: W-042 comfortable adjustment to whatever computer (5) (5) tools are available in the workplace. W-045 (4) Computer Keyboarding/Document Production Levels I and II This course combines a beginner and/or refresher course in basic keyboarding skills 66 / Business and Management Studies
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION TRANSFER GUIDE Students are responsible for verification of course equivalency with the accounting bodies. Minimum grade required is “B-” for all courses. Students are advised to consult with these associations prior to course registration.
Society of Management Accountants Accounting Technologist and Pre-Professional of BC Programme CNC Course Requirements (CMA) (FA1) Financial Accounting 1 ACC 151/152 or COM 204 (CL1) Commercial Law LAW 294 ((OB1) Organizational Behaviour COM 222 or MGT 262 or MGT 254 (EC1) Economics ECON 201/202 or ECON 152/251 (FA2) Financial Accounting II ACC 251/252 (MA1) Management Accounting I ACC 255/ACC 256/ENGL 191 or COM 212/ENGL191 (TX1) Taxation TAX 361/362 (QM1) Quantitative Methods MATH 157 (FA3) Financial Accounting III ACC 251/252 (MA2) Management Accounting II ACC 255/ACC 256/ENGL 191 (FM1) Financial Management FIN 257/258 (AS1) Accounting Information Systems CIS 160 ((IA1) Internal Control & Audit ACC 380 (MA3) Advanced Management Accounting (FA4) Advanced Financial Accounting ACC 354
Certified General Accountants of BC Programme 90 CNC Course Requirements (CGA) (FA1) Financial Accounting I ACC 151/152 or COM 204 (ECI) ECON I ECON 201/202 or ECON 152/251 (LW1) Law I LAW 294 (FA2) Financial Accounting II ACC 251/252 (MA1) Managerial Accounting I ACC 255/256 or COM 212 (FA3) Financial Accounting III ACC 251/252 (FN1) Finance I FIN 257/258 Management Information Systems I CIS 152/160 Public Speaking ENGL 190/191 Business Writing ENGL 190/191 Auditing ACC 380
Institute of Chartered Accountants ICABC Programme CNC Course Requirements of BC (ICABC) Introductory Financial Accounting ACC 151/152 or COM 204 (CA) Intermediate Financial Accounting ACC 251/252 Advanced Financial Accounting ACC 354 Introductory Management Accounting ACC 255 or COM 212 Cost Accounting ACC 256 Finance FIN 257/258 Computers CIS 152 Management Information Systems CIS 160 Commercial Law LAW 294 Mathematics MATH 101/102 Probability/Statistics MATH 157 Economics ECON 201/202 or ECON 152/251 Organizational Behaviour COM 222 or MGT 254 or MGT 262 Introductory Tax TAX 361/362 Auditing ACC 380 Business and Management Studies / 67
Purchasing Management Association PMAC CNC Course Requirements of Canada Marketing: (PMAC) Principles of Marketing MKT 152 Consumer Behaviour MKT 271
Economics: Canadian Macroeconomics ECON 152 Principles of Economics—Microeconomics ECON 201 Principles of Economics—Macroeconomics ECON 202 Managerial Economics ECON 207 Canadian Microeconomics ECON 251
Accounting: Accounting 1 ACC 151 Accounting 2 ACC 152 Management Accounting 1 ACC 255 Management Accounting 2 ACC 256 Intermediate Accounting 1 ACC 251 Intermediate Accounting 2 ACC 252 Advanced Accounting ACC 354
Business: Business 1 CIS 158 Business 2 CIS 159 International Business MGT 160
Finance: Finance 1 FIN 257 Finance 2 FIN 258
Business Law: Business Law LAW 294
Information Technology: Introduction to Systems Analysis and CIS 160 Design Systems Analysis CIS 163 Operating Systems Fundamentals CIS 179 Microcomputer Systems and Operations CIS 181
Management Theory: Principles of Management MGT 157 Applied Human Relations MGT 154 Applied Group and Leadership MGT 254
Management Theory: Marketing Management Theory and MKT 251 Applications
Other: Business Statistics MATH 157
Professional Institutes Transfer credit has been established previously with the following institutions: • Canadian Institute of Bookkeeping • Canadian Institute of Traffic and Transportation • Institute of Canadian Bankers • Purchasing Management Association of Canada 68 / Business and Management Studies
Business Management Programme The Business Management Programme Transfer Guide to other colleges’ Business Diploma pro- Transfer Guide grammes can be found online at the website for the BC Council on Admissions and Transfer: www.bccat.bc.ca
Athabasca University Through the Athabasca University students with a two-year diploma in business can complete a three-year degree in Administration or Management with the equivalent of one additional year of study. Athabasca University is Alberta’s equivalent of the Open University. For more information, visit Athabasca’s website: www.athabascau.ca
British Columbia Institute BCIT accepts graduates of the CIS Diploma Programme into their Bachelor of Technology pro- of Technology gramme. This agreement is currently under review. For more information, go to the CIS website at: cis.cnc.bc.ca
Northern Alberta Institute of CIS graduates will be accepted with two-year credit into the Bachelor of Applied Information Technology (NAIT) Systems. Students will need a minimum of 4 months’ work experience. Additional courses may be required, depending upon the major selected.
Royal Roads University Royal Roads University accepts diplomas in Accounting/Finance, CIS, Marketing/Management, as 60 credits towards an undergraduate degree in entrepreneurship.
University College of the Cariboo UCC accepts graduates of the CIS Diploma programme into their Bachelor of Technology in Applied Computer Science programme. Successful applicants will be credited with 30 credits.
University College of the Fraser Valley UCFV accepts graduates of the CIS Diploma Programme into their Bachelor of Computer Information Systems programme. This agreement is currently under review. For more information, go to the CIS website at: cis.cnc.bc.ca
University of Lethbridge Block Transfer The University of Lethbridge will accept students who have graduated with a GPA of 3 or higher in Accounting & Finance into a 20-course Bachelor of Management completion programme. Other graduates of Accounting & Finance and Marketing & Management may enter a 24-course degree completion programme. Brochures are available in the CNC Business Divisional Office.
University of Northern British The University of Northern British Columbia will award 60 credits to business diploma graduates Columbia (UNBC) Block Transfer since 1990 and 54 credits to graduates in the 1980s. Graduates of the CIS programme since 1995 should confer with the Chair of Management and Administration at UNBC. At UNBC students will have to take some firs-t or second-year courses as part of their remaining 60 credits towards their degree in Commerce. For most courses a grade of “C” or better is required in each CNC course to achieve the block transfer. In addition, a “B” or better in ACC 251/252 is required for Accounting/Finance graduates. Block transfer students may have to take additional courses if they do not meet the English and Math requirements of the University. Calculus is a graduation requirement for the Bachelor of Commerce degree at UNBC.
University Transfer Guide Students planning to transfer their credits to another institution should consult the British Columbia Transfer Guide to verify transferability of credits. The British Columbia Transfer Guide is published by the British Columbia Council on Admissions and Transfer and is available in the CNC Counselling Centre and Library. CNC counsellors will assist students in selecting transferable courses, however, the final responsi- bility for course selection rests with the student. The British Columbia Council on Admissions and Transfer (BCCAT) website is located at: www.bccat.bc.ca 69 College Foundations PROGRAMMES
DIVISIONAL CONTACT COLLEGE AND in September and January. Continuous intake/ self-paced courses are also available. Marcia Timbres CAREER Dean, College Foundations Division ATTENDANCE POLICY Telephone: (250) 561-5826 PREPARATION Fax: (250) 561-5866 A student who accumulates five days of STATEMENT OF PURPOSE unexcused absences may be terminated from College and Career Preparation (CCP) the course, by the Dean, upon the instructor’s (formerly Adult Basic Education—ABE) To provide adults with knowledge and aca- recommendation. demic skills through the grade 12 level so that English as a Second Language (ESL) they can enter courses, pursue careers, or sat- Note: Following two consecutive failures in a CCP course, a student must take one General Education Development (GED) isfy personal educational goals. semester off in that course. Early Childhood Education (ECE) PROGRAMME LENGTH Adult Special Education Programmes: The programme is based on competence in • TARGET specific skills. Generally, courses run four to • Job Education and Training CCP—FUNDAMENTAL four and one-half months in length. For start dates contact the Counselling and Academic Advising Centre or Admissions Office. STATEMENT OF PURPOSE To provide adults with knowledge and COLLEGE ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS academic skills through the grade 12 level so FOUNDATIONS that they can enter courses, pursue careers, or Applicants must be at least 18 years of age. satisfy personal educational goals. PROGRAMMES A placement test must be completed prior to admission in order to assign appropriate English 010 The College Foundations programmes are course work. designed for people seeking to acquire basic Basic Literacy language, literacy, and numeracy skills, to In cases where the admission requirements or This course covers language skills, spelling, complete a secondary school education equiv- course prerequisites have not been met, spe- vocabulary, and reading development up to alent, or to acquire the skills prerequisite to cial admission to a programme or course may the Grade 6 level. College programmes. They prepare students be granted upon written recommendation by a Prerequisite: As evaluated by a placement test for admission to vocational training, post- counsellor and the coordinator, and upon or instructor’s recommendation authorization by the programme Dean. secondary studies, and/or for employment Note: At the Prince George Campus, requiring completion of a secondary school Note: For intake information for regional English 010 is not a course for English as education. campuses please contact a Second Language students unless they your regional office. are referred by an English as a Second All components of College Foundations pro- Language instructor. grammes are offered at the Prince George APPLICATION PROCEDURE Campus, and many are offered at the regional English 020 campuses. Information on regional pro- Application forms are available at the Office of Basic Preparatory English grammes may be obtained by contacting the Admissions, Registration and Records and This English course includes fundamental regional campuses directly. may be submitted at any time. Admission to skills in reading, writing, and grammar. day programmes occurs in September and Prerequisite: English 010 or as evaluated by a January. Evening CCP courses typically begin placement test 70 / College Foundations Programmes
Note: At the Prince George campus, vide students with the communication skills CCP—ADVANCED English 020 is not a course for English as needed to enter higher level courses or to sat- a Second Language students unless they isfy personal or career goals. This course have been referred by an English as a focuses on the following core areas: composi- Biology 045 Second Language instructor. tion and grammar, literature, interpersonal Advanced Preparatory Biology communication, reading comprehension, and A lab-oriented course dealing with the basic Math 010 study skills. elements of biology. An emphasis will be Whole Number Arithmetic Prerequisite: English 020 or as evaluated by a placed on the study of ecology and will This course is an introduction to basic arith- placement test include a survey of the diversity of plant and metic, including addition, subtraction, multipli- animal life. cation, and division of whole numbers. Math 030 Prerequisites: Science 030 (Biology Option), or Prerequisite: Adequate reading and compre- Intermediate Algebraic Mathematics successful completion of an introductory sci- hension level for text required, as evaluated by This course includes an introduction to the ence course such as Science 10 in the last placement test and instructor interview, with metric system, ratio and proportion, roots and three years, Math 030, or as evaluated by the final determination by CCP Department powers, manipulation of formulas, an exten- CCP placement test sive introduction to algebra, basic geometry, Math 015 graphing and writing equations from graphs, Canadian Studies 045 Fundamental Mathematics and right angle triangle trigonometry. This course looks at Canada’s role in contem- (Competency Based) Prerequisite: Math 020 or as evaluated by a porary society and examines a number of This is a course designed for the learner who placement test global issues such as population, food sup- has some understanding of whole numbers plies, urbanization, and environmental dam- and who wants to expand his or her knowl- Math 035 age and their effect on Canada. edge of whole numbers, fractions, decimals, Intermediate Business Mathematics Prerequisite: English 030 or as evaluated by a estimation, and problem solving. This course includes an introduction to the placement test Prerequisite: Math 010 or as evaluated by a metric system, ratio and proportion, basic placement test geometry, a brief introduction to algebra, plus Chemistry 045 business topics which include budgeting, Advanced Preparatory Chemistry Math 020 interest, and retail transactions. This course covers such topics as measure- Basic Preparatory Mathematics Prerequisite: Math 020 or as evaluated by a ment, states of matter, composition of matter, (Competency Based) placement test structure of the atom, periodic table, bonding, This course is a review of basic operations in naming compounds, formula writing, mole and whole numbers, basic operations with frac- Intermediate Science 035 composition problems, equations and calcula- tions, decimals, and percent, as well as an This course covers units on introductory chem- tions, solutions, and introductory organic chem- introduction to metric measurement, geometry, istry, pollution, introductory biology, nutrition, istry. Lab work is an integral part of this course. and graphing. weather, and simple machines. Intermediate Prerequisites: Math 030; Science 030 (Physics Prerequisite: Math 015 or as evaluated by a Science 035 is not a valid prerequisite for or Biology Option) or Science 10 in the last placement test Biology 045 and 050, Chemistry 045, or three years; or as evaluated by a placement Physics 045, but it can be used as the science test requirement for a CCP Intermediate Certificate. Corequisite: Math 044 or Math 045 Prerequisites: English 020 and Math 020 or CCP—INTERMEDIATE as evaluated by the CCP placement test Computer Studies 045 Corequisite: Math 030 An introductory computer studies course which introduces the possibilities and limita- Canadian Studies 030 tions of the computer as a tool and introduces The goal of the Canadian Studies course is to Science 030 the student to a variety of computer applica- help students develop their knowledge of This course is an introductory study of the social and political issues and increase their tions such as word processing, databases, basic principles of biology, chemistry, and and spreadsheets. general knowledge of Canada through the physics. Some topics of investigation include Prerequisites: At the 045 entry reading level study of Canadian history and government, scientific method, cells, environmental science, and as evaluated by a placement test and immigration and multi-culturalism in Canada, atoms and compounds, periodic table, writing completion of Math 020 or equivalent and the Canadian economic system. Gaining and balancing chemical equations, problem an understanding of Canada enables students solving, simple machines, and energy and Ed Cp 045 to become more informed and active members matter. This course fulfills the prerequisites for of their community and citizens of Canada. Advanced Level Education and Biology 045, Chemistry 045, and Physics Career Planning Prerequisite: English 020 or as evaluated by a 045. placement test This course will prepare adult learners with Prerequisites: English 020 and Math 020 or life and employment readiness skills. Students as evaluated by the CCP placement test English 030 will develop a realistic awareness of their Intermediate Preparatory English Prerequisite or Corequisite: Math 030 interests, abilities, and potential as well as CCP Intermediate English is designed to pro- specific education and employment readiness College Foundations Programmes / 71 skills. The exploration and development of a CCP—PROVINCIAL Prerequisites: Phys 045 or Physics 11, C or personal training plan will be an integral part better, Math 045 or Math 11, C or better or as of the course. evaluated by the CCP math placement test Biology 050 Prerequisite: ENGL 020 or equivalent as Provincial Preparatory Biology determined by assessment A lab-oriented course dealing with the basic Prerequisite or Corequisite: ENGL 030 or elements of biology. The emphasis will be equivalent as determined by assessment CERTIFICATION placed on the study of cell biology, bioenerget- The following CNC courses may be used to English 045 ics, genetics and human biology. satisfy the requirements of the three Certificate Advanced Preparatory English Prerequisites: BIO 045 or BIO 11, and MATH levels, and the BC Adult Graduation Diploma. The course includes reading, writing, speak- 030 or MATH 10 and as evaluated by a CCP ing, and listening skills. Extensive writing and placement test Fundamental Certificate research skills are taught. There is a literature Two courses required Chemistry 050 component, as well as a section on media Provincial Preparatory Chemistry English: English 020 literacy. This course covers such topics as: gas laws, Math: Math 020 Prerequisite: ENGL 030 or as determined by a liquids and solids, energy and changes of placement test Intermediate Certificate state; water reactions, solutions; acids, bases, Four courses required and salts; oxidation-reduction reactions, Math 044 English: English 030 electrochemistry; reaction rates and chemical Advanced Developmental Math: Math 030 or 035 Mathematics equilibria; organic chemistry. Lab work is an integral part of the course. And two of the following: The course includes math for science, number Science: Science 030 or 035 and number operation, geometry, algebra— Prerequisites: CHEM 045 or CHEM 11, Math 044 or 045 Socials: Canadian Studies 030 or Educa- linear and quadratic equations, inequalities, tion and Career Planning 045 factoring polynomials, simplification, addition, Note: Placement test will be required if subtraction, multiplication, and division of more than one year out of CHEM 11 Advanced Certificate rational expressions. and/or less than a grade of B attained in Four courses required CHEM 11. Prerequisite: Math 030 or as evaluated by a English: English 045 placement test English 050 Math: Math 044 or Math 045 Provincial Preparatory English Science: Bio 045 or Chem 045 or Math 045 Phys 045 This course emphasizes writing, research, and Advanced Algebraic Mathematics Option: One additional course from List 1 communication skills. There is a strong litera- This course includes a core of algebra; factor- ture component, which includes study in all ing; radicals; exponents; graphing; solution of List 1: Advanced Level Options. Options literary genres. linear, simultaneous, and quadratic equations; must not be the same as the one to formulas; functions; and trigonometry. Prerequisite: English 045 or as evaluated by a satisfy the Advanced Level Science, placement test English or Math requirement. Prerequisite: Math 030 with a grade of “B+” or better, Math 044, or as evaluated by a Math 050 Chem 045 placement test Provincial Preparatory Algebraic Bio 045 Mathematics Phys 045 Physics 045 Canadian Studies 045 This course is a continuation of Math 045. Advanced Preparatory Physics Computer Studies 045 Topics include polynomials, equations, func- This introductory physics course prepares stu- EdCp 045 tions, systems of equations, series and dents to the Physics 11 level. It covers such sequences, imaginary and complex numbers, Option also includes a language, science, topics as measurement, motion, dynamics, and exponential logarithmic, circular, trigono- social science or computerized science at energy, electricity, and heat. Lab work is an metric and inverse functions. the advanced level or higher. integral part of this course. Prerequisite: Math 045 or as evaluated by a Prerequisite: Math 030 or Math 10 or as Minimum of two of the above courses must placement test evaluated by a placement test be taken through CNC’s CCP Department in Prerequisite or Corequisite: Math 045 or Physics 050 order to obtain the above certificates. Math 11 Provincial Preparatory Physics Articulated ABE courses taken at other post- secondary institutions may also be used Provincial Preparatory Physics introduces stu- towards these certificates, as well as dents to the physical laws governing motion provincially authorized secondary school in two dimensions, electrical field, electromag- courses. Any course used towards these netism, vibrations and waves, and optics. certificates must have been completed with- Problem solving, critical thinking, and experi- in the past ten years. mentation are important components of the course. 72 / College Foundations Programmes
A minimum of two of the four courses 1. To be eligible for the Adult Education APPLICATION FOR required must be taken at CNC. At least one Programme, a person must be 19 years or CERTIFICATES must be taken through the CNC CCP older. An 18-year-old who has been out of Department. school for at least a year may be admitted Certificates will be automatically generated with approval from the enrolling institution. and sent to those students whose courses cor- A course can only be used for one certificate. respond with the main ones listed under the You may use a higher level course in place of a 2. Three courses must be completed through certificate. lower level course for a lower level certificate. enrollment in a course as an adult or Prior Learning Assessment. Prior Learning A student may apply for a certificate or diplo- The following is a list of secondary school Assessment may be used to meet any of the ma by completing an application form avail- courses, and their corresponding CNC CCP requirements for the Adult Diploma. Prior able at Admissions, Registration and Records. course. A high school course may be used in Learning Assessment involves a variety of The following cases require an application place of its corresponding CCP course for a techniques including equivalency reviews, form to be filled out: certificate. If a high school course is being challenge processes, in-depth interviews, etc. used to obtain a certificate, the course must 1. Anyone applying for the BC Adult have been taken within the past ten years. 3. Provincial exams are optional for students Graduation Diploma. in the BC school system. If the student chooses Secondary School CCP 2. Anyone using a course from a different not to write a provincial exam, the grade will Course Course institution towards a certificate. be reported with a “Q” code. It should be English 10 English 030 noted that some post-secondary institutions 3. Anyone using a higher level course for a Math 10 Math 030 or 035 may not accept examinable courses for admis- lower level certificate. Science 10 Science 030 or 035 sions purposes unless the secondary system Social Studies 10 Canadian Studies 030 provincial exam has been written. The Ministry English 11 English 045 of Education and the Ministry of Advanced Intro. Algebra 11/ Education are reviewing options that would ADULT SPECIAL Intro. Math 11 Math 044 enable college ABE students to access provin- Math 11 Math 045 cial exams. EDUCATION Chemistry 11 Chem 045 4. Any course that is Ministry-authorized by The Adult Special Education Department at the Biology 11 Biology 045 either the Ministry of Education (4 credits) or Prince George campus offers two programmes, Physics 11 Physics 045 the Ministry of Advanced Education as require- Job Education and Training (JET) and Techniques Social Studies 11/ ments for graduation may be used towards for Access, Reaching Goals and Employment History 11/Law 11 Canadian Studies 045 the BC Adult Graduation Diploma. Training (TARGET). Both are designed to assist Computer Studies 11 Computer Studies 045 individuals with developmental disabilities. English 12/ Note: Students intending to use the BC Literature 12 English 050 Adult Graduation Diploma for university Both programmes offer maximum flexibility to Biology 12 Biology 050 entrance, please check the latest univer- their students. These programmes are individu- Chemistry 12 Chemistry 050 sity bulletins regarding the selections of alized to assist students in achieving specific Physics 12 Physics 050 provincial level options and for policy personal and/or employment goals. Programme Math 12 Math 050 statements about the use of UT courses duration will vary depending on the goals iden- for this purpose. tified, and on the scheduling which may be BC Adult Graduation Diploma—Four either full time or part time. courses at the provincial level, plus a prerequisite mathematics or accounting at the advanced level. The regional campuses also offer special edu- cation programmes. Information on regional The BC Adult Graduation Diploma replaces the programmes may be obtained by contacting current Adult Dogwood granted through the the regional campus directly. Ministry of Education (MOE) and the ABE Provincial Diploma granted through the Ministry of Advanced Education. College CCP Programme BC School System Qualifying Courses Secondary Qualifying Courses THE BC ADULT GRADUATION A Provincial-level English or higher or Language Arts 12 4 credits DIPLOMA An Advanced or Provincial-level or or Mathematics 11 or 12 4 credits (THE ADULT DOGWOOD) higher Mathematics To be eligible to graduate on this programme, Three additional courses at the or Three Grade 12 Ministry-authorized courses 12 credits adult students (19 years of age or over) must Provincial level or higher (4 credits each) earn at least 20 credits in the secondary system or five courses in the post-secondary system. or or Courses and credits can be counted from either Advanced Social Sciences and two Social Studies 11 (4 credits) and two Grade 12 credits or both of the areas on the table on this page. Provincial level courses or higher 12 Ministry-authorized courses (4 credits) Total: 5 courses Total: 20 credits College Foundations Programmes / 73
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Work Practicum Placements ther information, contact the ESL department at (250) 562-2131, local 206 or Admissions, Students may participate in part-time Work Applicants must be 19 years of age or older. Registration and Records at (250) 562-2131, Practicum Placements during designated pro- For information on programme criteria, local 261. contact the College Foundations Division at gramme segments. Work Practicum Place- (250) 561-5826. ments will give students opportunities to apply skills learned in the classroom to employment COURSE DESCRIPTIONS APPLICATION PROCEDURE settings. Students will also have the opportuni- The English as a Second Language pro- ty to learn specific work skills. Both direct and gramme has a long history of successfully Applications to either of these programmes may indirect support will be provided to the stu- teaching people from around the world. Our be submitted at any time; all applicants are dents while they are in placement. ESL programme offers four levels. required to attend a personal interview. Although most programmes start in September, • Level 060 indicates a Beginner’s level it may be possible for a student to enter at • Level 070 indicates Intermediate; course start dates during the year depending on ENGLISH AS A Prerequisite: ESL 060 or placement testing the seat availability. Anyone seeking entry into these programmes is encouraged to SECOND LANGUAGE • Level 080 indicates Electives; contact the TARGET or JET instructors to Corequisite: Enrollment in 070 level (or obtain specific information. STATEMENT OF PURPOSE higher) courses or placement testing • Level 090 indicates Advanced; Job Education and Training (JET) To provide a strong base of fundamental English language skills and to develop and Prerequisite: Completion of 070 level Statement of Purpose strengthen those skills to enable students to courses or placement testing pursue careers, satisfy personal educational The purpose of the Job Education and Training goals, or prepare for further academic study ESL 060 (JET) Programme is to prepare students for entry so that they can begin to function, participate, Beginner Level ESL level positions in competitive employment. and contribute in Canadian society. This programme offers listening, speaking, JET 151 Job Orientation reading, and writing at a beginner level. JET 152 Assertiveness and ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Students will also learn and practice some Interpersonal Skills English idioms, new vocabulary, and commu- JET 153 Interview Skills Applicants must be at least 18 years of age. nicative grammar. Pre-writing and revision JET 154 Job Maintenance A placement test must be completed prior to strategies will be introduced. Some knowledge JET 155 Job Search admission in order for students to enter the about Canadian culture will be presented programme at the appropriate level. Students through films and music. Students may apply for all courses or select may also be asked to have an interview with only those which pertain to their per- an instructor. ESL 070 sonal goals. With student input, programme Intermediate Grammar staff arrange job training with local employers Students who are enrolled in Advanced This course will strengthen and develop to acquire job-specific skills and experience. English Language Training (ELT) but who do not have a 550 TOEFL score (or grammar structures through oral/aural and equivalent), may elect to combine English written practice. Students will be able to use TARG ET Language Training and academic courses in and manipulate grammar points covered in Statement of Purpose University Transfer, Business and Management Grammar Dimensions 1 and 2 (verb tenses, Studies, and College and Career Preparation. modals, articles, nouns, comparatives– The TARGET Programme assists students in the Students enrolled in Advanced ELT may take superlatives, conditionals, passive voice). acquisition of general and specific work skills up to two academic courses in addition to ELT and in the development of positive work-related ESL 071 in each semester. Placement in the number, behaviours which will help them succeed in Intermediate Listening and Speaking level, and type of course in any of the preced- future supported employment situations. ing programmes is dependent upon posses- In the context of specific dialogues, the stu- dents will practice listening, speaking, and The programme combines classroom instruc- sion of the appropriate prerequisites, and/or in using idiomatic expressions common in North tion with student work experience placements. consultation with the ELT instructor, academic course instructor, and appropriate Dean. American English. This course will also give • Basic Employment Skills Training the student an opportunity to interact with native speakers of English. • Communications and Interpersonal APPLICATION PROCEDURE Relations Application forms are available at Admissions, ESL 072 • Work Interests Registration and Records and may be sub- Intermediate Writing mitted at any time. The fall semester courses In this course the students will learn the • Success Strategies start in late August and end in late December. organization of a paragraph. Prewriting and • Work Adjustment The spring semester courses start in early editing strategies will be strengthened, and January and end in early May. All our courses writing for various purposes will be allow continuous intake of students. For fur- introduced. 74 / College Foundations Programmes
ESL 073 ESL 090 for employment, job advancement, and admis- Intermediate Reading Advanced Grammar sion to educational programmes. The tests This course will develop the skills of reading Students will become familiar with the English evaluate writing, social studies, science, read- for main idea, skimming, scanning, predicting, verb system in terms of time frame and ing, and mathematical skills. As this certificate guessing meaning from context, and drawing aspect. Students will study the form, meaning, may not meet certain College programme inferences. The students will be working with and use of grammatical structures, such as requirements, a counsellor should be consult- a variety of written material of gradually passive verbs, conditionals, gerunds and ed to obtain clarification. increased difficulty. infinitives, modals of prediction and inference, reported speech, adverbials, degree compli- ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS ESL 080 ments and intensifiers, etc. TOEFL Preparation Applicants must meet the following three In this course, students will practice and ESL 091 requirements at the time of application: improve their test-taking techniques. The lan- Advanced Listening and Speaking 1. Be at least 19 years of age at the time of guage skills needed for the exam will be tar- Students will practice listening to advanced application; geted and polished. This course focuses only level speech for main ideas and specific infor- on the areas that are actually tested in TOEFL mation. Using various dialogues taken from 2. Be a British Columbia resident for at least and enables the students to make the most of social and academic contexts, they will exam- six months immediately prior to the applica- their time as they prepare for this exam. ine and practice using idioms common to tion date; and Canadian English. 3. Be out of school for at least one full ESL 081 academic year. Pronunciation ESL 092 This course focuses on the sounds of the Advanced Writing APPLICATION PROCEDURE English language as well as on rhythm, into- This course will focus on paragraph writing nation, and stress. Practicing contractions, for various purposes. Students will be able to Application forms are available at Admissions, reductions, and linking will help the students write several types of complex sentences and Registration and Records or the Counselling significantly reduce their foreign accents and give supporting details for their ideas in well- and Advising Centre and may be submitted at increase their understandability. organized paragraphs. Essay writing will be any time. introduced. ESL 082 Canadiana ESL 093 In this course, the students will learn some Advanced Reading EARLY CHILDHOOD basic facts about the geography, history, cul- Students will read short stories, articles, ture, and political system of Canada. The con- essays, and novels in order to practice skim- EDUCATION tent of this course will help new immigrants ming a text for the main idea, deducing mean- prepare for the Citizenship test. ing from context, classifying elements as fact Statement of Purpose or opinion, scanning for specific information, ESL 083 identifying supporting details, making infer- To provide a learner-centred environment that, Vocabulary Building ences, building vocabulary, and predicting. through a balance of practice and theory, This course follows an intensive words-in- enables graduates to adhere to exemplary context approach where students learn new ESL 096 models of child care which reflect and respect words by reading and hearing them in a vari- English for Academic Purposes: the diverse needs of children, families, and the ety of situations. There is also a lot of oppor- Advanced Grammar and Writing community. tunity to practice the new vocabulary. Students will learn techniques for producing This programme provides the training required sound, effective, and successful essays for working with young children in a variety of ESL 084 through the themes of unity, support, coher- early childhood education settings. It inte- Computers ence, and sentence skills. Students will be grates sixteen weeks of intensive observation In this course, students will have an opportu- able to practice and develop their college and work experience with academic training. nity to learn how to type, edit, and save their essay-writing skills, while comparing their assignments using the Microsoft Word word- own work with provided readings. Students who successfully complete the pro- processing programme. Internet and e-mail gramme are eligible for registration with the use will also be introduced and practiced. Community Care Facilities Licensing Board of BC upon completion of a further 500 hours of ESL 085 GENERAL EDUCATION work in an approved facility. Tutorials In this course, students will work in small DEVELOPMENT (GED) CAREER OPPORTUNITIES groups or as individuals. Problems common The General Education Development (GED) Graduates find employment in a variety of to the group will be targeted, corrected, tests are used to assess whether an individual early childhood settings: day care centres, reviewed, and practiced. meets the basic academic skills required to nursery schools, parent co-operative obtain a secondary school (Grade 12) equiva- preschools, childminding centres, centres for lency certificate. This certificate is often used College Foundations Programmes / 75 children with physical and mental challenges, Students must provide proof of application for PROGRAMME OUTLINE: social service agencies, libraries and hospital a Criminal Records Search in order to be con- Early Childhood Education playrooms. Some graduates are owners of sidered admissible to the programme. The their own day care centres, nursery schools result of a Criminal Records Search which Semester I September to December and childminding centres. identifies relevant criminal convictions may ECE 151 Child Growth and prevent a student from entering into a Development ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS practicum or clinical setting. Students who ECE 154 Theories and Practices of ECE cannot enter the practicum or clinical compo- ECE 165 Programme Development 1. Successful completion of Grade 12 (with nent of the programme cannot graduate from ECE 170 Observing and Recording English 12 with a minimum “C” grade) or ABE the programme. Behaviour Advanced Certificate plus English 050 with a ECE 176 Human Relations in Early minimum “C” grade or GED Certificate. SELECTION CRITERIA Childhood Settings ECE 190 Practicum I 2. a) Preference will be given to applicants In those cases where the programme is over- ENGL 155 Developmental English* who have successfully completed 30 hours subscribed, the following selection criteria will paid or volunteer experience in an early child- Note: Students MUST receive an exempt be used: hood setting (e.g., group day care centre, nurs- or satisfactory standing in ENGL 155 ery school, family day care centre). A form 1. Work experience in an early childhood prior to continuing with the second term signed by the programme supervisor will out- centre: a minimum of 30 hours of paid Semester II January to May line hours of work and attest to the applicant’s or volunteer experience in an early ECE 153 The Child in Society ability as demonstrated during this experience. childhood setting 10 points ECE 155 Theories and Practices of ECE b) A second letter of reference from an 2. Letters of reference: one letter of ECE 166 Programme Development employer, educator, or other professional recommendation from the work ECE 172 Health, Safety and Nutrition commenting on the applicant’s personal suit- experience programme supervisor; 5 points in ECE ability for working in the field of early child- a second letter of reference from an ECE 174 Interacting with Families hood education. educator, employer, or other professional, ECE 177 Human Relations in Early recommending the applicant’s acceptance Childhood Settings 3. All entering students must write the into the programme 5 points ECE 199 Practicum II English component of the English and Math Achievement Test (EMAT) administered by the 3. Previous academic experience: College prior to the first semester. Students relevant post-secondary courses with a COURSE DESCRIPTIONS whose test results indicate difficulties in “C” grade or better (2 points per course English will be required to take a develop- to a maximum of 10 points) 10 points ECE 151 mental programme. Child Growth and Development 4. Attendance at spring orientation: Human development in the years from concep- 4. Attendance at a spring orientation session. participation in all orientation activities tion through the pre-school years with empha- (e.g., group discussions, observations 5. A written statement describing career sis on the interaction between heredity and at CNC Day Care) 10 points goals, special interests, and reasons for seek- environment. ing entrance to the programme (at least 300 5. Written statement (describing career words in length). goals, special interests, and reasons for ECE 153 The Child in Society seeking entrance into the programme): 6. Documents certifying current immuniza- clearly stated reasons for applying; 5 points A study of the many social, cultural, and politi- tion, TB screening, and health examination. congruence between personal goals cal influences on children and their families. The documentation to be on official College and programme goals 5 points The role of the early childhood educator as an forms (supplied with acceptance) and to be advocate for children is emphasized. submitted prior to commencement of the Maximum = 50 points programme. ECE 154 & 155 Theories and Practices of ECE Given the scope of the Criminal Records APPLICATION PROCEDURE A two-semester course covering the major Review Act, CNC requires criminal records Application forms are available at the Office of theories of Early Childhood Education and the searches for applicants for programme areas Admissions, Registration and Records and resulting practices such as classroom manage- that involve working with children or other may be submitted after September 15 for the ment, planning for groups, and individual vulnerable persons. The cost of this search is following year. Applicants are advised to sub- children. the responsibility of the student. This require- mit their application early in the academic Prerequisite: ECE 170 is a prerequisite for ment may result in a student having to under- year. Applications should be completed by ECE 155 go two criminal record searches; one through April 22nd to be eligible for the first selection the RCMP (for those programmes requiring it) process. Acceptance into the programme com- and one through the Attorney General’s Office. mences mid-May for the intake in September. Only completed applications will be consid- ered in a selection process. 76 / College Foundations Programmes
ECE 165 & 166 PROGRAMME OUTLINE: Infant and Toddler Courses Programme Development Post Basic Two semesters studying the planning of ECE 255 These programmes provide graduates of the young children’s curriculum in fields such as Care and Guidance of Basic ECE programme with the post-basic art, music, movement, science, math, social Infants and Toddlers training necessary to qualify as “Infant and studies, language, and literature. Toddler” or “Supported Child Care” Super- In this course the student will develop pro- gramme planning and implementation skills ECE 170 visors. Courses are offered on a part-time for application in the infant or toddler group Observing and Recording Behaviour basis in response to demand. For more infor- care setting. A study of methods of accurately and objec- mation, contact the Admissions, Registration and Records office. tively observing, recording, and interpreting ECE 290 & 291 child behaviour using the College Prerequisite: Students must have Basic Early Practicum Demonstration Day Care and other centres. Childhood Education documentation to register The student will demonstrate skills in observa- Prerequisite or Corequisite: ECE 190 and receive credit for these courses. Non-credit tion and the presentation of age-appropriate students (e.g., family day care providers) and activities for children in an infant centre and in ECE 172 general interest students will be accepted if a toddler centre. Health, Safety and Nutrition in spaces are available. Criminal record searches Early Childhood Education and acceptable first aid certification are Supported Child Care Courses In addition to the study of health, safety, and required. The cost of these is the responsibility nutrition of young children, the ECE student is of the student. ECE 256 expected to take a certified first aid training Introduction to Inclusive Child Care course. Core Courses The course is designed to develop the stu- ECE 174 These core courses are required for both dent’s awareness of inclusive child care and Interacting with Families specialties. the role it plays in today’s society. Students A study of effective parent–teacher and home- will explore status, issues, and regulations of classroom communication and co-operation. ECE 251 inclusive child care. Infant Growth and Development Prerequisite: ECE 170 ECE 257 A study of contemporary theories in growth Programming for Inclusive Child Care ECE 176 & 177 and development of the child from conception This course is designed to further expand Human Relations in to 36 months. Early Childhood Settings curriculum to meet the developmental need of individual children and the group in an A course to assist the student to explore her or ECE 252 inclusive setting. his own values, goals, and skills and to help Administration of ECE Programmes improve communication and problem-solving A study of basic administrative skills including ECE 292 & 293 skills. the management of personnel, centre adminis- Practicum tration, and finances. ECE 190 & 199 These two supervised practica will provide the Practicum I and II ECE 272 student with a hands-on approach to applying and integrating theoretical knowledge from Practical experience working with young chil- Health, Safety and Nutrition the post-basic core courses and the Inclusive dren under qualified supervision in conjunc- The students will learn to establish healthy, Child Care courses. ECE 293 will also provide tion with classroom follow-up seminars. safe environments for young children. experiences in working with transdisciplinary Students plan and implement learning activi- teams and environmental and curriculum ties. ECE 190 is divided into Level I and II. ECE 274 assessment. Students must maintain a GPA of 2.0 in order Interacting with Families to proceed to Practicum II. ECE 199 is divided The student will learn to coordinate home and into Levels III and IV. Level IV includes six programme goals for typical and atypical weeks of full-time work experience which can infants in child care settings. only be undertaken after all other course work has been completed. 77 Health Sciences PROGRAMMES
DIVISIONAL CONTACT his/her credentials evaluated as they relate to registration with the College of Dental a course. The Curriculum Co-ordinator (or Surgeons of British Columbia. June Anonson, Dean Dean) in consultation with the instructor Division of Health Sciences responsible for the course will evaluate the CAREER OPPORTUNITIES Telephone: (250) 561-5841 student’s credentials. The student must pro- Fax: (250) 561-5866 vide copies of transcripts and course syllabi The person with ability to accept direction and with course objectives as part of their supervision from others, with a sincere inter- • Dental Assisting credentials. est in people and with the ability to work well with others can find great satisfaction as a • Dental Hygiene Challenges for all courses must be submitted Dental Assistant. • Home Support/Resident Care Attendant within three weeks of the first day of the aca- demic year. The student should attend all The Certified Dental Assistant works under the • Northern Collaborative Baccalaureate classes until it is determined if credit is grant- supervision of a dentist and may perform all Nursing ed. Students will be advised of the Exemption of the duties of the chairside assistant as well as additional duties which he/she must be • Practical Nursing and Assessment Policy in their programme acceptance letters. licensed to perform.
Refer to Admissions, Registration and Records Criminal Records Search and Fee Information in this Calendar for policy DENTAL STUDIES and fee information on exemptions, challenge Given the scope of the Criminal Records exams, and prior learning assessment. Review Act, CNC requires criminal records STATEMENT OF PURPOSE searches for applicants for programme areas that involve working with children or other To provide the educational foundation for vulnerable persons. The cost of this search is oral health care providers entering practice DENTAL ASSISTING the responsibility of the student. This require- so they are able to have a positive impact ment may result in a student having to under- on the health of the community and on their The one-year Dental Assisting Certificate go two criminal record searches: one through profession. programme combines lectures and clinical the RCMP (for those programmes requiring it) practice in preparation for a career in private and one through the Attorney General’s Office. practice, dental clinics, and other public health facilities. Students must provide proof of application for a Criminal Records Search in order to be con- DENTAL STUDIES Students gain extensive clinical experience sidered admissible to the programme. The ADVANCED STANDING throughout the programme. In addition to result of a Criminal Records Search which working at the CNC Dental Clinic (open to the identifies relevant criminal convictions may The Dental Studies Department of the College general public), the curriculum includes a six- prevent a student from entering into a of New Caledonia believes in providing credit week practicum of full-time experience in a practicum or clinical setting. Students who for previous education that directly relates to dental office. cannot enter the practicum or clinical compo- either the Dental Hygiene or Dental Assisting nent of the programme cannot graduate from Prior word processing and Internet experience programme. Students will have the opportuni- the programme. ty to demonstrate that they have previously is helpful to students registered in the programme. met the goals and objectives of a particular ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS course. The programme is accredited by the In addition to the requirements outlined The student must approach the Curriculum Co- Commission on Dental Accreditation of below, students must acquire and maintain a ordinator or Dean with the request to have Canada, hence the graduates are eligible for 78 / Health Sciences valid CPR Level C certificate throughout the 1. A student who has successfully completed APPLICATION PROCEDURE programme. the prerequisite courses and/or who, at the time of withdrawal maintained an overall grade Application forms are available from the Office 1. Successful completion of Grade 12 (with of “C” or better, will be accorded first priority. of Admissions, Registration and Records and English 12 or Technical and Professional may be submitted after September 15 for the Communications 12) or ABE Advanced 2. A student who has failed a dental assist- following year. Applicants are advised to sub- Certificate or GED Certificate. ing course or who has withdrawn from the mit their applications as early as possible in dental assisting course with less than a “C” the academic year. 2. Biology 12 or BIO 050 with a grade of grade standing in the course will be accorded “C” or better required. second priority. Applications received after March 31st for Fall entry into limited enrollment programmes are 3. Documents certifying current immuniza- 3. An evaluation of course work completed considered late. If the programme applied for tion and dental and health examinations. elsewhere will be necessary for the student is oversubscribed at the March 31st deadline, Documentation needs to be on official College requesting a transfer from another accredited applications and application fees after that of New Caledonia forms (supplied with accept- dental assisting programme; the student will date will be returned to the applicant. ance package) and submitted prior to com- then be subject to the criteria above and will mencement of the programme. Hepatitis B be accorded third priority. Limited enrollment programmes which vaccination is required of all students accepted become oversubscribed after March 31st will into the programme. Students may complete 4. A student who withdraws twice from the be deemed closed by Admissions. Applica- this vaccine prior to entering the programme same course, and applies for re-admission to tions and fees submitted after the programme or have it done while in the programme. that course, will be accorded the lowest priori- is closed will be returned to the applicant. ty on the course’s waiting list. 4. Some experience, volunteer or paid, in a Applications received after March 31st for Fall dental office/clinic is strongly suggested. entry into open enrollment programmes are SELECTION CRITERIA Applicants must include a statement describ- considered late and will be processed subject ing the length, type, and location of previous In those cases where the programme is over- to course availability. dental experience. Applicants with no previous subscribed, the following selection criteria will Applications must be completed before April dental experience may wish to consider the be used to select one-half of the class. Introduction to Dentistry course offered by the 22 to be considered in the selection process. College (See DENO 150 course description). 1. The letter grade for English 12 or Acceptance into the programme commences The DENO 150 course may not be run if there English 045 will contribute its actual points May 1st for the intake in September. are insufficient numbers of students for this to the selection process—e.g., an “A” = 4.0, course. “B+” = 3.33, etc. PROGRAMME OUTLINE: DENTAL ASSISTING Note: In addition to disbursements for 2. The letter grade for Biology 12 or tuition, textbooks, and uniforms, stu- Biology 050 will contribute its actual points Semester 1 September to December dents will be expected to purchase mis- to the selection process—e.g., an “A” = 4.0, DENT 150 Dental Assisting Foundations cellaneous clinic supplies and to cover “B+” = 3.33, etc. DENT 151 Prevention I the cost of CPR training. Specific infor- 3. Geographic location: Residents of British DENT 153 Dental Sciences mation regarding the purchase of equip- Columbia or the Yukon will be awarded 1 DENT 155 Professionalism I ment, clinical attire, textbooks, and other point. DENT 157 Dental Assisting Clinic I items will be provided in an acceptance letter and during the first week of class. 4. Persistent interest in the programme as a Semester 2 January to April result of continuing completed applications DENT 160 Restorative Dentistry RE-ADMISSION contributes 1 point to the selection process. DENT 161 Prevention II DENT 163 Dental Specialities I A student who is unsuccessful in a dental 5. Completion of DENO 150 or completion DENT 165 Professionalism II assisting course once, will be allowed to apply of a dental receptionist programme or volun- DENT 167 Dental Assisting Clinic II for re-admission to the programme. Multiple teer work or chairside experience of 30 or DENT 169 Radiology course failures or a subsequent failure in den- more verifiable hours contributes 2 points to DENT 190 Practicum I tal assisting courses will exclude the student the selection process. Applicants without any from further study and re-admission to the of the above, but who have between 15 and Intersession May to June programme; that student may not apply 29 hours of verifiable volunteer work or chair- DENT 173 Dental Specialties II again to the programme under the new s side experience will be credited with 1 point DENT 177 Dental Assisting Clinic III tudent category. The dental assisting pro- in the selection process. All volunteer work or DENT 191 Practicum II gramme must be completed within a three- chairside experience must be verified by the year period. dentist(s) on their letterhead stationery that the applicant was present for the required Re-admission to the programme is considered number of hours and during that time, on a space available basis and will be admin- observed or participated in a variety of intrao- istered according to the following priorities: ral procedures. Maximum Points Available = 12.66 Health Sciences / 79
DENTAL HYGIENE health, school health, industrial health, and attire, textbooks, and other items will be teaching. The scope of dental hygiene practice provided in an acceptance letter and dur- The two-year Dental Hygiene Diploma pro- is expanding with increased opportunities for ing the first week of class. gramme provides education in the application employment in non-traditional settings. The of preventative and therapeutic methods of dental hygienist is one of the key members of RE-ADMISSION oral disease control and in the promotion of the modern oral health team. oral health. It combines lectures and clinical A student who is unsuccessful in a dental hygiene course once, will be allowed to apply experience acquired in the CNC Dental Clinic Criminal Records Search under the supervision of faculty. All pro- for re-admission to the programme. Multiple gramme requirements must be completed Dental Hygiene graduates are required to course failures or a subsequent failure in den- within five years of initial enrollment. undergo a criminal records search as part of tal hygiene courses will exclude the student the process of licensure. The cost of the search from further study and re-admission to the Prior word processing and Internet experience is the responsibility of the student. programme; that student may not apply is helpful to students registered in the again to the programme under the new stu- programme. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS dent category. The dental hygiene programme must be completed within a five-year period. In addition to the requirements outlined DENTAL HYGIENE DEGREE Re-admission to the programme is considered OPPORTUNITIES below, students must acquire and maintain a valid CPR Level C certificate throughout the on a space available basis and will be admin- The College of New Caledonia, in partnership programme. istered according to the following priorities: with the UBC Faculty of Dentistry, Camosun 1. First-year University level with a full year 1. A student who has successfully completed College, and Vancouver Community College, of each of the following: the prerequisite courses and/or who, at the offers graduating secondary school students • BIO 111 and 112 (Human Anatomy and time of withdrawal maintained an overall the opportunity to access a four-year Bachelor Physiology with labs) grade of “C” or better, will be accorded first of Dental Science (Dental Hygiene) baccalaure- • Chemistry priority. ate programme. Students enrolled in the BDSc • English (one course must be ENGL 103 or programme will complete the first year of the 2. A student who has failed a dental hygiene equivalent) programme at UBC. At the end of the first course or who has withdrawn from the dental • Psychology year, students must achieve an overall aca- hygiene course with less than a “C” grade • Electives (must be at University level) demic standing of not less than 77% to standing in the course will be accorded Note: Applicants must have an over- advance to second year. Upon successful com- second priority. all GPA of 3.0 or “B” grade average or pletion of first year, students will complete the better to qualify for admission 3. An evaluation of course work completed next two years of coursework at one of the elsewhere will be necessary for the student three partner colleges. Assignment of second- 2. Documents certifying current immuniza- requesting a transfer from another accredited and third-year students to one of the three tion and dental and health examinations. dental hygiene programme; the student will partner colleges will be made by UBC; student Documentation needs to be on official College then be subject to the criteria above and will preferences are considered but cannot be guar- of New Caledonia forms (supplied with accept- be accorded third priority. anteed. After successful completion of the den- ance package) and submitted prior to com- tal hygiene diploma programme at the end of mencement of the programme. Hepatitis B 4. A student who withdraws twice from the third year, students will return to UBC to com- vaccination is required of all students accepted same course, and applies for re-admission to plete their fourth-year coursework. into the programme. Students may complete that course, will be accorded the lowest priori- this vaccine prior to entering the programme ty on the course’s waiting list. College of New Caledonia students currently or have it done while in the programme. enrolled in the Dental Hygiene diploma pro- gramme are now eligible to make application 3. Some experience, volunteer or paid, in a SELECTION CRITERIA during the second year of their programme for dental office/clinic is beneficial. Applicants In those cases where the programme is over- admission directly into the fourth year of the should include a statement describing the subscribed, the following selection criteria will BDSc programme upon successful completion length, type, and location of previous experi- be used to select one-half of the class. of their Dental Hygiene Diploma. ence. Applicants with no previous experience may wish to consider the Introduction to 1. Overall Grade Point Average as prescribed For more information regarding the BDSc Dentistry course offered by the College (See in the Admissions Requirements contributes (Dental Hygiene) programme as well as DENO 150 course description). The DENO its actual points—e.g., a GPA of 3.2 will con- admission requirements and deadlines, please 150 course may not run if there are insuffi- tribute 3.2 points to the selection process. consult the UBC Faculty of Dentistry website at cient numbers of students. www.dentistry.ubc.ca 2. Geographic location: Residents of Note: In addition to disbursements for British Columbia or the Yukon will be awarded 1 point. CAREER OPPORTUNITIES tuition, textbooks, and uniforms, stu- dents will be expected to purchase their 3. Completion of DENO 150 or completion The dental hygienist has many employment own instruments and miscellaneous clin- of a dental receptionist programme or volun- settings from which to choose. The services of ic supplies and to cover the cost of CPR teer work or chairside experience of 30 or the dental hygienist are utilized in general and training. Specific information regarding more verifiable hours contributes 2 points to specialty practices, in programmes of public the purchase of equipment, clinical 80 / Health Sciences the selection process. Applicants without any PROGRAMME OUTLINE: DENT 150 of the above, but who have between 15 and DENTAL HYGIENE Dental Assisting Foundations 29 hours of verifiable volunteer work or chair- This course introduces basic principles of Semester 1 September to December side experience will be credited with 1 point dental assisting techniques and the assess- DENH 150 Dental Hygiene Foundations in the selection process. All volunteer work or ment phase of client care. Theoretical knowl- DENH 152 Oral Sciences I chairside experience must be verified by the edge pertaining to basic instrumentation, DENH 153 Professional Issues I dentist(s) on their letterhead stationery that fundamental skills associated with dental DENH 155 Dental Sciences I the applicant was present for the required assisting, and an introduction to biomaterials DENH 157 Head and Neck number of hours and during that time, will be covered. In addition learners will DENH 158 Microbiology observed or participated in a variety of intrao- receive information regarding the rationale for ral procedures. Semester 2 January to April obtaining medical and dental histories, vital 4. Persistent interest in the programme as a DENH 160 Dental Hygiene signs, dental charting, initial client observa- result of continuing completed applications Foundations II tions, and isolation techniques. The course contributes 1 point to the selection process. DENH 162 Oral Sciences II material will include the understanding of DENH 164 Pathologies I prevention and handling of complications and Maximum Points Available = 8.33 DENH 167 Prevention medical emergencies that may occur in the dental office. In keeping with the majority of programmes DENH 168 Communications that are oversubscribed, this programme will DENH 169 Radiology Prerequisites or Corequisites: DENT 151, 153, 155, 157 select 50% of the class from the qualified Intersession 1 May applicants while the balance will be selected DENH 170 Dental Hygiene 3 CR / (4,0) randomly from the remaining qualified Foundations III DENT 151 applicants. DENH 171 Dental Hygiene Clinic I Prevention I DENH 176 Research Methodology Effective Fall 2003: Up to five of the select- This course will emphasize infection control ed seats may be occupied by students enrolled Semester 3 September to December and prevention of oral disease. Awareness will in the BDSc (Dental Hygiene) programme. DENH 250 Dental Hygiene be placed on the nature of oral organisms, Foundations IV modes, and management of transmission for APPLICATION PROCEDURE DENH 251 Dental Hygiene Clinical II diseases of dental importance. This course DENH 256 Community Health I will also familiarize the student with the Application forms are available from the Office DENH 254 Pathologies II methods and materials used to prevent oral of Admissions, Registration and Records and DENH 255 Dental Sciences II disease. Plaque, methods to control oral dis- may be submitted after September 15 for eases, devices, and other components of pre- admission in the following year. Applicants Semester 4 January to April ventive dentistry will be covered. are advised to submit their application early in DENH 260 Dental Hygiene the academic year. Acceptance into the pro- Foundations V Prerequisites or Corequisites: DENT 150, 153, gramme commences mid-June for the intake DENH 261 Dental Hygiene Clinic III 155, 157 in September. Official transcripts with final DENH 263 Professional Issues II 3 CR / (5,0) grades must be submitted by May 22. Only DENH 264 Pathologies III completed applications will be considered in DENH 266 Community Health II DENT 153 the selection process. Dental Sciences Intersession 2 May A study of form, structure, and interrelation- Applications received after March 31st for Fall DENH 270 Dental Hygiene ships of the head and neck. Also included is entry into limited enrollment programmes are Foundations VI the study of histology, morphology, support- considered late. If the programme applied for DENH 271 Dental Hygiene Clinic IV ing structures, occlusion, identification, and is oversubscribed at the March 31st deadline, DENH 278 Seminar anomalies as they relate to dentition. applications and application fees after that Anatomical landmarks and understanding of date will be returned to the applicant. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS the relationship between structure and func- Limited enrollment programmes which tion will be provided. become oversubscribed after March 31st will DENO 150 Prerequisites or Corequisites: DENT 150, 151, be deemed closed by Admissions. Applica- Introduction to Dentistry 155, 157 tions and fees submitted after the programme This course provides information and practical 4 CR / (5,0) is closed will be returned to the applicant. experience in the field of dentistry. It is designed to orient students to current dental DENT 155 Applications received after March 31st for Fall health concepts and to practicing as a member Professionalism I entry into open enrollment programmes are of the dental team. This course will provide the student with an considered late and will be processed subject overview of the dental profession. During this to course availability. Note: Delivery of this course is dependent upon sufficient numbers of registrants. course learners will take part in experiential 2 CR / (2,0) Health Sciences / 81
Prerequisites: DENT 150, 151, 153, 155, Prerequisites or Corequisites: DENT 160, 161, 157 163, 165, 169 Prerequisites or Corequisites: DENT 160, 163, 3 CR / (0,12) 165, 167, 169 3 CR / (4,0) DENT 169 Radiology DENT 163 This course has been designed to provide the Dental Specialities I: Oral Surgery learner with the theory of the technical aspects and Prosthodontics of radiation and principles of exposing, pro- This course has a didactic emphasis on the cessing, and mounting dental radiographs. dental specialties of oral surgery and prostho- Clinical experience will emphasize radiation learning activities to enhance their inter- dontic dentistry. It will provide the learner hygiene and technique. personal communication skills. with the knowledge of pre-surgical evaluation, Prerequisites: DENT 150, 151, 153, 155, Prerequisites or Corequisites: DENT 150, 151, pharmacological considerations, procedures, 157 153, 157 post-operation treatments, and the role of the Prerequisites or Corequisites: DENT 160, 161, 3 CR / (3.5,0) certified dental assistant in the care of an oral 163, 165, 167 surgery case. The learner will also be intro- 3 CR / (2.5,0) DENT 157 duced to prosthetic procedures which are Dental Assisting Clinic I devoted to the restoration of function and the DENT 173 The first in a series, this clinic provides an form of the dentition including fixed and Dental Specialties II opportunity for the learner to integrate theory removable appliances and implants. A theoretical course whose didactic emphasis into clinical and laboratory experiences. The Prerequisites: DENT 150, 151, 153, 155, is placed on the dental specialties of oral focus is on clinical asepsis, basic instrumenta- 157 pathology, orthodontics, endodontics, geri- tion, initial client observation, isolation tech- Prerequisites or Corequisites: DENT 160, 161, odontics, pedodontics, and special needs niques, and the manipulation of a variety of 165, 167, 169 clients. dental materials. 3 CR / (4,0) Prerequisite: DENT 190 Prerequisites or Corequisites: DENT 150, 151, Corequisite: DENT 177 DENT 165 153, 155 3 CR / (9,0) 3 CR / (0,12) Professionalism II This course will expand the learner’s knowl- DENT 177 DENT 160 edge in jurisprudence and ethical dilemmas. Dental Assisting Clinic III Restorative Dentistry As health care providers, dental assistants can The last course in the clinical sequence, this This theoretical component will provide the be faced with ethical questions which can lead clinic allows the learner to build on previous learner with background into dental anesthe- to moral dilemmas. The learner will be explor- experiences and to integrate new skills into sia, cavity preparation and design, and ing the communication of an effective job clinical and laboratory activities. Clinical activi- restorative instruments. Knowledge of the search, including résumé writing, cover letters, ties will include treating scheduled clients for dental materials utilized in the prevention and and interview skills. An introduction to dental prescribed services and providing dental treatment of oral disease will also be covered. office practice procedures in relation to the health education to members of the communi- A series of lectures will be given dealing with clinical setting will also be provided in this ty. Learners participate in weekly guided dis- the etiological fundamentals of dental caries course. cussions of their clinical experiences and and methods used to prevent caries. Prerequisites: DENT 150, 151, 153, 155, cases. Prerequisites: DENT 150, 151, 153, 155, 157 Prerequisite: DENT 167 157 Prerequisites or Corequisites: DENT 160, 161, Corequisite: DENT 173 163, 167, 169 Prerequisites or Corequisites: DENT 161, 163, 4 CR / (0,12) 165, 167, 169 3 CR / (3,0) 3 CR / (3,0) DENT 190 DENT 167 Practicum I Dental Assisting Clinic II DENT 161 This practicum experience provides the Prevention II The second course in the clinical sequence, learner with the opportunity to assist in a This course provides the student with knowl- the learner’s clinical knowledge, skills, and general dentistry office. The focus will be on edge regarding the potential of oral manifesta- attitudes build on the foundation from DA professional conduct, communication skills, tions such as periodontal disease and caries. Clinic I and expands clinical and laboratory clinical support procedures, and basic chair- The learner will learn to prevent these dis- competencies. Learners will begin to schedule side assisting. clients and perform prescribed services. eases through clinical preventive procedures, Prerequisites: DENT 160, 161, 163, 165, Learners also participate in weekly guided understanding nutrition, and teaching the 167, 169 client oral self-care. An additional component group discussions of their clinical experiences 3 CR has the learner developing and presenting and cases. preventive oral health lesson plans to select Prerequisites: DENT 150, 151, 153, 155, members of the local community. 157 82 / Health Sciences
DENT 191 DENH 155 DENH 162 Practicum II Dental Sciences I Oral Sciences II This practicum experience furthers the oppor- A theoretical and practical application course This course introduces the learner to the basic tunity the learner has for dental assisting in a designed to provide the dental hygienist with knowledge and practical application of the dental office. Emphasis on professionalism an understanding and basic working knowl- study of local anaesthesia. Course content will and communication skills continues. Advanced edge of modern dental biomaterials commonly develop the learner’s understanding of pain chairside assisting, direct client care proce- used in the dental environment. Laboratory and pain control. Also the prevention and dures, and laboratory skills may also be experience will emphasize the manipulation handling of emergencies in the dental environ- included in the experience. of a variety of the more common dental bio- ment is covered. Prerequisites: DENT 173, 177, materials. Prerequisites: DENH 150, 152, 153, 155, 3 CR Prerequisites or Corequisites: DENH 150, 157, 158 152, 153, 157, 158 Prerequisites or Corequisites: DENH 160, DENH 150 3 CR / (2,3) 164, 167, 168, 169 Dental Hygiene Foundations I 2 CR / (2,1.5) A clinical and theoretical course introducing DENH 157 basic principles of dental hygiene care. Head and Neck Anatomy DENH 164 Emphasis is placed upon asepsis, initial client This course presents the structural and func- Pathologies I assessment, basic instrumentation, and other tional elements of the head and neck region A combination of case-based learning and fundamental skills associated with dental and relates these structures to the major organ other teaching/learning modalities are used to hygiene practice. Clinic sessions will be used systems. Emphasis is placed on application to introduce the learner to the topics of general to practice clinical procedures needed prior to dental hygiene practice. pathology, periodontology, and cariology. treating clients. Students will begin to develop Prerequisites or Corequisites: DENH 150, Etiological factors and assessment using radi- problem-solving capabilities in the clinical 152, 153, 155, 158 ographic interpretation will be emphasized. setting. 2 CR / (2,1) Prerequisites: DENH 150, 152, 153, 155, Prerequisites or Corequisites: DENH 152, 157, 158 153, 155, 157, 158 DENH 158 Prerequisites or Corequisites: DENH 160, 5 CR / (3,6) Microbiology 162, 167, 168, 169 The basic principles of microbiology are 3 CR / (3,0) DENH 152 presented in this course with an emphasis Oral Sciences I on the relevance of these principles to human DENH 167 This course provides information on general oral health. Diseases of microbial origin that Prevention and orofacial histology and embryology featur- concern the dental hygienist are presented A study of content designed to familiarize the ing the development of hard and soft tissues to illustrate the principles of pathogenesis, learner with the methods of preventing oral of the oral cavity. Tooth histology, calcification, host-parasite interaction, and modes of disease. The components of preventive den- eruption, morphology, and identification are transmission. tistry are covered. The learner will also stressed. The course also discusses oral Prerequisites or Corequisites: DENH 150, become familiar with basic principles of the anatomic landmarks and establishes an 152, 153, 155, 157 teaching-learning model and of motivation. understanding of the relationship between 3 CR / (2,2) Emphasis is placed on individualized client structure and function. education, goal writing, approaches for vari- Prerequisites or Corequisites: DENH 150, DENH 160 ous age groups, and the use of appropriate 153, 155, 157, 158 Dental Hygiene Foundations II visual aids. 3 CR / (3,3) A clinical and theoretical course designed to Prerequisites: DENH 150, 152, 153, 155, provide further development of knowledge 157, 158 DENH 153 base, professional skills, attitudes, and abili- Prerequisites or Corequisites: DENH 160, Professional Issues I ties required for dental hygiene practice. 162, 164, 168, 169 This course is designed to familiarize the Course materials and activities are closely 3 CR / (3,0) student with the profession of dental hygiene. associated with clinical activities to enhance The concepts of being a member of a health continuity and build on previous knowledge DENH 168 care profession, ethics, professional associa- and skill base. Students will participate in Communications tions, and regulatory bodies are introduced weekly seminars for guided discussion on This course will focus on the development of and explored. An historical perspective of cases and clinical experiences. interpersonal skills and working relationships dental hygiene is provided. Information Prerequisites: DENH 150, 152, 153, 155, that are required in the dental work environ- access and evaluation of information are also 157, 158 ment. Topics covered include stress and time emphasized. Students will be required to Prerequisites or Corequisites: DENH 162, management, perceptions, effective communi- utilize an e-mail address and the Internet. 164, 167, 168, 169 cation, assertiveness skills, client motivation, Prerequisites or Corequisites: DENH 150, 6 CR / (3,9) instructional techniques, and group dynamics. 152, 155, 157, 158 Opportunities will be provided for the learner 3 CR / (3,0) to practice and critique communication skills Health Sciences / 83 that are specific to the dental workplace. DENH 176 DENH 255 Scenarios used will include some ethical Research Methodology Dental Sciences II dilemmas. This course introduces the learner to basic The focus of this course is on the study of Prerequisites: DENH 150, 152, 153, 155, concepts and the methodologies of research drugs, with an emphasis on those that are 157, 158 design. Application of these principles to the used or have an effect on the practice of Prerequisites or Corequisites: DENH 160, dental and dental hygiene professions are dentistry. The learner will become acquainted 162, 164, 167, 169 also discussed. Current dental and dental with the origins, physical and clinical proper- 3 CR / (4,0) hygiene research needs are also discussed. ties, modes of administration, effects, and Prerequisite: DENH 160, 162, 164, 167, interactions of these drugs. The more common DENH 169 168, 169 naturopathy supplements will also be exam- Radiology Prerequisites or Corequisites: DENH 170, 171 ined. Learners will investigate a variety of dental and dental hygiene practice settings. This course has been designed to provide the 2 CR / (4,0) learner with the theory of the technical aspects Dental specialties and their relationship to of radiation and the principles of exposing, DENH 250 general practice will be covered. processing, and mounting dental radiographs. Dental Hygiene Foundations IV Prerequisites: DENH 170, 176 Clinical experience will emphasize radiation This course provides a survey of the funda- Prerequisites or Corequisites: DENH 171, hygiene and technique. Learners will also mentals of nutrition and the factors involved 250, 254, 256 learn the basics of dental photography and influencing the ability of the individual and 3 CR / (4,0) utilization of radiographs in dental hygiene family to secure and maintain optimal nutri- practice. tion status. The relationship of nutrition to the DENH 256 Prerequisites: DENH 150, 152, 153, 155, practice of dental hygiene is emphasized. The Community Health I 157, 158 course will also provide theories of advanced This course covers the study of oral health Prerequisites or Corequisites: DENH 160, clinical practice skills and the role of the dental hygienist from a 162, 164, 167, 168 Prerequisites: DENH 170, 176 community perspective. Basic concepts of epi- 3 CR / (3,2) Prerequisites or Corequisites: DENH 171, demiology and the Canadian health care sys- 254, 255, 256 tem are covered. Principles of health promo- tion and the responsibilities of a dental DENH 170 3 CR / (4,0) Dental Hygiene Foundations III hygienist towards general health are also A theoretical course allied with the clinical DENH 251 introduced. Community health approaches to component, focusing on caries prevention, Dental Hygiene Clinic II prevention of dental diseases are also dis- cussed. tobacco cessation, and other clinically related A clinical course designed to provide the topics. Course materials and activities are opportunity for the continued development of Prerequisites: DENH 170, 176 closely associated with clinical activities to the professional skills and attitudes required Prerequisites or Corequisites: DENH 171, enhance the continuity and build on previous for the practice of dental hygiene. The stu- 250, 254, 255 knowledge and skill base. dents see regularly scheduled clients and are 3 CR / (4,0) Prerequisites: DENH 160, 162, 164, 167, introduced to more complex skills in assess- 168, 169 ment, planning, implementation, and evalua- DENH 260 Corequisite: DENH 171, 176 tion of dental hygiene treatment. Students will Dental Hygiene Foundations V 3 CR / (3,0) also participate in weekly seminars for guided This course focuses on the special needs client discussions on cases and clinical experiences. in regards to dental hygiene care. General DENH 171 Prerequisite: DENH 171 characteristics, clinical adaptations, and other Dental Hygiene Clinic I Prerequisites or Corequisites: DENH 250 or pertinent information regarding various physi- A clinical course designed to allow students to 254, 255, 256 cal, mental, and other types of challenges are considered. Job search skills, compensations, continue to develop the skills necessary for 4 CR / (0,13) the practice of dental hygiene. Students will employment standards, and disability insur- regularly schedule clients for assessment, DENH 254 ance are also discussed. planning, implementation, and evaluation of Pathologies II Prerequisites: DENH 250, 254, 255, 256 treatment. Students will also participate in This course builds upon Pathologies I. Case- Prerequisites or Corequisites: DENH 251, weekly seminars for guided discussions on based and a variety of other teaching/learning 263, 264, 266 cases and clinical experiences. methods will be utilized to further the learn- 3 CR / (4,0) Prerequisites: DENH 160, 162, 164, 167, er’s knowledge related to cariology, periodon- 168, 169 tology and oral pathology to facilitate its appli- DENH 261 Prerequisites or Corequisites: DENH 170, 176 cation. Diagnosis and treatment using clinical Dental Hygiene Clinic III 3 CR / (0,9) data and radiographs will be emphasized. A clinical course designed to provide the Prerequisites: DENH 170, 176 opportunity for the continued development of Prerequisite or Corequisite: DENH 171, 250, the professional skills and attitudes required 255, 256 for the practice of dental hygiene. Students will see regularly scheduled clients to continue 4 CR / (5,0) 84 / Health Sciences to learn more complex skills in the assess- enhance all dental hygiene competencies. A The programme incorporates theory, lab, and ment, planning, implementation, and evalua- comprehensive case study is completed and clinical experiences related to health, healing, tion of dental hygiene treatment. Students par- presented in detail to the class. Learners par- human relations, home management, and ticipate and lead discussions on cases and ticipate in peer evaluation and analysis of the work role. There is emphasis on the develop- clinical experiences in weekly seminars. case presentations. ment of skills to assist residents, clients, and Prerequisite: DENH 251 Prerequisites: DENH 260, 263, 264, 266 consumers with personal hygiene, movement, Prerequisites or Corequisites: DENH 260, Prerequisites or Corequisites: DENH 261, 278 safety, and nutrition. Special skills and special needs, such as the care of persons with 263, 264, 266 2 CR / (2,0) cognitive impairments, are included in the 4 CR / (0,13) DENH 271 new curriculum. DENH 263 Dental Hygiene Clinic IV The campus labs and clinical experience Professional Issues II This is the final clinical course which is include lifting and moving clients with dis- This course is a continuation of Professional designed to provide the opportunity for contin- abilities. It is therefore very important for the Issues I course. It explores issues that dental ued development of professional skills and student to be in good physical condition. health care practitioners face in today’s socie- attitudes required for the practice of dental The students are expected to provide their ty. Current trends and issues concerning the hygiene. Students will see regularly scheduled own transportation to various community profession and practice of dental hygiene in clients to refine their skills in assessment, agencies and long-term care facilities. Canada are presented, along with exploration dental hygiene diagnosis, planning, imple- Approximately 50% of this programme is of future trends. Career development is dis- mentation, and evaluation of dental hygiene spent gaining practical experience at the cussed and advanced ethical dilemmas are treatment. Students participate and lead week- above institutions. The schedule varies weekly explored. ly seminars for guided discussions on cases and can include shifts from 0600 to 1400 and clinical experiences. Prerequisites: DENH 250, 254, 255, 256 and 1500 to 2200, plus numerous shorter Prerequisites or Corequisites: DENH 250, Prerequisite: DENH 261 appointments. 260, 264, 266 4 CR / (0,17) Students are strongly advised that a history of 3 CR / (3,0) DENH 278 back problems may prevent completion of the DENH 264 Seminar course or success in finding and maintaining Pathologies III A seminar course based on journal readings employment. The students are strongly This course builds upon Pathologies I and and guided discussions. Learners will be able encouraged to participate in a fitness pro- Pathologies II. Case-based learning will be uti- to examine various topics in greater depth. gramme while enrolled in the course. lized to facilitate continued learning about Topics will vary based on student and In addition to disbursements for tuition and periodontal conditions and other oral patholo- instructor interests. textbooks, students will be expected to pur- gies. Diagnosis and treatment using clinical Prerequisites: DENH 260, 263, 264, 266 chase their own uniform and supplies, provide data and radiographs will be emphasized. Prerequisites or Corequisites: DENH 261, 270 funds for travel to community agencies, and to Prerequisites: DENH 250, 254, 255, 256 1 CR / (3,0) cover the cost of the Safety Oriented First Aid Prerequisites or Corequisites: DENH 251, Emergency Level and FoodSafe Certificates. 260, 263, 266 Specific information regarding the purchase of 3 CR / (3,0) equipment, clinical attire, textbooks, and other HOME SUPPORT/ items will be provided during the first week of DENH 266 RESIDENT CARE class. Community Health II Students are advised to complete the Safety This course is a continuation of Community ATTENDANT Oriented First Aid (Emergency Level) and the Dental Health I. Lesson plans and health pro- PROGRAMME FoodSafe Certificate prior to the start date of gramme planning for health education and the Home Support/Resident Care Attendant promotion is emphasized. There is also a programme. If students have not had the study of speciality groups from a community STATEMENT OF PURPOSE opportunity to complete these certificates prior perspective. Learners have practical experience The Home Support/Resident Care Attendant to the programme, they will be required to do by planning and implementing lesson plans programme is designed to provide students so during free time (not class time) and to be for community groups and visiting a long- with opportunities to develop knowledge, responsible for the costs of said certificates. term care facility. skills, attitudes, and values necessary to pro- Students are required to have successfully Prerequisites: DENH 250, 254, 255, 256 vide assistance to individuals and families in completed these two areas prior to their clini- Prerequisites or Corequisites: DENH 251, the community and long-term care settings. cal experience (week nine of the schedule). 260, 263, 264 The first aid certificate must also be valid at This 29-week certificate programme is spread 3 CR / (3,3) the time of graduation from the programme. over a 35-week instructional period. It pro- DENH 270 vides training in home management skills and CAREER OPPORTUNITIES Dental Hygiene Foundations VI the personal care of individuals located in the community plus in extended and intermediate Employment opportunities exist for trained This is the final theoretical course designed to care facilities. personnel to provide care in community agen- Health Sciences / 85 cies and long-term care facilities with various prevent a student from entering into a 1. Persistent interest in the programme as agencies, group homes, school systems, and practicum or clinical setting. Students who demonstrated by continuing completed appli- independently with clients in their home. cannot enter the practicum or clinical compo- cations (1 point). nent of the programme cannot graduate from Employers of the graduates of this programme 2. Successful completion of Safety Oriented the programme. require workers who are eligible to be bond- First Aid prior to programme application ed. Students interested in this programme but (1 point). unsure of their bondability should make an RE-ADMISSION 3. Successful completion of FoodSafe Level I appointment with a counsellor. A student who is unsuccessful in a Home prior to programme application (1 point). Support/Resident Care Attendant course once, ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS will be allowed to apply for re-admission to 4. Relevant (at least 30 hours) work, educa- that course. Two course failures or with- tional, or volunteer experience in the health In addition to the requirements outlined drawals in a given course will exclude the care field. A statement on the facility/business below, students must have a Safety Oriented student from further study in that course. All letterhead where the experience occurred, First Aid Emergency Level (SOFA) Certificate eight courses must be completed in order to signed by a supervisor is required (2 points). and FoodSafe Level I Certificate prior to the receive the HS/RCA Certificate. Re-admission Home Support clinical component. It is strong- 5. Evaluation of handwritten statement will be administered according to the follow- ly recommended that applicants obtain these describing career goals, interests related to ing priorities: certificates prior to entrance to the programme. aging and the elderly, and reasons for seeking The SOFA Certificate must also be valid at time 1. A student who has successfully completed entrance into the programme (content = up to of graduation. It is also beneficial for appli- the prerequisite courses and/or who, at the 2 points; neatness and grammar = 1 point). cants to have some experience, volunteer or time of withdrawal maintained an overall grade 6. Reading level as determined by the paid, related to the field. of “C” or better, will be accorded first priority; English and Math Achievement Test (Level 1. Grade 10 reading level (at a minimum). 2. A student who has failed a HS/RCA course 10.0 to 10.9 = 1 point, Level 11.0 and above Testing is administered by the College. or who has withdrawn from the HS/RCA = 2 points). course with less than a “C” grade standing in 2. Documents certifying current immuniza- 7. In the case of ties using the above criteria, the course will be accorded second priority; tion, health examination, and Hepatitis B vac- the date of application will be the deciding cination. The documentation is to be on official 3. A student requesting transfer from HS/ criteria. College forms (supplied with acceptance) and RCA programmes at other institutions will be to be submitted prior to commencement of the subject to the above criteria and will be Part-time students programme. accorded third priority. In the event that part-time seats are over- 3. A handwritten statement describing career subscribed, the following will be used as goals, interests related to aging and the elder- PART-TIME STUDY selection criteria: ly and reasons for seeking entrance into the The Home Support/Resident Care Attendant 1. First priority is given to those students programme (300 words) is required upon Programme is pleased to offer a limited num- who have successfully completed a Home application. ber of seats for part-time study. Those stu- Support/Resident Care Attendant Certificate dents wishing to take longer than the 29 4. To facilitate selection in those cases when course in the previous year. the programme is oversubscribed, applicants weeks to complete the certificate may do so should submit a statement of work, education- provided that all eight courses are normally 2. Second priority is given to those students al, or volunteer experience in the health field completed in a maximum of four years. It is who have successfully completed a course in on facility/business letterhead where the expe- suggested that students enroll in a minimum the Home Support/Resident Care Attendant rience occurred and signed by a supervisor. of two courses each year. Students applying Certificate programme. for part-time study must do so before each (See Selection Criteria #4.) 3. Last priority is given to new part-time academic year to be considered for the pro- applicants. Given the scope of the Criminal Records gramme. Students entering part-time study Review Act, CNC requires criminal records must meet all of the admission requirements When all of the above criteria are exhausted, searches for applicants for programme areas outlined above. the final selection will be done randomly. that involve working with children or other If there are more people interested in part-time vulnerable persons. The cost of this search is APPLICATION PROCEDURE the responsibility of the student. This require- study than seats available, special selection cri- ment may result in a student having to under- teria will give priority to those persons who Application forms are available from the Office go two criminal record searches; one through have already started the certificate programme. of Admissions, Registration and Records and the RCMP (for those programmes requiring it) may be submitted after September 15th for and one through the Attorney General’s Office. SELECTION CRITERIA the following academic year. Acceptance into the programme commences in May. The pro- Students must provide proof of application for Full-time students gramme begins in August. a Criminal Records Search in order to be con- In those cases where there are more qualified sidered admissible to the programme. The applicants than available spaces, the following result of a Criminal Records Search which criteria will be used in selecting half the class: identifies relevant criminal convictions may 86 / Health Sciences
ATTENDANCE POLICY HSRC 160 NORTHERN Home Management A student who accumulates five days of This course offers the opportunity to acquire COLLABORATIVE unexcused absences may be terminated from the basic home management skills necessary the programme, by the Dean, upon the for beginning home support and resident care BACCALAUREATE instructor’s recommendation. attendant practice. NURSING 1.5 CR COURSE DESCRIPTIONS PROGRAMME HSRC 161 HSRC 150 Work Role: Introduction to (NCBNP) BACHELOR Health: Lifestyle and Choices Home Support/Resident Care OF SCIENCE IN This course provides an introduction to the Attendant Practice concept of health and the components of a This course provides an introduction to com- NURSING (BSN) health-enhancing lifestyle. Participants will be munity care, the home support industry, and invited to reflect on their own experiences of the role of the Home Support/Resident Care STATEMENT OF NURSING health, recognizing challenges and resources Attendant. The course builds upon content in Nursing is a professional practice discipline that may impact on their lifestyle choices and other courses to further develop the knowl- which offers a valuable service to the public by consequently, their health. edge, attitude, and values required for practice working with individuals, families, groups, as a Home Support/Resident Care Attendant. 2 CR and communities to develop and implement 1.5 CR strategies to meet health care needs. Caring is HSRC 151 a central and dominant feature of nursing. Human Relations: HSRC 165 Interpersonal Communications Healing: Special Needs in Nursing: a) considers the physical, psychologi- This course focuses on the development of Home Support and Resident Care cal, social, environmental, and spiritual domains of clients; b) requires cultural sensi- self-awareness and increased understanding This course builds on other course materials tivity; and c) collaborates with clients, other of others. Participants will explore basic to provide an introduction to the basic con- health care providers, and the community. communication concepts and practical skills cepts and approaches involved in the care of Nursing is based on knowledge and skills which contribute to effective interpersonal clients/residents experiencing changes in men- developed in its own and related disciplines. relationships. tal functioning and other disabilities. The Nursing knowledge is developed through 2 CR course also explores the role of the Home research and other methods. Nursing advo- Support/Resident Care Attendant in special cates for a health care system that: a) empha- HSRC 152 needs family situations. sizes health promotion and illness prevention; Health and Healing: 3 CR Concepts for Practice b) is based on practical, affordable, manage- able, and culturally acceptable care and tech- This course provides the opportunity to HSRC 199 nology; and c) is available for all clients in a develop a theoretical framework for practice. Home Support/Resident Care universal, equitable manner. Participants will examine the significant philo- Attendant: Clinical Experience sophical beliefs and theoretical understand- This practice course provides an opportunity STATEMENT OF ings underlying competent practice. to apply the caring philosophy with individu- NURSING EDUCATION 3 CR als and families at various stages of the life cycle, with an emphasis upon interaction with Nursing education responds to societal con- HSRC 155 older adults. Experience may be obtained in cerns by developing a curriculum that is rele- Healing: Personal Care Skills for community and institutional settings with a vant and considers future trends in health Home Support and Resident Care focus on the application and integration of care. Nursing education strives to provide an This practical course offers the opportunity for knowledge and skills learned in other courses. environment that is challenging and support- participants to acquire the basic personal This practical/clinical component of the Home ive, where all students learn the practice of assistance skills in line with the Personal Support/Resident Care Attendant Programme nursing through the application and evalua- Assistance Guidelines required of the Home may be divided into two or more segments, tion of knowledge, the practice of skills, and Support/Resident Care Attendant. These with increasing levels of proficiency required the internalization of caring and professional skills are aimed at maintaining and pro- at each level. attitudes. A dynamic and positive relationship occurs between health care services and edu- moting the comfort, safety, and independence The final transitional practice experience pro- cation through the sharing of knowledge, of older adults and individuals with dis- vides an opportunity for the learner to become skills, and research. abilities whether at home or in continuing better prepared to take on the role of the Home care settings. Support/Resident Care Attendant. Opportuni- Northern Collaborative Baccalaureate 4 CR ties will be provided for the learner to gain Nursing Programme: This programme is increased self-confidence in the work setting offered collaboratively between UNBC and the and to become socialized into the work role. College of New Caledonia (CNC) and provides 6 CR / Total Credits 23 entry into the nursing profession. The integrat- ed programme of studies leads to a Bachelor Health Sciences / 87 of Science in Nursing (BSN), awarded by Northern Collaborative Baccalaureate • documentation of CPR certification, level C, UNBC. Graduates are eligible to write the Nursing Programme: Admission is based which must be maintained throughout the Canadian Registered Nurse Examination and on academic qualifications and available programme to apply for registration with the Registered space. Priority will be given to students who Nurses Association of British Columbia meet admission criteria and apply by the Student Professional Membership (RNABC) after passing the exams. deadline of March 31st. Admissions received after the deadline may be reviewed NCBNP students are required to become student members of the RNABC, the cost of AIMS OF THE BSN PROGRAMME based on available space in the programme. which will be the responsibility of the student. The goal of the BSN programme is to improve Individuals who apply by March 31st and In addition to membership benefits, this access to and successful completion of who will complete secondary school gradua- requirement will provide student malpractice nursing education for residents of the North. tion requirements by the end of June will not insurance. The aim of the nursing programme is to pre- be disadvantaged by this deadline. pare professional nurses who will: Applicants from BC and Yukon secondary Criminal Records Search • practice with cultural sensitivity schools must: NCBNP students are required to undergo a • practice with awareness of particular health • meet UNBC admission requirements, and criminal records search during the course of needs of northern populations study in the programme, the cost of which will • have completed Math 11, English 12, be the responsibility of the student. • practice assessment and promotion of Biology 12, Chemistry 12 with a minimum “C+” (65%) in each course holistic health with individuals, families, PROGRAMME COSTS groups, and communities Other applicants must: Costs associated with study in the BSN pro- • participate in activities that reflect the • meet UNBC admission requirements, and gramme are the responsibility of the individ- appraisal of population health needs and ual student, including transportation costs and implement and evaluate the appropriate • have completed the equivalent of Math 11, any expenses involved in academic studies, interventions to meet those needs English 12, Biology 12, Chemistry 12 with lab, and clinical practica. Students may be a minimum “C+” (65%) in each course • make nursing judgments that reflect appli- required to complete clinical experiences at cation of current nursing research and Prerequisite equivalency options should be sites other than Prince George. Provision for research from related disciplines discussed with a CNC counsellor or advisor or all travel, accommodation, and living ex- the Nursing Programme Officer. penses associated with required clinical prac- • practice in a broad range of settings with tice is the sole responsibility of the student. an emphasis on northern communities Basic word-processing skills are highly recom- mended for all applicants. • influence health services to bring about pol- QUALIFICATION FOR DEGREE icy development that meets the health It is the responsibility of the student to ensure needs of northern populations ACADEMIC POLICIES FOR NURSING STUDENTS that his/her degree requirements are met. • practice effectively within collaborative Graduation requirements are found in the Regulations and Policies section of the UNBC interdisciplinary and intersectorial health Health Assessment, Immunization, care teams Calendar. To fulfill the requirements of gradua- and CPR Certification tion, the student must: • demonstrate critical thinking skills and All students accepted into the undergraduate • attain a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.33 effective clinical decision making nursing programme will be sent documenta- (C+) on courses for credit towards the tion and information regarding health status • demonstrate skills of a self-directed learner degree and immunization policies. Prior to registra- • meet professional practice requirements as tion in courses, all students must submit: • obtain a minimum passing grade of 2.0 (C) identified in Standards for Nursing in all nursing courses for credit towards the • a health assessment completed and signed Practice in British Columbia degree by a physician within 12 months prior to • NCBNP students will meet professional the commencement of course work which • complete all requirements for the BSN pro- practice requirements as identified in the testifies that the applicant is able to under- gramme within eight years of admission into RNABC Nursing Competencies and take nursing studies, including clinical the programme or from the first nursing Skills Required of the New Graduate practica course used for credit towards the degree.
SPECIFIC PROGRAMME • evidence of current immunization status for diphtheria, tetanus, poliomyelitis, measles, TRANSFER CREDIT ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS mumps, rubella, and Mantoux test (PPD) Transfer credit and/or advanced standing may The admission criteria and general require- for tuberculosis; Hepatitis B immunization be awarded for course work completed at ments set out in the Admissions content of is highly recommended other recognized institutions. All transfer credit this Calendar are applicable in this section. for course work taken prior to admission to Additional admission requirements to the the BSN programme will be evaluated at the nursing programme follow. request of the student, and applied at the time 88 / Health Sciences of initial registration in the programme. Once ACADEMIC PERFORMANCE 200 Level admitted to the nursing programme, course Nursing 201 work taken in other institutions for transfer The student is subject to all policies and regu- Nursing 202 credit towards the degree requires a letter of lations of the institution(s) where they are reg- Nursing 203 permission prior to registration in the course. istered for courses. In matters related to aca- Nursing 204 demic appeals and academic dishonesty, stu- Nursing 205 Northern Collaborative Baccalaureate dents are subject to the policies and rules of Nursing 206 Nursing Programme: The total transfer the institution where they are registered for Nursing 210 credit awarded on the basis of acceptable courses. Issues related to progression through Nursing 211 work completed at other recognized institu- the programme, such as probation, are gov- Nursing 220 tions may not exceed 60 credit hours. Nursing erned by UNBC guidelines on academic stand- Mathematics 242 at UNBC or Mathematics courses must have been completed within the ing and continuance. 104 at CNC or equivalent five years prior to admission to be eligible for transfer credit into the nursing programme. Students may repeat a nursing course once. 300 Level Students who fail a required nursing course Nursing 304 twice are required to withdraw from the PART-TIME STUDIES Nursing 306 programme. Nursing 308 With prior approval by the Nursing Nursing 310 Programme Officer, and subject to course STANDARDS OF Nursing 311 availability, the NCBNP may be taken on a PROFESSIONAL CONDUCT Nursing 312 part-time basis, however, students may be Nursing 313 All students are expected to abide by profes- required to enroll full-time during a portion of Nursing 314 sional standards as set forth in the RNABC their programme. Nursing 320 Standards for Nursing Practice for BC WITHDRAWAL FROM THE and the Canadian Nurses Association (CNA) 400 Level Code of Ethics. Violation of professional Nursing 403 NURSING PROGRAMME standards may result in suspension or Nursing 408 Students who voluntarily withdraw from the dismissal from the programme or the Nursing 415 Nursing programme must notify the Nursing educational institution. Nursing 416 Programme Officer and will be required to Political Science 403 apply in competition for re-admission after the REQUIREMENTS At least one of the following areas of clinical lapse of up to three semesters and on a seat focus: availability basis. If students fail to notify the Nursing courses will normally be restricted to • both Nursing 420 and Nursing 440 or Nursing Programme Officer, the Programme students admitted into the BSN programme, • both Nursing 422 and Nursing 441 or Officer will deem a student to have voluntarily unless otherwise specified in a course descrip- • both Nursing 424 and Nursing 442 or withdrawn from the Nursing programme tion. Not all courses in the Calendar are • both Nursing 426 and Nursing 443 where the student has not registered in offered every semester or academic year. Nursing courses in any of the last three Admission to the BSN programme does not Electives semesters. guarantee registration in any specific course; Of the electives, there must be: early registration is advised. • three credit hours in First Nations Studies CLINICAL PRACTICA Northern Collaborative Baccalaureate • three credit hours in Humanities SCHEDULING AND Nursing Programme: Consists of 140 • at least six credit hours at the 200 level or EXPECTATIONS credits with 98 required credits in nursing. In above order to meet the graduation requirements for • at least three credit hours at the 300 level Clinical practica may be configured and offered a BSN, the student must successfully complete or above outside the existing timetable structure and the following courses. • three credit hours at 200 level or above, sessional dates, such as a four- or six-week related to nursing focus block. The students in the NCBNP must com- 100 Level • three credit hours at any level in any plete a nursing practicum during spring inter- Nursing 101 subject session immediately following both their Nursing 102 Nursing 103 fourth and sixth semesters of study in the COURSE DESCRIPTIONS programme. Anthropology 101 or equivalent Psychology 101 or equivalent Attendance in each nursing practicum course Health & Human Science 110 at UNBC or The following nursing courses are is mandatory. Students who miss more than Basic Microbiology 105 at CNC or equivalent required in the NCBNP: 10% of their practicum experience will be Health & Human Science 111 at UNBC or considered at risk for failure and may be Biology 111 at CNC or equivalent NURS 101 required to withdraw from the course. Health & Human Science 112 at UNBC or The Art and Science of Nursing Biology 112 at CNC or equivalent Introduces the beginning student to the dimensions of nursing practice and to individ- uals accessing health care. Through group and Health Sciences / 89 individual learning activities the student is Admission of non-Nursing students by the various states of wellness and illness. The introduced to concepts, practices, issues, and permission of the instructor. course reviews the physiology of carbohy- trends in nursing and health care. Observa- Prerequisites: HHSC 111 & 112 and HHSC drate, fat, protein, and energy metabolism. tional experience with a health care practition- 110 or BIO 111 & 112 and BIO 105 at CNC Topics include enteral and parenteral nutrition, er is incorporated. 3 CR / (3,0) trends and issues in nutritional practice, and Admission of non-Nursing students by the the psychosocial and cultural aspects of food permission of the instructor. NURS 203 and eating behaviours. Prerequisite or Corequisite: None Health Promotion in Families Prerequisite or Corequisite: None; admission 3 CR / (3,0) Introduces theory related to families across the of non-Nursing students by permission of the lifespan within the context of primary health instructor NURS 102 care in the north. Emphasis is on family 3 CR / (3,0) Communication Theory and Practice assessment skills and working in partnership Introduces the student to communication with families in the development of health NURS 210 theory and concepts. The student has the promotion and illness and injury prevention Nursing Practice with the Adult opportunity to increase awareness of self and strategies. Holistic care of families during Examines principles and practices of nursing to explore perceptions, culture, language, and transitions such as normal childbearing, child adults with health problems. Focus is on the non-verbal messages. Opportunities exist for rearing, and caring for an elderly parent is application of knowledge in planning nursing the development of communication skills. included. care of clients requiring medical and surgical Admission of non-Nursing students by the Admission of non-Nursing students by the intervention. Holistic health care of individuals permission of the instructor. permission of the instructor. is highlighted. Prerequisite or Corequisite: None Prerequisites or Corequisites: NURS 101, Restricted to students in the NCBNP. 3 CR / (2,2) NURS 103, HHSC 111 & 112 at UNBC or Prerequisites or Corequisites: NURS 201, BIO 111 & 112 at CNC NURS 202, NURS 203, NURS 204, NURS 103 3 CR / (3,0) NURS 206 Introduction to Lifespan Development 3 CR / (3,0) Provides an overview of normal lifespan NURS 204 development from the infant to the elderly. Healing Modalities NURS 211 Opportunities exist to interact with well Provides an overview of healing modalities Clinical Practicum: Adult individuals of various ages. currently used by nurses and other experts in Enables the student to apply previously Admission of non-Nursing students by the practice in British Columbia. Principles of learned theory and skills in practice and permission of the instructor. pharmacology and pharmacodynamics are acquire basic psycho-motor skills needed to addressed. Opportunity is provided for stu- provide nursing care. This course provides the Prerequisite or Corequisite: None dents to explore various complementary heal- opportunity to care for the adult with health 3 CR / (3,0) ing techniques. problems requiring hospitalization. The course includes laboratory instruction in psychomotor NURS 201 Admission of non-Nursing students by the skills necessary to provide nursing care. Introduction to Health Assessment permission of the instructor. Restricted to students in the NCBNP. Provides the basis to gather a health history Prerequisite or Corequisite: NURS 202 and to assess the functioning of individuals 3 CR / (3,0) Prerequisite or Corequisite: NURS 210 through the proper use of physical examina- 5 CR / (0,2,12) tion techniques. Psychosocial and cultural NURS 205 assessment is included. The emphasis is Introduction to First Nations Health NURS 220 on recognition and identification of normal Provides an overview of First Nations health, Extended Clinical Practicum I findings. factors influencing health status, and issues Provides the opportunity for consolidated clini- Admission of non-Nursing students by the arising from Northern and remote living. cal nursing practice with adults who have permission of the instructor. Historical events and their impact on health health problems. This course builds on previ- are introduced. Current barriers to health, ous clinical practice with the adult and will Prerequisites: All 100 level nursing courses; along with culturally sensitive nursing impli- occur in various settings in northern BC. HHSC 111 & 112 or BIO 111 & BIO 112 cations, are explored. at CNC Restricted to students in the NCBNP. Admission of non-Nursing students by the 4 CR / (3,2) Prerequisites: NURS 205, NURS 211 permission of the instructor. 5 CR (0,0,32.5) NURS 202 Prerequisite or Corequisite: ANTH 101 or Pathophysiological Concepts equivalent NURS 304 Uses a conceptual approach to examine patho- 3 CR / (3,0) Introduction to Nursing Knowledge logical mechanisms of altered states in human Provides an overview of the types of knowl- physiology. Topics include the etiology, cellu- NURS 206 edge or theory in the profession, and how lar metabolism, tissue alterations, functional Basic Nutrition such knowledge is developed. Encourages changes, and age-related differences involved Examines the nutritional needs of specific a critical analysis of trends in knowledge in each process. client groups throughout the lifespan and in 90 / Health Sciences development and highlights the crucial rela- for individuals and families in labour and NURS 403 tionship of knowledge to practice. delivery, including low risk childbearing and Introduction to Nursing Research Prerequisite: Upper division standing in BSN perinatal situations, and for a child or adoles- Covers the empirical approach to the develop- programme cent with acute or chronic health problems. ment of nursing knowledge and reviews as- 3 CR / (3,0,0) Prerequisite or Corequisite: NURS 310 pects of quantitative and qualitative methods. 5 CR / (0,2,12) Prerequisites: NURS 304; MATH 242 at NURS 306 UNBC or MATH 104 at CNC Introduction to Epidemiology NURS 312 3 CR / (3,0) Applies epidemiological principles in the Mental Health Nursing Practice examination of patterns of disease and dis- Introduces the theory and concepts of mental NURS 408 ability among populations, particularly those health nursing and examines the role of the Nursing Leadership in northern latitudes. Introduction to the inter- mental health nurse in northern nursing prac- Discusses nursing as a profession within the pretation of vital statistics, the critique of tice settings. Attention is given to historical, health care delivery system. Theory regarding cross-sectional, case-control, and cohort current, and projected trends with a focus on organizational structure, leadership, change, design, and the principles of screening. the unique concerns of the north. power, accountability, and decision-making Prerequisite: Upper division standing in the Prerequisite: Upper division standing in processes is included and is related to a BSN programme; admission for non-Nursing NCBNP specific clinical setting. students by permission of the instructor 3 CR / (3,0) Prerequisite or Corequisite: Normally, this 3 CR / (3,0) course will be taken in the final semester of NURS 313 study NURS 308 Nursing Practice with the Elderly Adult 3 CR / (3,0) Ethics and Law in Nursing Examines the knowledge, skills, and attitudes Examines ethical reasoning and the use of ethi- required to provide holistic care to the older NURS 415 cal theory in nursing practice decisions. Health adult. The course focuses on the older adult’s Introduction to Community Health care law as it relates to nursing practice is strengths and wisdom in adjusting to the and Nursing explored. Special focus is on the meaning and aging process as well as acknowledging the Provides an introduction to the concept of use of nursing practice acts, professional stan- effect of acute and chronic physical and community and nursing in the community and dards of practice and nursing codes of ethics. psychological conditions. builds upon previous experiences in commu- Prerequisite: Upper division standing in BSN Prerequisite or Corequisite: Upper division nity health nursing practice. Nursing theory programme standing in the NCBNP and practice of working with individuals, fami- 3 CR / (3,0) 3 CR / (3,0) lies, and population groups in health and in illness are addressed. The trend to more com- NURS 310 NURS 314 munity care in British Columbia is explored. Nursing Practice with the Clinical Practicum: Mental Health Prerequisite: All 300 level required nursing Childbearing Family and Elderly Adult courses in NCBNP Nursing Practice with the Childbearing Family, Provides opportunity for students to integrate 3 CR / (3,0) the Child, and the Adolescent examines concepts and theory related to mental health knowledge, skills, and attitudes required to and the aging process as they care for individ- NURS 416 provide holistic nursing care for pregnant ual and family clients with a variety of acute Clinical Practicum: women, infants, growing children, adoles- and long-term care needs. Working with fami- Community Nursing cents, and their families. Relevant theory need- lies and groups that support individuals deal- Promotes the integration and application of ed to care for clients during the intrapartum as ing with specific aging or mental health condi- community health nursing and primary health well as theory related to the care of clients tions is highlighted. care theory in nursing practice in northern with common complications during childbear- Prerequisite or Corequisites: NURS 312 and communities. ing is addressed. The most frequent health 313 Prerequisite or Corequisite: NURS 415 and developmental problems encountered in 5 CR / (0,2,12) 4 CR / (0,0,12) children and adolescents in the north, includ- ing acute and chronic illnesses, are explored. NURS 320 NURS 420 Prerequisite or Corequisite: Upper division Extended Clinical Practicum II Community Health Nursing standing in NCBNP Provides opportunity for consolidated clinical Focuses on theory, roles, and practices 3 CR / (3,0,0) nursing practice with clients who have multi- required for community health nursing in a ple health care needs. Previous clinical practice changing system in Northern and isolated set- NURS 311 experience is considered when determining tings. Emphasis is placed on a population- Clinical Practicum: placement. The practicum occurs in various focused approach to nursing care which Childbearing Family health care settings in northern BC. includes the promotion of health and preven- Clinical Practicum: Childbearing Family, Prerequisite or Corequisite: All 300 level tion of disease and disability. Child and Adolescent integrates content from required nursing courses in NCBNP NURS 310 in the clinical setting. Oppor- 5 CR / (0,0,32.5) tunities are provided to manage nursing care Health Sciences / 91
Prerequisite: Normally, this course will be Prerequisite: Normally, this course will be Prerequisite or Corequisite: NURS 422; all taken in the final semester of study in the taken in the final semester of study of the courses in the NCBNP must be taken prior to BSN programme BSN programme or concurrently with NURS 441 3 CR / (3,0) 3 CR / (3,0,0) 8 CR (0,0,24)
NURS 422 NURS 432 NURS 442 First Nations Health and Nursing Mental Health Nursing Practicum: Rural Nursing Examines historical and current social, politi- Examines mental health and mental illness in Facilitates the integration and application of cal, and economic factors influencing the depth with particular attention to identified knowledge and skills in rural nursing. Clinical health of First Nations people in Canada. high-risk groups in the northern nursing prac- experiences are located in rural hospitals, Current health issues and related nursing tice setting. Cultural, developmental, and treat- treatment and diagnostic centres, or com- implications are emphasized. Topics include: ment setting variables are examined using a munity mental health agencies serving rural the impact of colonization on health, effects of mental health nursing framework. communities. rapid cultural changes, nursing management Prerequisite: Normally, this course will be Prerequisite or Corequisite: NURS 424; all of specific health issues, culturally sensitive taken in the final semester of study of the courses in the NCBNP must be taken prior to approaches to nursing care, the health transfer BSN programme or concurrently with NURS 442 process, and special topics related to health. 3 CR / (3,0,0) 8 CR / (0,0,24) Prerequisite: Normally, this course will be taken in the final semester of study in the NURS 434 NURS 443 BSN programme Maternal and Child Nursing Practicum: Acute Care Nursing 3 CR / (3,0) Examines the theory and practice of maternal Enables the student to consolidate and extend and child nursing in depth, with particular knowledge and ability in acute care nursing NURS 424 attention to northern nursing practice. Nursing practice. Clinical practice occurs with client Rural Nursing management of clients at risk or with complex populations requiring acute treatment and Provides content relevant to the practice of health and psychosocial problems is included. interventions. nursing in small, rural hospitals, clinics, and Ethical and cultural issues relevant to maternal Prerequisite or Corequisite: NURS 426 or health centres in northern settings. The course and child nursing are addressed. equivalent; all courses in the NCBNP must be focuses upon the nursing management of Prerequisite: Normally, this course will be taken prior to or concurrently with NURS 443 health problems frequently encountered in taken in the final semester of study of the 8 CR / (0,0,24) ambulatory and emergency settings, including BSN programme mental health and obstetrical considerations. 3 CR / (3,0,0) The following non-nursing courses Referral mechanisms and standards of practice are required in the NCBNP: are emphasized. NURS 440 Prerequisite: Normally, this course will be Practicum: HHSC 110 at UNBC or BIO 105 at CNC taken in the final semester of study in the Community Health Nursing Basic Microbiology BSN programme Facilitates the integration and application of Presents the basic principles of microbiology 3 CR / (3,0) concepts and models related to community with an emphasis on the relevance of these health nursing. The opportunity for students principles to human health. A survey of the NURS 426 to acquire skills needed to contribute to ser- major types of micro-organisms and a discus- Acute Care Nursing vices and programmes in the community is sion on how they are classified and identified Explores the concepts and practices of acute provided. Emphasis is on the nurse as a part- is addressed. An introduction to virology and care nursing with various client populations. ner with the community. bacterial metabolism including environmental Problem solving complex client situations and Prerequisite or Corequisite: NURS 420 or factors which affect microbial growth and sur- expanding the professional role of the nurse equivalent; all courses in the NCBNP must vival, is presented. A laboratory component is are central themes of the course. be completed prior to or concurrently with included. Prerequisite: Normally, this course will be NURS 440 Prerequisites: Biology 12 and Chemistry 11 taken in the final semester of study of the 8 CR / (0,0,24) 3 CR / (3,1,0) BSN programme 3 CR / (3,0) NURS 441 HHSC 111 at UNBC or BIO 111 at CNC Practicum: First Nations Health Anatomy and Physiology I NURS 430 and Nursing This course is the first half of a comprehensive Community Continuing Care Nursing Provides clinical experiences for nursing stu- survey of the structures and functions of the Explores a multidisciplinary approach to dents interested in working with First Nations human organ systems. Lecture topics include caring for individuals, groups, and families in clients, families, and communities. Clinical cellular physiology, histology, and studies of the context of community continuing care. The experiences are in agencies within First the integumentary, skeletal, nervous, and practice of home-care nursing, long-term care Nations communities, or in agencies that endocrine systems. A laboratory component is assessment, community referral and liaison, primarily serve First Nations clients. included. This course is appropriate for stu- and case management are addressed. dents who intend to enter Health Sciences programmes. 92 / Health Sciences
Prerequisites: Biology 12 and Chemistry 11 MATH 242 at UNBC care of culturally diverse clients and communi- 3 CR / (3,3) Statistics for Social and Health Sciences ties. Strategies for developing culturally sensi- This course provides an introduction to the tive nursing approaches are explored. HHSC 112 at UNBC or BIO 112 at CNC principles of statistical inference for students Emphasis is on respecting and responding to Anatomy and Physiology II in the social and health sciences. Credit not clients in ways that acknowledge and incorpo- This course is a continuation of Anatomy and normally given for both MATH 340 and 242. rate cultural differences and similarities. Physiology I. It is designed to cover the anato- Prerequisite: Math 11 Prerequisite: Upper division standing or by my and physiology of the muscular, cardio- Recommended: Math 12 permission of the instructor vascular, lymphatic, respiratory, digestive, 3 CR / (3,0) 3 CR / (3,0) urinary, and reproductive systems. Emphasis is on the importance of homeostasis and how or NURS 411 it is maintained by the concerted proper Medical Diagnostics for Nurses functioning of the body systems. A laboratory MATH 104 at CNC Provides information, interpretation, and component is included. Introduction to Statistics implications of commonly ordered diagnostic Prerequisite: Anatomy and Physiology I This course is designed to provide basic tests. Aspects of specimen collection and test 3 CR / (3,3) knowledge of statistical methodology. Topics performance are covered. Areas of study include descriptive statistics, elementary include serum chemistry, hematology, micro- ANTH 101 at UNBC probability theory, probability distributions, biology, radiological imaging, and electrogra- Linguistic and sampling, and some standard concepts and phy. Emphasis is upon problem solving and Sociocultural Approaches techniques of statistical inference, correlation, decision making for nurses in acute care set- Examines the diversity of human cultures and and linear regression. Applications to a wide tings and in remote and rural areas. languages through the comparison of contem- variety of problems are emphasized. Prerequisite: Upper division standing or by porary societies, patterns of social organiza- Prerequisite: Math 11 or Math 045 permission of the instructor tion, and the categories of linguistic theory. 3 CR / (3,0) 3 CR / (3,0) 3 CR / (3,0) POLS 403 NURS 412 or Social and Health Policy Women and Health and Administration Examines health issues of northern women ANTH 101 at CNC The evolution of social and health services in Introduction to within a holistic perspective. Students will Canada in a comparative context. The provi- Socio-Cultural Anthropology explore general and specific health concerns of sion of public services, federal–provincial rela- women using research literature, including This course examines major institutions in a tions and the development of community epidemiology. variety of societies: subsistence, belief, power, health and social services. law, health, marriage, family, language, and Prerequisite: Upper division standing or by Prerequisite: Restricted to fourth-year students change. It also explains the theories used by permission of the instructor or by permission of the instructor anthropologists to understand human be- 3 CR / (3,0) haviour cross-culturally. 3 CR / (3,0) NURS 413 3 CR / (3,0) The following courses are offered Oncology Nursing PSYC 101 at UNBC as nursing electives in the NCBNP: Incorporates an understanding of carcinogene- Psychology as a Science sis into the study of current management and This course describes psychology as a basic NURS 404 treatment modalities: surgery, radiation thera- science in two logical modules: psychology as Programme Development py, chemotherapy, biotherapy, and bone mar- a natural science and psychology as a social and Evaluation row transplantation. Focus is upon nursing science. Presents the process of programme develop- management of pain, administration of chemotherapeutic agents, palliative care, and 3 CR / (3,0) ment and evaluation from the identification of a need for programming in various settings, assessment and prevention of complications. or to planning, implementing, and evaluating a Prerequisite: Upper division standing or by programme. permission of the instructor PSYC 101 at CNC Prerequisites: MATH 242, NURS 306; admis- 3 CR / (3,0) Introduction to Psychology sion for non-Nursing students by permission This general survey course includes topics of the instructor NURS 414 such as a brief history of psychology, elemen- 3 CR / (3,0) Nursing Continuing Education tary experimental design, the nervous system, Examines principles and practices of continu- sensation, perception, learning, memory, NURS 410 ing education and staff development in the language, and thought. Transcultural Nursing context of implementing organizational and 3 CR / (3,0) Examines concepts and theories of trans- practice changes within health care organiza- cultural nursing and their application to the tions and agencies. Particular attention will be Health Sciences / 93 paid to special educational requirements of NURS 498 practical nurse to work in partnership with nurses in rural, remote, and northern settings. Special Topics in Nursing other health care professionals. Upon success- Prerequisite: Upper division standing and by A course on a special topic in nursing. The ful completion of licensing exams, graduates permission of the instructor topic will vary, depending on student interest will be able to work in a variety of health care 3 CR / (3,0) and faculty availability. No more than six settings. credit hours in Special Topics courses may be The programme must be completed within NURS 428 applied towards a BSN degree. five years. In the event of a major curriculum Nursing Management Prerequisite: Upper division standing and by change, students may be required to repeat Examines nursing management and leader- permission of the instructor courses. ship theory, issues, and practice in hospitals, 3 CR / (3,0) health care agencies, and communities. APPLICATION AND DOCUMENT Special focus is on first-line nursing manage- NURS 499 SUBMISSION DEADLINE ment within rural and northern communities Independent Study in Nursing in a changing health care system. Discussion A course on a selected topic based on read- Application forms are available from the and explorations are grounded in current ings and learning experiences directed by an Admissions, Registration and Records Office health care and nursing management practice instructor. The course format and requirements and may be submitted after September 15th and research knowledge. will be based on a formal contract with the for entry in the following Fall. Prerequisite: Normally, this course will be instructor. No more than six credit hours in Applications received after March 31st for taken in the final semester of study Independent Study courses may be applied Fall entry are considered late and will be towards a BSN degree. 3 CR / (3,0) processed subject to course availability. Prerequisite: Upper division standing and by NURS 430 permission of the instructor You must submit your application and all Community Continuing Care Nursing 3 CR / (3,0) required documents (see Admission Explores a multidisciplinary approach to car- Requirements) by April 24, 2002 in order to ing for individuals, groups, and families, in FOR FURTHER INFORMATION be eligible for selection. the context of community continuing care. The College of New Caledonia practice of home-care nursing, long-term care ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS June Anonson, Dean assessment, community referral and liaison, Division of Health Sciences In addition to the requirements outlined and case management are addressed. 3330 – 22nd Avenue below, students must acquire and maintain a Prerequisite: Normally, this course will be Prince George, BC V2N 1P8 valid CPR Level “C” certificate throughout the taken in the final semester of study Telephone: (250) 561-5841 programme. 3 CR / (3,0) www.cnc.bc.ca 1. Successful completion of Grade 12 or ABE NURS 432 College of New Caledonia Advanced Certificate or GED Certificate. Mental Health Nursing Counselling Centre Telephone: (250) 561-5818 2. Biology 12 or equivalent with a grade of Examines mental health and mental illness in “C” or better. depth with particular attention to identified University of Northern British Columbia high-risk groups in the northern nursing prac- Deanna Fayle, Programme Advisor 3. English 12 or equivalent with a grade of tice setting. Cultural, developmental, and treat- Nursing Programme “C” or better. ment setting variables are examined using a 3333 University Way mental health nursing framework. 4. Mathematics 10 or equivalent with a Prince George, BC V2N 4Z9 grade of “C” or better. Prerequisite: Normally, this course will be Telephone (250) 960-6507 taken in the final semester of study www.unbc.ca 5. Applicants must take the English and 3 CR / (3,0) Math Achievement Test (EMAT) administered by the College. Applicants must successfully NURS 434 complete the requirements of this task prior to Maternal and Child Nursing PRACTICAL NURSE acceptance into the programme. Examines the theory and practice of maternal and child nursing in depth, with particular PROGRAMME 6. Documents certifying current immuniza- attention to northern nursing practice. Nursing tion, Heptatitis B vaccination, TB screening, and health examination. The documentation management of clients at risk or with complex STATEMENT OF PURPOSE health and psychosocial problems is included. must be on official College forms (supplied Ethical and cultural issues relevant to maternal The Practical Nurse programme is designed to with acceptance) and submitted prior to com- and child nursing are addressed. provide graduates with opportunities to devel- mencement of the programme. op knowledge, skills, and values necessary to Prerequisite: Normally, this course will be 7. As per the Selection Criteria, some experi- assist individuals and families in community, taken in the final semester of study ence, volunteer or paid, in a relevant health acute, and long-term settings. This pro- care setting is beneficial. Applicants should 3 CR / (3,0) gramme emphasizes care with a holistic multi- include a statement describing length, type, disciplinary approach that encourages the and location of previous experience on facility 94 / Health Sciences letterhead where the experience occurred and be selected randomly from the remaining PROGRAMME OUTLINE: signed by an appropriate supervisor. qualified applicants. PRACTICAL NURSE Given the scope of the Criminal Records RE-ADMISSION Semester I Review Act, CNC requires criminal records PNUR 101 Health I searches for applicants for programme areas A student who is unsuccessful in a PN course PNUR 103 Professional Growth I that involve working with children or other will be permitted to repeat the course once. PNUR 105 Healing I vulnerable persons. The cost of this search is Two failures or withdrawals in the same PNUR 107 Human Relationships I the responsibility of the student. This require- course will exclude the student from further PNUR 110 Human Anatomy/ ment may result in a student having to under- study in the programme. A student who with- Physiology go two criminal record searches: one through draws from the programme voluntarily must PNUR 111 Nursing Arts I the RCMP (for those programmes requiring it) notify a faculty member and will be required PNUR 197 Clinical I and one through the Attorney General’s Office. to apply for re-admission to the programme. Semester II (Forms supplied with acceptance.) Re-admission is considered on a space avail- PNUR 102 Health II able basis and will be administered according Students must provide proof of application for PNUR 106 Healing II to the following priorities: a Criminal Records Search in order to be con- PNUR 108 Human Relationships II sidered admissible to the programme. The 1. A student who has successfully completed PNUR 112 Nursing Arts II result of a Criminal Records Search which the prerequisite courses and/or who, at the PNUR 198 Clinical II (Gerontology) identifies relevant criminal convictions may time of withdrawal, maintained an overall Semester III prevent a student from entering into a average of “C+” (65%) or better in the course, PNUR 201 Health III practicum or clinical setting. Students who will be awarded first priority. PNUR 203 Professional Issues cannot enter the practicum or clinical compo- 2. A student who has failed a PN course or PNUR 205 Healing III nent of the programme cannot graduate from who has withdrawn from the PN course with PNUR 211 Nursing Arts III the programme. less than a “C+” (65%) grade standing in the PNUR 297 Clinical III course will be awarded second priority. PNUR 299 Practicum SELECTION CRITERIA 3. A student requesting transfer from PN pro- In those cases where there are more qualified grammes at other institutions will be subject- FOR MORE INFORMATION applicants than available spaces, the following ed to the above criteria and be accorded third College of New Caledonia criteria will be used in selecting half the class: priority. 3330 – 22nd Avenue 1. A letter grade for Biology 12 will con- All PN course work must be completed within Prince George, BC V2N 1P8 tribute its actual points to the selection process a five-year time frame. In the event of 1-800-371-8111 (i.e., A+ = 4.33, A = 4.0, B+ = 3.33, etc.). significant changes to courses, students may Admissions: (250) 561-5800 2. A letter grade for English 12 will con- be required to repeat a course. Students may Counselling and Advising: (250) 561-5818 tribute its actual points to the selection process be required to demonstrate that they have (i.e., A+ = 4.33, A = 4.0, B+ = 3.33, etc.). maintained their knowledge and skills for re- Health Sciences: (250) 561-5841 entry into the programme. 3. Geographical location: residents of BC or COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Yukon will be awarded 1 point. COSTS 4. Relevant work or educational experience, Application/registration: $15 PNUR 101 including a minimum of 30 hours’ volunteer Health I experience in the health care field will be EMAT: $5 This course introduces the learner to the con- awarded 2 points. A statement on the facility Tuition/Fees (approximately): $2500 cept of health as a dynamic, non-static letterhead where the volunteer experience process, rather than a goal. Viewed within the occurred is required along with the signature Note: This does not include the cost of context of the Canadian society, health is seen of a supervisor. textbooks or the cost of attending clinical as a holistic process on which our daily placements which may occur outside of choices have a significant effect. The integra- 5. Persistent interest in the programme as Prince George. demonstrated by a qualified applicant who tion of body, mind, and spirit will be exam- applies more than once will be awarded 1 ined in order to develop an appreciation for FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE point. the idea that everything we do, think, feel, and This programme qualifies for BC Student believe has an impact on our state of health Total points available are 12.66. Assistance funding (Canada Student Loan). and that health is comprised of six dimen- In the case of ties using the above criteria, the Applications can be picked up at the Financial sions, each of which impacts well-being. date of application will be the deciding criteria. Aid Office (Room 1–753) after the first week Health promotion will be examined through- of May. out the lifespan. In keeping with the majority of programmes Prerequisite: Admission to the programme that are oversubscribed, this programme will select 50% of the class from the qualified 3 CR / (5,0,0) applicants while the balance of the class will Health Sciences / 95
PNUR 102 PNUR 107 therapeutic communication are underlying Health II Human Relationships I themes of Nursing Arts. Society is bombarded with a variety of myths, This course will provide opportunities for par- Prerequisite: Admission to the programme stereotypes, and prejudices related to aging. ticipants to examine and practice: caring with- 3 CR / (4,6,0) To gain a more factual picture of aging, this in the context of human relationships, own course will explore the process and theories of interpersonal style and how it affects others, PNUR 112 aging. In particular, it will examine the demo- interpersonal skills which are necessary to Nursing Arts II graphic profile of the older adult, along with establish helping relationships, phases of This course emphasizes the development of issues such as the aging family, personal helping relationships between nurses and practical nursing competencies in order to pro- adjustments required by the aging individual, their clients, effective communication skills in mote health and healing when caring for the and community resources available for the groups, ways of adapting communication older adult. Clients are viewed from a holistic aging person. A holistic approach to health when interacting with the physically and/or perspective based on an accurate and compre- promotion and wellness in the older adult is a mentally disabled person. hensive assessment of their unique needs. major theme. This course will also include Prerequisite: Admission to the programme Laboratory and clinical experience components concepts, issues, and skills related to 2 CR / (3,0,0) will promote integration of theory to practice. geropharmacology. Prerequisite: Successful completion of all Prerequisite: Successful completion of all PNUR 108 Semester I courses Semester I courses Human Relationships II 3 CR / (5,6,4) 3 CR / (6,0,0) This course focuses on effective communica- tion with the older adult. While it is generally PNUR 197 PNUR 103 agreed that the ability to communicate is an Clinical I Professional Growth I essential ingredient of being with others, age- This three-week community clinical provides This course introduces the learner to the evo- related changes often interfere with the the learner with an opportunity to integrate lution and position of practical nursing as a process. The nurse needs to learn not only to the theory from Semester I into practice. It health profession within the health care sys- communicate effectively with the older adult offers the learner experience in working with tem. It focuses on the legal, ethical, and philo- on a one-to-one basis, but also needs to individuals with disabilities in a variety of sophical basis for practice. The PN role, multi- understand the benefits of group communica- community settings including residential care, disciplinary team, partnership, delegation, tions to the psychosocial well-being of the community care, palliative care, ambulatory reporting, and documenting are discussed. older adult. In addition, this course empha- care, daycare, and respite care. This course also explores reflective writing, sizes the importance of effective communica- Prerequisite: Successful completion of all practice, and critical thinking skills. tion and leadership skills with co-workers in Semester I courses long-term care settings. Prerequisite: Admission to the programme 5 CR / (0,0,28) 1 CR / (3,0,0) Prerequisite: Successful completion of all Semester I courses PNUR 198 PNUR 105 3 CR / (3,0,0) Clinical II (Gerontology) Healing I This six-week clinical provides the student This course provides the learner with the PNUR 110 with a supervised experience which will opportunity to explore healing as a holistic Human Anatomy/Physiology enhance the learner’s ability to integrate theo- process. In doing so, the following concepts This course gives an overview of the structure ry to practice in caring for the older adult in will be examined: complementary approaches and function of ten body systems. It also dis- diverse care settings. Some examples include to healing, common challenges to the healing cusses various health promotion strategies adult day centres, intermediate care, extended process, the needs of persons with disabilities that work toward the optimal functioning of care, special needs units/psychogeriatric care. from a healing perspective, the concepts of these systems. Prerequisite: Successful completion of all primary health care as a method of promoting Prerequisite: Admission to the programme Semester II courses healing; basic pharmacology. 3 CR / (4.5,0,0) 3 CR / (0,0,28) Prerequisite: Admission to the programme 3 CR / (4,0,0) PNUR 111 PNUR 201 Nursing Arts I Health III PNUR 106 This course emphasizes the development of This course focuses on the promotion of Healing II basic nursing skills that support health pro- health for individuals across the lifespan in This course covers promotion of autonomy motion. The classroom and laboratory compo- acute care. Health promotion programmes will and independence with challenges associated nents will assist the learner in acquiring the be examined. The role of the practical nurse in with aging using the nursing process; disease basic knowledge and skills of nursing assess- supporting and assisting clients across the process associated with aging; psychogeri- ment of health and environment, promotion of lifespan in acquiring information is explored. atrics; gerontological nursing care; hospice, independence, activity, comfort, and personal The responsibilities of accurate reporting and death, and dying; and the nursing process. care skills. This course is intended to help documenting will be discussed. The nurse Prerequisite: Successful completion of all learners integrate theory from other course also needs to understand the collaboration Semester I courses work and relate it to selected clients. between various health sectors in order to 3 CR / (6,0,0) Organizational skills, safety to practice, and ease transition when the clients enter or leave 96 / Health Sciences acute care. Opportunities for client teaching PNUR 211 partner, collaborator, and advocate with the and learning will be stressed. Nursing Arts III health care team and the client needs to be Prerequisite: Successful completion of all This course emphasizes the development of emphasized. Semester II courses nursing skills in the promotion of health and Prerequisite: Successful completion of all 1 CR / (3,0,0) healing when caring for individuals who Semester III courses require acute nursing interventions. Building 5 CR / (0,0,30) PNUR 203 on the theory and practice from Semesters I Professional Issues and II, a nursing process approach to the PNUR 299 This course prepares the student for the role of management of holistic care is reinforced Practicum a licensed practical nurse. It further explores while integrating new knowledge and techni- This experience provides a transition for the his/her role as an advocate and a member of cal skills relevant in an acute care setting. The learner from student to graduate. During this the interdisciplinary team. Issues such as focus is on performing accurate, comprehen- time, the student will work closely with a pre- Standards of Practice and professional and sive nursing assessments and using the ceptor who will guide the student as a facilita- union affiliations in practical nursing are dis- nursing process to determine care for clients tor, teacher, and mentor to help the student cussed. Being an effective team member, requiring acute care across the lifespan. gain further insights, awareness, and knowl- change theory, and lifelong learning are Opportunities for client teaching and learning edge through the realities of the work setting. explored. will be stressed. The laboratory setting as well Programme instructors will collaborate with Prerequisite: Successful completion of all as the practice settings will provide the oppor- the preceptor and learner to facilitate the pre- Semester II courses tunity for integration of theory to practice. ceptorship. 1 CR / (2,0,0) Prerequisite: Successful completion of all Prerequisite: Successful completion of all other Semester II courses programme courses PNUR 205 4 CR / (4,10,4) 5 CR / (0,0,32) Healing III This course emphasizes the promotion of heal- PNUR 297 ing of individuals across the lifespan in acute Clinical III care with acute and chronic diseases. The This five-week clinical provides the student practical nurse must understand the patho- with experiences which will enhance their physiology, clinical manifestations, and the ability to integrate and build on theory and appropriate nursing interventions to plan and practice in caring for individuals, across the deliver care for clients. lifespan, who require acute nursing interven- Prerequisite: Successful completion of all tions. The selection of learning experiences Semester II courses should be based on client acuity and complex- ity. The distinct role of the practical nurse as a 3 CR / (7,0,0) 97 Social Services PROGRAMMES
DIVISIONAL CONTACT The Social Services programmes are designed SOCIAL SERVICE WORKER for students seeking to become, or who are DIPLOMA Don Precosky currently working as, social service para- Dean, Arts & Social Services Division professionals. There are three certificate Students enrolling in this diploma programme Telephone: (250) 561-5815 options and two diploma options for students have completed the one-year Social Service Fax: (250) 561-5866 interested in this field. The Social Service Worker Certificate. The Social Service Worker Worker Certificate, the Teaching Assistant Diploma is designed to train individuals to Social Services Programmes: Certificate, and the Social Service Worker and work with children and families experiencing • Certificates: Pre-UNBC BSW Diploma are classroom based difficulties in the community. Students trained programmes. Courses are available for both at the diploma level will work in situations - Social Service Worker full- and part-time study. The Developmental that require greater independence and a high- er level of skill than expected in the Social - Developmental Disabilities (DEVC) Disabilities Certificate is offered in a distance education format for part-time study only. Service Worker Certificate. - Teaching Assistant Students interested in continuing their Career Opportunities • Diplomas: studies to the Bachelor degree level in Social - Social Service Worker Work or Child and Youth Care should discuss Graduates find employment in a variety of these plans with a CNC counsellor prior to social service agencies including: financial - Pre-UNBC BSW registering. assistance offices, school districts, residential child/adult care services, supported employ- SOCIAL SERVICE WORKER ment programmes, corrections agencies, CERTIFICATE women’s programmes, sexual assault victim SOCIAL SERVICES treatment services, alcohol treatment or sup- This one-year certificate programme provides port services, First Nations social services PROGRAMMES the student with the basic knowledge and organizations, and a variety of other services, skills necessary to work as a social service agencies, and programmes. STATEMENT OF PURPOSE paraprofessional. It combines theory and skill development courses with supervised practical PRE-UNBC BSW DIPLOMA The Social Services programmes provide experience. students with educational opportunities and Students enrolling in the Pre-UNBC BSW practical skills in order to develop as para- All Social Service students must attain a “C” Diploma must have successfully completed all professionals in the social service field. It is grade in all their SSWK courses with a the first year Social Service Worker courses the belief of the programme that students will cumulative GPA of 2.0 in order to obtain with a “C” or better. This stream is designed be effective in their future helping roles the certificate. for students wanting to apply to UNBC School through acquiring: Those students who entered the programme of Social Work programme. However, there is no guarantee that students completing this • a commitment to a professional code of prior to September 1995 will be exempt from programme will be accepted in the Bachelor of ethics this criteria. Social Work programme at UNBC. • a sound knowledge of human behaviour Note: This full certificate is also offered at the Quesnel Campus. and social issues Career Opportunities • an ability to develop self-awareness and Graduates find employment in a variety of critical thinking skills social service agencies including: financial assistance workers, school districts, residential child/adult care services, supported employ- 98 / Social Services Programmes ment programmes, corrections agencies, 4. A work/volunteer experience résumé. that pertain to the following: why he/she women’s programmes, sexual assault victim Applicants must have at least 65 verifiable is interested in the field; an understanding treatment services, alcohol treatment or sup- hours of volunteer experience in the past three of what the social service field is about; port services, First Nations’ social service years. A form for recording this is available at and what personal attributes the organizations, and a variety of other services, Admissions, Registration and Records. applicant brings to the field 25 points agencies, and programmes. 5. A written statement answering questions Total (Maximum 70) 70 points Upon completion of the BSW degree at that focus on the applicant’s interest in the Note: Please obtain from Admissions, UNBC, career opportunities can include field, his/her understanding of what the social Registration and Records an admissions the following: child protection, probation, service field is about, and types of attributes packet which includes a College mental health, school district social worker he/she possesses that would make him/her a Application form, two Reference Forms, positions, residential treatment, alcohol and viable candidate for this programme. This is and Personal Statement Form. drug programmes, and First Nations social limited to four pages in length. service organizations. 6. All applicants must attend a programme APPLICATION PROCEDURE orientation or undertake suitable prior consul- FOR ALL PROGRAMMES TEACHING ASSISTANT tation with the programme. CERTIFICATE Application forms are available from the Note: Students may be required, depend- Admissions, Registration and Records Office This one-year programme prepares students ent upon their practicum placement, to and may be submitted after September 15 for to work in the public school system as teach- submit a medical certificate with TB test- entry in the following Fall. ing assistants. Teaching assistants work with ing and up-to-date immunization and/or Only students who have completed their children who are experiencing emotional, a police records check. physical, behavioural, and/or learning diffi- applications for the Social Service Worker strongly culties in an integrated setting. It is recommended that applicants Certificate, the Social Service Worker Diploma, to the Social Services programmes have a and the Teaching Assistant Certificate by April one-day Safety Oriented First Aid (SOFA) 22 will be eligible for selection into these pro- Career Opportunities Certificate. grammes in Prince George. In Quesnel, May Career opportunities for graduates of the 31st is the application deadline. These pro- Teaching Assistant Certificate are teaching SELECTION CRITERIA FOR grammes begin annually in September. assistants in the public school districts ALL PROGRAMMES For the Prince George Campus, applications and community services for people with received after March 31st for Fall entry into disabilities. 1. Reference forms (two forms are required) limited enrollment programmes are considered Note: All Social Service programme stu- Each reference form will be evaluated on late. If the programme applied for is over- dents must attain a “C” grade in all their the basis of appropriateness of reference subscribed at the March 31st deadline, appli- SSWK courses with a cumulative GPA of (5 points) cations and application fees after that date will 2.0 in order to obtain the certificate or Reference view of applicant’s readiness be returned to the applicant. diploma. Those students who entered the (5 points) Limited enrollment programmes which programme prior to September 1995 will (Maximum 5 points per letter) 10 points be exempt from this criteria. become oversubscribed after March 31st will 2. Previous Academic Experience be deemed closed by Admissions. Applica- ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Relevant post-secondary courses with a tions and fees submitted after the programme is closed will be returned to the applicant. Social Service Worker Certificate “C” or better (2 points per course to a Social Service Worker Diploma maximum of 10 points) Applications received after March 31st for Fall Completion of a preparatory or career skills Pre-UNBC BSW Diploma entry into open enrollment programmes are course (5 points to a maximum of 5 points) Teaching Assistant Certificate considered late and will be processed subject Transcripts or other proof of academic to course availability. 1. Successful completion of Grade 12 with achievement must be provided 15 points English 12 with a minimum “C” grade or ABE Students applying to the Developmental 3. Previous Volunteer and Advanced Certificate plus English 045 with a Disabilities Certificate must complete a special Work Experience minimum “C” grade, or GED Certificate with Social Services Training Programme form in Applicants to the SSWK Programme must English 045 or English 12 with a minimum addition to the regular College admission have at least 65 verifiable hours of “C” grade. form. This programme may be started in volunteer experience in the past 3 years. August or January. 2. All applicants must write the English com- Applicants with relevant work experience within the social service field in the past 3 ponent EMAT. IMPORTANT NOTICE FOR years may be exempt from this volunteer 3. Two reference forms from an employer, requirement ALL PROGRAMMES volunteer supervisor, teacher, or social service (Maximum 20 points) 20 points Given the scope of the Criminal Records professional, attesting to the applicant’s per- Review Act, CNC requires criminal records sonal suitability for work in the social service 4. Personal Statement searches for applicants for programme areas field. The applicant must write in a clear and that involve working with children or other concise manner when answering questions Social Services Programmes / 99 vulnerable persons. The cost of this search is PROGRAMME OUTLINE– 1. SOC 220 or WMST 101 the responsibility of the student. This require- SECOND YEAR 2. SOC 204 or both* FNST 100 and 101 ment may result in a student having to under- go two criminal record searches; one through I. Social Service Worker Diploma 3. One of ENGL 101 or 104 or 107 the RCMP (for those programmes requiring it) Option and one through the Attorney General’s Office. 4. An additional four electives are needed and Note: Students enrolling in this option may be chosen from MATH 104, PHIL 101, Students must provide proof of application for must have successfully completed all of HIST 211, or any additional English, a Criminal Records Search in order to be con- the first-year Social Service Worker Sociology, or Psychology courses, based on sidered admissible to the programme. The courses only and must have achieved a availability of seats. result of a Criminal Records Search which grade of “C” or better in all their SSWK identifies relevant criminal convictions may courses. These elective courses cannot be used for credit more than once. prevent a student from entering into a Semester 3 September to December practicum or clinical setting. Students who SSWK 255 Counselling Theories cannot enter the practicum or clinical compo- SSWK 225 Introduction to Disabilities PROGRAMME OUTLINE– nent of the programme cannot graduate from SSWK 241 Group Process and Practice Teaching Assistant Certificate the programme. SSWK 263 Chemical Dependency Semester 1 September to December SSWK 282 Behaviour Management: ENGL 103 Composition and Style PROGRAMME OUTLINE– Techniques for Working with PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology COMMON FIRST YEAR FOR: Children and Youth SSWK 145 Communication and Inter- SSWK 295 Practicum and Seminar Social Service Worker Certificate personal Relationship Skills SSWK 225 Introduction to Disabilities Social Service Worker Diploma Semester 4 January to April SSWK 282 Behaviour Management: Pre-UNBC BSW Diploma SSWK 232 Loss and Grief SSWK 242 Community Development Techniques for Working with Semester 1 September to December SSWK 252 Social Welfare Policy II Children and Youth ENGL 103 Composition and Style SSWK 272 Family Systems Semester 2 January to April SSWK 145 Communication and Inter- SSWK 296 Practicum and Seminar PSYC 102 Introduction to Psychology II personal Relationship Skills SSWK 222 Social Issues SSWK 171 Introduction to Social Service Intersession May SSWK 232 Loss and Grief Practice SSWK 299 May—Practicum and Seminar SSWK 273 Classroom Assisting SSWK 181 Community Seminar I SSWK 297 Teaching Assistant/Classroom SSWK 197 Practicum and Seminar II. Pre-UNBC BSW Diploma Aide Practicum UT Elective One of PSYC 101 or SOC 101 Option or CRIM 103 or FNST 100* Intersession May Note: This programme option is currently SSWK 298 Teaching Assistant/Classroom Semester 2 January to April under review. Aide Practicum SOC 206 Social Problems Note: Students enrolling in this option SSWK 142 Helping Skills: Practical The Teaching Assistant programme is offered must have successfully completed all of Applications the first-year Social Service Worker on a part-time basis on the Quesnel campus. SSWK 151 History and Philosophy of courses and must have achieved a grade Note: This programme is not offered in Social Welfare Policy of “C” or better in all their SSWK cours- 2002/2003. SSWK 182 Community Seminar II es. SSWK 198 Practicum and Seminar UT Elective One of PSYC 102 or SOC 102 Semester 3 September to December or CRIM 106 or FNST 101* SSWK 255 Counselling Theories SSWK 241 Group Process and Practice DEVELOPMENTAL In order to continue with practicum, students SSWK 263 Chemical Dependency must obtain a “C” grade or better in all SSWK UT Elective* Three courses DISABILITIES courses. Semester 4 January to April CERTIFICATE Intersession May SSWK 232 Loss and Grief The purpose of the Developmental Disabilities SSWK 199 Practicum and Seminar SSWK 272 Family Systems Certificate is to help support staff and primary UT Elective* Four courses Upon completion of the Social Service caregivers develop the skills and attitudes nec- Worker Certificate, students may choose Note: For University Credit course essary for providing services to people with from one of the two options descriptions, refer to the University developmental disabilities. The programme listed below: Credit section of this calendar. is offered through distance learning I. Social Service Worker Diploma (correspondence and teleconferencing). *Students intending to transfer to This programme follows a semester schedule. II. Pre-UNBC BSW Diploma UNBC’s Social Work programme must It is not self-paced. select electives as follows. Note that 1, 2, and 3 are mandatory. 100 / Social Services Programmes
The programme is based on the following b) provide a written personal statement harassment, AIDS, mental illness, alcoholism, values: discussing his/her understanding of the and drug abuse. Factual and moral aspects of community living service field and the these and other social problems will be • People with developmental disabilities have attributes that make him/her suited to this argued. the right to support services that are type of work. A form is provided to record respectful of their individual dreams and 3 CR / (3,0) this statement. abilities SSWK 142 *Note: Students whose test results indi- • People with developmental disabilities have Helping Skills: Practical Applications cate difficulty in English will be required the right to receive services from skilled to take a developmental programme. It is This course assists students in developing and support staff in community settings strongly recommended that any required refining their basic helping skills. Extensive use of video, role play, and real experiences Students have five years to complete the English work be completed prior to their provides opportunities for the acquisition and certificate. first DEVC course. practice of helping skills. This course requires In those cases where the programme is over- that students participate in a weekly three- CAREER OPPORTUNITIES subscribed, students will be admitted on a hour laboratory session for the purpose of first-qualified, first-admitted basis until the Graduates of the Developmental Disabilities learning and practicing their helping skills. programme is full. Certificate are employed as residential support Prerequisite: SSWK 145 staff, community access workers, job coaches, 3 CR / (3,3) teaching assistants, and other paraprofession- PROGRAMME OUTLINE als providing direct service to people with SSWK 145 developmental disabilities. Required Courses Communication and Interpersonal DEVC 130 Physical Care Relationship Skills ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS DEVC 140 Communication Skills for Course material will provide an overview of communication theories as well as a practical Applicants may be admitted to this pro- Social Service Workers basis for learning interpersonal skills. This gramme in one of three ways: DEVC 150 Life Planning and Support Systems includes discussions of how self-concept, per- 1. As a paid paraprofessional, applicants DEVC 160 Ethics and Law for Social ceptual process, language, and non-verbal must: Service Workers behaviour influence communication. This DEVC 172 Human Diversity Across the course provides opportunities to increase self- a) provide verification of successful Lifespan awareness and to improve and develop effec- completion of English 12 or English 045 or DEVC 181 Positive Approaches to tive interpersonal communication skills. This equivalent with a minimum “C” grade or Teaching and Learning I course will also provide the student with the successful compleiton of a College of New DEVC 186 Positive Approaches to opportunity to develop confidence in public Caledonia administered test of English.* Teaching and Learning II speaking. b) provide a letter confirming employ- DEVC 199 Practicum 3 CR / (3,1) ment from their employer. SSWK 151 2. As a volunteer service provider, applicants History and Philosophy of must: SSWK COURSE Social Welfare Policy a) provide verification of successful com- This course provides a basic introduction to pletion of English 12 or English 045 or DESCRIPTIONS social welfare policy in Canada, its historical equivalent with a minimum “C” grade or development, and its role within the political successful completion of a College of New ENGL103 and economic context of Canadian society. A Caledonia administered test of English.* Composition and Style major emphasis is placed on a review of the A study of grammar, composi- values and ideology implicit in various types b) provide a letter of reference from their of social welfare policy. Students will critically volunteer supervisor verifying at least 65 tion, and style. A vigorous pro- gramme of essay writing plus a variety of analyze the effect of social welfare policies on hours of direct service within the past three client populations and upon themselves as years. A form for recording this information writing assignments or exercises dealing with specific problems in essay writing. Strongly social service workers. Class discussions focus is available from Admissions, Registration, on Northern issues. and Records. recommended for students who wish to improve their writing skills. 3 CR / (3,0) 3. As a primary caregiver such as a parent, 3 CR / (3,0) guardian, or sibling over 19 years of age, SSWK 171 applicants must: SOC 206 Introduction to Social Service Practice Social Problems Students are introduced to the practice of a) provide verification of successful com- A sociological study of the creation, causes, social service, its values, knowledge, and skill pletion of English 12 or English 045 or foundations. The principles and contributions equivalent with a minimum “C” grade or and consequences of contemporary social problems in Canadian society. Topics include: of mutual aid, self-help, and natural helping successful completion of a College of New networks are examined. The relationship Caledonia administered test of English.* organized crime, juvenile delinquency, sexual Social Services Programmes / 101 between social service practice and the com- SSWK 222 munities and organizations in which it takes Social Issues place is a focus of discussion. Other discus- This course will look at specific problems sion topics include current trends in the field related to children and youth. Issues discussed of paraprofessional services, ethics, and the will include family violence, teen suicide, basic structure and function of social service physical and sexual abuse, and a variety of agencies. other issues affecting children and youth in 3 CR / (3,0) the schools (i.e., childhood AIDS, drug use, etc.). SSWK 181 1.5 CR / (1.5,0) Community Seminar I SSWK 225 SSWK 182 Introduction to Disabilities Community Seminar II This course will examine the various types of skills, group development, cultural issues in Students are introduced to the social service emotional and physical disabilities in children agencies of North Central BC. The services group work, and ethical issues in group work. and adolescents. An emphasis will be placed This course includes a three-hour weekly labo- these agencies provide, the problems they on the classification and the etiology of these seek to address, their criteria for service, ratory experience in which students will learn disabilities as well as the behavioural and and practice group work skills. A variety of funding structure, and relationship to other physical care issues associated with them. services will be discussed in a seminar format. activities will take place that will help to Competence in handling prosthetics and other demonstrate the concepts and skills. 1 CR each / (0,1) devices used to assist children with physical Prerequisites and Corequisites: SSWK 142, disabilities will be emphasized. Also, students 145, 255. Students must be registered in the SSWK 197 will be introduced to alternate forms of com- second year of the SSWK programme with Practicum and Seminar munication and technical aids. Students will successful completion of first-year SSWK SSWK 198 study the issue of normalization and its appli- courses Practicum and Seminar cation in the community and classroom. SSWK 199 3 CR / (3,3) Prerequisite: Students must be registered in Practicum and Seminar the second year of the SSWK programme or Students will work one day a week starting in SSWK 242 be registered in the Teaching Assistant Community Development September until the end of April in an agency Certificate programme under the supervision of an agency super- This course examines the history of communi- 3 CR / (3,0) visor. Starting in late April the students will ty development, distinguishes capacity-based complete a three-week block placement. from needs-based motivation, and explores a SSWK 232 variety of community development initiatives A weekly one-hour seminar will be offered. Loss and Grief The practicum is intended to provide students worldwide. Special emphasis is placed on This course will explore the various dimen- with an opportunity to familiarize themselves local/northern community development, and sions of death, loss, and bereavement. Various with the agency and the community it ser- on the capacity of social services paraprofes- topics that will be explored are: dynamics of vices. The object of the seminar is to help sionals to participate in community develop- mourning, children and death, abnormal ver- students integrate the knowledge and skills ment initiatives. sus normal grief, grief and the family, suicide, acquired in their academic setting with their Prerequisite: Successful completion of last rites, funerals, etc. As a result of this work in the field. first-year SSWK courses course students will learn to face and accept Prerequisites or Corequisites (SSWK 197): loss as a natural part of life and thereby learn 3 CR / (3,0) SSWK 145, 171, 181 how to be more supportive and helpful in SSWK 252 Prerequisites or Corequisites (SSWK 198): encountering loss situations in both profes- Social Welfare Policy II SSWK 142, 151, 182, 197 sional and personal spheres. This course will focus on legislation concern- Prerequisites or Corequisites (SSWK 199): Prerequisite: Students must be registered in ing the protection of children, children in con- SSWK 197, 198 the second year of the SSWK programme or flict with the law, special needs children, Note: In order to continue with practica, be registered in the Teaching Assistant poverty, education, health, and regulation. students must obtain a “C” or better in all Certificate programme Prerequisite: Successful completion of SSWK courses. 3 CR / (3,0) first year SSWK 197: 2 CR / (0,1) SSWK 241 1.5 CR / (1.5,0) Group Process and Practice SSWK 198: SSWK 255 The course will provide the students with a 2 CR / (0,1) Counselling Theories basic understanding of group work theory and SSWK 199: Students become acquainted with the values, practice. The basic assumption is that there is 4 CR / (0,2) assumptions, and issues underlying various a significant correlation between social func- approaches to helping. An emphasis is placed tioning and group experience. Topics of study upon the students developing a better under- include group dynamics, leadership styles and standing of their own personal helper values, 102 / Social Services Programmes assumptions regarding human behaviour, and SSWK 282 agency under the supervision of an agency styles of helping. The various ethical issues Behaviour Management: Techniques supervisor. Starting in late April the students relating to being a helper are also examined. for Working with Children and Youth will complete a three-week block placement. A Prerequisite: Successful completion of This course surveys the various aspects of weekly two-hour seminar will be offered. The first-year SSWK courses social service work with children. The three students establish specific goals and objec- 3 CR / (3,0) main theoretical models of child helping—the tives and work toward attaining these in their Adlerian model, behaviour modification, and practicum. The object of the seminar is to help SSWK 263 general systems theory—will be examined in students integrate classroom skills into their Chemical Dependency detail. Students learn how to apply these tech- work in the field. Students must complete all This course will provide students with a basic niques in response to common behavioural first-year courses in order to be eligible to do introduction to the issue of chemical depend- problems in a variety of settings including the the second-year practicum. ency. An emphasis is placed on understanding family, the community, and the school. Pre- or Corequisites (SSWK 295): SSWK 225, theories used to explain the etiology of chemi- Prerequisite: Students must be registered in 255, 241, 263, 282 cal dependency and various patterns of drug the second year of the SSWK programme or Prerequisite (SSWK 296): SSWK 295 use and its impact on various groups in socie- be registered in the Teaching Assistant Prerequisite (SSWK 299): SSWK 296 ty. In addition, students will learn about the Certificate programme Note: In order to continue with the psycho-social impact of drug use on individu- 3 CR / (3,0) practicum, students must obtain a “C” als and families and students will learn basic grade or better in all SSWK courses. skills of assessment and intervention with this SSWK 297 SSWK 295: population. Professional and ethical issues in Teaching Assistant/Classroom Aide 2 CR / (0,1) working with the chemically dependent will be Practicum SSWK 296: examined as well. Students will work one day per week in a 2 CR / (0,1) Prerequisite: Successful completion of classroom setting under the supervision of SSWK 299: first-year SSWK courses a teacher and classroom aide. A weekly 11⁄2- 4 CR / (0,2) 3 CR / (3,0) hour seminar is included. The practicum is intended to provide students with an introduc- SSWK 272 tion to the role and responsibilities of a class- Family Systems room aide. DEVELOPMENTAL Students will study the dynamics of family Note: Part-time students must complete systems. The stages of family development, or be enrolled in all SSWK courses prior DISABILITIES communication patterns, rule setting, disci- to taking the practicum. There must be a pline, and problem solving will be presented minimum of ten students registered for CERTIFICATE and discussed. The role of the child/youth care the practicum to be offered. worker in the provision of service to families Corequisite: SSWK 273 These courses are will be examined in detail. Skills in the facilita- 4 CR / (0,1.5) offered by tion of family functioning and development correspondence with will be emphasized. SSWK 298 telephone instructional Prerequisite: Successful completion of Teaching Assistant/Classroom Aide support first year Practicum 3 CR / (3,1.5) As a continuation of SSWK 297, students will DEVC 130 work five days per week for three weeks in a Physical Care classroom setting. A weekly one-hour session SSWK 273 Maintaining the physical health and safety of will be offered. Students will establish specific Classroom Assisting persons with a disability and the staff who learning objectives and, under the supervision Students will learn general educational princi- support them is the focus of this course. of a teacher and classroom aide, apply the ples and techniques for classroom assistance Emphasis is given to providing personal care skills and knowledge they have learned with exceptional children in primary, elemen- in the most dignified and least intrusive ways throughout the year. The practicum must be tary, and secondary school settings. Emphasis possible. Topics covered in the course include completed for the certificate. will be placed on resource development, the personal hygiene, nutrition, feeding, body development of language skills, co-operative Prerequisite: SSWK 297 mechanics, lifting and transferring, and med- learning, and ethical issues in classroom 4 CR / (0,3) ication safety. Procedures for responding to assistance. The principles of integration of medical emergencies, such as seizures, are exceptional children in the classroom will be SSWK 295 also discussed. presented and discussed. Practicum and Seminar 3 CR Note: This course will be offered if there SSWK 296 are a minimum of ten students regis- Practicum and Seminar DEVC 140 tered. SSWK 299 Communication Skills for Practicum and Seminar Corequisite: SSWK 297 Social Service Workers Students will work one day a week, starting 4.5 CR / (3,0) This course introduces and helps participants in September until the end of April, in an develop effective intrapersonal, interpersonal, Social Services Programmes / 103 group, and public communication skills appro- course, learners will evaluate personal and behaviour change. Successful students will priate for a variety of social service settings. professional values, adopt a relevant code of expand their knowledge of how to develop Themes include perception of self and others, professional ethics to guide conduct in the and implement procedures for behaviour verbal and nonverbal communication, manag- workplace, and develop a model for ethical change to enhance the quality of life of indi- ing conflict, communication (including written decision making. The course also reviews rele- viduals with developmental disabilities. communication) in work relationships, effec- vant law and liability issues for social service Prerequisite: DEVC 181 tive participation in work groups and teams, workers. 3 CR oral presentations, and the ethics of communi- Participation in one group teleconference cation. Consideration will also be given to the is required. DEVC 199 influence of disability, gender, and culture on 3 CR Practicum communication. Students complete a 16-week practicum. The Note: Students need access to video cam- DEVC 172 practicum is designed to help students apply era equipment to complete two assign- Human Diversity Across the Lifespan knowledge and skills learned in the prerequi- ments for this course. Human development takes many diverse site courses. Supervised placements are pro- Participation in one group teleconference paths. This course examines disability as one vided in a variety of social service agencies. is also required. expression of this richness. The common cate- Prerequisites: DEVC 130, 140, 150, 160, 3 CR gories of disability are surveyed and the 172, 181, and 186 impact each may have for people’s lives is DEVC 150 examined. Several influential theories of Life Planning and Support Systems human development are also critiqued from a In this course, life planning is presented as a disability perspective. UNIVERSITY process that values and empowers individu- 3 CR als. Several methods to assess needs, make TRANSFER GUIDE decisions, act, and evaluate are discussed. The DEVC 181 Students planning to transfer their credits to course also surveys a variety of government Positive Approaches to another institution should consult the British and other service systems available to support Teaching and Learning I Columbia Transfer Guide to verify transfer- individuals with disabilities in fulfilling their This course introduces the student to the ability of credits. life plans. principles and procedures of behaviour The British Columbia Transfer Guide is pub- Prerequisites: DEVC 181 and 186 change. The intent of this course is to provide lished by the British Columbia Council on 3 CR a thorough exposure to training principles and Admissions and Transfer and is available in procedures, while alerting the student to the the CNC Counselling Centre and Library. ethical concerns when using the training DEVC 160 CNC counsellors will assist students in select- techniques. Ethics and Law for Social Service ing transferable courses, however, the final Workers 3 CR responsibility for course selection rests with Social service practitioners must have a solid the student. grounding in ethics before they are competent DEVC 186 The British Columbia Council on Admissions to work with vulnerable people. This course Positive Approaches to and Transfer (BCCAT) website is located at: uses the BC Human Rights Code and relevant Teaching and Learning II www.bccat.bc.ca professional codes of ethics as the foundation A continuation of DEVC 181, this course for competence in social service work. In this builds on the foundation of introduction to 104 Technology PROGRAMMES
DIVISIONAL CONTACT nology programmes which have developed option) will be eligible to participate in two solid reputations, built on experience and paid work terms, one after completing the sec- Ben Malcolm success. ond semester of Common Core and a second Dean, Science and Technology Division work term following completion of the first Several programmes are accredited by the Telephone: (250) 561-5830 semester of the Technology programme. Those Applied Science Technologists and Technicians Fax: (250) 561-5866 choosing the Internship option will be avail- of British Columbia (ASTTBC); most enjoy able for one year (three consecutive work national recognition. One-year certificate: terms) in January after completing the • Drafting Technician Technology Bridge semester. An optional • Electronics Technician Common Core fourth work term May to August will be • Wood Processing Technician offered following the first semester of Two-year diploma: DIVISIONAL CONTACT Electronics Engineering Technology. The GIS • Electronics Engineering Technology Don Precosky programme has a single work term which fol- • Engineering Design Technology Dean, Arts and Social Services lows completion of the first semester. • Forest Resource Technology Telephone: (250) 561-5815 Students interested in this option must apply One-year diploma: Fax: (250) 561-5866 for admission to the Co-operative Education • Computer/Network Electronics Technician Writing and New Media Technologies programme. To qualify for work term place- • Wood Processing and Engineering ment, students must meet the eligibility Technology requirements for each programme and com- plete the required number of work terms to One year advanced diploma: graduate with a Co-op designation. MGT 154 • Geographic Information Systems TECHNOLOGY is a prerequisite for participation in Co-op. Technology PROGRAMMES Continuing education: • ABCPF pupil courses CO-OPERATIVE ENGINEERING • AutoCad EDUCATION • Electronics DESIGN • Forestry The Engineering Design • Geographic Information Systems Technology (EDT), Electronics Engineering TECHNOLOGY Technology Technology and Geographic Information Students may take a one-year Drafting • Custom and specialized courses upon Systems Technology (GIS) programmes offer Technician Certificate or a two-year Technology request students opportunities to gain practical experi- Diploma in Engineering Design. ence through the integration of work experi- The Science and Technology Division offers a ence with academic course work. The EDT DRAFTING TECHNICIAN variety of programmes which lead to reward- programme includes three paid work terms: ing careers as highly skilled technicians or two upon completion of the second semester The Technician Programme provides the stu- technologists in the industrial and business (term) and one upon completion of the third dent with a general education in drafting. The sectors. Technicians and technologists enjoy semester (term). The GIS programme has one student will be taught to read and draft draw- opportunities to assume high levels of respon- work term following the completion of the first ings by hand. An introduction to computer sibility and leadership, competitive remunera- semester. The Electronics Engineering assisted drafting with Computer Assisted tion, promotion, and professional and educa- Technology programme offers some flexible Design (CAD) drawing projects is provided. tional development throughout their working options for work terms. Students choosing the lives. The College of New Caledonia has tech- first option (which is the more typical Co-op Technology Programmes / 105
Drafting Technician Goals Applicants shall submit a résumé of their ENGINEERING DESIGN experience with their application in order to 1. Acquire expertise in the application of both TECHNOLOGIST have non-academic information considered. manual and computer assisted design and This two-year technology programme provides drafting. Grade point average based on the best three training in engineering design, with particular marks: emphasis on the design of buildings, includ- 2. Document solutions provided by others in ing ancillary internal and municipal services a format appropriate for construction contracts. English 12 (in all cases) Math 11 or 12 and machinery. 3. Develop the ability to communicate verbal- Physics 11 or 12 ly, graphically, and in writing. (or ABE equivalents) /4 Engineering Design Technology Goals Students who successfully complete the pro- Additional point for “C+” or better in gramme with a grade point average of at least Math, Physics, Chemistry, or Biology 1. Acquire expertise in the application of both 2.0, are eligible to receive a Drafting at the grade 12 level /1 manual and computer assisted design and Technician Certificate by applying to drafting. Admissions, Registration and Records. Current academic standing: Has the applicant just finished 2. Using a problem analysis approach, Career Opportunities grade 12 or a suitable upgrading address and resolve design issues. course in the last two years? /2 3. Document solutions in a format appropri- Graduates have access to many employment ate for construction contracts. opportunities in both industry and govern- Suitable work or experience in a related field: ment. Following initial entry level employment 4. Develop the ability to communicate verbal- Related fields would be work in an as junior draftspersons, graduates may ly, graphically, and in writing. progress to more senior positions such as engineering or architect’s office, trades, senior draftsperson, quantity estimators, and industrial work, etc. /1 Three co-operative work terms are optional for students who maintain a grade point average technical representatives for manufacturers Other diploma or training: of 2.67 or better. and suppliers of building materials. Successful completion of a diploma programme or the completion of first Students who successfully complete the pro- ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS year U.T. Science with a standing of gramme with a grade point average of 2.0 or “C+” or better, completion of the first better, are qualified to receive the Engineering 1. Successful completion of Grade 12 or ABE year of a two-year programme with a Design Technology Diploma by applying to Advanced Certificate or GED Certificate. “C+” or better or completion of the the Office of Admissions, Registration and 2. Math 11 or MATH 045 or Applications of ABE programme at the College with Records. Math 12 with a standing of “B” or better, or a “C+” or better /1 Math 12 or MATH 050 or MATH 100 with a Total available points /9 CO-OPERATIVE “C” grade or better and Physics 11 or PHYS EDUCATION 045 or Applications of Physics 12 with a “C” In the case of a tie score, applicants will be grade or better. Students with Math 12 ranked by the date of application. The Technology Diploma with a standing of “C+” or better, or programme offers students the option to inte- MATH 050 or MATH 100, with a stand- PROGRAMME OUTLINE: grate career-oriented work experience place- ments into their academic programme. ing of “B-” or better, will be exempt DRAFTING TECHNICIAN from taking ENDT 155 (Design Students will earn a salary during their work Technology Mathematics I). Term I (15 weeks) terms and gain valuable understanding and ENGL 158 Technical Communications for experience directly related to Engineering 3. Applicants must take the English and Engineering Design Design. TMGT 175 is a prerequisite for partic- Math Achievement Test administered by the Technology I ipation in Co-op. A GPA of 2.67 must be College prior to the first semester. Students ENDT 150 Technology Graphics maintained. below the minimum level are required to take ENDT 151 Introduction to Computers a developmental programme in either one or and CAD CAREER OPPORTUNITIES both subjects. ENDT 152 Materials and Applications ENDT 153 Surveying Employment opportunities are abundant and SELECTION CRITERIA ENDT 154 Design Technology Physics varied in both industry and government. Entry ENDT 155 Design Technology level positions typically involve working as The Engineering Design Programme has limit- Mathematics I draftspersons with professional engineers and ed spaces available for first year students. In architects. With additional work experience, case the programme is oversubscribed, the fol- Term II (19 weeks) graduates progress to various occupations lowing selection criteria will be used to deter- ENDT 170 Mechanical Technology such as senior draftspersons, job captains, mine which students will be allowed to enter ENDT 171 Computer Aided Drafting specification writers, estimators, contract as selected students, with the remainder of the ENDT 172 Building Technology I administrators, and technical representatives students being chosen according to College ENDT 173 Civil Technology I for manufacturers and suppliers of building policy for oversubscribed courses. ENDT 176 Electrical Technology materials. ENDT 190 Drafting Project 106 / Technology Programmes
APPLICATION PROCEDURE Term IV September to December (15 weeks) ELECTRONICS Application forms are available from ENGL 268 Technical Communications for TECHNICIAN Admissions, Registration and Records and EDT III may be submitted after September 15 for ENDT 291 Project Report II COMMON CORE entry in the following Fall. Acceptance to the ENDT 270 Plumbing Design Starting annually in September, this 34-week programme begins at the end of April. The ENDT 273 Civil Technology II programme comprises 65 modules arranged programme starts in September. ENDT 274 Reinforced Concrete Design into six courses, designed to meet the require- ENDT 278 Quantity Surveying ments of the IETAC Electronics Technician PROGRAMME OUTLINE: ENDT 279 Project Management Common Core. To help students succeed in TECHNOLOGIST TMTH 255 Statistics their studies there is a series of scheduled Term I September to December workshops in study skills based on the (15 weeks) College’s Student Success 800 course, and ENGL 158 Technical Communications for a series of workshops in team skills is Engineering Design ELECTRONICS presented. Technology I PROGRAMMES The Core starts in September and ends in ENDT 150 Technology Graphics May. While this is a full-time programme of There are four integrated programmes offered ENDT 151 Introduction to Computers 30 hours per week, the programme can be which can be taken in combination to lead to and CAD taken part-time over a longer period. One or a Computer/Network Electronics Technician ENDT 152 Materials and Applications more courses will be offered as a late after- Diploma or an Electronics Engineering ENDT 153 Surveying noon or evening section. Some prerequisites Technology Diploma. Both diplomas require ENDT 154 Design Technology Physics apply. Before attempting the programme on a the Electronics Technician Common Core ENDT 155 Design Technology part-time basis, please consult a faculty mem- Programme as a starting point and the Mathematics I ber or a counsellor. The Common Core Technology Diploma requires completion of Electronics is also available in a part-time, Term II January to May the Electronics Technology Bridge and the one- independent study format as ETCC 195; see (19 weeks) year Electronics Engineering Technology that course description for detail. ENDT 170 Mechanical Technology Programme. ENDT 171 Computer Aided Design and Challenge exams are available for all courses The Electronics Department believes in provid- Drafting in the Core. They consist of a comprehensive ing credit for previous education that is direct- ENDT 172 Building Technology I written examination and practical examina- ly related to any of the Electronics pro- ENDT 173 Civil Technology I tion. The challenge exam policy is described grammes. Students will have the opportunity ENDT 174 Structural Mechanics in the Prior Learning Assessment section of to demonstrate that they have previously ENDT 175 Design Technology the Calendar. Mathematics II obtained the competencies and met the goals ENDT 176 Electrical Technology of a particular course and will either be grant- Advanced standing in certain modules is avail- TJSS 160 Job Search Seminars (6 weeks ed advance standing or may be required to able for those who have documented electrical @ 2 hours per week) complete a challenge exam, if one is available. or electronics training. See “Advanced Standing” under the Admissions, Registration TMGT 175 Management for Technologies Challenge exams are provided periodically and Records section of this Calendar. To and are not available for all courses. Please CO-OP 150 June to August receive the Electronics Technician Common consult the department or the Counselling and Core Certificate from CNC, the student must CO-OP 250 September to December Advising Centre. The challenge exam policy is successfully complete, challenge, or receive described in the Prior Learning Assessment Term III January to May advanced standing for all of the courses in the section of the Calendar. (19 weeks) programme. A minimum of half of the elec- ENGL 258 Technical Communications for Co-operative Education is available in the tronics material must be completed at CNC. Engineering Design Technology programme, upon application to See the College’s Prior Learning Assessment Technology II the Co-operative Education Department. (PLA) Policy. ENDT 290 Project Report I ENDT 250 Heating, Ventilation, and CAREER OPPORTUNITIES Air Conditioning ENDT 252 Building Technology II The Core is not a job preparation programme; ENDT 254 Wood and Steel Design it is a standardized curriculum designed to ENDT 256 Process and Pipe Systems prepare the student for further studies in elec- ENDT 257 Building Regulations, tronics. Successful completion of the Core will Contracts, and Specifications allow the student access to the Computer/ Network Electronics Technician Programme, CO-OP 298 June to August the Technology Bridge, other institutes’ pro- grammes, and certain apprenticeship pro- grammes, and any other programme that requires the Core for entry. Technology Programmes / 107
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS ETCC 151 Leadership and Team Skills for CAREER OPPORTUNITIES Electronics 1. Successful completion of Grade 12 or ABE ETCC 153 Electronics II: Tools, Hardware, Upon successful completion of this pro- Advanced Certificate, or GED Certificate; Components, and Cables gramme, a graduate can assume an entry level position working as a computer hard- 2. Any one of the following with a “C+” or ETCC 156 Electronics III: Workplace Skills ware repair technician, network installation better grade: for Technicians ETCC 159 Core Electronics Mathematics technician, a company’s installation and main- Applications of Math 12 tenance technician, or network installer. There Term II January to May are also many opportunities in the contract Principles of Math 11 ETCC 170 Electronics IV: Solid State service sector, so it is anticipated that some of Advanced Applied Mathematics Devices the programme graduates can be self- ETCC 173 Electronics V: AC Circuits and employed. MATH 045; or equivalent I.C. Troubleshooting 3. Any one of the following: ETCC 176 Electronics VI: Digital and ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Microprocessor Electronics Any provincially mandated grade 11 1. Successful completion of the Electronics science or equivalent with a “C+” or better Electronics Technician Common Technician Common Core and ETCC 159 math grade Core: Part-Time Study (ETCC 195) or its equivalent completed at a recognized institution. Or competency in a trade This course consists of the content of ETCC 2. Successful completion of the Technician 150, 153, 156, 170, 173, and 176 arranged Or other significant work Common Core with a “C+” or better grade for sequential (rather than concurrent) study. scored on the CNC competency-based grading Or life experience The student works independently, without for- system. Students must submit appropriate documenta- mal lectures, with department instructors as a tion at the time of application. Also refer to support resource. The schedule is determined Note: It is recommended that students Admissions Requirements, Section 5, Special by the student. This course is suitable for going on to the CNET Technician Admissions in the Calendar for mature student strongly motivated students or tradespersons Programme or Technology Bridge get information. (particularly electricians) who wish to develop credit in CIS 175 or CSC 109. an understanding of basic electronics princi- 4. Those students wishing to enroll in the ples without full-time attendance at the SELECTION CRITERIA Electronics Engineering Technology option College. Seats in this course are limited to five must have Physics 11 or Applications of per semester. 1. CNC students by date of application. Physics 12 or Physics 045 for later admission 2. Students from other institutions by date of to Physics 105 in the Technology Bridge. Prospective applicants should first consult with Counselling and department faculty. original application. 5. Applicants must take the English and Math Achievement Test (EMAT) administered Prerequisite: Entry to the Common Core PROGRAMME OUTLINE: by the College prior to entering the first COMPUTER/NETWORK semester. Students below the minimum level ELECTRONICS TECHNICIAN are required to take a developmental pro- PROGRAMME gramme. COMPUTER/NETWORK Term I September to December ELECTRONICS SELECTION CRITERIA ELET 263 Data and Computer TECHNICIAN Communications Students will be accepted into the programme CNET 252 Operating Systems in order of date of original application. PROGRAMME CNET 253 Computer Hardware I CNET 255 Computer Video Circuits This programme prepares the student to go to APPLICATION PROCEDURE CNET 261 Computer Peripheral work in an entry level position as a Computer/ Technology Application forms are available from the Office Network Electronics Technician. The pro- of Admissions, Registration and Records and gramme is offered over a 34-week period Term II January to May may be submitted at any time. Acceptance into starting in September and concluding in May CNET 262 Professional Relations the programme begins at the end of April. The of the following year. To enter this pro- CNET 263 Computer Hardware II programme begins in September. gramme, successful completion of the Elec- CNET 265 Advanced Topics tronics Technician Common Core is required. CNET 267 Microsoft Network Software CNET 269 Novell Network Software PROGRAMME OUTLINE: The programme is oriented toward micro- ELECTRONICS TECHNICIAN computer and network hardware, both at the CORE component and the system level. Emphasis is Term I September to December on installation, configuration, maintenance, ETCC 150 Electronics I: Basic Electricity troubleshooting and repair, optimization, and and Circuits testing. 108 / Technology Programmes
ELECTRONICS PROGRAMME OUTLINE: gramme and several scholarships and ELECTRONICS TECHNOLOGY bursaries. TECHNOLOGY BRIDGE PROGRAMME CAREER OPPORTUNITIES BRIDGE PROGRAMME Semester I September to December MATH 101 Calculus I Electronics Technologists will find a very The Bridge provides the link between the PHYS 105 General Physics wide range of employment and occupational Electronics Technician Common Core and CSC 109 Computing Science I settings such as: Electronics Engineering Technology ENGL 103 Composition and Style Programme. The primary purpose is to study • radio/broadcasting with radio, television, ELET 151 Electric Circuits and Devices more advanced academic materials in applied and cable companies math and science, learn more advanced circuit For course descriptions of MATH 101, • heavy and light industry such as pulp and analysis methods, learn about the engineering PHYS 105, CSC 109, and ENGL 103, see paper and manufacturing operations design process, and to think and organize the University Credit Programmes according to engineering standards. section of this Calendar. • public and private sectors such as forestry, highways, natural gas utilities ADVANCED STANDING • communications such as two-way radio, Consistent with the Electronics Department phi- telephone, and alarms and security losophy of providing credit for previous educa- ELECTRONICS companies tion, students will have the opportunity to ENGINEERING • computers such as business and personal demonstrate that they have previously obtained systems and control systems the competencies and met the goals of a partic- TECHNOLOGY ular course and will be granted advanced • research, development, and standards such standing in the Electronics Technology Bridge PROGRAMME as product development and public safety Programme. Advanced standing for Mathe- Electronics Engineering Technology • security and police such as national and matics will be granted to students who have a Programme prepares graduates to design, provincial forces, security and intelligence “C” grade or better in MATH 101 and MATH construct, install, and maintain electronic 102 or their equivalents. Advanced credit for equipment over a wide range of employment Technologists are skilled and educated with a Physics will be granted to students who have a settings. The programme provides students combination of practical and design skills, “C” grade or better in PHYS 101 or PHYS 105 with a strong theoretical background and a allowing them to adapt and learn quickly. Able or their equivalents. Students who can provide high level of proficiency in shop and lab skills. to communicate with professional engineers, documentation of successful completion of a as well as the skilled trades, they function high level computer language suitable to the The programme is completed over two semes- over the complete spectrum of occupations in department may be granted advanced standing ters starting in January. This programme is an engineering/technical team. for CSC 110. Refer to “Advanced Standing” in designed to be completed following successful Technologists may choose from career paths the Admissions, Registration and Records sec- completion of the Electronics Technician Core such as becoming technical specialists, assum- tion of the Calendar. Curriculum and the Electronics Technology Bridge. An opportunity for on-the-job training ing supervisory and management roles, and through Co-operative Education is available at taking on project leadership responsibilities. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS the end of the first semester (of the Tech- Some technologists apply their background to 1. Successful completion of the Electronics nology Programme) to students who maintain an apprenticeship or to pursue further educa- Technician Common Core and ETCC 159 math a “B-” (2.67) or better grade point average. tion with a view to becoming a Professional or its equivalent completed at a recognized Engineer. The career is rewarding and chal- institution. Successful completion of the THE PROGRAMME lenging and provides many opportunities and Electronics Technician Common Core with a options. “C+” or better grade scored on the CNC compe- The Electronics Engineering Technology Pro- tency-based grading system or 70% or better. gramme is recognized by the Applied Science THE FACILITIES Technologists and Technicians (ASTTBC) at the 2. Successful completion of Physics 11 or technologist level, and application for accredi- The College maintains three experimental, Applications of Physics 12 or Physics 045. tation is pending. Full-time students are eligi- developmental, and computer networking lab- ble for student membership in ASTTBC. oratories, as well as assembly and fabrication Note: It is recommended that students facilities. Labs contain equipment such as: sig- going on to the CNET Technician Graduates may apply for registration as an nal generators, frequency counters, digital Programme or Technology Bridge get Applied Science Technologist after completing credit in CSC 109. a minimum of two years of relevant experi- storage oscilloscopes, 16 channel logic ana- ence and passing an ethics exam. The pro- lyzers, feedback control simulators, computers, gramme provides a general electronics educa- programmable logic controllers, and communi- SELECTION CRITERIA tion in covering most of the specialties. It is cation equipment. The student is trained in 1. CNC students by date of application. recommended that the student not work while facilities similar to those found in industry, enrolled in this programme, since the work- including exposure to state-of-the-art software 2. Students from other institutions by date of load is very heavy. Financial assistance is that includes spreadsheets, word processing, application. available through the Student Loan Pro- printed circuit board, AutoCAD, CircuitMaker, Technology Programmes / 109
TraxMaker, MicroSim Pspice CAD, and simula- Semester II September to December Career Opportunities tion and mathematical modelling. The Co-op ELET 261 Control Systems Option (industry experience) is incorporated ELET 262 Digital Signal Processing Graduates find jobs in harvesting, reforesta- into the academic and technical training pro- ELET 263 Data and Computer tion, engineering, protection, research and vided by the programme faculty. Co-op place- Communications management of forest resources. Graduates ments can be local, provincewide, and some- ELET 264 Technology English with high academic standing will receive times even nationwide. The Co-op option pro- ELET 266 Design Project II advanced standing at the University of British vides the student with paid work experience, Columbia, the University of Alberta, or the and opportunities to put theory into practice, University of Northern British Columbia sometimes leading to opportunities for full- should they choose to continue their study of time employment. FORESTRY forestry at a university.
CO-OPERATIVE PROGRAMMES Admission Requirements EDUCATION There may be three separate programmes In addition to the requirements outlined below, students must acquire and maintain a The Technology Diploma leading to qualifications in Forestry: the Forest valid Level 1 First Aid or equivalent (St. John programme offers students the option to inte- Resource Technology Diploma, the Natural Ambulance Emergency First Aid or SOFA) grate career-oriented work experience place- Resources Field Assistant Certificate, and the throughout the programme. It is recommended ments into their academic programme. Wildland Environmental Studies Certificate. that applicants obtain this certificate prior to Students will earn a salary during their work entrance to the programme. An opportunity to terms and gain valuable understanding and FOREST RESOURCE complete this will be provided during the fall experience directly related to Electronics TECHNOLOGY orientation week. Engineering Technology. Please see Co-op Work Term Schedules in this Calendar for Statement of Purpose 1. Successful completion of Grade 12 or ABE information on the various options available Advanced Certificate or GED Certificate; for work term periods in this programme. The intent of the College of New Caledonia Forest Resource Technology Programme is to 2. English 12 or English 045 or Technical develop and foster in the minds and charac- and Professional Communications 12 and ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS ters of students an appreciation for integrated Math 11 or MATH 045 or Applications of 1. Successful completion of all courses in the functions of the components of the forest envi- Math 12, and Biology 11 or Biology 045 or Electronics Technology Bridge Programme or ronment, its uses and values as determined Chemistry 11 or Chemistry 045, or Physics their equivalents. Applicants who have com- by the community, to instruct them in specific 11 or Physics 045 or Resource Sciences: pleted a similar bridging programme or simi- skills which can be applied to environmentally Forests 12. A “C” grade or better is required in lar courses at another institution shall be con- sound forestry practices, and to produce quali- all courses; sidered upon application to the College. fied employable graduates. 3. Applicants must take the English and 2. Successful completion of the Electronics This programme provides students with the Math Achievement Test (EMAT) administered Technician Common Core completed at a rec- skills and knowledge required for a technical by the College prior to the first semester. ognized institution. Successful completion of career in forestry. The curriculum combines Students below the minimum level will be the Electronics Technician Common Core with lectures, labs, and field work. The latter advised to take a developmental programme a “C+” or better grade scored on the CNC includes a nine-day forestry orientation in either one or both subjects. Because of the competency based grading system or 70% or course, two five-day field schools, and a maxi- very heavy workload in the programme, it is better. mum nine-day extended field trip. strongly recommended that applicants take the test and complete all upgrading before Students who successfully complete the pro- entering the programme; SELECTION CRITERIA gramme with a grade point average of at least 1. CNC students by date of application. 2.0, are qualified to receive the Forest Resource 4. Students must be prepared for and enjoy Technology Diploma by applying to Admis- strenuous physical activity in all types of ter- 2. Students from other institutions by date of sions, Registration and Records. Graduates rain and weather. application. planning to pursue a university level forestry programme should be aware that many cours- Co-operative PROGRAMME OUTLINE: es may be recognized for advanced credit. Education ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING This programme is accredited by the Applied TECHNOLOGY The Forest Resource Science Technologists & Technicians of BC as a Technology Programme offers students the Semester I January to April technologist programme. Significant credit can option to integrate career-oriented work expe- ELET 251 Technology Mathematics be applied towards meeting the requirements rience placements into their academic pro- ELET 252 Microcontroller Technology of a professional forester. gramme. Students will earn a salary during ELET 253 Power Systems and Electronics Students commence their orientation the Mon- their three work terms and gain valuable ELET 254 Electronic Communications day before the September long weekend and understanding and experience directly related ELET 255 Transducers and Interfacing complete it the Friday after the long weekend. to the forest sector. Students completing the ELET 256 Design Project I Co-op work terms and Academic Semester V 110 / Technology Programmes will graduate with a Diploma in Forest Application Procedure Semester IV January to April Resource Technology (Co-op). Please see FOR 252 Integrated Resource Application forms are available from Admis- Co-op Work Term Schedule in this Calendar. Management sions, Registration and Records and may be FOR 254 Silviculture II Only students with an overall grade point submitted after September 15 for entry in the FOR 256 Forest Pathology average of 3.0 (“B”) or better in Forest following Fall. Acceptance to the programme FOR 267 Supervisory Skills in Forestry Resource Technology courses after their first begins at the end of April. The programme FOR 268 Industrial Relations in Forestry year are eligible for admission to the Forest starts the last week in August. FOR 286 Road Engineering II Resource Technology programme Co-operative FOR 288 Logging II Education option. Continuation in the Co-op Programme Outline: FOR 289 Forest Finance and option requires the maintenance of a 3.0 (“B”) Forest Resource Technology Administration or better grade point average and successful FOR 299 Extended Forestry Field work experience. New! The Forest Resource Technology Programme is now offering a Co-operative Studies Selection Criteria Education option which students can select after successful completion of Semester I. Forest Resource Technology In the event that the Forest Resource Tech- Bridging to Further Forestry Semester I August to December nology programme is oversubscribed on the Studies review date, the following guidelines for the FOR 150 Forestry Orientation selection of students to fill half of the available FOR 155 Silvics and Dendrology Students who have completed a Diploma in seats will be used. FOR 157 Introduction to Forest Soils Forest Resource Technology may wish to and Hydrology continue their studies in University Transfer Math: FOR 161 Forest Measurements I courses at CNC before transferring to UNBC, • a “B” or higher in Math 11, MATH 045, FOR 167 Human Relations in Forestry University of Alberta, or UBC. You should con- Applications of Math 12 or equivalent FOR 171 Aerial Photography and tact a CNC counsellor as early as possible for contributes one point Mapping I assistance with course programming in order • a “B” or higher in Math 12, MATH 050, FOR 177 Introduction to Computers to receive priority in registration and optimal MATH 100 or equivalent contributes two MATH 151 Technical Mathematics transferability. points ENGL 153 Technical Communications for Forest Technology I Bridging to Further Studies Sciences Semester II January to April • a “B” or higher in Biology 11 or Biology Students who wish to continue their studies FOR 154 Forest Products 045 or Chemistry 11 or Chemistry 045 or in Forestry will be encouraged to spend a FORS 202 Forest Ecology Physics 11 or Physics 045 or Resource semester upgrading prerequisites for future FOR 162 Forest Measurements II Sciences: Forest 12 contributes one point entry into the Forest Resource Technology FOR 164 Fire Management per discipline to the selection process programme. During that semester they will be FOR 172 Aerial Photography and eligible for enrollment in some of the first-year English Mapping II Forest Technology courses (on an individual • a “B” or higher in English 12 or English FOR 176 Forest Cartography basis) and will be eligible for advanced stand- 045 or Technical and Professional FOR 178 Digital Mapping ing on acceptance to that programme. Communications 12 or equivalent con- ENGL 162 Technical Communications for tributes one point Forest Technology II NATURAL RESOURCES FIELD Post-Secondary Experience Note: Students with two failures in the ASSISTANT CERTIFICATE • applicants with relevant post-secondary same Forest Resource Technology course, This certificate programme is under develop- experience may receive up to two points or a total of three failures in the first year ment. It will be directed to high school gradu- of the Forest Resource Technology pro- Forestry Experience ates who are motivated to pursue a career in gramme, will not be considered for re- Forestry or wish to work in related outdoor • up to one year of forestry experience con- admission to the Forest Resource activities. The programme is intended for tributes one point Technology programme for one full aca- students with strong practical skills who seek • one or more years of forestry experience demic year. early entry into the employment market. The contributes two points Semester III September to December programme begins in September, extends over Persistence FOR 251 Forestry Policy and Practice 15 weeks and is focused on field and labora- • a qualified applicant who applies more FOR 253 Silviculture I tory skills. The subject matter is organized in a than once contributes one point FOR 255 Forest Entomology modular format so that individual units of FOR 263 Forest Measurements III activity or specific skills are developed and Geographic Location FOR 273 Habitat Management completed quickly. Students will participate in • residents of British Columbia or the Yukon FOR 285 Road Engineering I full-time activitivies for five hours per day, will be awarded one point FOR 287 Logging I 25 hours per week but may be expected to attend longer sessions where field trips or Maximum Points = 13 ENGL 252 Technical Communications for Forest Technology III other extended activities take place. Technology Programmes / 111
Admission Requirements WILDLAND AND RECREATION equipment for this programme through either purchase or rental. This includes outdoor In addition to the requirements outlined ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES CERTIFICATE PROGRAMME clothing, rain gear, backpack, sleeping bag, below, tudents must acquire and maintain a boots, etc. The College provides group equip- valid level 1 first aid or equivalent certificate ment. A required clothing and equipment list Statement of Purpose throughout the programme. will be mailed out upon request. 1. Successful completion of Grade 12 or ABE The purpose of the programme is to train indi- Advanced Certificate or GED Certificate or viduals for positions in natural resource opera- Additional Costs mature student status. tions which specialize in measuring and assessing key resource values associated with Certain elective courses may be subject to an 2. A letter of recommendation from a teacher, the forested landbase in northern British additional charge to cover special costs. A list instructor, or employer attesting to the suit- Columbia. Key resource values considered of these fees will be available upon request. ability of the candiate for forestry-related out- within this programme will include fisheries door work. and wildlife ecology and management, out- Admission Requirements door recreation/tourism, and overall wildland Students must be prepared for and enjoy 1. Minimum entry level is the successful resource management. The programme will be strenuous physical activity in all types of ter- completion of one of the following: rain and weather. run in Prince George at the main campus of the College of New Caledonia. a) A minimum one year training in a two- year technology or career diploma or uni- Selection Criteria The programme is designed for people with a versity science programme, or an associate background in such disciplines as wildlife, Students will be selected in accordance with degree or degree in an appropriate field geography, fisheries, outdoor recreation/ the College policy for oversubscribed courses. such as forestry, wildlife management, tourism, and forestry who wish to gain further fisheries management, outdoor recreation/ field skills and understanding of wildland tourism, biology, or geography. Students Application Procedure resource management in British Columbia. must have obtained an overall GPS of 2.0 This programme is under development. Please This programme will supplement the field spe- as evaluated by the appropriate College of contact the Office of Admissions, Registration cific skills of the students by introducing and New Caledonia representative. and Records or the Counselling and Advising practicing a variety of inventory and measure- b) the one-year Nothern Outdoor Centre for further information. ment protocols for a wide variety of resource Recreation and Ecotourism Certificate activities. Students graduating from this pro- Application forms are available from programme. Admissions, Registration, and Records and gramme will have the background to pursue may be submitted after January 1 for entry in certification in a variety of natural resource 2. For the purposes of selection if the pro- September. Acceptance to the programme inventory areas recognized by the Resource gramme is oversubscribed, applicants must begins at the end of April. Inventory Committee, British Columbia submit: Ministry of Environment. a) a résumé outlining experience Programme Content The programme consists of a core of courses especially as it relates to any of the vari- Field Orientation in aerial photographic interpretations, wild- ous wildlife, fisheries, forestry, outdoor Compass, Photos, and GPS land ecology, plant identification, geology/ recreation, or geography areas. soils, geographic information systems, and First Aid b) a letter outlining why the student wildland and recreation management. Elective Maps, Measurements, and Chaining wants to take this programme. ATV Safety field skills courses provide a variety of techni- Plants and Soils cal skills specific to employment as inventory 3. Applicants to the Wildland and Recreation Crew Organization and Field Exercise technicians by various government agencies, Environmental Studies Certificate programme Bear Awareness, Radio Skills, S100 non-government organizations (NGOs), indus- must be in good physical condition suitable to Survival Exercise trial firms, and consulting companies. participate in moderately vigorous outdoor activities. Students must submit: Transportation Endorsement This certificate programme is normally com- Forest Health Tour pleted in one year. Students may enroll part a) a doctor’s certificate of health. Medical Job Shadowing time, subject to seat availability. Students who form will be supplied by the College of Beetle Probing; Roads and Soils successfully complete the programme with a New Caledonia. Stream Classification grade point average of 2.0 or better are quali- Cruising fied to receive the Wildland and Recreation b) proof of medical coverage. Forest Industry Overview Environmental Studies Certificate by applying Applied Math and Field Exercises to the Office of Admissions, Registration and Selection Criteria Pesticide Application Records. In the event the Wildland and Recreation Chainsaw Safety; Brushing Environmental Studies Certificate programme Logging Layout Clothing and Equipment is oversubscribed on the review date, the fol- Winter Survival; Snowshoeing lowing guidelines for the selection of students Snowmobiles and Equipment Participants will be required to provide a will apply based on the following order. Employment Upgrading substantial amount of personal clothing and 112 / Technology Programmes
1. Applicants with a strong academic back- part of recognized training/certification Field Skills Electives ground in wildlife, fisheries, geography, out- programmes to receive consideration. ECOT 170 Avalanche Awareness I* door recreation/tourism, or forestry disciplines 2. Students who have successfully com- ECOT 172 Nordic Skiing II will be given first priority for selection. Overall pleted FORS 202 or FORS 210 or FOR WILD 168 ATV and Commercial grade point average as prescribed in the 157 or FOR 171 or GIS 250 will be given Snowmobile Operation* Admissions Requirements contributes its advanced credit for the following courses WILD 169 Visual Landscape Inventory** actual points, e.g., a GPA of 3.2 will contribute offered in this certificate programme. WILD 170 Recreation Resource Features 3.2 points to the selection process. and Recreation Opportunity FORS 202 credit for WILD 150 Spectrum** 2. Numbers of years of field experience FORS 210 credit for WILD 151 WILD 171 Archaeological Inventory and the relevancy and extent of the experience FOR 157 credit for WILD 151 Training for Crew Members** in wildlife, fisheries, geography, outdoor FOR 171 credit for WILD 152 recreation/tourism, or forestry areas. Up to GIS 250 credit for FOR 178 and WILD 172 Introduction to Wildlife Species one year relevant field experience contributes WILD 161 Inventory** one point; one or more years’ relevant field WILD 173 GPS–Data Processor/Project 3. Most courses will be offered in a experience contributes two points. Manager Training** block time format. WILD 174 Guide Outfitters II 3. Assessment regarding students’ statement Semester I September to December WILD 175 Safe Food Handling* on why they wish to take this programme: points awarded to a maximum of three points. Theory Courses *Includes or leads to industry certification. FOR 178 Digital Mapping Maximum points = 9.33 **Includes or leaders to Resource FOR 273 Habitat Management Inventory Committee certification. WILD 150 Wildland Ecology Assumption of Risk Release WILD 151 Physical Geography and Soils Due to the varying levels of risk associated WILD 152 Aerial Photography with outdoor field activities, participants will WILD 153 Outdoor Recreation/Tourism GEOGRAPHIC be required to sign an Assumption of Risk and Management Indemnifying Release form. In the case of par- Field Skills Electives INFORMATION ticipants under the age of 19 years, the form ECOT 155 Trip Planning and Emergency SYSTEMS must also be signed by a parent or legal Situation Management guardian. Participants may want to seek legal ECOT 171 Nordic Skiing I* TECHNOLOGY (GIS) advice regarding the signing of this form. ECOT 174 Freshwater Fishing I* ECOT 175 Rafting I* STATEMENT OF PURPOSE Application Procedure ECOT 184 Freshwater Fishing II* WILD 154 Wildlife Tree Identification The purpose of the Geographic Information Application forms are available from WILD 155 Reconnaissance Level Lake Systems Technology Programme is to provide Admissions, Registration and Records. Field Inventory** students with the educational foundation nec- Acceptance to the programme begins in WILD 156 Reconnaissance Level River essary to enter the workforce as GIS practi- May. The programme begins in September. Field Inventory** tioners with the skills to apply GIS in Students are encouraged to apply early. WILD 157 Introduction to 1:20,000 automating traditional mapping procedures Fish and Fish Habitat and to explore and utilize the analytical capa- Programme Outline: Reconnaissance Inventory** bilities of the technology in a variety of fields. Wildland and Recreation WILD 158 GPS Field Operator Training** This programme is designed for those with a Environmental Studies Certificate WILD 159 Fish Identification background in such disciplines as Forestry, Notes: WILD 160 Electrofishing Geography, municipal engineering and plan- WILD 161 Guide Outfitters I ning fields, or other related fields, who wish 1. To graduate, students must successful- WILD 162 Small Pleasure Craft Operation to gain the knowledge and skills required to ly complete all theory courses in the pro- and Aircraft Safety* develop and analyze computerized geo- gramme and four field skill electives. referenced data for application in their field (Depending on demand, all electives may Semester II January to April of interest. not be available. Advance credit for up to Theory Courses two field skill electives may be given.) WILD 163 GIS and Wildland Resource The programme will supplement the field spe- Upon approval from the College, Mapping cific skills of the students with introductory students may receive up to two credits WILD 164 Image Interpretation and programming skills, an understanding of data for participation in additional wildlife, Analysis structure and management issues, an under- fisheries, outdoor recreation/tourism, WILD 165 Park Management standing of resources and facilities information forestry, or geography survey/inventory WILD 166 Fish Ecology and Management issues, as well as project management skills courses not taught within the Wildland WILD 167 Wildlife Ecology and as they pertain to GIS. The initial dominant and Recreation Environmental Studies Management fields of interest are expected to be forestry, Certificate programme. Course must be municipal engineering, and urban planning. Technology Programmes / 113
Students who successfully complete the pro- Note: GIS 250 is recommended for those WOOD PROGRAMMES gramme with a grade point average of 2.0 or students who have no previous experi- better, are qualified to receive the Geographic ence with GIS. Information Systems Technology Advanced WOOD PROCESSING TECHNICIAN CERTIFICATE Diploma by applying to the Office of SELECTION CRITERIA Admissions, Registration and Records. The Wood Processing Technician Programme In the event that the Geographic Information is designed to serve those seeking careers in Systems Technology programme is over- CO-OPERATIVE primary, secondary, and tertiary wood pro- subscribed on the review date, the following cessing sectors. The graduate will be well- EDUCATION guidelines for the selection of students to fill positioned to develop advanced skills in This GIS Advanced Diploma half the available seats will be used: operating particular machines and processes Programme offers students the option to inte- 1. Applicants with a strong background in and to develop specialized expertise around grate a career-oriented work experience place- Computer Applications and Statistics or particular products and processes. ment into their academic programme. Students Mathematics will be given first priority for will earn a salary during their work term and selection. Career Opportunities gain valuable understanding and experience directly related to Geographic Information 2. Number of years of field experience relat- Graduates will be prepared to fill positions in Systems. ed to GIS as outlined in the résumé. production, machine and process operation, marketing and product service, and shop Students with a 3.0 GPA or better after mid- supervision. terms of the first semester and who attend the APPLICATION PROCEDURE 12-hour job search seminar are eligible to Application forms are available from Admis- Work Experience Requirement participate in Co-op. sions, Registration and Records. Acceptance to the programme begins October 1. The pro- Students are required to complete a minimum CAREER OPPORTUNITIES gramme begins in January. Students are of 100 hours of work experience in a value- encouraged to apply early. Applications will be added wood processing operation over the GIS has a myriad of potential applications. accepted beginning February 15 for the fol- course of the year and prior to being granted Current applications are heavily concentrated lowing intake. the certificate. The experience must be to the in the environmental, institutional, infrastruc- satisfaction of the department. tural, and socio-economic fields. Within Prince PROGRAMME OUTLINE: George and surrounding region, forestry con- Further Opportunities sulting companies, municipalities, government GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION ministries, and utility companies currently uti- SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY Students who successfully complete this one- year certificate can continue studying in the lize GIS technology and are expecting a num- Semester I January to April ber of increased employment opportunities Wood Processing and Engineering Technology GIS 303 Introduction to Spatial Data Programme. relevant to the field. Analysis and Presentation GIS 304 Database Management Admissions Requirements ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Systems 1. Successful completion of Grade 12, or ABE 1. Minimum entry level is the successful GIS 305 Introduction to Programming Advanced Certificate or GED Certificate with completion of: GIS 310 Data Acquisition and Remote Sensing Applications of Math 12 or Principles of Math a) A two-year technology or career diplo- GIS 311 Coordinate Geometry 11, or MATH 045 or equivalent with a “C+” ma in an appropriate field such as forestry, GIS 315 Application Tools I grade or better. wildlife management, municipal engineering/ and planning, mining, or as evaluated by the pro- CO-OP May to August (optional) gramme or a College counsellor Semester II September to December 2. Any one of the following: or GIS 302 Tool Analysis, Design, and Any provincially approved Grade 11 sci- Construction ence or equivalent with a “C+” grade or b) An Associate Degree or equivalent as GIS 321 Cartography better (or competency in a trade, or other evaluated by the programme GIS 325 Application Tools II significant work, or life experience as evalu- GIS 330 Image Processing and 2. Computer Science or Computer Information ated and determined by the programme). Analysis Systems course at the Grade 12 level or Students must submit supporting documen- GIS 340 GIS Seminar equivalent as evaluated by the programme tation at the time of application. GIS 345 Project Management and 3. Math 12, MATH 050 or equivalent as System Development 3. Applicants must write the English and evaluated by the programme GIS 350 GIS Project Math Achievement Test (EMAT) administered by the College prior to entering the pro- 4. Résumé outlining experience especially as gramme. Applicants will be advised if there it relates to GIS and computer skills are deficiencies that, if remedied, will improve chances of success. 114 / Technology Programmes
Selection Criteria Work Experience Requirement WRITING AND In those cases where the programme is Students are required to complete a minimum oversubscribed with applicants, the selection of 300 hours of work experience in a value- NEW MEDIA criteria will be: added wood processing operation prior to TECHNOLOGIES being granted the diploma. The experience 1. Qualified students will be accepted into must be to the satisfaction of the department. the programme in order of original date of ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS application. Further Opportunities 1. Admission requirements are the same as the College University Transfer Programme. PROGRAMME OUTLINE: Students who successfully complete this diplo- WOOD PROCESSING ma programme can apply to the University of 2. Applicants must submit a typed personal TECHNICIAN CERTIFICATE British Columbia’s Advanced Wood Processing statement (500–700 words) explaining their Degree Program at the third year. reasons for applying to the programme. In Semester I September to December cases where the programme is over- WTEC 100 Lumber and Sawmilling Admission Requirements subscribed, this statement will be evaluated WTEC 110 Wood Working Techniques I as stated in the Selection Criteria. WTEC 120 Applications of Mathematics 1. Successful completion of the College of for Wood Technology New Caledonia Wood Processing Technician 3. Applicants must attend a programme ori- WTEC 130 Introduction to Computers Programme. entation or undertake suitable prior consulta- WTEC 140 Wood Technology or tion with the programme. Mechanics 2. A Technician level wood processing pro- WTEC 170 Introduction to the Forest gramme completed at another institution as CO-OPERATIVE Sector evaluated and determined by the College of EDUCATION Semester II January to April New Caledonia Wood Processing Programme Students planning to enroll WTEC 150 Wood Working Techniques I on a case-by-case basis. in the Writing and New Media Technologies WTEC 160 Manufacturing and Quality Programme will have the opportunity to com- Control Selection Criteria plete up to three Co-op work terms while at WTEC 170 Introduction to the Forest In those cases where the programme is over- CNC. Students earn a salary during their work Sector subscribed with applicants, the selection terms and gain valuable understanding and APSC 120 Engineering Drawing criteria will be: experience directly related to their chosen WTEC 180 Wood Machining and Tooling field. MGT 154 is a prerequisite for participa- 1. Qualified CNC student by date of applica- Technology tion in Co-op. A GPA of 3.00 must be main- tion. WTEC 190 Wood Gluing and Finishing tained. Technology 2. Qualified students from other institutions by date of application. SELECTION CRITERIA WOOD PROCESSING AND ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY PROGRAMME OUTLINE: In those cases where the programme is over- subscribed, the typed personal statement will DIPLOMA WOOD PROCESSING AND be used for selection purposes as follows: The Wood Processing and Engineering ENGINEERING Technology Programme is designed to provide TECHNOLOGY DIPLOMA • interest expressed in writing and/or pub- lishing as a career (maximum of 4 points) those who have completed one year of value- Semester I September to December added wood studies with the engineering and WTEC 200 Woodworking Techniques II • congruence between career goals and pro- technical skills, business, management, and WTEC 210 Information Systems gramme objectives (maximum of 4 points) entrepreneurial skills, to assume advanced Technology • writing ability (maximum of 4 points) roles and responsibilities in the value-added WTEC 220 Computer Controlled industry. Wood Manufacturing • evidence of enthusiasm and positive atti- WTEC 230 Engineered and Composite tude (maximum of 4 points) Career Opportunities Wood Products Total: Maximum of 16 points For persons who have successfully completed WTEC 240 Management and the Wood Processing Technician Programme Supervisory Principles PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS or equivalent, this second year of study will WTEC 245 Communications Skills allow the graduate to assume career roles in Semester II January to April Year One engineering and design, management, WTEC 250 Industrial Design Semester 1 September to December advanced machines and processes, program- WTEC 260 Manufacturing Engineering WRIT 100 The Self-Employed Writer ming, regulatory management, computer WTEC 270 Product Development and WRIT 101 Creative Explorations applications, troubleshooting, sales and mar- Marketing WRIT 200 The Internet and the World keting, consulting, quality control, technical WTEC 280 Product and Production Costing Wide Web representation, and research support. WTEC 290 Alternative Wood Products ENGL 103 Composition and Style Technology Programmes / 115
MGT 154 Applied Human Relations COURSE hardware. Topics include microcomputer design, architecture of a typical microcomputer Semester 2 January to April system, memory and bus structures, interfac- WRIT 103 Copy Editing and Document DESCRIPTIONS ing hardware (loading and timing considera- Manuscript Conventions The number in parentheses at the end of the tions), I/O techniques, system interrupts, WRIT 104 Workplace Writing descriptions indicates the number of lecture memory systems and hardware, serial and WRIT 105 Desktop Publishing hours and lab or seminar hours per week. parallel ports, video control and monitors, disk UT English Thus (3,2) indicates 3 hours of lecture and 2 drive operations, installation and configuration UT Option hours of lab or seminar per week. of the BIOS, and operating systems. Year Two Courses in this section are typically offered Prerequisite: Common Core Certificate and ETCC 159 math or its equivalent Semester 1 September to December once per year in the semester or trimester as WRIT 201 Introduction to Multimedia indicated under the specific programme. 3 CR / (3,3) WRIT 202 Freelance Writing Students requiring further information are CNET 255 WRIT 206 Designing for Electronic advised to contact the Counselling and Computer Video Circuits Commerce Academic Advising Centre. An introduction to non-broadcast video English Option Students may register only in those courses systems in general and computer video in UT Option for which they have specific prerequisites. particular including operation, installation, Students with “D” grades must obtain instruc- Semester 2 January to April and troubleshooting. The course starts with tor and Dean written permission to WRIT 203 Information Technology the theory of operation of video monitors continue in sequential courses. WRIT 204 Integrated Multimedia Project I including sync circuits, high voltage circuits, (The Design Studio) timing circuits, etc. More topics include video WRIT 205 Integrated Multimedia TECHNOLOGY COURSES standards, interfacing standards, video cards, Project II (The Content Lab) (IN ALPHABETICAL ORDER) and software. The course concludes with a English Option study of current video cards and future UT Option APSC 120 developments. Engineering Drawing English option: Students will take one uni- Prerequisite: Common Core Certificate and This is an introductory mechanical drafting versity transfer English course per semester. ETCC 159 math or its equivalent and computer aided drafting course for those English 103 is a required course. In semester 3 CR / (3,3) students who are interested in a degree in two of first year, students may take any other Engineering. Topics covered are orthographic first-year University Transfer English course. In CNET 261 projection, technical sketching, engineering second year, students must take one second- Computer Peripheral Technology geometry, graphic solutions of space and vec- year University Transfer English course per A detailed course on the operation and repair tor problems, azimuth and bearing problems, semester. of computer peripherals. Emphasis will be on contour lines, cutting planes and develop- printers and printer technology but also University Transfer options: Students will ments, graphical integration and differentia- includes scanners, data loggers, and other choose one elective at the 100 level (or 200 tion, logarithmic graphs, and presentation of specialized devices. level, where appropriate) from each of the fol- engineering data on graphs. Prerequisite: Common Core Certificate and lowing categories: 3 CR / (2,3) ETCC 159 math or its equivalent 1. Natural Sciences: one of Chemistry, CNET 252 3 CR / (3,3) Physics, Biology, Geography, Geology, Applied Operating Systems Science CNET 262 The fundamentals of microcomputer operating Professional Relations 2. One course in Mathematics or Computer systems, BIOS, the relationship between soft- This course will further develop the non-sub- Science ware and hardware. Topics include function, ject specific skills that programme graduates installation, configuration, diagnostics, 3. Social Sciences: one of Sociology, need to be effective in the workplace. It will troubleshooting, optimization, and operation. Psychology, Criminology, Anthropology, include workshops on technical writing, cus- Emphasis is on computer workstation operat- Economics, Human Kinetics tomer relations, team skills, and small busi- ing systems. ness management. It will help graduates to 4. Arts and Humanities: One of History, Prerequisite: Common Core Certificate and work with people as teammates, employers, Philosophy, French, First Nations Studies, ETCC 159 math or its equivalent; completion employees, supervisors, and most important, Women’s Studies of CSC 109 or CIS 175 is strongly suggested as customers. Much of this course will be Note: WRIT 200 has transfer credit at 3 CR / (3,3) delivered as hands-on practicum, focusing on UNBC for ENGL 201 the development and enhancement of effective CNET 253 communication. A component of this course Computer Hardware I will introduce students to the skills required to A lecture/lab course that covers the detailed present themselves effectively to employers, operation of a microcomputer, its subcompo- customers, clients, and subordinates. Time nents, and the interaction of software and 116 / Technology Programmes permitting, students will secure their own ECOT 155 fishing, spin fishing, fish identification, guest work experience as part of this course. Trip Planning and Emergency management, and client safety. Prerequisite or Corequisite: CNET 263 Situation Management Prerequisite: ECOT 155 3 CR / (2,3) This course covers the fundamentals of trip 2 CR / (45 hours total) preparation and planning, hazard avoidance, CNET 263 and emergency situation management. It ECOT 175 Computer Hardware II includes: navigation, environmental concerns, Rafting I A continuation of Computer Hardware I, this route plans, trip planning, identifying and This course covers river rafting instruction in course continues through more advanced avoiding hazards, professional driving skills, preparation for the BC River Rafting Guide hardware and its theory and practice. survival skills, emergency situation manage- Examination. It includes navigation, rafting Prerequisites: CNET 253, ELET 263 ment, and developing response plans. equipment, maintenance, oar rafting skills, 3 CR / (3,3) 3 CR / (54 hours total) guest management, low-impact travel, and environmental ethics. CNET 265 ECOT 170 Prerequisite: ECOT 155 Avalanche Awareness I Advanced Topics 2 CR / (45 hours total) A series of topics on the latest developments This course provides an introduction to ava- relevant to the discipline. Includes advanced lanche safety and detailed weather, snowpack, ECOT 184 video systems such as flat screen technology, and avalanche observations. An emphasis will Freshwater Fishing II cell interfaces, Internet issues, instrumenta- be placed on recognizing avalanche terrain, This course provides an introduction to the tion, and control technology. It is intended that safe travel techniques, and self-rescue. This Casting Instructor Certification programme this course take students out of the lab and to course follows the guidelines of the Canadian offered by the Federation of Fly Fishers. It field installations and shops to interact with Avalanche Association and is a prerequisite to includes equipment selection, casting, and people in the industry. The list of topics will the CAA Level I course. fishing techniques. be reviewed annually by the Programme Prerequisite: ECOT 155 Prerequisite: ECOT 174 Committee and subject to change. 2 CR / (30 hours total) 2 CR / (45 hours total) Prerequisites: CNET 252, 253, 255 ECOT 171 3 CR / (3,3) ELET 151 Nordic Skiing I Electric Circuits and Devices CNET 267 This course covers classic and skating tech- This course is designed to introduce the stu- Microsoft Network Software nique and equipment. It covers navigation, dent to a broader and more general view of The course deals with the configuration, low-impact travel, route plans, group manage- circuits and devices and the design process. installation, and troubleshooting of wide area ment, client care, pacing, nature interpretation For example, more advanced circuit analysis and local area networks using a current ver- in a skiing situation, and environmental theorems such as Mesh current and Node sion of Microsoft’s Server operating system. ethics. It prepares students for the Canadian Voltage and the superposition theorem Advanced network concepts are targeted to Association of Nordic Ski Instructors Level I applied to sources of different frequencies will layout installation and troubleshooting. Topics Instructor course and examination. be included. As well, pulse and non-linear will include security, firewall, industrial net- Prerequisite: ECOT 155 circuit analysis will be taught. Labs and works, data highways, and site specific 2 CR / (45 hours total) assignments, with few exceptions, will be disaster recovery. characterized by statements such as “design Prerequisite: CNET 252 ECOT 172 a circuit that…” as opposed to “build the Nordic Skiing II 3 CR / (3,3) circuit, analyze and verify…”. The student will This course provides an introduction to the be formally introduced to the engineering CNET 269 Canadian Association of Nordic Ski Instructors design process and will become familiar with Novell Network Software Level I Telemark course. It includes nordic software design and prototyping tools The course deals with the configuration, downhill and basic, intermediate, and (Pspice), in addition to breadboarding and installation, and troubleshooting of wide area advanced telemark techniques. testing methods. and local area networks using a current ver- Prerequisite: ECOT 171 Prerequisite: Common Core Certificate and sion of Novell’s network operating system. 2 CR / (45 hours total) ETCC 159 math or its equivalent Advanced network concepts are targeted to 4 CR / (4,4) layout installation and troubleshooting. Topics ECOT 174 will include security, firewall, industrial net- Freshwater Fishing I ELET 251 works, data highways, and site specific This course prepares students for the British Technology Mathematics disaster recovery. Columbia Freshwater Fishing Guide An introduction to differential equations and Prerequisite: CNET 252 Examination. It includes BC freshwater fishing LaPlace Transforms with emphasis on electri- 3 CR / (3,3) regulations, boating safety, equipment, fly cal and mechanical systems. Includes simple first and second order differential equations, their transient and steady state solutions and methods for solving more complex differential Technology Programmes / 117 equations. Introduction to the LaPlace Trans- ELET 256 form and its applications in electrical and Design Project I mechanical systems. Includes several lab This is a preparatory course to the Design experiments associated with LaPlace Trans- Project II course. The student will originate a forms and computer methods and tools. project idea, define the problem to be solved, Prerequisite: Completion of Technology Bridge plan the research and the project manage- 3 CR / (5,0) ment, develop and investigate technical solu- tions, and anticipate potential problems. ELET 252 Topics for discussion periods include time Microcontroller Technology management, teamwork, documentation, A study of microcontrollers, their architecture, budgets, intellectual property, and project and instruction sets. Topics include architec- management. Departmental approval of the ing ISDN), RS-232 and other common serial ture, instruction sets, assembly language pro- project is required. This course receives only a interfaces, using commercial software with the gramming, software development tools, bus successful/unsuccessful grade and is required IBM serial port, media (e.g., fibre optics), concepts, memory devices, interrupts, and prior to attempting Design Project II in the modems (theory, operation, standards, instal- interfacing techniques. The course is based on next semester. lation, use, and troubleshooting), accessing the Motorola HC11 but other devices such as Prerequisite: Completion of Technology Bridge bulletin boards, and an introduction to fax the PIC may also be presented. Prerequisites or Corequisites: ELET 252, 253, concepts. The course then moves to network Prerequisite: Completion of Technology Bridge 254, 255 fundamentals including terminology, charac- 3 CR / (3,3) 0 CR / (2,0) teristics and advantages of networks, topolo- gies, access techniques, the ISO 7 layer ELET 253 ELET 261 model, IEEE 802 standards, Ethernet and Power Systems and Electronics Control Systems TokenRing networks, considerations for PC An introduction to higher voltage systems, This is an analysis and design course on clas- networks, wide area networking concepts, and polyphase systems, electric machinery, and sical and modern control system theory. The an introduction to the Internet. The course power related solid state devices. Includes course looks at the behaviour of electrical/ concludes with a case study Novell Netware common connection configurations of mechanical systems and prepares the student 3.12, providing the student with important polyphase circuits, transformers, rotating to understand their dynamics and design and exposure to a very popular client-server imple- machinery, industrial standards and specifica- implement compensation schemes. Classical mentation. Issues include hardware and soft- tions, SCRs and triacs, power FETs, and solid control topics include frequency domain repre- ware installation, cabling, network manage- state control schemes. sentation, frequency response methods, stabil- ment, troubleshooting, and performance Prerequisite: Completion of Technology Bridge ity, compensation, and implementation. evaluation. 3 CR / (4,3) Modern control topics include state space Prerequisite: Common Core Certificate and analysis and direct digital control. Although ETCC 159 math or its equivalent this is not a lab course, design assignments ELET 254 4 CR / (4,3) Electronic Communications will be given. An introductory course in electronic communi- Prerequisite: ELET 251 ELET 264 cations principles and practices. Topics include 2 CR / (3,2) Technology English specialized circuits such as oscillators, PLLs, This course provides the student with the filters, AM and FM theory, circuits, standards, ELET 262 knowledge and techniques in report writing propagation, transmission lines, antennas, Digital Signal Processing and oral presentations required to present and and broadcast standards. This is a course in advanced signal process- document the work in the Design Project II Prerequisite: Completion of Technology Bridge ing. Topics deal with digitizing analog signals course. 3 CR / (3,3) to extract information using discrete Fourier Prerequisite: ELET 256 and fast Fourier algorithms. Also covered is Corequisite: ELET 266 ELET 255 the design and realization of digital filters 3 CR / (1,2) Transducers and Interfacing using recursive and non-recursive techniques. A DSP will be chosen by the instructor for lab This course covers the electronic measurement ELET 266 experiments. of non-electrical quantities. Topics include Design Project II Prerequisite: ELET 252 transducers, signal conditioning, signal trans- This is a major design course based on a mission standards, interfacing, D/A and A/D, 3 CR / (3,3) design project determined and planned in data logging, and data processing. Lab work Design Project I. The student takes the design includes design and prototyping of complete ELET 263 from conception to completion to prototype Data and Computer Communications systems using the PC platform and micro- during this course and presents the completed controllers to acquire data and control An introductory lecture/lab course in data project through a series of oral and written non-electrical systems. communications. The course begins with a reports. The project will require sufficient chal- Prerequisite: Completion of Technology Bridge treatment of the fundamentals. This includes lenge as to needed research, design methods, 3 CR / (3,3) applications for data communications, includ- programming, hardware, and fabrication that ing discussion of analog/digital lines (includ- 118 / Technology Programmes have not previously been encountered in fluid mechanics, wave motion; thermal proper- Prerequisite: ENDT 150 course material. Students must work success- ties of materials and thermodynamics. The Prerequisite or Corequisite: ENDT 171 fully in a team environment and are responsi- emphasis in the course is on the application of 4 CR / (1,3) ble as part of a group for the success of the physics to problems in civil and mechanical project. design. ENDT 173 Prerequisite: ELET 256 3 CR / (3,3) Civil Technology I Corequisite: ELET 264 This course instructs the student in the design ENDT 155 5 CR / (7,0) of civil engineering works including: contour Design Technology Mathematics I mapping, NTS and BC systems of mapping; ENDT 150 The topics covered in this mathematics course highway curve design for simple, transitional, Technology Graphics are as follows: algebra, geometry, trigonome- and vertical curves; grading drawings; rural This course introduces the engineering design try, linear and quadratic systems, exponential and highway road layout; subdivision layout technology student to engineering graphics. and logarithmic functions. The emphasis in and earthwork calculations. The core of the course consists of the follow- the course is the application of the above Prerequisites: ENDT 150, 151, 153 ing topics: orthographic drawing, isometric, topics to structural and mechanical design. Prerequisite or Corequisite: ENDT 171 and axonometric projections; auxiliary views, The course is also intended to prepare the 4 CR / (3,3) plans, and sections; technical sketching, letter- student for the following mathematics course ing, and dimensioning; systems approaches in calculus. ENDT 174 to drafting; and simple mechanical drawing Prerequisite or Corequisite: MATH 155 Structural Mechanics compositions. 3 CR / (4,0) This course introduces the student to structural 3 CR / (1,3) mechanics. The topics covered in this course ENDT 170 are: vectors and force systems as required to ENDT 151 Mechanical Technology design structures, beams of two materials, Introduction to Computers and CAD This course introduces the student into stress distribution in beams, analysis of inde- This course introduces the student to comput- mechanical design and drafting. The topics terminate beams by area moment and ing with the Windows NT operating system. covered include descriptive geometry, gears moment distribution, Euler’s column formulas, The course also covers simple batch program- and cams, fasteners, welding specifications, tributary load calculations, and the elastic ming. The student is taught the use of the conveyor systems, belts and chains, couplings, design of simple beams. Quatro Pro spreadsheet programme, reducers and bearings. Prerequisites: ENDT 154, 155, MATH 155 MathCAD, and is introduced to Auto CAD Prerequisites: ENDT 150, 154, 155 4 CR / (4,0) as applied to engineering design. Prerequisite or Corequisite: ENDT 171 3 CR / (1,3) 4 CR / (2,3) ENDT 175 Design Technology Mathematics II ENDT 152 ENDT 171 This course introduces the student to single Materials and Applications I Computer Aided Design and Drafting variable calculus. The topics covered in the This course introduces the student to the prop- This course is a continuation of AutoCAD course are: analytic geometry, derivatives, erties of materials and to material standards. drafting methods introduced in ENDT 151. maxima and minima problems; motion and The course also covers the properties and con- The student is instructed in advanced comput- related rates; integrals, areas, volumes, cen- struction methods of soils and concrete. Basic er assisted drafting techniques including the troids, and moments of inertia. The emphasis soils testing procedures and concrete batching use of 3D simulation, customized menu and in the course is on the application of calculus and testing methods are also included. command creation as well as an introduction to problems in structural mechanics and civil 3 CR / (3,2) to programming using LISP. These techniques technology. will be applied to a more complex project in Prerequisite: ENDT 155, MATH 155 ENDT 153 the course. 4 CR / (3,0) Surveying Prerequisite: ENDT 151 This course introduces the student to the basic 4 CR / (1,3) ENDT 176 field survey methods of chaining, levelling, Electrical Technology and traversing, with emphasis on proper use ENDT 172 This course introduces the student to the of surveying equipment, accurate note-taking, Building Technology I application of electricity to buildings and and drafting of plans and profiles. The student This course introduces the student to architec- industrial processes. The topics in this course is also taught the methods used for calculat- tural design as it relates to wood framed resi- include power and lighting distribution sys- ing and closing level and transit surveys. dential construction. Students shall design a tems and components, including single and 3 CR / (2,3) residence and complete a set of working three phase systems, as well as the operation drawings for their design. The course also of electrical motors. Also covered in the course ENDT 154 covers the topics of residential construction are the concept of power factor and power Design Technology Physics standards, engineered building materials, and factor corrections. This course introduces the student to the fol- dimensional lumber selection and construction Prerequisites: ENDT 154, 155, MATH 155 lowing topics in physics: statics, kinematics, for low rise buildings. Basic concepts of the 3 CR / (2,1) dynamics; energy and power; angular motion; building envelope are also introduced. Technology Programmes / 119
ENDT 190 Building Code and Canadian Institute of Steel ENDT 273 Drafting Project Construction standards. Civil Technology II This course covers the drafting of a larger Prerequisite: ENDT 174 This course teaches the students the design mechanical or building project appropriate to a 4 CR / (3,3) of municipal subdivisions and associated s one-year technician skill level. The student will ervices. The topics taught in the course are: be provided with sketched details and will ENDT 256 basic urban planning principles, subdivision prepare working drawings to engineering Process Design and Pipe Systems bylaws; sizing and grading of water and office standards. This course teaches the student the fundamen- sewer services, storm and hydrological design Prerequisites: ENDT 150, 151 tals of industrial process design. The empha- considerations, storm runoff calculations. Prerequisites or Corequisites: ENDT 171, 172 sis in the course is on material handling. The Prerequisites: ENDT 154, 171, 173, 175 6 CR / (1,2) topics covered in the course are: transport of 3 CR / (3,3) liquids, gases, and bulk solids. The design ENDT 250 and selection of the following equipment is ENDT 274 Heating, Ventilation, and covered in the course: motors, fans, compres- Reinforced Concrete Design Air Conditioning sors, belt conveyors, and mechanical systems This course instructs the student in the analy- This course teaches the student the design that incorporate these components. The sec- sis and design of reinforced concrete including principles of heating, ventilation, and air con- ond half of the course covers pipe systems simple beams and slabs, continuous one-way ditioning in buildings. The topics covered in design; selection of valves, fittings, and hang- and two-way floor systems, columns, walls, this course are: heat loss and heat gain calcu- ers; design for pressure, temperature, wear, and foundations. Additionally, details for lations, heating and ventilation systems, air corrosion, and thermal expansion. concrete elements of the building studies in conditioning, related equipment, duct design Prerequisites: ENDT 170, 175 ENDT 252 will be prepared. and layout, and a major HVAC design on a 4 CR / (3,3) Prerequisite: ENDT 254 commercial building. Corequisite: TEGD 272 ENDT 257 Prerequisite: ENDT 170 3 CR / (3,3) 4 CR / (3,3) Building Regulations, Contracts, and Specifications ENDT 278 ENDT 252 This course instructs the student in federal, Quantity Surveying Building Technology II provincial, and municipal regulations govern- This course teaches the student the principles This course teaches the student the design of ing the design and construction of the built of quantity surveying as practiced in design building elements as they relate to commercial environment. Zoning regulations and the offices according to the Canadian Institute of structures using such materials as concrete, British Columbia Building Code will be stud- Quantity Surveyors standards. The topics cov- masonry, and steel. Given proposal drawings, ied. The student is instructed in the layout and ered in the course are: general principles of the student will prepare a set of working writing of construction specifications according mensuration, taking-off and extending quanti- drawings for a low rise commercial or indus- to Construction Specifications Canada guide- ties for material and labour; elemental analy- trial building. Based on given concept draw- lines using Canadian Construction Documents sis; unit price preparation for such materials ings for a simple building, the student will Committee and National Master Specification as reinforced concrete, paving, masonry, parti- design appropriate architectural and structural formats. Additional topics covered are: specifi- tions, insulation, and roofing; and introduction details. Special attention will be paid to the cation types, language CCDC 2 front end, to life-cycle costing. products, workmanship, office procedures, function and assembly of the building enve- Prerequisite: ENDT 252 lope including the movement of moisture and information storage and retrieval, and the bid- 3 CR / (3,2) heat as well as differential movement. ding process. The second half of the course covers building regulations based on the Prerequisite: ENDT 172 ENDT 279 National Building Code of Canada. 3 CR / (2,3) Project Management Prerequisites: ENGL 155, 158 This course instructs the student in project ENDT 254 4 CR / (2,1) planning, scheduling, and control as applied Wood and Steel Design to engineering projects. The topics covered in ENDT 270 This course teaches the student the analysis this course are: systems theory, organization Plumbing Design and design of timber structures including structures, staffing, management functions, beams, columns, and connections. Additional This course instructs the student in the design time management, conflicts, planning as per topics covered in the course are: the design of of water supply and drainage systems for CPM and PERT, as well as controlling. buildings. Additional topics covered in the shoring and concrete form work; the design of Prerequisites: ENGL 155, 158 steel structures including calculations and course are: the design of storm and sanitary 2 CR / (2,1) selection of beams, joists, decking, columns sewer systems as well as fire protection systems. The student will design pressure and and base plates, bracing, as well as the design ENDT 290 gravity systems based on standard calcula- of welded and bolted connections. The student Project Report I will detail and analyze shop drawings to BC tions and tables as well as the BC Plumbing Code. This course requires the student to complete a major project on a construction related topic Prerequisites: ENDT 154, 155, MATH 155 chosen by the student and approved by the 2 CR / (2,1) 120 / Technology Programmes
Engineering Design faculty advisor. The proj- ENGL 252 ETCC 151 ect must be a written report but may be based Technical Communications for Leadership and Team Skills on an individual or group prepared design. In Forestry Technology III for Electronics this, the first of two courses, the student will This course builds upon the skills introduced During this course students will participate in derive a thesis statement, create, outline, and in ENGL 153 and ENGL 162 and introduces class discussions and group activities to complete all material research required for the the student to writing tasks that are more improve their practical communication skills project. closely related to real world working situa- and foster effective working relationships. Prerequisite or Corequisite: ENGL 258 tions and controversies. Topics covered include An opportunity will be provided to practice 2 CR / (0,1) medium length reports, integration of research communication skills that will be useful in with personal experience, and persuasive the workplace and to examine the role of the ENDT 291 speaking and writing. individual within a work team—both as a Project Report II Prerequisites: ENGL 153 and 162 participant and as a leader. The student will complete the project com- 3 CR / (3,0) 0 CR / (0,2) menced in ENDT 290 and make a formal presentation to an audience to defend the ENGL 258 ETCC 153 report. Technical Communications for Electronics II: Tools, Hardware, Prerequisites: ENDT 290, ENGL 258 Engineering Design Technology II Components, and Cables Corequisite: ENGL 268 This course provides students with the skills This course will instruct the student on how to use chemicals and lubricants; select, use, 6 CR / (0,2) to plan and begin the written and oral presen- tations required to document and present the and maintain hand and power tools; select ENGL 153 work of ENDT 290. Topics covered will and use hardware; solder and desolder; Technical Communications for include written proposals, library skills, elec- assemble, test, and install cable; identify elec- Forestry Technology I tronic research tools, oral communication, pro- tronic components; use, test, and select batter- ies, resistive components, switches and relays, This course introduces the Forestry student duction and use of graphics with oral presen- transducers, inductors, transformers, and to basic technical communication skills. tations, progress reports, and principles of capacitors. Topics covered include writing skills, forms of organizing technical reports. technical writing, public speaking, and basic Prerequisites: ENGL 155, 158 Prerequisite: Entry to Common Core research and documentation. 2 CR / (0.5,0.5) 3 CR / (4,5) 3 CR / (3,0) ENGL 268 ETCC 156 ENGL 158 Technical Communications for Electronics III: Workplace Skills Technical Communications for EDT III For Technicians Engineering Design Technology I This course is aimed solely at students in EDT This course will describe the role of electronics This course introduces students to the princi- and is designed to teach them the skills need- technicians in industry. The material will also ples and practices of technical style and for- ed to complete and present the formal written instruct how to use, maintain, and produce mat, correspondence, process descriptions, and oral reports required as a part of their electronics documentation, connect and oper- technical instructions, mechanism descrip- systems project. Topics covered will include ate personal computers, use operating sys- tions, and electronic mail. the elements of a formal report, the production tems, use common application software pack- ages, and communicate effectively in oral and Prerequisite or Corequisite: ENGL 155 and use of graphics in written presentations, the principles of completion reports, and the written form. 3 CR / (1,2) principles of giving formal oral reports. Prerequisite: Entry to Common Core ENGL 162 Prerequisite: ENGL 258 3 CR / (4,5) Technical Communications for 2 CR / (1,1) Forestry Technology II ETCC 159 Core Electronics Mathematics This course builds upon the basic skills intro- ETCC 150 duced in ENGL 153 and introduces the stu- Electronics I: Basic Electricity An algebra course for those studying Core dent to a variety of specific written and oral and Circuits electronics, designed to prepare the student for tasks. Topics covered include short reports, This course introduces the student to electrical an applied calculus course. The course covers memo reports, résumés, meeting minutes, and shop safety, the fundamentals of electrici- number systems, solving equations and oral reports, use of visual aids, and electronics ty, electrical quantities and units, common inequalities, graphing and interpolation and research and communication tools. instruments and test equipment, basic direct extrapolation, introduction to functions, linear and quadratic equations, polynomial and Prerequisite: ENGL 153 current circuits, basic troubleshooting, magnet- ism, alternating current circuits and oscillo- rational functions, exponential and logarithmic 3 CR / (3,0) scopes. This course provides an introduction functions, trigonometry and trigonometric to the application of electrical theory to elec- identities, complex numbers and complex tronic devices and circuits. algebra. Prerequisite: Entry to Common Core Prerequisite: Entry to Common Core 3 CR / (4,5) 3 CR / (8,0) Technology Programmes / 121
ETCC 170 ETCC 195 Electronics IV: Solid State Devices Electronics Technician An introduction to solid state semiconductor Common Core: Part-Time Study devices, their application and selection. This course consists of the content of ETCC Starting with diodes, the theory of bipolar 150, 153, 156, 170, 173, and 176 arranged junctions is developed. The basic character- for sequential (rather than concurrent) study. istics of PNP and NPN transistors are The student works independently, without for- developed, with emphasis on recognition mal lectures, with department instructors as a of common operating characteristics and support resource. The schedule is determined troubleshooting. Common transistor biasing by the student. This course is suitable for and amplication configurations are studied. strongly motivated students or tradespersons Field effect transistors are studied in a similar (particularly electricians) who wish to develop manner. Basic Power Electronic components an understanding of basic electronics princi- are introduced, with emphasis on sample ples without full-time attendance at the applications and testing. The course ends with College. Seats in this course are limited to five a study of simple power supply configura- per semester. Prospective applicants should tions. first consult with Counselling and department Prerequisites: ETCC 150, 153 faculty. 3 CR / (4,5) Prerequisite: Entry to the Common Core ing from various forestry practices, with appli- ETCC 173 FOR 150 cations in silviculture, watershed manage- Electronics V: AC Circuits and Forestry Orientation ment, and engineering. Topics covered are I.C. Troubleshooting This two-week course is designed to introduce landforms and soil formation, physical and The first half of the course is a continuation of the students to the basic concepts of forest chemical properties of soils, description of pro- Electronics I, extending the analysis of AC cir- technology. Emphasis is placed on survival files, the Canadian system of soil classifica- cuits to series, parallel, and combination cir- first aid, safe working practices, and field trips tion, and basic principles of hydrology. Field cuits containing inductors, capacitors, and relevant to the programme. Field skills and exercises will emphasize sampling description transformers. The student learns how to quick- woods navigation are stressed during a four- and classification of soils. day field trip. ly diagnose and locate common circuit faults 4 CR / (3,2) and failure modes. In the second half of the 0 CR / (9 days) course, common module integrated circuits FOR 161 such as timers and oscillators are studied and FOR 154 Forest Measurements I applications examined. Students are taught Forest Products This field-oriented course introduces the how to use service manual diagnostic flow- This course introduces students to the struc- theory and practice of all aspects of forest charts, divide-by-half elimination, and other ture and properties of wood, and to the identi- measurements and surveying. Students will common troubleshooting strategies. fication of Canadian softwood and hardwood receive a thorough exposure to timber cruising Prerequisites: ETCC 150, 153 species. Students learn about the character- and basic surveying instruments. istics and properties of the primary and value- Prerequisite or Corequisite: ETCC 159 4 CR / (2,4) added wood products industries, with tours of 3 CR / (4,5) local mills and processing plants being an FOR 162 integral part of the course. ETCC 176 Forest Measurements II Electronics VI: Digital and 3 CR / (2,2) A continuation of Forest Measurements I Microprocessor Electronics (FOR 161), this course emphasizes statistics. FOR 155 This course continues the digital concepts The intent of the course is to provide the Silvics and Dendrology introduced in ETCC 156 introducing the basics student with sufficient knowledge and field of digital techniques and microprocessors, The purpose of this course is to learn to iden- training to be able to sample the forest next are flip-flops, counters and the design of tify all coniferous and broad-leaved trees resource to the standards established by the digital logic systems, followed by semiconduc- native to British Columbia, and their silvical, BC Forest Service. ecological, and physiological characteristics. It tor memory and addressing. These compo- It is strongly recommended that FOR 162 and also includes learning to identify and collect nents are integrated into a study of basic 8 176 be taken concurrently. and 16 bit programming and internal periph- plants used in determining the classification of forest sites. Prerequisites: FOR 161, MATH 151 erals follow. An introduction to PLCs is the 5 CR / (3,4) final topic. 3 CR / (2,2) Prerequisites: ETCC 150, 153 FOR 164 FOR 157 Corequisite: ETCC 170 Introduction to Forest Soils Fire Management 3 CR / (3,6) and Hydrology The emphasis in this course is on wildfire This course is basic to an understanding of control. Successful control of wildfire encom- forest productivity and the side effects result- passes four areas of action, including fire pre- vention, detection, presuppression, and sup- 122 / Technology Programmes pression activities. Prevention instruction will learn the elements of contour and planimetric concurrently. Students may encounter difficul- focus on hazard assessment following harvest- maps, plotting traverses, and methods used to ties in FORS 202 if they have no previous or ing or silviculture activities. Suppression update history maps. The course has two concurrent soils course, such as FORS 210. instruction will focus on initial attack, includ- major projects. The first project will teach stu- Prerequisites or Corequisites: FORS 111, 112 ing fire assessment, reporting, forecasting dents how to hand-draft a plan view of a pri- or FOR 155, 157 behaviour, determining tactics, and equipment mary logging road system, complete with log- 3 CR / (3,2) needs. Successful participants will know their ging and riparian boundaries and then how to responsibilities under the Forest Practices digitize the map and produce a finished prod- FOR 251 Code Act and related regulations. They will uct. Emphasis is placed on the engineering Forest Policy and Practice also meet basic certification standards for principles that are applied when designing This course covers the history and legal basis forestry workers. Fire safety will be stressed and drafting logging roads, landings, and for management of Crown forest land in throughout this course. boundary lines on various types of logging British Columbia. Major emphasis is placed on 3 CR / (2,2) terrain. The second project will teach students the Forest Act and Forest Practices Code how to construct and digitize a timber type of BC Act and associated regulations. FOR 167 map to Forest Service standards from field sur- Inventory, yield analysis, and AAC are also Human Relations in Forestry vey notes created in FOR 162’s surveying and introduced. timber cruising project. The purpose of this course is to develop per- Prerequisite: Completion of first-year sonal and interpersonal skills that will maxi- Prerequisite or Corequisite: FOR 162 programme mize students’ opportunities for success in 2 CR / (0,3) 3 CR / (2,2) both the College environment and employ- ment environments. The course will promote FOR 177 FOR 252 enhanced self-awareness, and improved com- Introduction to Computers Integrated Resource Management munication, personal management, and pre- This course provides an introduction to com- This is a sequential course to FOR 251 in employment skills. Topics of study will include puting, using Windows-based microcomputer which emphasis is placed on “Integrated study skills, human behaviour, communica- applications. Forest industry applications Resource Management.” Interaction of various tions, employment preparation, and personal using professional word processing, database resources and resource users are covered. and professional ethics. management, spreadsheet, and presentation Guidelines established by various Acts and 2 CR / (1,1) software will be the primary focus of this regulations, such as the Ministry of Forests course. Act, the Forest Act, and the Forest FOR 171 3 CR / (1,3) Practices Code of BC Act, are utilized in the Aerial Photography and Mapping I preparation of a Management Plan for a This is an introductory course in the use of FOR 178 selected sub-unit. The management plan is an aerial photographs and maps in forestry. It Digital Mapping integrated project of several second-year provides the student with a working knowl- This is an introductory course covering basic forestry courses. edge of map and air photo indexing and refer- concepts and applications of digital mapping Prerequisites: FOR 251, 273 encing systems, and a practical background in in forestry using Microstation software. The Prerequisites or Corequisites: FOR 254, 286, photo orienteering and photogrammetric course will include project planning, element 288 measurements. Topics include calculation of creation and manipulation, text and symbol map and photo scales, use of contour maps, generation, system input/output, and GPS 4 CR / (2,3) photo geometry, and parallax measurement. mapping. Working problems and mapping FOR 253 3 CR / (1,3) projects will be drawn from forest resource Silviculture I management. Silviculture is the application of basic tree biol- FOR 172 Prerequisites: FOR 177, MATH 151 Aerial Photography and Mapping II ogy and forest ecology to the growing, har- 2 CR / (0,3) This course provides the student with an vesting, and regeneration of trees. The partici- understanding of photogrammetric practice in pants in this course will apply their knowl- FORS 202 edge of forest soils, forest ecology, photo inter- the area of landform recognition and interpre- Forest Ecology pretation, silvics, and forest measurements tation, planimetric map construction from This course will provide an introduction to the aerial photographs, forest cover typing, and with an aim to developing strategies for forest ecosystem concept, energy biomass and nutri- regeneration success. Studies focus on the special applications in the fields of forest pro- ent cycling, the physical environment, popula- tection, roads, reforestation, and soils. application of ecological classification, silvi- tion and community ecology, and ecological culture systems selection, site preparation, Prerequisites: FOR 157, 171, 177 succession. It will also introduce the biogeo- soil conservation, and overall monitoring 3 CR / (1,3) climatic classification of BC and examples of procedures. Central Interior ecosystems. A plant herbarium Prerequisite: Completion of first-year FOR 176 of 50 vascular plants and mosses is required. Forest Cartography programme Due to the integrated nature of course materi- 4 CR / (3,3) This course is designed to teach basic hand als in FORS 202 and FORS 210, students are and computer drafting skills and techniques strongly advised to take these courses required in forest cartography. Students will Technology Programmes / 123
FOR 254 understanding of the compilation procedure, FOR 285 Silviculture II and also by using computer software. This Road Engineering I Continuing with the aim to develop strategies course also introduces students to the BC The intent of this course is to provide the stu- for forest regeneration success established in Metric Log Scaling and Grading System, dent with a basic knowledge of forest engi- Silviculture I, this course starts with studies on weight scale sampling, the Ministry of Forests neering practice in the fields of forest road methods of establishment, seed collection, tree cyclic billing practices, and residue and waste design, field location and surveying of forest improvement practices, nursery practices, and assessment. roads, soil classification and identification, and seedling quality assessment. Studies move on Prerequisite: Completion of first-year earthwork calculations. Emphasis is placed on to vegetation management and stand tending programme field procedures and microcomputer design to ensure successful establishment. If time 3 CR / (1,3) applications. allows, techniques used to improve timber Prerequisite: Completion of first-year yield and value will be studied, including FOR 267 programme pruning, precommercial and commercial thin- Supervisory Skills in Forestry 4 CR / (2,3) ning. Participants are expected to synthesize Building on the individual awareness and course material at the stand level with the skills developed in FOR 167, students in this FOR 286 preparation of a silviculture prescription and at course will develop group management skills Road Engineering II the landscape level with the preparation of a for successful workplace relationships with This course provides the student with an Management Plan. Participants are expected superiors, peers, and subordinates. The course understanding of forest engineering practice in to apply silviculture operations within the con- will promote communication, teamwork, and the areas of soil mechanics and compaction; text of public, environmental, and economic leadership skills for application in group and stream flow and culvert design; construction concerns. supervisory situations. Topics will include equipment productivity; road construction, Prerequisite: FOR 253 group communication and dynamics, leader- maintenance, and deactivation. Other topics Prerequisites or Corequisites: FOR 252, 286, ship styles, motivation, conflict management, covered include: control of sediment, Forest 288 problem solving, performance appraisals, and Practices Code, grade staking. 5 CR / (4,2) work ethics. Prerequisite: FOR 285 Prerequisite: FOR 167 Prerequisites or Corequisites: FOR 252, 254, FOR 255 2 CR / (0,2) 288 Forest Entomology 4 CR / (2,3) This course will introduce the characteristics, FOR 268 behaviour, and economic significance of major Industrial Relations in Forestry FOR 287 insects and related organisms affecting forests This course will provide a broad perspective Logging I and wood products in British Columbia. The on the political and regulatory systems within Logging I provides the student with an intro- emphasis will be on detection, evaluation of which the forest industry, the government, and duction to the more common logging systems damage, and management practices. forestry-related organizations operate. Topics used in BC. The course will deal with logging Prerequisite: FOR 202 include industrial relations history, unions, col- planning, logging phases with emphasis on 3 CR / (2,2) lective agreements, industry groups, regulato- steep slope logging, log transportation, and ry agencies, and the interrelationships among safety management. these. It also promotes awareness of the tech- FOR 256 Prerequisite: Completion of first-year nical and ethical standards of associations Forest Pathology programme such as the ABCPF and ASTTBC. The student will obtain a practical working 4 CR / (2,3) knowledge of forest disease organisms and Prerequisite: FOR 167 their effect upon forest management. The 2 CR / (2,0) FOR 288 course will emphasize the recognition of the Logging II FOR 273 damage caused by the most important dis- Logging II is a continuing of the Logging I Habitat Management eases in BC. In addition to fungi, biotic and course with emphasis on interior British abiotic damaging agents will be studied. This course is designed to give Forest Columbia logging systems and methods. Damage appraisal techniques and control will Technology students an understanding of the A review of logging layout and logging guide- be covered where applicable. diversity of native fish and wildlife in North lines will be covered, as well as principles Prerequisite: FOR 202 Central BC and the range of habitats used. The of logging systems, log transportation, and 3 CR / (2,2) course will focus on forest biodiversity, with safety management. A management plan emphasis on the role of fish and wildlife in a will be completed in conjunction with other FOR 263 healthy forest. Students will also study forest forestry courses. practices and management techniques that Forest Measurements III Prerequisite: FOR 287 The course covers the practical application of seek to harmonize biodiversity objectives with forest activities. Prerequisites or Corequisites: FOR 252, 254, timber cruising in compliance with the BC 286 Forest Service Cruising Manual. Students use Prerequisite: Completion of first-year 4 CR / (2,3) field data taken from FOR 162 and compile programme the data into a comprehensive cruise report by 3 CR / (2,2) using the manual method to provide an 124 / Technology Programmes
geography, and computing. It is also highly GIS 305 recommended for those who wish to enroll in Introduction to Programming the GIS Advanced Diploma Programme. The main focus of this course is to introduce 3 CR / (3,3) the student to problem solving with emphasis on algorithm development and structured GIS 302 programming using a current programming Tool Analysis, Design, language. and Construction 3 CR / (3,3) The aim of the course is for students to gain proficiency in programming a selection of GIS 306 common GIS data processing tasks to better Spatial Statistics understand the inner workings of GIS tools. This course provides a link between GIS and Students will learn to describe, evaluate, and statistical/spatial statistical methods. The pri- implement solutions to a variety of software mary focus of the course will be the considera- problems via the analysis, design, and imple- tion of univariate and spatial inferential statis- mentation of vector and raster data structures tical techniques. Topics covered in the course and algorithms for representing and process- will include some of the following: point pat- ing various geographic features. tern analysis, quadrat analysis, nearest neigh- FOR 289 Prerequisites: GIS 305, 304, 315, 303, and bour analysis, spatial autocorrelation, network Forest Finance and Administration 311 analysis, cluster analysis, error analysis, and This course introduces the student to the 3 CR / (3,2) spatial analysis in regression models. fundamentals of business and finance. Topics Laboratory exercises will complement the include business ownership, methods of GIS 303 theory presented in lectures. financing businesses, financial statements and Introduction to Spatial Data Analysis Prerequisite: GIS 303 analysis, loans and interest calculations, and Presentation 3 CR / (2,2) break-even analysis, stumpage appraisal, and This course is designed to introduce the stu- contract administration. dent to the fundamentals of spatial data GIS 310 Prerequisites: FOR 177, MATH 151 analysis and presentation particularly as they Data Acquisition and Remote Sensing 3 CR / (2,2) relate to the GIS environment. The fundamen- This course concerns the principles and proce- tals of the theory of statistics will be reviewed dures of gathering and transforming georefer- FOR 299 so that they may be applied to various spatial enced data for use within GIS. Topics include Extended Forestry Field Studies techniques covered in the course. In addition, data collection, data conversion, GPS survey- This course is an intensive one-week (includ- the course will cover the basic concepts rele- ing, photo interpretation and remote sensing. ing weekends) field exercise in which students vant to spatial data and the fundamentals of Emphasis is placed on remote sensing as a are exposed to a range of forestry practices spatial data presentation as they relate to map means of data acquisition for application in and activities in different parts of BC. Field design. Laboratory exercises will complement natural resources management. activities will involve exercises, observation, the theory presented in lectures. 3 CR / (2,3) and analysis of research facilities, forestry 3 CR / (3,3) operations, and manufacturing facilities. There GIS 311 is an additional fee for this course. See Fee GIS 304 Coordinate Geometry Information section in the Calendar. Database Management Systems This course concerns the principles and proce- Prerequisites: Completion of all courses from This course is designed to introduce the stu- dures of computing and recording the geome- Semesters I–III dent to databases and file systems. File organ- try of geographic phenomena within a GIS. 2 CR / (9 days maximum) izations and access methods will be dis- Students will be able to describe the various cussed. Different data models (i.e., Relational, types of coordinate systems (such as geo- GIS 250 Hierarchical, and Network) will be examined graphic and cartesian), to perform planar and Introduction to and some data manipulation languages will spherical geometric computations, to explain Geographic Information Systems be explored. Document storage and retrieval the methods of projection between reference This course will enable students to define the systems as well as database integrity and surfaces and transformation of co-ordinate basic concepts and types of GIS, describe the security issues will also be discussed. An systems. nature of geo-referenced data, differentiate operational database management system will 3 CR / (2,2) between vector and raster methods, describe be used in the laboratory component of this various applications of the technology, course and programming assignments may GIS 315 describe the four main technical components also be given. Application Tools I of a GIS (input, storage, processing and out- 3 CR / (2,2) The course is designed to introduce the stu- put), operate a simple GIS software package dent to the use of raster-based and vector- and identify GIS project management tasks. It based GIS software in problem solving. The is intended for students of forestry, agriculture, course will provide the student with hands-on engineering, land use planning, marketing, experience by replicating and/or amending Technology Programmes / 125 approaches outlined in Case Studies. The com- cern to GIS practitioners. The students will use development skills. Classroom participation plexity of the problems will vary, but most of this opportunity to undertake in-depth and discussion are a necessary part of this the exercises will require the application of the research on one topic and participate in con- course. Students who plan to participate more rudimentary processes in geographic structive discussions on several others. The in Co-op must complete MGT 154 prior analysis. The nature of the applications and topics to be examined will be drawn from to their first scheduled work term. the technology used will vary in different offer- areas which relate to the social, economic, 3 CR / (2,2) ings of the course. environmental, and technological issues which 3 CR / (2,3) surround the development of GIS in a wide TJSS 160 range of implementation contexts. Students Job Search Seminars GIS 321 will also benefit from the experience/advice of This course consists of a series of seminars Cartography practitioners through guest lectures. offering students up-to-date information on This course concerns the principles and proce- 1 CR / (2,0) résumés and cover letters. Students will also dures of designing and producing maps or learn what employers look for in an interview other products from a GIS. Students will be GIS 345 and how to build a network of employers. able to describe the principles of map design Project Management and and graphic variables; describe and apply var- System Development TMGT 175 ious point, line, and region symbolization The course concerns the principles and proce- Management for Technologies techniques; evaluate and operate different car- dures of planning, implementing, and operat- This course focuses on the personal manage- tographic software and output devices; and ing a GIS from a managerial or organizational ment and interpersonal communication skills critique any kind of map. perspective. Students will be able to: describe that contribute to success in the business Prerequisites: GIS 315, 303, 311 the various types of GIS projects and person- world. Areas covered include: personal man- Corequisite: GIS 325 nel, describe the project lifecycle (discovery, agement, interpersonal communication, and design, development, and deployment), identi- career development skills. Classroom partici- 2 CR / (1,4) fy different system architecture options, apply pation and discussion are a necessary part of this course. GIS 325 techniques for describing and evaluating sys- Application Tools II tems, describe approaches to project financing 2 CR / (1,1) and staffing, and identify contemporary socio- This course is designed to build on the knowl- economic issues of GIS. TMTH 255 edge acquired in GIS 315 and to provide the Statistics student with hands-on experience in working Prerequisites: GIS 304, 305 through all stages of problem solving in a GIS 2 CR / (2,0) This course is designed to instruct the student environment. The complexity of the exercises in the basic knowledge of statistical methods. provided in this course will be noticeably GIS 350 Topics included in the course are: probability greater than that of the exercises of the prereq- GIS Project theory, probability distribution, sampling, and uisite course and the students will also be A project course in which a real-world prob- linear regression. Industrial applications are required to prepare most, if not all, of the nec- lem is investigated by one or more class emphasized in the course. essary digital data. The emphasis will be groups working as a team of consultants. All Prerequisites: ENDT 175 placed on the quality of the input data gener- phases of the project including problem defini- 3 CR / (3,0) ated and the validity of the methods used in tion, proposal preparation, and client presen- the analysis. The nature of the applications tations of interim and final reports are com- WILD 150 and the technology used will vary in different pleted within the term. The final report must Wildland Ecology offerings of the course. include project standards, recommendations, This course will provide an introduction to Prerequisites: GIS 315, 310, 303 and data management guidelines. ecosystem concept, energy, biomass and nutri- ent cycling, the physical environment, popula- 3 CR / (0,6) 4 CR / (0,2) tion and community ecology, and ecological GIS 330 MATH 151 succession. It will also introduce the Biogeo- Image Processing and Analysis Technical Mathematics climatic classification system and examples of Central Interior ecosystems. This course explores techniques to analyze A review and expansion of Math 12. Topics remotely sensed data using a variety of image include plane geometry, trigonometry, inter- 3 CR / (2,2) analysis methods. The topics include image mediate algebra, and practical applications in rectification and restoration, image enhance- forest resource technology related areas. WILD 151 Physical Geography and Soils ment, image operation, image classification, 3 CR / (3,0) and integration of remote sensing and GIS. This course will provide an introduction to MGT 154 landforms, geomorphology of the Central Prerequisites: GIS 310, 305 Applied Human Relations Interior of BC and the physical, chemical, and 3 CR / (2,3) This course focuses on the personal manage- biological properties of soils; soil formation, ment and interpersonal communication skills classification, use; and conservation of soils. GIS 340 GIS Seminar that contribute to success in the business 3 CR / (2,2) world. Areas covered include personal man- The course is designed to have the students agement and interpersonal communication consider the wider issues which are of con- 126 / Technology Programmes
WILD 152 inventories according to the Resource WILD 161 Aerial Photography Inventory Committee standards. Students Guide Outfitters I This course will introduce students to the successfully completing this course may be This two-week (ten-day) classroom and field principle of aerial photography. Topics include eligible to challenge the Resource Inventory course introduces students to basic guide out- maps and map reading, geometry of aerial Committee course for certification. fitting skills. Topics covered include the photographs, photogrammetric measurement 1 CR / (12 hours) demonstration of safe procedures associated of scale, displacement and parallax with aerial with contact with dangerous wildlife, develop- photographs, and practical uses and applica- WILD 157 ing competence in field dressing of fish, birds, tions of aerial photographs. Introduction to 1:20,000 Fish and Fish and big game animals, development of 3 CR / (1,3) Habitat Reconnaissance Inventory physical and mental stamina associated with This three-day classroom course covers what long-term outdoor activities, imparting WILD 153 the reconnaissance level inventory process wilderness survival skills, and developing Outdoor Recreation/ and requirements are with emphasis on what skills in the proper protocol and legal proce- Tourism Management contents are needed for the pre- and post-field dures involving emergency radio protocol and This course covers the principles of outdoor phases of the inventory. Students successfully legal procedures involving emergency radio recreation management and administration. completing this course may be eligible to chal- communications. Topics include characteristics of wildland lenge the Resource Inventory Committee 3 CR / (80 hours) recreation use and users, ethics and laws, course for certification. fundamentals of managing tourism, philoso- 2 CR / (24 hours) WILD 162 phy applied in providing quality outdoor Small Pleasure Craft Operation recreational experience to visitors, and plan- WILD 158 and Aircraft Safety ning and managing interpretive programmes GPS Field Operator Training This four-day classroom and field course intro- for outdoor recreational areas and visitors’ This two-day office and field course covers duces students to the Canadian Coast Guard centres. Opportunity to obtain a survival first basic GPS concepts and methods relevant to basic pleasure craft operators’ course for aid certificate will be included. resource inventory surveys and teaches stu- operation of small watercraft in Canada. This 3 CR / (2,2) dents how to collect accurate field data in a course will cover safe work practices to adopt reliable and consistent manner. Students when in the vicinity of fixed and rotary wing WILD 154 successfully completing this course may be aircraft. Wildlife Tree Identification eligible to challenge the Resource Inventory 3 CR / (1,3) This two-day classroom and field course Committee course for certification. includes the identification of wildlife trees 1 CR / (12 hours) WILD 163 and assessment of steps necessary to ensure GIS and Wildland Resource Mapping safety and habitat protection when operating WILD 159 This course introduces students to the basic around wildlife/dangerous trees. This course Fish Identification concepts and principles of Geographic Infor- follows the guidelines of the Resource This two-day laboratory course will teach mation Systems (GIS). Topics include geo- Inventory Committee Wildlife/Danger Tree students how to identify fish species and graphic data structure, components of GIS, Assessor course. Students successfully com- ensure students will be able to identify the project management, and applications of GIS pleting this course may be eligible to chal- major freshwater fish species of BC and in wildland and resource mapping and lenge the Resource Inventory Committee understand the life history, habitat require- analysis. course for certification. ments, and regional distribution for these 3 CR / (2,3) 1 CR / (16 hours) species. Students successfully completing this course may be eligible to challenge the WILD 164 WILD 155 Resource Inventory Committee course for Image Interpretation and Analysis Reconnaissance Level Lake Field certification. This courses teach the interpretation and map- Inventory 1 CR / (12 hours) ping of aerial photographs and other remotely This three-day classroom and field course sensed data. Emphasis will be placed on covers the requirements for conducting lake WILD 160 recognition of landforms, vegetation, hydrolo- inventories as set out in the Resource Electrofishing gy, resources, and recreation features. Other Inventory Committee standards. Students This two-day classroom and field course intro- topics include inventory and environmental successfully completing this course may be duces students to electrofishing techniques studies with aerial photographs and other eligible to challenge the Resource Inventory including safety procedures and equipment remotely sensed data. Committee course for certification. handling. Students successfully completing 3 CR / (1,3) 2 CR / (24 hours) this course may be eligible to challenge the Resource Inventory Committee course for certi- WILD 165 WILD 156 fication. Park Management Reconnaissance Level River Field 1 CR / (15 hours) This course covers the basic principles in Inventory managing and administering provincial and This two-day classroom and field course community wildland parks. Topics include covers the requirements for conducting stream the elements involved in park planning and Technology Programmes / 127 development, along with studying the bio- maintenance procedures for small 2- and 4- completing this course may be eligible to physical impacts of recreation on wildland cycle engines. This course leads to BC challenge the Resource Inventory Committee parks and the integration of outdoor recre- Snowmobile Federation Level III Commercial course for certification. ation with other natural resource users, ethics, Snowmobile Operator’s Certificate. 3 CR / (40 hours) and the law. 2 CR / (36 hours) 3 CR / (2,2) WILD 174 WILD 169 Guide Outfitters II WILD 166 Visual Landscape Inventory This three-week (15-day) classroom and field Fish Ecology and Management This two-day course teaches students the course is designed to augment and enhance a This course introduces students to the biology visual landscape inventory standards set out student’s guide outfitter skills developed in of British Columbia freshwater and anadro- by the Resource Inventory Branch for the WILD 161. Topics include safe firearms mous fish with emphasis on those species Culture Task Force, Resource Inventory handling, firearm acquisition certificate train- found in the Central Interior of British Committee. ing, how to properly and securely load packs Columbia. Topics include anatomy, taxonomy, 2 CR / (24 hours) onto pack animals, wrangler skills, back coun- physiology, behaviour, and ecology. try horseback riding skills. Management of fisheries including population WILD 170 Prerequisite or Corequisite: WILD 161 dynamics, habitat evaluation and improve- Recreation Resource Features and 4 CR / (120 hours) ment, harvesting, pollution, fishery regula- Recreation Opportunity Spectrum tions, and the law. Special emphasis will be This two-day classroom course teaches the WILD 175 placed on identifying game fish, both salt Resource Inventory Committee standards Safe Food Handling water and freshwater, which are native to associated with Recreation Features and This eight-hour course teaches students prop- British Columbia. Labs deal with methodology Recreation Opportunity Spectrum Inventories er food handling techniques. Topics to be as it applies to the above and much of the in British Columbia. Students successfully included are microbiology, foodborne illness- training will be done in the field. completing this course may be eligible to es, personal hygiene and health, serving and 3 CR / (2,2) challenge the Resource Inventory Committee dispensing, food protection and preparation, course for certification. receiving and storing food, and dishwashing. WILD 167 2 CR / (24 hours) This course leads to mastery level certificate Wildlife Ecology and Management from the FoodSafe Level I (basic) course offered This course introduces students to the WILD 171 by the Ministry of Advanced Education. principles and practices of wildlife manage- Archaeological Inventory Training 1 CR / (8 hours) ment with particular reference to problems for Crew Members and procedures in the Central Interior of This two-day classroom and field course intro- WRIT 100 British Columbia. Topics incude biology and duces students to the proper way to identify The Self-Employed Writer ecology of wildlife species, dynamics of archaeological sites and features throughout This course will focus on the practical busi- wildlife populations, methods for studying British Columbia including how to conduct a ness aspects of freelance writing. Students will wildlife, capturing and handling of wildlife for surface inventory and complete the British learn how to develop their product, identify study, radiotelemetry, natural and artificial Columbia Archaeological Site Inventory form. their customers, and learn about their compe- regulation of numbers, control of problem Students successfully completing this course tition. They will develop specific goals for the wildlife, wildlife habitats, economic value of may be eligible to challenge the Resource types of writing they will do and the target wildlife, management for biodiversity, ethics Inventory Committee course for certification. market they will approach. Students will also and law, and management for harvest. Special 2 CR / (24 hours) develop a marketing strategy for selling their emphasis will be placed on identifying British work. Additionally, the course will examine Columbia’s native and introduced game and WILD 172 such issues as business structure, licenses, protected bird species along with the identify- Introduction to Wildlife Species finances, and copyright. Finally, we will con- ing of BC’s game and non-game animals. Inventory sider some of the rewards and pitfalls of being Field study is used to support and extend This two-day course introduces students to one’s own boss. lecture and lab material. basic information required to plan a wildlife Prerequisite: Admission to the programme 3 CR / (2,2) species inventory in British Columbia. 3 CR / (3,0) Students successfully completing this course WILD 168 may be eligible to challenge the Resource WRIT 101 ATV and Commercial Snowmobile Inventory Committee course for certification. Creative Explorations Operation 2 CR / (12 hours) This course explores creative problem solving This three-day classroom and field course in a multi-disciplinary format. covers the safety and operation of ATVs and WILD 173 Prerequisite: Admission to the programme snowmobiles along with emphasis on envi- GPS–Data Processor/ ronmental ethics, route plans, and group Project Manager Training 3 CR / (2,2) management. Some training regarding small This five-day classroom and field course is a engine repair will be included. Students will comprehensive GPS training course for be expected to also demonstrate proficiency in resource managers. Students successfully the operation of chainsaws and the basic 128 / Technology Programmes
WRIT 103 WRIT 202 visual writing, and visual language will be Copyediting and Freelance Writing included. Document Manuscript Conventions In this course, students will apply the skills Prerequisites: WRIT 200, 201, 202 An introduction to the process of editing other and strategies learned in WRIT 100. As 3 CR / (2,2) people’s manuscripts. Topics covered will adaptability is of such importance for the free- include proofreading, copyediting, manuscript lancer, students will learn to identify and emu- WRIT 206 formats, Canadian style conventions, and late the style and tone of several kinds of pub- Designing for Electronic Commerce career opportunities. lications. Students will also learn to write for This course will introduce students to the prin- Prerequisite: WRIT 100 some of the less glamorous, yet lucrative, ciples of effective interface design for on-line 3 CR / (2,2) assignments. Based on students’ selection of stores and other electronic commerce sites. their preferred subject matter and genres, they Students will explore theoretic approaches to WRIT 104 will actively research the markets available to usability and function, while examining the Workplace Writing them in some detail. After selecting a few of practical skills necessary for web-based WRIT 104 is designed to introduce students their better written assignments, the students business transactions. This course is being to the fundamentals of professional business will complete the process of finding specific developed for an initial offering in September communications. Students will develop an publications and submitting their work. 2003. ability to write clearly using the various for- Finally, this course will offer some suggestions 3 CR / (1,3) mats, tones, and approaches required for for managing all the “hats” the freelancer effective expression in current business must wear. WTEC 100 contexts. Prerequisites: WRIT 100, 104 Wood Technology I Prerequisite: WRIT 100 4 CR / (2,2) This is a first course in wood technology, con- 3 CR / (2,2) centrating on the biology and chemistry of WRIT 203 wood and the physical properties of wood. WRIT 105 Information Technology The student will learn about the basic struc- Desktop Publishing The course will introduce students to the ture and behaviours of wood as a raw materi- WRIT 105 is an intermediate, hands-on broad field of information technology by pro- al including relationships such as wood and course in desktop publishing. WRIT 105 will viding theoretical perspectives on communica- water. The focus will be on Western North also introduce students to desktop publishing tions, mass media, cultural studies, and post American species with other species presented using a professional level programme such as modernism. Through assigned readings and for comparative purposes. Quark Xpress or PageMaker. lectures, students will be encouraged to devel- 3 CR / (0,5) Prerequisite: WRIT 100 op a perspective of the social, economic, ethi- cal, and psychological impact of information WTEC 110 3 CR / (1,3) technology on their career direction. Wood Working Techniques I WRIT 200 Prerequisite: WRIT 100 The emphasis in this course is on wood The Internet and the World Wide Web 3 CR (3,0) machining and shaping, both manual and This course will introduce students to the machine based; there will be minimal empha- online world of the Internet and to the basic WRIT 204 sis on craft development. The principal objec- elements of web page creation. Topics covered Integrated Multimedia Project I tive of successfully completing the course is will include netiquette, electronic mail, (The Design Studio) for the student to develop an intuitive and host/client computing, file transfer protocol, In WRIT 204 the student will continue to visual and tactile feel for the way wood reacts Telnet, Gopher, MOOs/MUDs/OWLs, online study the principles of multimedia design. In a to being altered, how it stabilizes, and meth- research, and basic HTML. Emphasis will be studio environment the student will examine ods for influencing it. The course is based placed upon the student as user of the multimedia layout, including audio, colour, around a series of hands-on exercises and Internet. video, and animation. A variety of design prin- projects. Prerequisite or Corequisite: WRIT 100 ciples and media will be used by the student Corequisite: WTEC 100 to create the design for a large-scale student- 3 CR / (2,2) 3 CR / (0,6) directed project. WRIT 201 Prerequisites: WRIT 200, 201, 202 Introduction to Multimedia 3 CR / (2,2) This course will introduce students to the creation of interactive multimedia computer WRIT 205 pre-sentations. Students will learn to plan Integrated Multimedia Project II and create interactive computer animations. (The Content Lab) Students will learn to integrate sound, text, WRIT 205 covers the creation of multi-media and visual elements. They will be introduced content in a large student-driven project. to basic scripting methods and to human Students will continue to study the principles interface guidelines. of writing needed for a successful multi-media Prerequisite: WRIT 100 project. Such topics as business grammar, marketing language, technical writing, audio- 3 CR / (1,3) Technology Programmes / 129
WTEC 120 WTEC 160 methodologies. The latter half of the course Applications of Mathematics Manufacturing and Quality Control teaches the basics of finishing including types, for Wood Technology Manufacturing technology concepts and the chemistry, applications, performance, material This course focuses on applications of mathe- attendant quality control issues and methods preparation, quality control, and testing matics as a tool for understanding, managing, as applied generally and specifically to wood methodologies. Safety and environmental and processing of wood and related technolo- processing is the theme of this course. The standards are emphasized throughout. gies. Emphasis will be on the development of course takes a quantitative approach to how a Methods for proper handling and packaging strong algebra skills, graphing, interpolation manufacturing line functions, is designed and of finished products are taught. and extrapolation, trigonometry, and loga- optimized, and controlled. The course presents Prerequisites: WTEC 100 and 110 rithms. Word problems will be the dominant current standards of quality plus industry 3 CR / (1,5) exercise with some laboratory experiments. methods and standards of controlling quality Corequisite: WTEC 100 during manufacturing. How to respond to cus- WTEC 200 4 CR / (0,4) tomer/client expectations in the context of the Woodworking Techniques III overall economics of the product is studied. This course is principally about the operation WTEC 130 Laboratory exercises include field trips to of heavy manufacturing and processing Introduction to Computers working plants plus in-school simulations of equipment and techniques. Matters of safety This course is designed to assist the student production lines. Students will be expected to will be paramount. Students will learn how to learn the basic use of computers and com- present a solution to a production or quality to set up and calibrate, tool, optimize, and puter networks as working tools. This will control product as a final paper in the course. modify equipment that is found in high out- include using the computer as a word proces- Corequisite: WTEC 150 put, continuous output, and precision output sor, spreadsheet or databases, plus applica- 3 CR / (3,2) operations. tions as a calculation, design, control, and 4 CR / (0,8) management tool as it may pertain to wood WTEC 170 processing. Introduction to the Forest Sector WTEC 210 Corequisite: WTEC 110 This is a survey course to show the student Information Systems Technology 3 CR / (2,3) how the value added wood processing sector Having the skills to gather, process, interpret, relates to the general forest sector and econo- and apply information is pivotal to overseeing WTEC 140 my of British Columbia and Canada. Topics and controlling a complex process and mak- Wood Technology Mechanics will vary depending on current issues but will ing critical decisions. In this course topics This is an introductory course to energy, elec- include presentations about the primary wood include data gathering methodologies, data tricity, mechanics, kinemetics, and thermo- sector, historical development of the forest processing, error control, critical analysis, dynamics as these topics pertain to the industry, legislation, economics, environmen- means of representing and communicating behaviours and machining of wood. The mate- tal issues, politics, world events, etc. information, decision making, margins of rial will be presented in a very practical way, Prerequisites: WTEC 100 and 110 error, etc. The student will learn how to with emphasis on demonstration, lab work, 0 CR / (1,0) design information strategies to determine if and problem solving. processes are effective or to troubleshoot processes, etc. The course topics will be sup- 3 CR / (2,3) WTEC 180 Wood Machining and ported with practical exercises in the shop and WTEC 150 Tooling Technology production environments. Upon successful Wood Technology II The course is a series of topics pertaining to completion the student will be able to make basic decisions with reliable information and This course is a continuation of Wood the physics of cutting, planing, boring, chip- recognize situations that require more Technology I and Wood Working Techniques I. ping, and other machining processes applied advanced methodologies. The course will explore advanced topics of a to wood and wood products. Finished quality similar nature plus major topics in wood dry- and economics are attendant topics. Tooling 2 CR / (3,0) ing. There will be more emphasis on craft topics include a survey of historical and devel- WTEC 220 development with the purpose of appreciating oping tooling technologies, care and handling, Computer Controlled presentation and quality control. The student tool selection and maintenance, alignment and Wood Manufacturing will be expected to complete a design and calibration, safety, and troubleshooting. create a product or process that can serve as a Prerequisites: WTEC 100, 110, 120, 130, This course teaches the principles of computer prototype for production purposes. Students 140 applications for control and management of machinery and manufacturing processes in an will be encouraged to explore non-traditional 3 CR / (1,5) designs and root their product in terms of a integrated environment. Concepts of computer networks, data collection and management, problem to be solved or a market opportunity WTEC 190 to be exploited. Wood Gluing and Finishing Programmable Logic Controllers, and control algorithms are the basic topics. Advanced top- Prerequisites: WTEC 100, 110, 140 Technology ics such as optimization, just-in-time output, The first section of the course teaches the fun- 3 CR / (1,5) and decision systems will conclude the course. damentals of gluing technology in terms of its Universal and machine specific programming chemistry, applications, performance, and languages and hardware will be worked with, results including quality control and testing 130 / Technology Programmes but the course is intended to show the student and clarity of presentations, self-confidence, are studied along with developing the ability how to learn and apply emerging systems. and public speaking skills. To develop these to recognize an opportunity to solve a problem 3 CR / (3,3) skills, the student will write proposals, present or meet a need through the application of ideas, make sales presentations, and speak to wood processing technology. The successful WTEC 230 technical and nontechnical audiences. student will know about how cultural and Engineered and Composite 2 CR / (3,0) social matters, political effects, and human Wood Products needs affect the success of a product. This is both a survey course and quantitative WTEC 250 Regulatory matters, licensing and trademarks, analysis course of engineered and composite Industrial Design financing, risk analysis, and ethics are all wood products. Engineering properties, stan- For wood processing to have a purpose, even topics that will be presented. Case studies dards of performance, weaknesses, and life strictly utilitarian, it must be based on some will form the foundation of the course. cycles are covered. Topics also include the principles of industrial design. This course will 3 CR / (3,0) engineering principles, serviceability princi- introduce the fundamentals of industrial ples, and how new products are evaluated design as applied to wood products and orient WTEC 280 and certified for use. The course also analyzes the student to the origins, reasons, rationale, Product and Production Costing how products move through a life cycle and and sensitivities behind them. The course will Successful business decisions require knowl- surveys a series of modern products that are serve to show how creative and design edge of economics and accounting. This at different points on the life cycle curve. processes occur and can be encouraged. It course provides the basic principles on which 3 CR / (3,4) will introduce and explore the complex good decisions are based; topics include mat- relationships between form, material, function, ters such as operating costs, capital costs, WTEC 240 aesthetic, structure, and gestalt. Students will depreciation, sensitivities, forecasting, f Management and participate in a guided design studio to put inancing, and taxes. Case studies will form the Supervisory Principles the principles in a practical context. basis for the instruction. A technologist’s role involves directing the 3 CR / (2,6) 3 CR / (3,0) activities of others in some manner, whether it is a workforce, supplier, customer, or client. WTEC 260 WTEC 290 Knowing how to work with and successfully Manufacturing Engineering Alternate Wood Products influence others is paramount to a successful This course is a primer on the engineering This is both a survey course about non-tradi- operation. Effective interpersonal skills and and economics of manufacturing lines and tional wood products and a thinking and knowledge of human behaviour and needs processes. It is a quantitative approach to the imagining session using the technical knowl- are necessary skills. This course presents a analysis, troubleshooting, and design of a sys- edge, business knowledge, and creative skills series of topics in this regard and promotes tem for taking raw materials through to a fin- developed to date. The student will be expect- the development of skills through studies in ished product in an optimal manner. Upon ed to present a developed idea for a non-tradi- human dynamics, role playing, observations, successful completion, students will be able to tional wood-based product that has the poten- etc. make decisions and recommendations about tial to be marketable. The student will be 2 CR / (3,0) manufacturing processes. assessed on both the creativity and practicality 3 CR / (3,2) of the product. WTEC 245 4 CR / (3,5) Communications Skills WTEC 270 Communications skills include writing, speak- Product Development and Marketing ing, and public presentation skills necessary Taking a product from conception to the to communicate ideas and information in the marketplace at a profit is the central theme of field of business and technology. This course this course. The fundamental principles, places special emphasis on good organization, behaviours, and realities of the marketplace 131 Trades PROGRAMMES
DIVISIONAL CONTACT SAFETY Workers’ Compensation Board regulations Marcia Timbres apply to all Trades programmes. Students are Dean, College Foundations Division expected to behave appropriately. For their Telephone: (250) 561-5826 shop activities students must have safety-toed Fax: (250) 561-5866 footwear to be worn at all times in the shops. Some Trades programmes require that stu- Certificate Programme: dents own, use, and maintain proper eye safe- • Culinary Arts Programme ty wear, two sets of proper coveralls, and hard hats. Details will be provided by instructors at the beginning of the programme. DIVISIONAL CONTACT Jan Jonker, Dean TRADES Trades Division Telephone: (250) 561-5804 APPLICATION PROCEDURE AUTOMOTIVE Co-operative Education Certificate Programme: Applications may be submitted at any time, SERVICE however, students are encouraged to apply • Automotive Service Technician early to the programme of their choice. PROGRAMME Entry Level Certificate Programmes: Additional information may be obtained by Note: This programme is under review. contacting Admissions, Registration and • Automotive Technician Records at (250) 561-5867. CO-OPERATIVE • Carpentry EDUCATION • Electrical ATTENDANCE POLICY Co-operative Education is • Heavy Duty/Commercial Transport Competency in the techniques and methods mandatory for this programme, and students Mechanical Repair necessary to a given trade requires significant must maintain the eligibility requirements supervised practice. An absence from shop (75% minimum average) to qualify for work • Machinist/Millwright exercises of three days is considered the term placements. Seventy-five percent is part Certificate Programmes: maximum time a student can miss before the of the admission requirements and is referred student’s performance of competencies is to under the programme outline in this section • Power Engineering jeopardized. of the Calendar. • Welding A student with three absences will be asked to Two work placement terms reinforce the Provincial Apprenticeship Programmes: account for the absences and may be required College-based skills training by providing to withdraw from the programme if it is deter- • Automotive Mechanical Repair industrial experience and appropriate work mined by the instructor and the Dean that it is ethic development so that, by the end of the • Carpentry no longer possible to meet the competencies second level, employers will have highly moti- required for successful completion of the pro- • Electrical vated and skilled apprentices. Students will be gramme. Students do have recourse to the paid during work experience, and salary is • Heavy Duty Mechanic appeal process. negotiated between student and employer. • Millwright • Welding 132 / Trades Programmes
APPRENTICESHIP TRAINING 2. a) Applicants must provide proof of suc- 4. An employer’s recommendation of and cessful completion of an Automotive Entry commitment to indenture the student for the The Automotive Service Programme at CNC is Level Training programme with a minimum full apprenticeship period. a 70-week course focused towards the accred- 75% average. itation the successful student can receive upon Programme Outline: completion. Students will receive first- and or second-year technical plus six months’ credit Automotive Service b) Related training or industry experience towards an apprenticeship, if they are inden- may be considered in lieu of an Entry Level Students must obtain a minimum average of tured into an apprenticeship within 12 months Training programme as evaluated by the 75% (in both theory and practical) in each of successfully completing the programme. Selection Committee. Documentation of at component to receive credit for that level. 1 Additional credit the student receives towards least 1 ⁄2 years of related trade experience is Steering and Suspension Fundamentals an apprenticeship will be negotiated with the the minimum required to be considered for Steering Systems and Suspension Systems apprenticeship counsellor and the student’s exemption. Wheels, Tires, and Four Wheel Alignment employer. 3. Applicants are required to submit a Welding résumé and a handwritten cover letter stating Employment Skills THE PROGRAMME why he/she wishes to enter the programme Brake System Fundamentals Hydraulic Systems The College of New Caledonia’s automotive and state career goals and objectives. Drum/Disc Friction Assemblies programmes can prepare students for appren- 4. Applicants must submit a transcript of pre- Brake Subsystems and Antilock Systems ticeship positions in a variety of skilled occu- vious academic achievement. Electrical Fundamentals pations in dealerships, specialty repair shops, Electrical Systems and Components parts departments, as well as service writer 5. Applicants are required to write an English Charging Systems and Starting Systems positions. The Automotive Trades department and Math Achievement Test (EMAT) (Level 19) Auto Glass Replacement is committed to providing practical education for the purpose of providing additional assis- Air Conditioning and training to meet students’ future career tance that may contribute to CFC–HCFC Training and educational goals, while satisfying the student success. Automotive Engine Fundamentals employment needs of industry. The Auto- 6. Applicants must possess a valid Class 5 Automotive Engine Construction motive Service Programme is taught over a BC Driver’s License. Diesel/Fuel Injection 17-month (70-week) period at the Prince Emission Aircare/Final George campus. In addition to tuition, stu- SELECTION PROCESS dents can expect to spend $500 on textbooks and supplies. Students must pay for their own A Selection Committee consisting of members coveralls, safety-toed boots, and other person- of the Northern Interior Automotive Industry al safety equipment. Steering Committee and representatives from ENTRY LEVEL TRADES the College of New Caledonia will interview There is normally one intake every second (ELT) PROGRAMMES eligible students, as required by the Provincial year starting in February. Students may apply Apprenticeship guidelines, using the following Automotive Technician to the Industry Training and Apprenticeship selection criteria. Carpentry Commission for credit towards their Apprentice Electrical Technical Training upon successful completion SELECTION CRITERIA Heavy Duty/Commercial Transport Mechanical of the Automotive Service Programme. Repair The following selection criteria will be used by Millwright/Machinist ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS the Selection Committee to select students in the following order of priority: The Entry Level Certificate programmes offer 1. Preferred applicants must be a minimum of an extensive array of options for those seek- 18 years of age and be of good general 1. Academic qualifications: as recommended ing a career in Trades. Varying in length from health. by the Provincial Apprenticeship Branch with one to seven months, these programmes pre- preference to those applicants with Grade 12 pare students for an apprenticeship or related or ABE Advanced Level Certificate with English employment in a trade. 12 or Technical and Professional Communica- tions 12 or ENGL 045 or equivalent, and APPRENTICESHIP TRAINING Math 11 or Applied Math 11 or MATH 044 or MATH 045 or equivalent, and Physics 11, The Entry Level at CNC is focused towards the Applied Physics 11, PHYS 045 or Science and accreditation the successful student can receive Technology 11 or equivalent. upon completion. Students will receive credit for Level 1 technical training if they are inden- 2. Work experience as outlined in the résumé tured into an apprenticeship within 12 months submitted. of successfully completing the programme. 3. Level of interest and commitment to the Additional credit the student might use programme as outlined in the written submis- towards an apprenticeship must be negotiated sion and demonstrated in the interview. Trades Programmes / 133 with the apprenticeship counsellor and the safety-toed boots, and other personal safety Test and Service Manual and Power Steering student’s employer. equipment. Systems Test and Service Brakes Systems ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS PROGRAMME COMPONENTS Perform Routine Maintenance and Diagnostics Test and Service Gasoline Engines All applicants must meet one or more of the To be eligible to write the final exam, a mini- Test and Service Cooling Systems following requirements: mum grade average of 70% in both theory Test and Service Exhaust Systems and practical is required in each component. 1. Successful completion of Grade 10, or ABE Test and Service Engine Lubrication Systems A grade of 70% is also required on the final Intermediate Certificate, or GED Certificate. Test and Service Drive Lines exam to receive credit for the course. Test and Service Electrical Systems 2. Successful completion of an Entry Level Prepare for Employment programme in a related discipline. THE PROGRAMME Trade-Related Mathematics 3. Related industry experience may be con- The College of New Caledonia’s automotive sidered in lieu of formal qualifications. As part programmes can prepare students for appren- of the admission process, applicants will be ticeship positions in a variety of skills occupa- required to write the English and Math tions in dealerships, specialty repair shops, CARPENTRY Achievement Test (EMAT) for the purpose of parts departments, as well as service writer Note: This programme is under review providing additional assistance that may con- positions. The Automotive Trades Department and may change to a ten-month course. tribute to student success. is committed to providing practical education and training to meet students’ future career This five-month programme introduces the 4. In order to assist in the selection process and educational goals, while satisfying the student to a variety of skills required in the in those cases where the programme is over- employment needs of industry. The pro- construction of buildings. Students may start subscribed, students are required to submit a gramme is 20 weeks in duration. There are the programme in September or January. They résumé along with a handwritten statement normally two intakes per year: one starting in must be in good physical condition and be as to why they wish to enter the programme. September and the other in February. Students prepared to participate in a major class project Note: If you are planning to continue into may apply to the Industry Training and in an outdoor environment. the Co-operative Education programmes, Apprenticeship Commission for credit towards you are required to meet additional their Apprentice Technical Training upon CAREER OPPORTUNITIES selection criteria. See the selection crite- successful completion of the Entry Level The work of a carpenter includes form work, ria for the specific programme in which Programme. you are interested. wall and roof framing, and interior and exterior finishing. Carpenters have opportuni- SELECTION CRITERIA ties to work in residential, commercial, light When the programme is oversubscribed, the industrial, or heavy construction fields in the ENTRY LEVEL following selection criteria will be used to areas of new construction, renovations, and select one-half of the class in the following maintenance. Carpenters can go on to become AUTOMOTIVE order of priority: supervisors, estimators, building inspectors, or even job superintendents. TECHNICIAN 1. Work experience as outlined in the written submission. Note: This programme is under review SELECTION CRITERIA 2. Academic qualifications with preference to and may change to a ten-month course. When the programme is oversubscribed, the those with English 12 or Technical and following selection criteria will be used to This 20-week programme is designed for Professional Communications 12 or ENGL select one-half of the class in the following students with little or no previous experience 045, Math 12 or MATH 050 or equivalent order of priority: who wish to acquire the skills and knowledge Trades Math, and Physics 11 or PHYS 045. to seek employment as an apprentice auto- 1. Work experience as outlined in the written 3. Level of interest or persistence in entering motive technician. submission. the programme as demonstrated by continu- This programme is appropriate for students ing applications. 2. Academic qualifications with preference to entering the industry. The course introduces those with English 12 or Technical and Profes- 4. Level of commitment to the programme as students to the automotive repair and services sional Communications 12 or ENGL 045, outlined in the written submission. industry as well as provides an overview Math 12 or MATH 050, Physics 11 or PHYS of automotive systems tools and repair 045. procedures. PROGRAMME OUTLINE: 3. Level of interest or persistence in entering The programme is taught at the CNC Prince ENTRY LEVEL AUTOMOTIVE TECHNICIAN the programme as demonstrated by continu- George Campus, from September to February ing applications. and from February to June of each year. In Safe Work Practices addition to tuition, students can expect to Service Wheels, Hubs, Tires, and Bearings 4. Level of commitment to the programme as spend about $500 on textbooks and supplies. Service Frames and Suspension Systems outlined in the written submission. Students must pay for their own coveralls, 134 / Trades Programmes
PROGRAMME OUTLINE: 4. Level of commitment to the programme as 3. Level of interest or persistence in entering ENTRY LEVEL CARPENTRY outlined in the written submission. the programme as demonstrated by continu- ing applications. Safety and Work Habits PROGRAMME OUTLINE: Tools and Shop Equipment 4. Level of commitment to the programme as ENTRY LEVEL ELECTRICAL Blueprints and Specifications outlined in the written submission. Site Layout Safety Materials Tools and Equipment PROGRAMME OUTLINE: Roof Framing Cables, Fixtures, and Fittings ENTRY LEVEL HEAVY DUTY/ Concrete Form Work Canadian Electrical Code COMMERCIAL TRANSPORT Framing Conductors, Switches, and Devices MECHANICAL REPAIR Basic Stair Construction Distribution Systems Finishing Electrical Drawings Safety Basic Cabinets Electrical Energy and Power Concepts Tools, Shop Resources, and Equipment Electromagnetism Rigging Motors and Motor Controls Welding Equipment Operation ELECTRICAL Winches and Wire Ropes Basic Braking Systems Note: This programme is under review Basic Hydraulic Systems and may change to a ten-month course. HEAVY DUTY/ Frames, Suspension, Steering, and Running Gear This 20-week programme is designed to pro- COMMERCIAL Employment Skills vide students with skills and theory which TRANSPORT may aid them in obtaining an apprenticeship or other related work in the electrical field. MECHANICAL REPAIR Students may start the programme in Note: This programme is under review September or February. MACHINIST and may change to a ten-month course. Note: This programme is under review CAREER OPPORTUNITIES This five-month programme is designed to and may change to a nine-month course. introduce students to the heavy duty/commer- This programme prepares the student for cial transport repair and service industry and This is an introductory programme for those entry into the Electrical Apprenticeship provides an overview of the systems, tools, interested in entering the Machinist trade. Programme as well as other trade-related and repair procedures as per the course Students may start the programme in areas such as counter and warehouse person- outline. September or February. nel for wholesale and distributing outlets. Upon obtaining sponsorship in the CAREER OPPORTUNITIES CAREER OPPORTUNITIES Apprenticeship Programme, the student may This programme prepares students for Graduates of this programme will be qualified become involved in residential wiring as employment opportunities in the heavy duty/ for employment opportunities in a Machinist well as the installation and maintenance of commercial transport repair industry. field such as machine shops, pulp mills, electrical equipment in commercial or Successful completion of this programme is a sawmills, and mines. They work as part of the industrial settings. prerequisite for the Provincial Heavy Duty maintenance crew, making replacement parts. Apprenticeship Training. SELECTION CRITERIA SELECTION CRITERIA When the programme is oversubscribed, the SELECTION CRITERIA When the programme is oversubscribed, the following selection criteria will be used to When the programme is oversubscribed, the following selection criteria will be used to select one-half of the class in the following following selection criteria will be used to select one-half of the class in the following order of priority: select one-half of the class in the following order of priority: 1. Work experience as outlined in the written order of priority: 1. Work experience as outlined in the written submission. 1. Work experience as outlined in the written submission. 2. Academic qualifications with preference to submission. 2. Academic qualifications with preference to those with English 12 or Technical and Profes- 2. Academic qualifications with preference to those with English 12 or Technical and Profes- sional Communications 12 or ENGL 045, those with English 12 or Technical and Profes- sional Communications 12 or ENGL 045, Math 12 or MATH 050, Physics 11 or sional Communications 12 or ENGL 045, Math 12 or MATH 050 or equivalent Trades PHYS 045. Math 12 or MATH 050 or equivalent Trades Math, and Physics 11 or PHYS 045. 3. Level of interest or persistence in entering Math, and Physics 11 or PHYS 045. 3. Level of interest or persistence in entering the programme as demonstrated by continu- the programme as demonstrated by continu- ing applications. ing applications. Trades Programmes / 135
4. Level of commitment to the programme as 4. Level of commitment to the programme as hands-on experience in cafeteria and dining outlined in the written submission. outlined in the written submission. room style production kitchens. The Culinary Arts programme introduces stu- PROGRAMME OUTLINE: PROGRAMME OUTLINE: dents to the three levels involved in the ENTRY LEVEL MACHINIST ENTRY LEVEL MILLWRIGHT Culinary Arts programme. The programme Safety Safety covers all basic fundamentals of cookery and Shop Drawings Shop Drawings is designed to prepare future cooks to enter Tools and Equipment Tools and Equipment the hospitality industry. Students are trained Measuring Tools Hydraulics through programmes for self-study, theory les- Metals and Heat Treatment Pneumatics sons, demonstrations in the cooking lab, and Drilling Machines Power Drives practical experience in the kitchen. Lathes Material Handling The Culinary Arts programme has a duration Bandsaws Metals and Heat Treatment of 10 months (40 weeks) and is organized Precision Grinders Gears, Bearings, Gaskets, and Seals into three levels: Shapers, Planers, and Slotters Machine Installation Vertical and Horizontal Milling Machines Maintenance Procedures • Level 1—Basic (151) Computer Numerical Controls • Level 2—Advanced (152) • Level 3—Specialty (153) CERTIFICATE Each level must be completed with a passing MILLWRIGHT PROGRAMMES grade before advancing to the next level. Note: This programme is under review and may change to a nine-month course. Culinary Arts Programme CAREER OPPORTUNITIES This is an introductory programme for those Power Engineering Students who successfully complete the pro- interested in entering the Millwright trade. Welding gramme are able to find a variety of work Students may start the programme in placements in hotels, restaurants, catering, or September or February. camps. The students may also enter into a for- mal apprenticeship. CAREER OPPORTUNITIES CULINARY ARTS APPLICATION PROCEDURE Graduates of this programme will be qualified PROGRAMME for employment opportunities in a large vari- Applications received after March 31st for Fall ety of machinery and heavy stationary 151, 152, 153 entry into limited enrollment programmes are mechanical equipment in industrial, commer- considered late and will be processed subject to course availability. cial, and institutional establishments such as: STATEMENT OF PURPOSE pulp mills, sawmills, mines, and industrial plants. The activities of a Millwright include To provide students with the fundamentals of ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS the construction of foundations for machinery cookery that will enable them to enter into the such as conveyors, pumps, compressors, hospitality industry at three different levels: 1. Successful completion of Grade 10 or ABE hydraulic systems, and pneumatic equipment. Basic, Advanced, and Specialty. Intermediate Certificate or GED or mature stu- dent status. This programme is designed to prepare the SELECTION CRITERIA student for a cooking career in the hospitality 2. Documents certifying current TB screening and health examination including a recent When the programme is oversubscribed, the industry. Students are trained through theory chest x-ray. The documentation to be on offi- following selection criteria will be used to lessons, self-study, lab demonstrations, and cial College forms (supplied with acceptance) select one-half of the class in the following and to be submitted prior to commencement order of priority: of programme. 1. Work experience as outlined in the written 3. As a part of the admission process, appli- submission. cants will be required to write the English and 2. Academic qualifications with preference to Math Achievement Test (EMAT) for the pur- those with English 12 or Technical and Profes- pose of providing additional assistance that sional Communications 12 or ENGL 045, may contribute to student success. Math 12 or MATH 050 or equivalent Trades 4. In addition to the minimum requirements, Math, and Physics 11 or PHYS 045. it is strongly recommended that anyone plan- 3. Level of interest or persistence in entering ning to apply to this programme acquire some the programme as demonstrated by continu- background by taking the secondary level ing applications. Foods 11 and 12 and Career Preparation/ 136 / Trades Programmes
Hospitality Foods of Cafeteria 11 and 12. It is • answer verbal “hands-on” questions on 1. Successful completion of Grade 12, or also advisable to have recent work experience Level I material Advanced CCP Certificate, or GED Certificate. in a kitchen. • write the Level I final test and achieve 70% 2. Related industry experience may be con- 5. In order to assist in the selection process or better sidered in lieu of formal qualifications. As a in those cases where the programme is over- part of the admission process, applicants will Students must meet initial admission require- subscribed, students are required to submit a be required to write the English and Math ments before being eligible to challenge Level work experience résumé along with a hand- Achievement Test (EMAT) for the purpose of I. Students who successfully challenge Level I written statement as to why they wish to enter providing additional assistance that may con- will be allowed into Level II if space is avail- the programme. tribute to student success. able. The Challenge exam policy is described in the Prior Learning Assessment section of 3. In order to assist in the selection process SELECTION CRITERIA the Calendar. in those cases where the programme is over- In those cases where the programme is over- subscribed, students are required to submit a subscribed, the following selection criteria will Priority for Admission to Level III handwritten work experience résumé along be used to select one-half of the class in the with a statement as to why they wish to enter 1. Continuing CNC Culinary Arts students following order of priority: the programme. who have received a “C” or better in Level II, 1. Academic qualification with preference to 2. Previous CNC Culinary Arts students who SELECTION CRITERIA those with Cafeteria 11 and 12. have received a “C” or better in Level II.* When the programme is oversubscribed, the 2. Students transferring from other CNC 3. Students who have received a “C” or better following selection criteria will be used to programmes. in Level II at other provincial institutions.* select one-half of the class in the following 3. Work experience as outlined in the written order of priority: *If space available, all initial admission submission. requirements will apply. 1. Work experience as outlined in the written 4. Level of interest or persistence in entering submission. the programme as demonstrated by continu- 2. Academic qualifications with preference to ing applications. those with Math 11 or Applications of Math I2 5. Level of commitment to the programme as POWER or MATH 045, Physics 11 or PHYS 045, outlined in the written submission. ENGINEERING— Chemistry 11 or CHEM 045, or Drafting. 3. Level of interest or persistence in entering Priority for Admission to Level II 4TH CLASS the programme as demonstrated by continu- 1. Continuing CNC Culinary Arts students This comprehensive 1200-hour programme, ing applications. who have received a “C” or better in Level I, running from September to June, provides 4. Level of commitment to the programme as training for a career in power plant operation 2. Previous CNC Culinary Arts students who outlined in the written submission. and maintenance. This programme is intended have received a “C” or better in Level I, to impart practical and technical knowledge PROGRAMME OUTLINE: 3. Students who have received a “C” or better with related skills to those persons entering POWER ENGINEERING in Level I at other provincial institutions. the power engineering field. Topics covered include maintenance of powerhouse equip- PWER 151 4th Class Science 4. Students who have completed Cafeteria 11 ment, instrumentation, electricity, engineering PWER 154 Electricity/Instrumentation/ & 12,* sciences, and water conditioning. While the Computers 5. Students transferring from other CNC pro- practical application of basic principles is PWER 157 Welding and Metallurgy grammes,* emphasized, theory and in-plant training qual- PWER 158 Plant Training ifies students to write the Fourth Class Power PWER 159 Workshop 6. All other students.* Engineer’s Examination upon completion of PWER 160 High Pressure Boilers and *Note: Challenge procedures apply for the programme. Auxiliaries admission to Level II. PWER 161 Heating Boiler and Systems, CAREER OPPORTUNITIES Refrigeration, and Air CHALLENGE: Students will be allowed Conditioning to challenge only Level I. Students who Fourth Class Power Engineers are employed in PWER 162 Safety and Environment have experience from the workforce and sawmills, hospitals, refineries, pulp mills, PWER 163 Sketching Fundamentals would like to challenge the Level I course refrigeration plants, breweries, and public would have to follow the following pro- buildings. cedure: COURSE DESCRIPTIONS • review the Level I course outline with the ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS PWER 151 instructor All applicants must meet at least one of the 4th Class Science • produce a résumé which reflects their perti- following requirements: This course covers the required sciences for nent experience the 4th Class Power Engineering programme. Trades Programmes / 137
Topics include applied mathematics, elemen- PWER 162 tary mechanics, and dynamics and elementary Safety and Environment thermodynamics. This course covers safety and environmental issues pertaining to industrial, commercial, PWER 154 and refrigeration power plants. Topics include: Electricity, Instrumentation, and safety codes, WHMIS, general safety, fire pro- Computers tection, and environmental issues. This course provides a basic understanding of electricity, instrumentation, and computers. PWER 163 Topics include electricity; controls, instrumen- Sketching Fundamentals tation, and computers, and heating boiler and This course covers the basic drafting funda- heating system controls. mentals required for power engineering. Topics include: basic mechanical drawing, PWER 157 geometric constructions, and basic ortho- Welding and Metallurgy graphic projection. This course covers the required knowledge Selection Criteria and safety of welding, the metallurgy of boiler Qualified students will be admitted based on parts, and pipefittings for power plants. This the date of application. is a 90-hour beginner’s welding course that WELDING covers oxyacetylene, arc welding, and the Programme Outline: Welding “C” associated safety during their use. WELDING “C” LEVEL/WELDER Level FITTER (ENTRY LEVEL) PWER 158 P-1 Introduction and Plant Training Upon completion of the programme, a student Programme Orientation This course has the student in a plant opera- will have gained sufficient practical experience P-2 Gas Cutting tion, learning while “job shadowing” power and theoretical knowledge to successfully P-3 Gas and Braze Welding engineers in several types of plants such as complete any of the various skill assessments P-4 Shielded Metal Arc Welding power, heating, and refrigeration plants. administered by employers. P-5 Air Carbon Arc Cutting P-6 Gas Metal Arc Welding; This programme, with combined welding and PWER 159 Flux Core Arc Welding steel fabrication components, will be 40 Workshop RK-1 Material Handling and Rigging weeks in duration. This is a lab course where the student per- RK-2 Blueprint Reading I forms lab and power plant maintenance exer- RK-3 Introduction to Metallurgy I cises that apply the theory in courses PWER Career Opportunities WFS Welder Fitter Skills 154, 160, 161, and 162. Graduates of this programme will be qualified for a variety of employment opportunities in ADVANCED WELDING PWER 160 the construction and metal working industries. (UPGRADING, “B” AND “A” High Pressure Boilers and Auxiliaries Production welder, maintenance welder, welder LEVELS AND TESTING) This course covers larger industrial type boil- fabricator, or welder fitter are examples of the ers and the associated equipment required for many possible employment opportunities. their operation. Topics include: high-pressure Admission Requirements boiler design, high-pressure boiler parts and Admission Requirements 1. “B” and “A” Levels require the candidate to fittings, high pressure boiler operation, feed- have successfully completed the Registered water treatment, prime movers, pumps, com- All applicants must meet at least one of the “C” Level. pressors, and lubrication. following requirements: 2. Testers require written proof of industrial PWER 161 1. Successful completion of Grade 10 or welding experience on company letterhead Heating Boiler and Systems, Intermediate ABE Certificate, or GED or a signed affidavit from a Notary Public as Refrigeration, and Air Conditioning Certificate. follows: This course covers the equipment found in 2. Successful completion of an Entry Level C.W.B.—18 months’ full-time work commercial, heating, air conditioning, and programme in a related discipline. experience refrigeration plant systems. Topics include: “C” Challenge—24 months’ full-time work 3. Related industry experience may be con- heating boilers and heating systems, auxiliary experience sidered in lieu of formal qualifications. As a building systems, vapor compression refriger- “B” Challenge—36 months’ full-time work part of the admission process, applicants will ation, absorption refrigeration, and air condi- experience be required to write the English and Math tion and air conditioning systems. “A” Challenge—48 months’ full-time work Achievement Test (EMAT) for the purpose of experience providing additional assistance that may con- tribute to student success. 138 / Trades Programmes
Applicants should contact the CNC Welding RK-8 Metallurgy III the period of time specified in the Ministry Department for assessment, space availability, RK-9 Blueprint Reading III guidelines. and testing requirements. CNC currently offers apprenticeship classes in Testing the following trades: Programme Outline: Welding “B” Company, industry, government, and other • Automotive Mechanical Repair Level tests are administered at CNC. The instructor “B” Level contains training in the following will inform interested parties as to the paper- • Carpentry work required by the various companies and practical and related knowledge modules: • Electrical the Boiler Inspection Branch. The instructor P-7 Shielded Arc Welding II will supervise the practical test as well as • Heavy Duty Mechanics (SMAW II) arrange for inspection by the government • Millwright P-8 Gas Metal Arc Welding II Boiler Inspector. (GMAW II) • Welding P-9 Flux Core Arc Welding II (FCAW II) Each programme follows the provincial course P-10 Gas Tungsten Arc Welding I outline approved by the Ministry of Labour. (GTAW I) PROVINCIAL Persons interested in these or any other RK-4 Inspection Procedures APPRENTICESHIP apprenticeable trades should contact: RK-5 Welding Standard and Industry Training and Apprenticeship Quality Control PROGRAMMES Commission—Apprenticeship Counsellors RK-6 Blueprint Reading II An apprenticeship is a formal written agree- 1577 – 7th Avenue RK-7 Metallurgy II ment between an employer, an employee, and Prince George, BC V2L 3P5 the Province of BC, during which an appren- Canada Programme Outline: Welding “A” tice attends training classes at one of several Telephone: (250) 565-4465 Level BC colleges approximately once a year. The “A” Level contains training in the following Field Service Branch of the Ministry of Labour practical and related knowledge modules: schedules the classes, arranges for apprentices to attend, and monitors their progress. P-11 Shielded Metal Arc Welding III Graduates qualify to write the Interprovincial (SMAW III) Standards Examination for their chosen trade, P-12 Gas Tungsten Arc Welding II following employment as an apprentice for (GTAW II) 139 University CREDIT PROGRAMMES
STATEMENT OF PURPOSE— courses are offered specifically in response UNIVERSITY SCIENCE to requests from part-time students.
Our prime objective is to provide university ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS transfer programmes so that students may transfer into the third year in the degree pro- It is strongly recommended that secondary gramme of their choice or graduate from CNC school students consult with their counsellors with an Associate of Science diploma. to ensure that they select the secondary school courses most appropriate for their chosen CNC offers a broad spectrum of university career paths. Admission requirements are as credit Arts, Social Science, Science, Applied follows: Science, Commerce, and Human Kinetics (Physical Education) courses. Eighteen pack- 1. Successful completion of Grade 12 (with aged programmes, comprised of first- and English 12) or ABE Advanced Certificate or DIVISIONAL second-year courses, provide the basis for fur- GED Certificate or completion of Grade 11, ther study in as many as 70 career paths. The with an outstanding academic record, in the CONTACTS College also offers a two-year criminology year of application; diploma and two associate degrees. Don Precosky Note: The GED certificate meets the gen- Dean, Arts and Social Services The NEW CAL TEC (New Caledonia Teacher eral admission requirements but does not Telephone: (250) 561-5815 Education Consortium) programme, estab- meet specific programme or course pre- Fax: (250) 561-5866 lished in conjunction with Simon Fraser requisites. Ben Malcolm University (SFU), allows students to complete 2. Compliance with course prerequisites as Dean, Science and Technology Division a Teaching Certificate or Bachelor’s Degree in specified; Telephone: (250) 561-5830 Prince George. This programme is offered at 3. Students applying for admission to MATH Fax: (250) 561-5866 Prince George and School District No. 91 Nechako and Lakes. 101, CSC 109, PHYS 101, or CHEM 111 who Diplomas: have obtained a “C+” grade or less in Math Opportunities for more advanced studies in 12 (interim grade) or MATH 050 will be regis- • Criminology various disciplines are continually being tered in MATH 100. A college test in mathe- expanded. • Human Kinetics matics will be administered to students in The regional campuses offer a variety of uni- MATH 100 during the first week of classes in Associate Degrees: versity credit courses. For more detailed infor- • Arts mation, contact the regional campuses: • Science • Lakes District (250) 592-1700 • Mackenzie (250) 997-7200 STATEMENT OF PURPOSE— UNIVERSITY ARTS • Nechako (250) 567-3200 To provide courses contributing to the first • Quesnel (250) 991-7500 two years of university education for students All university credit courses are open to quali- who wish to transfer to a degree-granting fied part-time students, subject to availability institution. of class space. In addition, a number of 140 / University Credit Programmes order to indicate whether those students more detailed information regarding courses 3. Results will be available 72 hours later. should be in either MATH 101, MATH 100, or and prerequisites. Applicants should contact 4. There will, therefore, be some movement an ABE Math course as appropriate. Students the Counselling and Academic Advising of students during the first two weeks of who are not admitted to MATH 101 cannot be Department when selecting their programmes. classes as a result of the LPI. admitted to CSC 109, PHYS 101, or CHEM While it is preferable to select one of the 111 but can, instead, be admitted to CSC 105, programme packages offered, students may PHYS 105, or CHEM 113. also design their own programmes. Those who do so will not, however, be allowed to CAREER PATH INDEX APPLICATION PROCEDURE pre-register, and may encounter other difficul- Application forms are available from ties, such as timetable conflicts, and inappro- These paths are available by continuing Admissions, Registration and Records and priate course selections causing limitations in your studies at the university of your choice, may be submitted any time after September transferability. effective for Fall 2003. 15 for the following year. The University Transfer packages identified on the following SECOND-YEAR STUDENTS ARTS AND SOCIAL SCIENCE pages are intended for first-year students who Second-year students are strongly advised to Anthropology 1B, 1C apply on or before January 31. Those who consult with a counsellor when selecting their Economics 1A apply after the early admission deadline of courses. While some may have considerable English 1A, 1B, 1C January 31 may use the packages as guides flexibility in their selections, others may have Geography 1B in the selection of appropriate courses but will to adhere to specific requirements prescribed History 1B be registered in courses as space permits. by their programmes. Industrial Relations 1A Full-time, part-time, and returning students Mathematics 1A are individually advised of appropriate regis- LANGUAGE PROFICIENCY Psychology 1C tration procedures by Admission, Registration Sociology 1C and Records. INDEX PLACEMENT TEST Dynamics of the LPI and COMMERCE AND BUSINESS STUDENT SUCCESS 800 Its Followup ADMINISTRATION This credit course is strongly recommended 1. If a student achieves a “B” or better in 1A for all areas for all students who wish to improve their English 12 or English 050 or its equivalent, learning skills. It is appropriate for those stu- she or he may take any first year UT English Accounting and Management Information dents who feel they need help as well as course CNC offers. Systems those who are already successful but who Commerce and Economics wish to be more so. Students who have been 2. If a student has passed a UT equivalent Commerce and Law away from “formal” learning for any length of course elsewhere, she or he may take any first Finance time will find it of great value. year UT English course CNC offers. Industrial Administration Industrial Relations Management Student Success 800 3. If a student achieves a “B” in English 045 Marketing or less than a “B” in English 12 or its equiva- This course teaches the skills and attitudes Transportation and Utilities lent, she or he must pass English 103 before required to be successful as a student. It gives Urban Land Economics the newest and most efficient techniques for taking any other UT English course at CNC. dealing with time, memory, reading, note- 4. Any student who wishes to challenge pro- PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS taking, and tests. It will also deal with a vision 3 above may do so by writing the LPI. variety of topics such as creativity, relation- Architecture Any package ships, health, resources, and career planning. 5. If a student scores 5 or 6, she or he may Chiropractic Medicine 2A, 2B It shows you how to organize yourself and take any first year UT English course CNC Criminology 1D attain maximum success in your school, offers. Dental Hygiene 2E business, and social life. 6. If a student scores 4, she or he must pass Dentistry 2A, 2B, 2C, 2D Corequisite: It is recommended that students English 103 before taking any other UT Education be enrolled in at least one other academic English course at CNC. 1. Elementary 1B course. 2. Secondary Any package except 1D 7. If a student scores 3 or below, she or he 2 CR Engineering 2G must pass a remedial English course. Home Economics 2A, 2B, 2C Law Any package FIRST-YEAR STUDENTS Other Considerations Medicine 2A, 2B, 2C, 2D To select a programme, first-year students are Nursing (see Health Sciences) 1. A student can write the LPI at any time advised to consult the Index of Career Paths Pharmaceutical that it is offered. which lists all options and corresponding pro- Science 2A gramme packages. Once an option has been 2. There will be one official CNC writing of Human Kinetics selected, the programme package (or pack- the LPI on the first Wednesday after Labour (Physical Education) 1E ages) specified should then be referred to for Day. University Credit Programmes / 141
Rehabilitation Mathematics 2A, 2B, 2C, 2F Medicine 2D Microbiology 2A, 2B, 2C Social Work 1C (see Social Service Oceanography 2A, 2B, 2C Worker Diploma) Pharmacology 2A, 2B, 2C Wood Products Physics 2A, 2B, 2C, 2F Processing 2C Physiology 2A, 2B, 2C Wood Sciences 2C Psychology 2A, 2B APPLIED SCIENCE SCIENCE 2G for all areas Astronomy 2C Biochemistry 2A, 2B, 2C Bio-Resource Engineering (5-year programme) Biological Sciences 2A, 2B, 2C Chemical Engineering (2H for the 4-year Biology 2A, 2B, 2C programme) Biophysics 2A, 2B, 2C Civil Engineering Chemical Physics 2A, 2B, 2C Design and Computer Aided Engineering Environmental Engineering Chemistry 2A, 2B, 2C, 2D Electrical Engineering Mechanical Engineering Computer Science 2C Engineering Manufacturing and Metallurgical Engineering Forestry 2F Business Management Mining and Mineral Process Engineering Geography 2C Engineering Physics Ocean Engineering
Package Semester I Semester II Notes Packages outlined below effective for Fall 2003. General Admission Requirements for all UT packages: Successful completion of Grade 12 (with English 12) or ABE Advanced Certificate or GED Certificate 1A ECON 201 ECON 202 1. Prerequisite: Math 11 or MATH 045 (for MATH 100), ENGL 103 or 101 ENGL 102, 103, or 104 Math 12 or MATH 100 or MATH 050 (for MATH 101). MATH 100 or 101 MATH 101 or 102 2. Students must take Programme 1A for a career path to a Bachelor of CSC 105 or 109 CSC 109 or 110 Commerce and Business Administration at UBC. Students may take a Elective as available Elective as available university credit elective in the second semester instead of CSC 109/110. 3. It is strongly recommended that all students considering the Business programme at SFU take COM 204 (first semester) CSC 109 (second semester; note MATH 101 is a corequisite). English 103 is not acceptable as a Group A requirement for SFU’s Business degree. 4. Students transferring to the Faculty of Commerce and Business Administration at UBC must take English 103 along with one other English.
1B ENGL 101 or 103 ENGL 102 or 104 1. This programme has been designed specifically to meet the BIO 103 or GEOG 201 BIO 104 or GEOG 202 requirements for students wishing to pursue Elementary Teaching HIST 103 HIST 104 Certification and/or subsequent full degree completion. GEOG 103 Two electives as available One elective as available
1C ENGL 103 or 101 ENGL 102 or 104 1. Student may take Programme 1C to pursue a Bachelor’s Degree in PSYC 101 PSYC 102 Social Work at UBC, UVic, or UNBC. SOC 101 SOC 102 Note: A statistics course is strongly recommended during the Two electives as available Two electives as available first two years: MATH 104 or PSYC 201.
1D Year 1 1. Students must take Programme 1D for a career path to a Bachelor’s ENGL 103 PSCI 131 Degree in Criminology at SFU. CRIM 101 CRIM 102 2. Refer to Criminology programme requirements. CRIM 103 CRIM 106 3. For Group B and C elective information, refer to Criminology diploma SOC 101 SOC 102 description. PSYC 101 PSYC 102 Note: A statistics course for which Math 11 is a prerequisite is required in the second year (PSYC 201) and must be successfully completed in order to enroll in CRIM 120. 142 / University Credit Programmes
Package Semester I Semester II Notes Packages outlined below effective for Fall 2003. 1D Year 2 cont’d CRIM 135 CRIM 120 CRIM 201 or 241 CRIM 230 PSYC 201 PHIL 101 or 102 Group B elective Group C elective Group C elective Group C elective
1E–A Human Kinetics (Physical Education) Note: Students should refer to the appropriate university to Students should select one of 1E–A, 1E–B, or 1E–V. calendar as a guide to selecting electives and consult with a 1E–V The selection should be based upon career needs and Human Kinetics faculty member or a counsellor. (see the transfer university. The following courses are details desirable depending on career needs in university: below) Math 11 and 12, Biology 11 and 12, Chemistry 11, Physics 11, and PE 11 and 12
1E–A University of Alberta Note: See the University of Alberta Calendar and consult Year 1 with a faculty member. HK 123 HK 120 HK 124 HK 122 ENGL 103 or 101 HK 125 Two of PSYC 101, BIO 107, ENGL 102, 103 or 104 GEOG 101 or 103 PSYC 102, BIO 120, or Performance Analysis GEOG 101 or 103 Course Performance Analysis Course Year 2 HK 220 HK 121 HK 210 HK 127 HK 223 HK 221 Approved option Approved option Performance Analysis Performance Analysis Course Course
1E–B University of British Columbia 1. ENGL 103 must be taken but may be taken in either Semester I or Physical Education Programme of Study Semester II. 2. Courses should reflect second teaching concentration. Year 1 3. Students wishing to pursue Exercise Science, Leisure and Sport ENGL 103 or 101 ENGL 103 or 102 Management, or Health and Fitness programmes of study should HK 123 HK 121 consult a Human Kinetics (Physical Education) faculty member or a HK 124 HK 120 counsellor for course selection. HK 122 HK 221 HK 220 Arts/Science elective Year 2 HK 223 HK 127 HK 240 HK 224 Two Arts/Science electives HK 230 Two Arts/Science electives
1E–V University of Victoria Students wishing to pursue a Science degree with a major in Human Arts Degree with Major in Human Performance Performance should consult the UVic Calendar, a counsellor, and/or a Human Kinetics (Physical Education) faculty member. HK 122 HK 121 HK 123 HK 125 HK 124 HK 127 HK 223 HK 224 HK 240 HK 230 ENGL 103 or 101 ENGL 102, 103, or 104 SOC 101 University Credit Programmes / 143
Package Semester I Semester II Notes Packages outlined below effective for Fall 2003. 2A BIO 107 BIO 120 1. Prerequisites: Math 12 or MATH 100 or MATH 050, CHEM 111 CHEM 112 Biology 11 or BIO 045, Chemistry 12 or CHEM 050, and ENGL 101 or 103 ENGL 102 or 104 Physics 12 or PHYS 050. MATH 101 MATH 102 2. BIO 107/120 is required in the first year for a major in the Life PHYS 101 PHYS 102 Sciences (Biochemistry, Biology, Botany, Microbiology, Pharmacology, Physiology, and Zoology). Other science majors may select an Arts elective. 3. Home Economics majors must replace PHYS 101/102 with ECON 201/202 and may replace MATH 101/102 with MATH 103/104 or a Social Science if Math 12 was taken. 4. Students wishing to transfer to the UBC Biology programme are advised to take both Physics 105 and Physics 106 while at CNC.
2B BIO 107 BIO 120 1. Prerequisites: Math 11 or MATH 045, Chemistry 11 or CHEM 113 CHEM 114 CHEM 045, Biology 11 or BIO 045, Physics 11 or PHYS 045. ENGL 101 or 103 ENGL 102 or 104 2. Students majoring in a Physical Science may replace BIO 107/120 MATH 100 MATH 101 with an Arts elective. PHYS 105 PHYS 106 3. Home Economics majors must replace PHYS 105/106 with ECON 201/202 and may replace MATH 101/102 with MATH 103/104 or a Social Science if Math 12 was taken. 4. Students wishing to transfer to the UBC Biology programme are advised to take both Physics 105 and Physics 106 while at CNC.
2C CHEM 111 or 113 CHEM 112 or 114 1. Prerequisites: Math 11 or MATH 045 (for MATH 100), ENGL 101 or 103 ENGL 102 or 104 Math 12 or MATH 100 or MATH 050 (for MATH 101), MATH 100 or 101 MATH 101 or 102 Chemistry 11 or CHEM 045 (for CHEM 113), Chemistry 12 or CSC 105 or 109 CSC 109 or 110 CHEM 050 (for CHEM 111). Elective as available Elective as available
2D BIO 107 BIO 120 1. Prerequisites: Math 11 or MATH 045, Biology 11 or CHEM 111 or 113 CHEM 112 or 114 BIO 045, Chemistry 11 or CHEM 045 (for CHEM 113), ENGL 101 or 103 ENGL 102 or 104 Chemistry 12 or CHEM 050 (for CHEM 111). Two electives as available Two electives as available 2. Students majoring in Occupational Therapy should select SOC 101 or ANTH 101 and MATH 104. 3. Students majoring in Physical Therapy at UBC should select PHYS 105 (unless Physics 12 is already completed) and MATH 104.
2E BIO 111 BIO 112 1. Prerequisites: Biology 12 or BIO 050 or 107, Chemistry 11 CHEM 111 or 113 CHEM 112 or 114 or CHEM 045 (for CHEM 113), Chemistry 12 or CHEM 050 (for ENGL 103 ENGL 102 or 104 CHEM 111). PSYC 101 PSYC 102 2. Prospective Dental Hygiene students must take ENGL 103 or Elective as available Elective as available equivalent.
2F ENGL 101 or 103 ENGL 102 or 104 1. Prequisites: Math 12 or MATH 100 or MATH 050, Biology 11 FORS 111 FORS 112 or BIO 045, Chemistry 11 or CHEM 045, Physics 11 or PHYS 045 MATH 101 MATH 102 and one of Biology 12, Chemistry 12, or Physics 12. MATH 104 MATH 105 2. Students must select the science which was not taken at the BIO 107 or CHEM 113 BIO 120 or CHEM 114 grade 12 level. or PHYS 105 or PHYS 106 3. Please consult a CNC counsellor concerning specific requirements for University of British Columbia and University of Alberta.
2G MATH 101 MATH 102 1. Prerequisites: Chemistry 12 or CHEM 050, Math 12 or PHYS 101 PHYS 102 MATH 050 or MATH 100 and Physics 12 or PHYS 050 with a ENGL 103 CHEM 112 “B” minimum. CHEM 111 APSC 120 2. Students planning to enter directly into the first year of UBC’s four- APSC 100 MATH 204 year Applied Science programme must be outstanding high school CSC 109 PHYS 204 graduates (see Prerequisites) and must be prepared to undertake an Elective as available intensive workload. 3. Please consult a counsellor concerning acceptable electives. Elective must be an Arts or Social Science course. 144 / University Credit Programmes
DEGREES some courses, embedded in the curriculum of Specific Requirements others, or achieved through class participation The College of New Caledonia offers associate and the learning process. They include but are 1. 6 credits in first-year English; and degrees in Arts and in Science for two years of not limited to: 2. 9 credits in Science which shall include at university level study in accordance with the • advanced reading comprehension least: following requirements. The classification of subjects in Arts (Social Sciences and Humani- • effective written and oral communica- a) 3 credits in Mathematics or Computing ties) and Sciences is set out in the list follow- tions Science or Statistics (Statistics courses ing these requirements. (The Associate taught in subject areas such as Business, • mathematical and scientific reasoning Degree—Arts is also available at the Quesnel Commerce, Economics, Psychology, etc. may also be used to meet this require- Campus.) • computer and technological literacy ment); • research and evaluative skills b) 3 credits in a laboratory science, and • analysis, synthesis, and integration of 3. 36 credits in Arts which shall include: ASSOCIATE DEGREES knowledge a) 6 credits in the Social Sciences; The Associate Degree is designed to provide • critical thinking and problem solving an educational experience that prepares stu- b) 6 credits in Humanities (including the • application of theoretical understand- dents for work, citizenship, and an enriched Creative, Performing, or Fine Arts) other ing to practice life as an educated person and to lay a solid than English; foundation for further study. All public univer- • working collaboratively c) 24 additional credits in Arts, and sities and university colleges in BC that offer traditional arts and science degrees now give WHERE TO FIND THE DETAILS 4. 9 credits in Arts, Science, or other areas. special transfer credit recognition for students who have completed an Associate of The specific associate degree credit transfer Note: policies at each receiving institution can be Arts Degree or an Associate of Science Degree. 1. Commencing May 1998, students found on the BCCAT website at: The Associate Degree curriculum comprises must have completed at least three semester credits in the semester the two years of university level study in a variety www.bccat.bc.ca degree is awarded. of academic areas. Students are required to Just click on the “Online Transfer Guide” but- complete a broad range of course offerings ton and then on the “Associate Degree 2. Students are advised to consult with a balanced with in-depth study in specific disci- Transfer” link in the blue sidebar. A link is counsellor in order to determine specific plines. Since many students will continue their also provided there to all of the general and course requirements for entry to a partic- ular university degree programme. studies, the requirements are sufficiently flexi- specific requirements for associate degrees. ble to enable students to plan their education- 3. A Laboratory Science course is any al programme carefully and to complete the ASSOCIATE DEGREE—ARTS course in the Sciences list worth 3 credits required prerequisites for upper level course or more and with a lab of at least 2 work in their intended major. Students will be To be eligible for the Associate Degree—Arts, a hours, but excluding any course in exposed to concepts, theories, and modes of student must meet the following requirements. Applied Science or Computing Science. inquiry in the humanities, the social sciences, and the sciences to develop: General Requirements ASSOCIATE DEGREE—SCIENCE • an interest in and curiosity about the 1. 60 semester credits of courses that have To be eligible for the Associate Degree— world around them articulated assigned or unassigned university Sciences, a student must meet the following • an understanding of the global context credit at the 100-level or higher. These must requirements. in which they live and work include a minimum of 18 credits in Arts at the second-year level taken in two or more subject General Requirements • an appreciation of intellectual thought areas. and human creativity 1. 60 semester credits of courses that have 2. Completion of at least 30 of these 60 articulated assigned or unassigned university • an openness to a variety of viewpoints semester credits at the College of New credit at the 100-level or higher. These must Caledonia, of which at least 12 credits are in • a capacity for and interest in self- include a minimum of 18 credits in Science at courses that have assigned or unassigned directed lifelong learning the second-year level taken in two or more university transfer credit at the 200-level or subject areas. • acceptance of the social responsibilities higher. that come with the benefits of advanced 2. Completion of at least 30 of these 60 3. An overall GPA of 2.0 calculated on all learning semester credits at the College of New courses counting towards the associate degree Caledonia, of which at least 12 credits are In addition, the programme of study should must be achieved. in courses that have assigned or unassigned develop and improve those skills and abilities 4. No course will be used to meet more than university transfer credit at the 200-level or essential for academic success at an advanced one of the specific requirements. higher. intellectual level. These may be taught in University Credit Programmes / 145
3. An overall cumulative GPA of 2.0 calculat- Arts—Humanities system, and Northern BC practices and institu- ed on all courses counting towards the associ- English tions. Students gain insight into criminological ate degree must be achieved. Fine Arts research methods through computer training, First Nations and by working directly with criminal justice 4. No course will be used to meet more than French system personnel in the articulation, design, one of the specific requirements. History analysis, and presentation of research issues. Philosophy Specific Requirements Writing & New Media (WRIT 200) Programme Requirements 1. 6 credits in first-year English; and Arts—Social Sciences Group A Group B Group C 2. 6 credits in Mathematics which shall Anthropology CRIM 101 COMM 222 Any 3 CNC include at least 3 credits in Calculus; and Commerce Criminology CRIM 102 ECON 101 courses carry- 3. 36 credits in Science, which shall include Economics CRIM 103 ECON 102 ing direct univ- at least 3 credits in a laboratory science; and Geography (Human)—101, 102, 103, 203, CRIM 106 HIST 104 ersity credit CRIM 120 One of* transfer to 4. 6 credits in Arts, other than English 205 Human Kinetics CRIM 135 PHIL 101 SFU, 9 credit (excluding Mathematics and laboratory-based CRIM 230 or PHIL 102 hours required. science courses); and Political Science Psychology One of PSYC 101* 5. 6 credits in Arts, Science, or other areas. Sociology CRIM 201 PSYC 102* Women’s Studies or CRIM 241 PSCI 131* Note: PSYC 201* Sciences 1. Commencing May 1998, students SOC 101* must have completed at least three Applied Science SOC 102* semester credits in the semester the Astronomy ENGL 103* degree is awarded. Biology Chemistry 24 credit 27 credit 9 credit 2. Unassigned credits from other institu- Computer Science hours hours hours tions for inclusion in the course work Forest Science In Group B, a course which is asterisked (*) leading to the Associate Degree–Sciences Geography (Physical—201, 202, 204) will be limited to 15 credits. The final must be taken plus 1 elective (3 credit hours) Geology chosen from the above list. decision for determining course area, GIS (GIS 250) level, and number of credit hours will be Mathematics Note: made by the Dean or senior academic Physics administrator in the UT Science pro- 1. At least 30 credits must be completed gramme area. Note: Some courses in the subject areas at CNC. listed above may not carry transfer credit 3. Students are advised to consult with a 2. No course may be used more than and/or satisfy major degree requirements counsellor in order to determine specific once to meet diploma requirements. at a particular university. Please consult course requirements for entry to a partic- the BC transfer guide (available on the web ular university degree programme. at www.bccat.bc.ca), university calendars, 4. A Laboratory Science course is any university admissions offices, or the course in the Sciences list worth 3 credits Counselling and Academic Advising DIPLOMA— or more and with a lab of at least 2 Department at CNC. hours, but excluding any course in HUMAN KINETICS Applied Science or Computing Science. This programme allows the student in Human Kinetics the opportunity to obtain a two-year CLASSIFICATION OF SUBJECTS DIPLOMA— diploma while completing University credit FOR ASSOCIATE DEGREES courses including anatomy, conditioning, team CRIMINOLOGY and individual sport analysis, coaching theory, Only those College of New Caledonia courses and introduction to sports administration, with articulated university transfer credit and a This programme prepares students for entry among others. College of New Caledonia course designation into various career options within the criminal at the 100-level or higher, will count towards justice field. For those planning to further their The programme consists of two years of study the Associate Degree. education, the Criminology Diploma is directly including 20 courses (57 credits). It entails transferable to SFU’s School of Criminology, both practical and theoretical components of For the purpose of the general and specific and is equivalent to the first two years of the instruction. The student completing the diplo- requirements for Associate Degrees, College of Bachelor of Arts programme at that institution. ma would have the opportunity to transfer to New Caledonia courses are categorized as a four-year institution to obtain a degree in a follows: In total, the programme is comprised of 20 related field, or alternatively, seek employment courses (60 credits). It entails two years of in related areas. practical and theoretical instruction, with an emphasis on the provincial criminal justice 146 / University Credit Programmes
PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS ing certificate or Bachelor’s Degree in Prince ANTH 101 George. Students interested in this option Introduction to Year One should enroll in package 1C. Upon completion Socio-Cultural Anthropology Semester One of five semesters of academic work, students This course examines major institutions in a HK 122 Conditioning for Sport and will be accepted into the SFU Professional variety of societies: subsistence, belief, power, Physical Activity Development Programme (PDP) based on sat- law, health, marriage, family, language, and HK 123 Biodynamics of Physical isfactory work experience and academic per- change. It also explains the theories used by Activity formance records. anthropologists to understand human behav- HK 220 Analyzing Performance in iour cross-culturally. Team Sports 3 CR / (3,0) ENGL 103 Composition and Style Option (1)* FORESTRY ANTH 102 Introduction to Physical Anthropology Semester Two The following courses will be offered on a and Archeology HK 100 National Coaching Certificate demand basis at full cost recovery: This course investigates the origins of humans, Programme Level I examines the evidence for Darwinian Evolu- HK 200 National Coaching Certificate FORS 100 Introduction to Forestry tion, explores our relationship with other pri- Programme Level II FORS 111 Dendrology I mates, and examines the oldest civilizations. HK 120 Biomechanical Analysis of FORS 112 Dendrology II Sport and Dance Performance FORS 203 Silvics of Forest Trees of 3 CR / (3,0) HK 121 An Introduction to the Study Western Canada ANTH 201 of Sport FORS 210 Introduction to Forest Soils Social Structure I: Ethnography HK 125 Dance Forms FORS 213 Land Survey Option (1)* FORS 237 Introduction to Forest An examination of the ethnological approach Mensuration and to culture and society with a focus on the Year Two Photogrammetry social/cultural varieties of expression. FORS 238 Forest Mensuration Semester One Prerequisite: ANTH 101 or permission from MATH 105 Introductory Programming HK 124 Dynamics of Motor Skill instructor with Statistics Acquisition 3 CR / (3,0) HK 210 Introduction to Sports For information on these offerings contact: Administration ANTH 202 HK 223 Human Functional Anatomy Community & Continuing Education Social Structure II: HK 240 Performance Analysis of College of New Caledonia Theory and Method Selected Team Sports and 3330 – 22nd Avenue Examination of major concepts and theories Activities Prince George, BC V2N 1P8 used in anthropology. Phone: (250) 561-5846 HK127 Personal Health and Wellness Prerequisite: ANTH 101 or permission from Fax: (250) 561-5862 Option (1)* instructor Semester Two 3 CR / (3,0) HK 221 Physical Growth and Motor APSC 100 Development COURSE Introduction to Engineering HK 230 Performance Analysis of Selected Individual Sports DESCRIPTIONS This is a mandatory non-credit course for Engi- and Activities neering students. The student is provided an The number in parenthesis at the end of the HK 291 Field Experience in Human opportunity to meet practicing engineers and descriptions indicates the number of lecture Kinetics discuss their areas of specialization. hours and lab or seminar hours per week. Options (1)* 0 CR / (1,0) Thus (3,2) indicates 3 hours of lecture and 2 *Options are to be approved by a Human hours of lab or seminar per week. Students APSC 120 Kinetics faculty member. In Year One: who take courses which consist of both lecture Engineering Drawing Arts/Science/Commerce (two); in Year and lab sections must achieve a passing grade This is an introductory mechanical drafting and Two: Arts/Science/ for both the lecture and the lab in order to computer aided drafting course for those students Commerce (one), HK elective (one) receive a passing grade in the course. who are interested in a degree in Engineering. Course transfer information is contained in the Topics covered are orthographic projection, tech- British Columbia Transfer Guide published by nical sketching, engineering geometry, graphic EDUCATION the British Columbia Council on Admissions solution of space and vector problems, azimuth and Transfer (available in the CNC Counselling and bearing problems, contour lines, cutting The New Caledonia Teacher Education Department) to verify transferability of credits. planes and developments, graphical integration Consortium (NEW CAL TEC) programme, and differentiation, logarithmic graphs, and pres- established in conjunction with SFU, offers Note: Not all courses are necessarily entation of engineering data on graphs. students the opportunity to complete a teach- offered every semester. 3 CR / (2,3) University Credit Programmes / 147
ASTR 101 variety of current gene technology applications Sciences Programmes, e.g., Dental Hygiene, Introductory Astronomy 1 is presented. Nursing, etc. An introductory course for science credit. The 3 CR / (3,3) Prerequisites: Biology 12 or BIO 050 or emphasis will be on the solar system introduced BIO 107 and Chemistry 11 or CHEM 045 in a historical context. Also covered will be basic BIO 104 3 CR / (3,3) observing, celestial coordinates, astronomical Biology for Non-Majors II instruments, and the relevant basic physics. Biology 104 is a general biology course which BIO 112 Note: This course is offered on the basis of introduces non-science students to basic scien- Human Anatomy and Physiology II demand. Students interested in taking this tific methods and concepts. The focus is on This course is a continuation of BIO 111. It is course should contact the Division Dean at evolution and ecology. Students will develop designed to cover the anatomy and physiology (250) 561-5830. the concept of an evolving biosphere as a of the muscular, cardiovascular, lymphatic, res- Prerequisites: Physics 11 or PHYS 045 and basis for exploring the human place in the piratory, digestive, urinary, and reproductive Math 11 or MATH 045 biosphere. systems. Emphasis will be on the importance of 3 CR / (3,3) 3 CR / (3,3) homeostasis and how it is maintained by the concerted functioning of the body systems. An BIO 105 ASTR 102 extensive laboratory curriculum is also included. Introductory Astronomy II Basic Microbiology Prerequisite: BIO 111 An introductory course for science credit to The basic principles of microbiology are pre- 3 CR / (3,3) follow ASTR 101. The emphasis will be on sented in this course with an emphasis on the stars (stellar parallax and motions, the HR dia- relevance of these principles to human health. BIO 120 gram, star clusters, stellar models, stellar evo- This course deals with studies of the mor- Genetics, Evolution, and Ecology lution, exotic objects) and galaxies (the Milky phology, growth, and modes of transmission An introductory course exploring topics in the Way Galaxy, external galaxies, cosmology). of microorganisms. Topics will also include mechanism of inheritance at the organismal and asepsis, immunology, chemotherapeutic Note: This course is offered on the basis of molecular levels, evidence for and mechanisms drugs, and epidemiology of infectious dis- demand. Students interested in taking this of evolution, ecological relationships, and eases. course should contact the Division Dean at animal behaviour. The laboratory will include (250) 561-5830. Note: This course is designed primarily for several long-term investigations, including labo- students interested in Nursing. Prerequisite: ASTR 101 or permission of the ratory experiments on organism-environmental instructor Prerequisites: Biology 12 or 050, Chemistry relationships and optional field work. 11 or 045 3 CR / (3,3) Prerequisites: Biology 11 or 045 and Chem- 3 CR / (3,1) istry 11 or 045 ASTR 105 3 CR / (3,3) Introductory Astronomy BIO 107 Cellular and Organismal Biology An introductory course for the non-science stu- BIO 201 dent. Topics include: A brief history of An introductory course emphasizing principles Cell Structure astronomy, ancient to modern; the methods of wide applications to all organisms, Beginning with experimental techniques, this and tools of astronomy; the earth, moon, and including cell structure and function, nutrition, course covers physical and chemical aspects of solar system; the sun; properties of stars; mul- energetics, and physiology and reproduction. biological structure in prokaryote and tiple systems; variable stars; stellar evolution Examples are drawn from both the cellular and eucaryote cells. Additional topics include cell and the death of stars; the Milky Way; distant whole-organism levels of organization. The events (mitosis, meiosis, and movement) and galaxies and cosmology. Students will be par- laboratory will explore biological principles correlations of structural diversity with func- ticipating in several observing sessions. through a study of several local eco- tional specialization. systems; field trips during laboratory sessions Note: This course is offered on the basis of Prerequisites: BIO 107 and 120, CHEM 111 will be mandatory. demand. Students interested in taking this and 112 or CHEM 113 and 114 course should contact the Division Dean at Prerequisites: Biology 11 or 045 and Chem- Prerequisite or Corequisite: CHEM 203 istry 11 or 045 (250) 561-5830. 3 CR / (3,3) 3 CR / (3,0) 3 CR / (3,3) BIO 202 BIO 111 BIO 103 Cell Chemistry Human Anatomy and Physiology I Biology for Non-Majors I An introductory course dealing with the chem- Biology 103 is a general biology course which This course is the first half of a comprehensive ical basis of life. This course emphasizes basic introduces non-science students to basic scien- survey of the structures and functions of the life processes: energy conversion, transfer, and tific methods and concepts. This course focuses human organ systems. Lecture topics include storage. Cell structures are discussed from the on the fundamental unit of living things, the cellular physiology, histology, and studies of stand-point of their roles in all aspects of cell. A study of cell structure and metabolism the integumentary, skeletal, nervous, and energetics. endocrine systems. An extensive laboratory provides a basis for understanding the basics of Prerequisite: BIO 201 cancer, genetics, and gene technology. A component is included. This course is appro- priate for students who intend to enter Health Prerequisite or Corequisite: CHEM 204 3 CR / (3,3) 148 / University Credit Programmes
CHEM 111 CHEM 201 Fundamentals of Chemistry I Physical Chemistry This course is for students who have passed This course, a survey of physical chemistry, is BC Chemistry 12 within the last two years, and suitable for students majoring in science pro- who intend to take applied science, medicine, grammes such as chemistry, physics, biology, or other science programmes at university. and pharmacy. The course comprises a discus- Topics covered are modern bonding theo-ries, sion of the laws of thermodynamics followed properties of molecules, and organic chem- by a treatment of the equilibrium thermo- istry. dynamics of gases and solutions. Note: Prerequisite Math 12 or MATH 050 Prerequisite: CHEM 112 or 114 with a “C” or better may be required. 3 CR / (3,3) BIO 205 Prerequisite: Chemistry 12 or CHEM 050, Introduction to Microbiology I with a “C” or better recommended CHEM 202 A historical perspective of microbiology, fol- 3 CR / (3,3) Inorganic and lowed by topics which include a survey of the Co-ordination Chemistry bacteria, bacterial cell structure in relation to its CHEM 112 With CHEM 201, this course forms a second-year function, bacterial growth kinetics, and a Fundamentals of Chemistry II chemistry course for science major students. The survey of the lower protists. An introduction to This course includes thermodynamics, a structure, bonding, and properties of transition virology and bacterial metabolism, including quantitative discussion of equilibrium and metal and other complexes are discussed. environmental factors which affect microbial ionic solutions, and reaction kinetics. Together Prerequisite: CHEM 111 or 113 growth and survival will also be presented. with CHEM 111 this course gives credit for 3 CR / (3,3) Prerequisites: BIO 107 and 120 first-year university chemistry at an appro- Prerequisite or Corequisite: CHEM 203 priate science major, applied science, and CHEM 203 premed level. Organic Chemistry I 3 CR / (3,3) Note: Prerequisite Math 12 or MATH 050 The course provides an introduction to organic BIO 206 with a “C” or better may be required. chemistry. A survey of structure and reactivity Introduction to Microbiology II Prerequisite: Chemistry 12 or CHEM 050, with for the major functional groups is followed by This course will include an introduction to the a “C” or better recommended an introduction to analysis and structure deter- genetics of bacteria and viruses; sporulation 3 CR / (3,3) mination. A major topic on chirality and con- as a form of bacterial differentiation; formational analysis is included. Laboratory immunology, including both antibody and cel- CHEM 113 experience includes an introduction to syn- lular responses to antigen, and an analysis of Introduction to Chemistry I thetic methods and infra-red spectroscopy. host-parasite relationships. This is a general chemistry course primarily Prerequisite: CHEM 111 or 113 Prerequisite: BIO 205 intended for students without Chemistry 12 and 3 CR / (3,3) Prerequisite or Corequisite: CHEM 204 whose major programme areas require one or two years of university level chemistry. Topics CHEM 204 3 CR / (3,3) include stoichiometry and atomic structure, peri- Organic Chemistry II BIO 207 odic table, bonding, and organic chemistry. Mechanism and synthesis are discussed as Comparative Anatomy of Vertebrates Prerequisite: Chemistry 11 or CHEM 045 central themes in organic chemistry. This course surveys substitution, addition, elimina- A systematic approach to the comparative 3 CR / (4,3) tion, rearrangement, and oxidation reduction anatomy of the vertebrates. Organisms reactions for the functional groups introduced exhibiting a variety of morphological advances CHEM 114 in CHEM 203. Additional topics in carbonyl will be dissected in the laboratory. Introduction to Chemistry II and carbohydrate chemistry are included, as is Prerequisites: BIO 107 and 120 This is a general chemistry course primarily intended for students without Chemistry 12 an introduction to nuclear magnetic resonance. 3 CR / (3,3) and whose major programme areas require Laboratory experiments provide experience in university-level chemistry. Topics include ther- contemporary synthetic methods and gas chro- BIO 211 matography. Invertebrate Zoology modynamics, solution equilibria, acids and bases, electrochemistry, and kinetics. It is rec- Prerequisite: CHEM 203 A systematic treatment of the invertebrates fol- ommended that students take CHEM 113 3 CR / (3,3) lowing evolutionary trends in form and func- prior to taking CHEM 114. tion. A representative selection of invertebrates Prerequisite: Chemistry 11 or CHEM 045 CHEM 205 will be examined in the laboratory. Introduction to Analytical Chemistry 3 CR / (4,3) Prerequisites: BIO 107 and 120 This one-semester course is an introduction to 3 CR / (3,3) the principles and techniques of quantitative chemical analysis. Emphasis is placed on solu- tion equilibria (involved in acid base, oxida- tion-reduction, complex formation, and precipitation reactions), statistical treatment of University Credit Programmes / 149 chemical data, potentiometric, spectrophoto- CRIM 102 CRIM 135 metric and chromatographic methods. An inte- Psychology of Criminal Introduction to Canadian Law gral part of this course is organic, inorganic, and Deviant Behaviour and Legal Institutions and environmental analysis. This course examines various theoretical This course provides a general introduction to Prerequisites: CHEM 111 and 112 or 113 approaches to the psychology of criminal and the fundamental and competing principles of and 114 deviant behaviour. It commences with historical jurisprudence and to the basic legal institu- 3 CR / (3,3) perspectives that are based upon internal, bio- tions of Canada. The course is designed to pre- logical contracts and progresses through the pare students for those law and law-related COM 204 psychoanalytical and type theories to a social courses offered within the Department of Crim- Financial Accounting learning perspective including the social– inology and will consider the history of Cana- Introduction to accounting procedures, princi- structural and symbolic–interactionist theory. dian law, the development of the Canadian ples and financial statement preparation, and Prerequisite: CRIM 101 or PSYC 101 constitution, the system of Canadian courts, the analysis of accounting information for 3 CR / (3,0) and the roles and responsibilities of members business decision making. Emphasis is on of the legal profession. In addition, the course accounting policies and generally accepted CRIM 103 will consider the nature of legal reasoning, the accounting principles. Introduction to the doctrine of precedent, principles of statutory 3 CR / (3,0) Criminal Justice System interpretation, and will also introduce the An introduction to the legal and social organi- fields of contract, torts, administrative law, and COM 212 zation of the Canadian Criminal Justice System. family law. The course will also examine the Managerial Accounting The accused is followed from initial contact process of law reform in Canada. Introduction to the development and use of with the police to a final disposition on the Prerequisite: None accounting information for management plan- street, at court, or in the correctional system. 3 CR / (3,0) ning and control and the development of various The rights, responsibilities, and discretion of cost information analyses. Major topics include all participants in the proceedings will be CRIM 201 job and process costing, cost allocation, cost examined in detail. The processing and treat- Policing in Modern Society behaviour, cost-volume-profit analysis, budg- ment of offenders in Canada will be evaluated This course examines both historical and cur- eting, standard costing, and variance analysis. in terms of fairness and effectiveness. rent issues related to policing in modern Prerequisite: COM 204 3 CR / (3,0) society. Topical emphasis will be on police 3 CR / (3,0) roles, powers, accountability, discretion, sur- CRIM 106 veillance, and technology. Analysis of these COM 222 Sociological Explanations of issues will be comparative between “public” Management and Crime and Deviance and “private” methods of policing. Organizational Behaviour The major sociological perspectives and theo- Prerequisites: CRIM 101 and 103 Information extracted from various areas of psy- ries will be presented and applied to various 3 CR / (3,0) chology (social, industrial/organizational) and types of crimes and deviance. The assump- management will be utilized to study the nature tions, consistency, and completeness of these CRIM 230 of work, people, and organizations. Topics accounts will be critically assessed. Findings Criminal Law include: leadership, motivation, group dynamics, for and against these theories will be evalu- Nature, purpose, scope, sources, and basic communication, Japanese management, job ated. Finally, the practical implications of these principles of the criminal law. History and evo- design, organizational design, organizational approaches will be discussed. lution of the criminal law. Study of certain fun- culture, organizational development, stress, and Prerequisite: SOC 101 or CRIM 101 or 103 damental legal concepts such as mens rea, time management. Organizational behaviour 3 CR / (3,0) negligence, and strict liability. Analysis of the and its impact on management will be examined concept of criminal responsibility in Canada. through lecture, discussion, case analyses, and CRIM 120 Critical examination of the legislative policies practical applications of the material. Research Methods in Criminology expressed in the Criminal Code. Study of the 3 CR / (3,0) Introduction to the practice of research methods basic elements of a criminal offence; actus in criminology. Study of theory, logic, process, reus and mens rea. Examination of the legal CRIM 101 and structure of research as well as research principles relating to certain specific crimes Introduction to Criminology design, data collection, and analysis. Intro- and to certain major defences. CRIM 135 is This course is an introduction to the interdisci- duction to research report writing. Hands-on strongly recommended. plinary subject of criminology. The topics computer experience and direct working interac- 3 CR / (3,0) explored include a historical analysis of the tion with local criminal justice system development of criminology as a scientific dis- agencies. CRIM 241 cipline, its methods of analysis, and the var- Prerequisites: PSYC 201 and four of CRIM Introduction to Corrections ious theoretical explanations for crime, 101, 102, 103, 106, 241 Introduction to the Canadian Correctional criminality, and social control. The course will 3 CR / (3,1.5) System. History and development of prisons in also focus on current issues related to crime Canada. Examination of punitive philosophies and the administration of criminal justice. in Canada. Structure, organization, and 3 CR / (3,0) dynamics of correctional institutions. Examina- 150 / University Credit Programmes tion of treatment and programming in Cana- CSC 115 arithmetic, Boolean algebra and switching dian corrections. Discrete Computational Mathematics I functions, coding theory, finite fields, and com- Prerequisites: CRIM 101 and 103 This course introduces the student to the math- binatorial designs. 3 CR / (3,0) ematical models and formalisms that are of Prerequisites: CSC 115, MATH 101 genuine use in computer science and mathe- 3 CR / (3,0) CSC 105 matics. Topics covered include set theory, prin- Introduction to Computers ciples of counting, logic, mathematical CSC 216 and Programming induction relations and functions, finite-state Introduction to Data Structures The main goal of this course is to familiarize machines, and the principle of inclusion and This course is an introduction to data struc- students with computers and introduce the ele- exclusion. tures and their associated algorithms. The data ments of computer programming. Topics cov- Prerequisite: Math 12 or MATH 050 or structures discussed will include stacks, ered include the basic structure of a digital MATH 100 queues, lists, and trees. Data structures appli- computer system; applications of computers in 3 CR / (3,0) cations will include sorting techniques, hash arts, business, science, industry, and everyday tables, sparse matrix representation, and pri- life; and computer programming using a high CSC 210 ority queues. An object-oriented programming level language. The laboratory provides hands- Numerical Methods language is used in this course. on experience with the microcomputer, pro- This course is an introduction to the numerical Prerequisite: CSC 110 gramming, and current software (such as word techniques used in the solution of mathemat- 3 CR / (3,3) processors, spreadsheets, and databases). No ical problems. It is intended for students in Note: This course is offered on the basis prior knowledge of computing or advanced mathematics, computer science, and applied of demand. Students interested in taking mathematics is required; however, basic typing science. Students will learn to use a library of this course should contact the Division skills will be a definite asset. programmes to solve numerical problems, and Dean at (250) 561-5830. Prerequisite: Math 11, MATH 045, or Applica- also to write their own programs. FORTRAN tions of Math 12 77 is the programming language used in the CSC 224 3 CR / (3,3) course. Computer Organization Note: This course is offered on the basis of This course is an introduction to the internal CSC 109 demand. Students interested in taking this structure (at the logic block level) of the major Computing Science I course should contact the Division Dean at components of modern digital computers and This is a general introductory course in com- (250) 561-5830. it is not a programming course. Starting with puter science. The topics include computer Prerequisites: CSC 110 and MATH 201 basic logic gates, complex devices are architecture, computer systems, development Prerequisites or Corequisites: MATH 202, 215, designed, and are, in turn, used to design a of algorithms and computer programmes, and and 204 simple computer. Also, a sequence of register programming style. The programming topics transfers for many of the macro instructions is 3 CR / (3,3) include selection and loop structures, arrays, developed. Finally, the major functional sec- functions, procedures, and string processing. CSC 214 tions of a computer—main memory, micro- The main emphasis of this course is on the Introduction to Computer Systems programmed control, ALU, I/O bus structures, study and development of algorithms, using a This course is an introduction to the basic con- interrupts—are studied. procedural language. cepts of computer systems and computer Note: This course is offered on the basis of Prerequisite: Math 12 or MATH 050 Students architecture, and to machine and assembly lan- demand. Students interested in taking this with a grade of “B” or better in CSC 12 may guage. Students will be expected to master course should contact the Division Dean at take CSC 110 instead of CSC 109, ETCC 159 both the basic concepts of computer systems (250) 561-5830. Students who have completed Electronics Tech- and architecture and the programming details Prerequisite: CSC 215 nician Common Core meet all prerequisites for of an assembly language. The assembly lan- 3 CR / (3,3) course guage of the VAX-11 will be used in program- 3 CR / (3,3) ming assignments. ECON 101 Note: This course is offered on the basis of Introduction to Economics CSC 110 demand. Students interested in taking this An introduction to economics and the free Computing Science II course should contact the Division Dean at enterprise economy. Topics include: an This is a continuation of CSC 109 and more (250) 561-5830. overview of economic systems; supply and advanced algorithms and computer pro- Prerequisite: CSC 110 demand and various product, labour, and grammes are developed. The topics include financial markets; organization and behaviour 3 CR / (3,3) advanced string processing, sets, recursion, of business under different industry environ- and linear and non-linear data structures. CSC 215 ments; and topics in consumerism. Through- Prerequisite: CSC 109 or a grade of “B” or Discrete Computational out, issues related to the national, provincial, better in CSC 12 Mathematics II and local economy will be discussed. Prerequisite or Corequisite: MATH 101 This course is a continuation of CSC 115. 3 CR / (3,0) 3 CR / (3,3) Topics covered include generating functions, recurrence relations, graph theory, trees, opti- mization and matching, rings and modular University Credit Programmes / 151
ECON 102 ECON 210 ENGL 107 Canadian Economics Issues Money and Banking Literature and Composition: This course reviews current (mostly macro-eco- This course examines banking theory and First Nations’ Literature nomic) issues such as unemployment, infla- practice in a Canadian context. Specifically, it This first-year course will focus on a broad tion, taxation, the role of government in the deals with the supply/demand for money and spectrum of Native Literature. Students will macro-economy, international trade, and GNP/ credit creation, monetary policy in a centralized assess traditional tales from an oral story- GDP. Current events are dealt with at length. banking system and in relation to international telling tradition as well as poems, plays, and Both ECON 101 and 102 are aimed at the lib- finance. short stories by contemporary native writers. eral arts student who may not pursue a degree Prerequisites: ECON 201 and 202 As well, students will learn effective composi- in Commerce or Economics, but wishes to 3 CR / (3,0) tion skills and the techniques of literary become more familiar with the economic analysis. Students will be required to write a issues of the day as reported in the media. ENGL 101 minimum of three major essays. Students 3 CR / 3,0) Literature and Composition I wishing to transfer to UBC should not take A study of twentieth century short stories both English 104 and English 107. ECON 201 and drama, and a consideration of effective 3 CR / (3,0) Principles of Economics— composition practices. Students will write a Microeconomics minimum of three essays. ENGL 201 English Literature, 1350–1744 This course examines the market system’s 3 CR / (3,0) inner workings, characterized by supply and A survey of English Literature from Chaucer to demand. Various market structures such as a ENGL 102 Pope based on a selection of works from major perfect competition and monopolies will be Literature and Composition II authors. The course will include work from the studied. Time will be spent looking at ways in A study of twentieth century poetry and Old English period. Students are required to which the market system “fails,” leading to dis- novels, and a consideration of effective compo- submit at least three essays on cussions about government’s role, in certain sition practices. Students will write a minimum literary topics. circumstances, as possible replacement for the of three essays. Prerequisites: Two of ENGL 101, 102, 103, market system. By the end of this course the 3 CR / (3,0) 104,107 student should have the ability to analyze the 3 CR / (3,0) impact of events on the price and production of ENGL 103 goods and services. Composition and Style ENGL 202 3 CR / (3,0) A study of grammar, composition, style, and English Literature, 1744–1900 research techniques. A vigorous programme of A survey of English Literature from Blake to ECON 202 essay writing plus a variety of writing assign- Browning based on a selection of works from Principles of Economics— ments or exercises dealing with specific prob- major authors. Students will submit at least Macroeconomic lems in essay writing. Strongly recommended three essays on literary topics. Beginning with the techniques for measuring for students who wish to improve their writing Prerequisites: Two of ENGL 101, 102, 103, important variables such as GDP, unemploy- skills. 104, 107 ment, and the price level, the course will 3 CR / (3,0) 3 CR / (3,0) develop a model of the economy with which various “shocks” can be analyzed. How the ENGL 104 ENGL 203 government uses its spending, taxation, and Introduction to Literature Canadian Literature I control of the money supply to achieve eco- and Composition An introduction to the study of Canadian litera- nomic goals will be discussed. By the end of A survey of selected stories, poems, and plays ture involving writers from beginning to the the course the student should have the ability from the classical to the modern periods. Another 1940s. Journals, poetry, and fiction will be to analyze the macroeconomic impact of most first-year college level English course is sug- included. Students are required to submit a events influencing the economy. gested. Students will write essays and exams. minimum of three essays on literary topics. 3 CR / (3,0) Students wishing to transfer to UBC should not Prerequisites: Two of ENGL 101, 102, 103, take both English 104 and English 107. ECON 207 104, 107 Managerial Economics 3 CR / (3,0) 3 CR / (3,0) This course is an application of economic ENGL 106 ENGL 204 theory to a variety of management and Film Studies Canadian Literature II planning decisions such as output maximiza- A survey of styles and genres in international tion and cost minimization given the con- A study of the development of poetry, fiction, and Hollywood cinema from 1940 to the straints faced by the firms. drama, and essays from 1940 to the present. present. A feature film will be screened each Students will be required to submit a minimum Prerequisites: ECON 201 and 202 week and discussed in conjunction with assigned of three essays on literary topics. 3 CR / (3,0) readings. University credit students will write Prerequisites: Two of ENGL 101, 102, 103, essays and exams; non-university credit students 104, 107 may audit the course for general interest. 3 CR / (3,0) 3 CR / (1,2) 152 / University Credit Programmes
ENGL 205 lish 216 will take a historical approach to the ENGL 220 Creative Writing I study of children’s literature. We will examine Children’s Literature— Creative Writing is a university transfer work- representative literature from the Victorian First Nations Authors shop/writing course meant to provide a con- period to the Modern period. The course will This course will examine some of the tradi- text in which beginning and seasoned writers address the question of how our definitions of tional tales from the oral story-telling tradition can present their work (poetry, fiction, and children’s literature and our attitudes toward as well as tales told by contemporary novel- drama) for comment and criticism. The lec- children’s literature have changed over the ists. We will assess these stories in terms of tures, assignments, and seminar discussions years. character, plot, and theme. As well, we will will involve a wide range of topics meant to Prerequisites: Two of ENGL 101, 102, 103, consider how these pieces of fiction challenge reveal possible approaches to language and 104, 107 the child reader’s social, emotional, moral, and writing, and to stimulate improvement of the 3 CR / (3,0) intellectual growth. Students will critically eval- work submitted for discussion and evaluation. uate the texts and determine what sort of Prerequisites: Two of ENGL 101, 102, 103, ENGL 217 values and lessons are incorporated into the 104, 107 Women and Men in Literature I text by the storyteller. 3 CR / (3,0) Students will read a selection of novels Prerequisites: Two of ENGL 101, 102, 103, reflecting different cultural and historical 104, 107 ENGL 206 periods. With a primary focus on gender roles, 3 CR / (3,0) Creative Writing II students will also focus on literary, feminist, and This course is a continuation of ENGL 205. general socio-cultural concerns, providing fresh ENGL 231 Prerequisites: Two of ENGL 101, 102, 103, insights into literary traditions. Students will Intermediate Composition I 104, 107 write at least three essays on literary topics. Students will study and practice the principles 3 CR / (3,0) Prerequisites: Two of ENGL 101, 102, 103, of effective prose. They will write a variety of 104, 107 expository and argumentative essays (some ENGL 213 3 CR / (3,0) done in class) and a final examination. Stu- Short Fiction I dents will develop competence and flexibility A survey of the short story and novella from ENGL 218 in their writing skills through the practice of a Poe to Lawrence. Students will be required to Women and Men in Literature II variety of stylistic and organizational tech- write at least three essays on literary topics. Students will read a selection of novels/plays niques. Recommended for students interested in the teaching profession. Prerequisites: Two of ENGL 101, 102, 103, reflecting historical/contemporary gender roles 104, 107 and gender relations. Students will consider the Note: This is not a remedial or basic skills representation of men and women in the litera- course. 3 CR / (3,0) ture of the twentieth century. Students will write Prerequisites: Two of ENGL 101, 102, 103, ENGL 214 at least three essays on literary topics. 104, 107 Short Fiction II Prerequisites: Two of ENGL 101, 102, 103, 3 CR / (2,1) A survey of the short story and novella from 104, 107 Kafka to the present. Students will be asked to 3 CR / (3,0) ENGL 232 write at least three essays on literary topics. Intermediate Composition II ENGL 219 Prerequisites: Two of ENGL 101, 102, 103, Students will write a variety of expository and Contemporary First Nations Authors 104, 107 argumentative essays (some done in class) This course will focus on contemporary Native and a final examination. Particular emphasis 3 CR / (3,0) authors. We will study novels, plays, and will be placed upon the production of a major ENGL 215 poems which reflect the experiences of First research report (minimum length 2,000 Children’s Literature I Nations people in Canada from the 1940s to words) with full documentation. Recom- the 1990s. We will consider how the literature mended for students interested in the teaching A study of children’s literature focussing on the reflects specific regional/personal concerns and profession. different genres: fantasy, realistic fiction, sci- issues. As well, we will consider the universal ence fiction, historical fiction, etc. Prerequisites: Two of ENGL 101, 102, 103, themes developed in these writings. 104, 107 Prerequisites: Two of ENGL 101, 102, 103, We will also compare First Nations authors 3 CR / (2,1) 104, 107 with Canadian authors studied in traditional 3 CR / (3,0) and Canadian literature classes and consider Note: This is not a remedial or basic skills course. similarities/differences in style, themes, and ENGL 216 subject matter. Children’s Literature II FINE 101 Prerequisites: Two of ENGL 101, 102, 103, History of Art I English 216 is a continuation of English 215. 104, 107 Ideally, English 216 would be preceded by This course will study the history of painting, 3 CR / (3,0) English 215. However, students could take sculpture, and architecture in Europe, Asia, only one of the two courses, or they could take Africa, Oceania, and the Americas. It is an this course out of sequence. While English 215 introductory survey course which will give the is organized around the different genres, Eng- student a comprehensive view of the develop- ment of art from the prehistoric to Late University Credit Programmes / 153
Medieval period. An understanding and appre- design. Regular evaluations and critiques will tions, photosynthesis, respiration), reproduc- ciation of art are the aims of the course, and be part of the course work. tion, forest regions of Canada, ecological clas- through lectures and class discussions, stu- Prerequisite: FINE 103 sification, geographical distribution, dents will develop an “eye” for seeing as well 4 CR / (1,3) elementary BC conifers, and the more impor- as appropriate terms to describe works shown. tant North American/World species. Analytical 3 CR / (3,0) FNST 100 and experimental labs will be assigned. An Introduction to the World View Prerequisite: FORS 111 FINE 102 of First Nations People 3 CR / (3,2) History of Art II This course has been designed through an A continued survey of painting, sculpture, and extensive collaborative effort on the part of the FORS 202 architecture which will give the student a com- Carrier Sekani Tribal Council, the Prince Forest Ecology prehensive view and understanding of art George Native Friendship Centre, and CNC. The ecosystem concept; energy biomass and from the Renaissance to the present day. Indi- The teaching and learning styles it promotes nutrient cycling; the physical environment; vidual artists are studied in addition to the are those indigenous to First Nations cultures. population and community ecology; ecological larger period styles. The course also traces the The content is a blend of academic information succession. Introduction to the biogeoclimatic interrelationship between art and the political, and perspectives with those of the First classification of BC, and some Central Interior social, and technological developments of the Nations people. It is a research-driven format ecosystems. A plant herbarium of 50 vascular period. that demands a blend of library, classroom plants and mosses required. 3 CR / (3,0) (learning circle format), and fieldwork learning Due to the integrated nature of course mate- framed by a firm belief in experiential process. rials in FORS 202 and FORS 210, students are FINE 103 3 CR / (3,0) strongly advised to take these courses concur- Drawing and Two-Dimensional rently. Students may encounter difficulties in Language I FNST 101 FORS 202 if they have no previous or concur- This intensive studio course provides an intro- First Nations Studies II rent soils course, such as FORS 210. duction to the methods, materials, and con- Focuses on the diversity and development of Prerequisites or Corequisites: FORS 111, 112, cepts of drawing, both as a visual language native cultures in Canada prior to European or FOR 155, 157 and as a tool for enhancing perceptual aware- contact and on the nature of First Nations/ 3 CR / (3,2) ness. While investigating process and devel- Euro-Canadian interaction from contact to the oping a critical vocabulary, learners will begin present day. In addition, it will introduce stu- FORS 203 to acquire the skills to translate immediate dents to crucial concepts, perspectives, and Silvics of Forest Trees of observations and ideas into two-dimensional issues relevant to contemporary First Nations Western Canada form. A variety of subject matter will be used, experiences. Ecological and silvical characteristics of forest including live models. In-class projects and Prerequisite: FNST 100 trees of western provinces; assessment and assignments will encompass various aspects 3 CR / (3,0) ecological site quality; application of silvics in of drawing, while visual presentations and silviculture. class discussion will introduce students to con- FORS 100 Prerequisites: FORS 202, FORS 210 temporary and historical ideas of art and Introduction to Forestry design. Techniques for evaluating and cri- 3 CR / (3,2) History of forestry and the forestry profession, tiquing (both oneself and other learners) will present status and role of forestry, forest policy, be discussed and incorporated into the course FORS 210 and future trends in the forest resource use. work. Introduction to Forest Soils 2 CR / (2,0) 4 CR / (1,3) This course covers the physical, chemical, and biological properties of soils; soil formation, FORS 111 FINE 104 classification, use, and conservation of forest Dendrology I Drawing and Two-Dimensional soils. Language II This course covers both morphology (identifi- Due to the integrated nature of course cation) and functioning (physiology) of trees. This intensive studio course is a continuation materials in FORS 202 and FORS 210, The lectures cover structure and function of of FINE 103 and further explores the funda- students are strongly advised to take these seed, roots, stem, and leaves; tree growth; mentals of drawing (line, shape, tone, texture, courses concurrently. dormancy and stand development. The labs volume, proportion, shadow, space, composi- 3 CR / (3,2) concentrate on recognition of BC and Canadian tion, scale, mark-making tools, and media). species of broadleaf trees, with experimental Exercises and projects are designed for FORS 213 assignments to reinforce lecture material. learners to continue work on perceptual and Land Survey expressive drawing and hand–eye coordina- Prerequisite: Biology 11 or BIO 045 An introduction to the basic techniques of sur- tion. A variety of subject matter will be used, 3 CR / (3,2) veying, with special emphasis on the problems including live models. In-class projects and encountered in a forest environment. This assignments will encompass various aspects FORS 112 course is taken during the week preceding the of drawing, while visual presentations and Dendrology II beginning of lectures in the second year and class discussion will introduce learners to con- A continuation of FORS 111, this course con- for five consecutive Saturdays. temporary and historical ideas of art and centrates on the function of trees (water rela- 154 / University Credit Programmes
Note: This course is offered on the basis of 2. Writing practice; and GEOG 201 demand. Students interested in taking this 3. Literary analysis Weather and Climate course should contact the Division Dean at The course is conducted in French and highly This course is a laboratory science course (250) 561-5830. recommended for prospective elementary which provides an introduction to the major 3 CR teachers. concepts in the sub-disciplines of meteorology Prerequisite: FREN 101 and climatology. Emphasis will be on the FORS 237 analysis of processes, distributions, and inter- 3 CR / (3,1.5) Introduction to Forest Mensuration relationships. It is a required course for a BSc and Photogrammetry GEOG 101 degree in Geography. Measuring and estimating tree volumes, form, Man’s Sense of Place: 3 CR / (3,3) and taper; timber scaling and grading; com- An Introduction to Human Geography puter applications; basic photogrammetry, GEOG 202 This course serves as an introduction to the mapping for photography and photo-based The Surface of the Earth development, structure, concepts, and methods inventory systems. of modern Human Geography. Students will be This course is a laboratory science course. It Note: This course is offered on the basis of introduced to the many sub-fields of Human provides an introduction to the major systems, demand. Students interested in taking this Geography, including Urban Geography, Cultural cycles, and processes which cause and course should contact the Division Dean at Geography, Environmental Geography, Historical sculpture the landforms of the earth’s surface. (250) 561-5830. Geography, Regional Geography, Political Geog- It is a required course for a BSc degree in Prerequisite: MATH 104 raphy, and Economic Geography. This course is geography. GEOG 202 is combined with 3 CR / (3,2) not only important to those students who wish GEOG 201 to make up a full introductory to study for a BA in Geography; it will prove Physical Geography course. FORS 238 useful for those students who wish to enter pro- 3 CR / (3,3) Forest Mensuration grammes in architecture, urban and regional Forest inventory methods; growth and yield planning, education, etc. GEOG 203 Economic Geography prediction; applications of multiple linear 3 CR / (3,3) regression and sampling techniques; intro- A geographic view of economic activities duction to multiple resource inventories. GEOG 102 and behaviour, using both a “systems” Note: This course is offered on the basis of Introduction to Contemporary and “behavioural” approach. Traditional and demand. Students interested in taking this Environmental and Resource Issues more recent theories of Economic Geography course should contact the Division Dean at This course provides an overview of the types will be examined in the light of these two (250) 561-5830. of environmental and resource issues facing approaches. This course may be useful for students wishing to enter programmes in eco- Prerequisites: FORS 237, MATH 102 the planet today. It concentrates on both the nomics, commerce, appraising, and municipal 3 CR / (3,2) spatial component of these issues and on the human/environmental interactions. Topics cov- administration. FREN 101 ered include environmental ethics, the nature Prerequisites: GEOG 101 and 103 Intermediate College French, Level 5 of ecosystems including biogeochemical cycles, 3 CR / (3,0) This course consists of three parts: energy flows, environmental hazards, politics, and economics as well as various resource GEOG 204 1. A review of the essential structures of issues such as parks, forests, fisheries, Forest and Agricultural Climatology French grammar; wildlife, pollution, etc. This course focuses on the fundamental princi- 2. French conversation; 3 CR / (3,3) ples and processes of climatology; energy and 3. Exercises in comprehension of oral French. water balance concepts; atmospheric motion Conversation classes will be based on current GEOG 103 and weather systems; microclimate of soils, social issues. Canada: Some Geographical crops, forests, and animals; microclimate mod- The course is conducted in French and highly Perspectives ification and air pollution; climate classification recommended for prospective elementary An introduction to the geographical character and land capability. teachers. of Canada. Emphasis is on an examination of 3 CR / (3,2) Note: Students with preparation in French the development of settlement patterns, the GEOG 205 other than specific course prerequisite may be Canadian urban system, changes in rural The Evolution of the admitted. Please contact a counsellor. Canada, resource development, and the characteristics of the North. This course may Cultural Landscape Prerequisite: French 12 be useful for students wishing to enter pro- An investigation of the dynamic nature of the 3 CR / (3,1.5) grammes in elementary and secondary human/land relationship in terms of cultural, education. sociological, institutional, and psychological FREN 102 influences upon human use and organization Intermediate College French, Level 6 3 CR / (3,0) of the environment. This course consists of three parts: Prerequisites: GEOG 101 and 103 1. Continuation of review of the essential 3 CR / (3,0) structures of French grammar; University Credit Programmes / 155
GIS 250 Focusing on Natives and the fur trade, colonial HIST 216 Introduction to institutions and provincial status, immigration, Introduction to South Asia Geographic Information Systems agriculture, wars, decades of discord, the A multi-disciplinary course intended to intro- This course will enable students to define the origin of third parties, and post-war economic duce students to the history, geography, reli- basic concepts and types of GIS, describe the and political development. gion, literature, and economics of the countries nature of geo-referenced data, differentiate Prerequisite: HIST 101 or 102 or 103 or 104 of the Indian sub-continent. Credit will not be between vector and raster methods, describe 3 CR / (3,0) granted for both History 215 and History 216. various applications of the technology, Prerequisite: One first-year course in either describe the four main technical components of HIST 205 English or History or Philosophy. a GIS (input, storage, processing, and output), History of BC 3 CR (3,3) operate a simple GIS software package, and A lecture/seminar surveying BC with emphasis identify GIS project management tasks. It is on aboriginal culture, resource development, HIST 217 intended for students of forestry, agriculture, ethnic relations, labour, wars, depression, and Introduction to Southeast Asia engineering, land use planning, marketing, the development of provincial politics. A multi-disciplinary course, intended to intro- geography, and computing. It is also highly Prerequisite: HIST 101 or 102 or 103 or 104 duce students to the history, geography, reli- recommended for those who wish to enroll in 3 CR / (3,0) gion, literature, and economics of the countries the GIS Advanced Diploma Programme. of Southeast Asia. Credit may be granted for 3 CR / (3,3) HIST 206 both History 215 and History 217. Pre-Confederation Prerequisite: One first-year course in either HIST 101 British North America English or History or Philosophy. World History: A lecture/seminar course focusing on social, The Early Twentieth Century 3 CR / (3,0) economic, and political developments in BNA A survey of significant events from the 1890s from 1759 to 1867. Students will study the HK 100 to 1939, with particular emphasis on the First impact of the conquest, the Maritime colonies, National Coaching Certificate World War, the instability of the 1920s and Upper Canada/Canada West and Lower Programme Level I 1930s, the rise of Japan, and the road to Canada/Canada East, as well as the prairies This course is designed to teach you how to World War II. and New Caledonia before Confederation. introduce skills, to organize training lessons, 3 CR / (3,0) Prerequisite: HIST 101 or 102 or 103 or 104 and to design a safe, positive, supportive, and challenging sport environment for beginning HIST 102 3 CR / (3,0) athletes. Students will develop a Practice Plan- World History: HIST 211 ning Instrument. The Late Twentieth Century Local History A sequel to HIST 101 covering the Second 1 CR / (3,0) An introduction to the north central interior of World War, struggles in the Third World, British Columbia. Topics include Native–White HK 120 America’s victory over the Soviet Union in the relations, resource development, and settle- Biomechanical Analysis of Cold War, and the emergence of new super- ment patterns. Particular emphasis is placed Sport and Dance Performance powers in Japan and the European Union. on historical methodology and research. This course introduces the student to biome- 3 CR / (3,0) 3 CR / (3,0) chanical analysis of movement patterns in sport and dance. HIST 103 HIST 213 History of Canada To 1867 3 CR / (3,0) Western Thought from Plato to Hegel A survey of social, economic, and political A survey of influential European thinkers from HK 121 developments. Topics include Native–white the ancient Greeks and Hebrews through the An Introduction to the Study of Sport relations, early exploration, imperial rivalries, Middle Ages and Renaissance to the early An introductory examination of leisure and political reform, and social conflict. nineteenth century. sport from the perspectives of the humanities 3 CR / (3,0) 3 CR / (3,0) and social sciences. Emphasis is placed on the definition of basic concepts and on different HIST 104 HIST 214 theories which purport to explain the nature History of Canada Since 1867 Western Thought from Marx to and role of leisure and sport in society. A sequel to HIST 103. Emphasis is placed on Postmodernism Confederation, the Riel Rebellion, immigration, 3 CR / (3,0) A sequel to HIST 213, covering influential urbanization and industrialization, the evolu- European thinkers from Marx and Darwin HK 122 tion of foreign policy. through Nietzsche, logical positivism and Conditioning for Sport and 3 CR / (3,0) existentialism to structuralism and post- Physical Activity modernism. An analysis of the practical and theoretical con- HIST 204 cepts of athletic conditioning used in the devel- History of the Prairie West 3 CR / (3,0) opment of general and specified training A lecture/seminar surveying prairie develop- ment from the mid-19th century to the present. 156 / University Credit Programmes programmes for games and sports will be the HK 210 HK 230 prime focus of this course. Introduction to Sports Administration Performance Analysis of Selected 3 CR / (3,1) This course introduces the student to aspects Individual Sports and Activities of leisure and sport administration and man- Specific individual topics to be announced each HK 123 agement. Philosophical foundations, trends, year. Biodynamics of Physical Activity sport marketing and sponsorship, communica- Prerequisite: HK 120 An introductory examination of the mechan- tion and leadership, decision making, and var- 3 CR / (2,2) ical, anatomical, and physiological bases of ious aspects of planning are some of the areas human physical performance. This course pro- that will be addressed. HK 240 vides a fundamental understanding of how the 3 CR / (4,0) Performance Analysis of physical laws of nature govern human move- Selected Team Sports and Activities ment observed in athletic skills. HK 220 Specific individual topics to be announced each 3 CR / (3,0) Analyzing Performance in Team Sports year. Utilizing selected team sports as models, this Prerequisite: HK 220 HK 124 course examines the role of analysis in con- 3 CR / (2,2) Dynamics of Motor Skill Acquisition tributing to effective team sport performances. An introduction to motor skill acquisition and 3 CR / (3,0) HK 291 performance including the important related Field Experience in Human Kinetics topics of: 1) growth, 2) motor development, HK 221 This course is intended to provide students and 3) psychological concerns. Basic principles Physical Growth and with a practical learning experience in a speci- and concepts that provide a foundation for Motor Development fied field of interest related to Human Kinetics. more advanced study in each of the three topic Characteristics of physical growth and motor It offers students the opportunity to be active areas; emphasis on the complexity and inter- development and their inter-relationships to participants in a work-related environment and relationship of these topics in the acquisition physical activity. Topics include maturation, apply theory, concepts, and skills learned pre- and performance of motor skills. factors affecting physical growth and motor viously. 3 CR / (3,0) development, and long-term development pro- Note: This is not a university transfer course, grammes. but is required for the Human Kinetics HK 125 Prerequisite: HK 124 Dance Forms Diploma. 3 CR / (3,0) The theory and practice of dance as a human Prerequisite: HK 210 physical activity. Focus will be on the aesthetic, HK 222 0 CR / (0,.5) expressive, rhythmical dimensions of move- Sport in Canadian Society HK 300 ment in a culture’s artistic and social life. The Historical and contemporary perspectives of course will include movement content, tech- National Coaching Certificate Canadian sport: Canadian sport systems; his- Programme Level III niques, improvisation, and composition in a torical, geographical, sociological factors that Level III theory integrates material covered in variety of dance forms. have shaped Canadian sport; role of sport in Levels I and II with new information aimed at 3 CR / (3,0) Canadian society; and sport ideologies. “completing the coach” of developing athletes. Prerequisite: HK 121 HK 127 Level III culminates in the Yearly Planning Personal Health and Wellness 3 CR / (3,0) Instrument. The primary goal of Level III is This course is designed to provide students with learning to plan for a year of training and com- HK 223 petition. an introduction to general concepts of personal Human Functional Anatomy health and wellness from a holistic perspective. Prerequisite: HK 200 or NCCP Level II This course examines the structural anatomy It considers the physical, psychological, and 3 CR / (3,0) of the human skeletal and articular muscular social well-being of individuals through study of systems. The relationship between structure such topics as physical fitness, nutrition, stress MATH 100 and human movement is also examined. management, alcohol and drug use, safe sex, Precalculus Mathematics aging, and health consumerism. Prerequisite: HK 123 This course is designed to prepare students for 3 CR / (3,0) 3 CR / (4,0) the introductory calculus sequence. It is intended primarily for those students whose HK 200 HK 224 mathematical background need strengthening, National Coaching Certificate Human Applied Physiology i.e., students who do not have an “A” or “B” Programme Level II This course examines the functional character- grade in Math 12 or who have been unsuc- This course is designed to help you to intro- istics of human systems. A homeostatic cessful in passing the Calculus Readiness Test duce athletes to training for competition. Stu- approach to selected systems facilitates an administered by the College or who have not dents will develop a Seasonal Planning understanding of how exercise affects the studied any mathematics during the past few Instrument. human physiological condition. years. The topics covered in the course are: a Prerequisite: HK 100 or NCCP Level I Prerequisite: HK 123 review of real numbers and algebra, solving equations and inequalities, graphing and an 2 CR / (3,0) 3 CR / (4,0) University Credit Programmes / 157 introduction to functions, linear and quadratic Prerequisite: Math 11, MATH 045, or Applica- and functions, and an introduction to differen- functions, polynomial and rational functions, tions of Math 12 tial equations. exponential and logarithmic functions, and an 3 CR / (3,0) Prerequisite: MATH 201 introduction to trigonometry. 3 CR / (3,0) Prerequisite: Math 11, MATH 045, or Applica- MATH 104 tions of Math 12 Introduction to Statistics MATH 203 3 CR / (4,0) This course is designed to provide a basic Introduction to Analysis knowledge of statistical methodology. Topics A course in theoretical calculus for students MATH 101 include descriptive statistics, elementary prob- intending to major in mathematics or com- Calculus I ability theory, probability distributions, sam- puting science. This course may also be of This course is the first half of a two-semester pling, and some standard concepts and interest to students continuing in other areas introductory calculus sequence. The topics cov- techniques of statistical inference, correlation, that require additional mathematics. Topics ered in the course are the concepts, techniques, and linear regression. Applications to a wide include logic and proof, topology of the real and applications of differentiation and an intro- variety of problems are emphasized. numbers, sequences, limits and continuity, dif- duction to integration. Instruction will include Prerequisite: Math 11, MATH 045, or Applica- ferentiation, integration, infinite series, and using the computer algebra system Maple V tions of Math 12 uniform convergence. software. Together with MATH 102 this course 3 CR / (3,0) Note: This course is offered on the basis of satisfies the first year mathematics require- demand. Students interested in taking this ment in all university transfer science and MATH 105 course should contact the Division Dean at applied science programmes. Introductory Programming (250) 561-5830. Note: Persons with a “C+” grade or less in with Statistics Prerequisite: MATH 102 Math or MATH 050 will be registered in MATH This course is a continuation of MATH 104, 3 CR / (3,0) 100. and is intended for students who are planning Prerequisite: Math 12 or MATH 100 or MATH to study Forestry at UBC. The students will MATH 204 050 or Electronics Technician Common Core write their own programmes and also use a Linear Algebra 3 CR / (4,0.5) library of programmes in order to solve prob- Systems of linear equations, matrices, deter- lems (word-processing, spreadsheet, and data- minants, geometry of 2-space and 3-space, MATH 102 base programmes). vector spaces, linear transformations, eigen- Calculus II Prerequisite: MATH 104 values, applications. This course is a continuation of MATH 101 3 CR / (3,3) Prerequisite: MATH 101 and forms the second half of the two-semester 3 CR / (3,0) introductory calculus sequence. The topics cov- MATH 190 ered in the course are: the definite integral, Principles of Mathematics MATH 205 applications of integration, logarithmic and for Teachers Probability and Statistics exponential functions, trigonometric and This course is designed for students specializing The laws of probability; discrete and contin- inverse trigonometric functions, hyperbolic in elementary level education. Topics include: uous random variables; expectations; joint dis- functions, techniques of integration, and infi- natural, integer, and rational number systems; tributions; Central Limit theorem; estimation; nite sequences and series. Instruction will plane, solid, metric, and motion geometries. and an introduction to hypothesis testing. include using the computer algebra system 4 CR / (4,0) Note: This course is offered on the basis of Maple V software. Together with MATH 101 demand. Students interested in taking this this course satisfies the first year mathematics MATH 201 course should contact the Division Dean at requirement in all university science and Calculus III (250) 561-5830. applied science programmes. Vectors in two and three dimensions, vector Prerequisite: MATH 101 Prerequisite: MATH 101 functions and their derivatives, functions of Prerequisite or Corequisite: MATH 102 3 CR / (4,0.5) several variables, partial differentiation, the gradient, chain rule, implicit functions, and 3 CR / (3,0) MATH 103 extremal problems, including Lagrange Multi- Finite Mathematics pliers and the second derivative test. MATH 215 Differential Equations I MATH 103 is intended primarily for Liberal Prerequisite: MATH 102 A first course in differential equations for stu- Arts and Education students who want some 3 CR / (3,0) exposure to modern mathematical concepts. dents going on in mathematics, engineering, Topics will be chosen at the discretion of the MATH 202 or other subjects requiring additional mathe- instructor and may include such areas as: Calculus IV matics. Topics include: first order ordinary dif- ferential equations, second order linear logic, set theory, algebraic systems, com- Multiple integrals, vector fields, line and sur- equations, nth order linear equations, series binatorics, probability, elementary number face integrals, Green’s Theorem, Stoke’s solutions of second order linear equations, the theory, matrices, linear programming, Theorem, Gauss’ Theorem, complex numbers dynamic programming, game theory, and Laplace transform, systems of first order linear network analysis. equations, applications to growth and decay, epidemics, population dynamics, compart- 158 / University Credit Programmes mental analysis, curves of pursuit, mechanical sion of assigned readings. At the end of a series syllogism, identity and the theory of descrip- and electrical vibrations. of seminars on the work of an author or group of tions, and the elementary theory of classes. An Prerequisite: MATH 102 authors there will be a short written assignment understanding of propositional logic is Prerequisite or Corequisite: MATH 204 giving students an opportunity to formulate and presupposed. express carefully their understanding of the 3 CR / (3,0) Prerequisite: PHIL 110 issues raised. While making their acquaintance 3 CR / (3,0) PHIL 101 with some important ideas in modern and con- Moral Philosophy temporary western thought, students will PHIL 220 develop their abilities to read, write, and speak, An inquiry into the nature and justification of Political Philosophy and to uncover the meaning and structure of moral standards. No conduct is legal or illegal An introduction to political philosophy. Of cen- arguments in a variety of genres and subjects. apart from our making it so. Is any conduct tral concern will be an examination of attempts Texts will vary from year to year. morally right or wrong apart from our thinking to provide a basis for political obligation and it so? Is there a correct method of distin- 3 CR / (3,0) to justify civil disobedience and revolution. guishing right from wrong? Must morality be Why should the legitimacy of government PHIL 110 based on religion? Why should happiness have to rest on the consent of the governed? Logic I: Propositional Logic rather than virtue be thought to be the highest Do we have a moral obligation to obey even good? Can an action be morally wrong even if This course undertakes to establish some ele- unjust laws until we can convince the majority it harms no one? mentary criteria for assessing the deductive to change them? What if we try our best to validity of arguments. It provides practice in 3 CR / (3,0) convince them but fail? Do citizens have “nat- translating arguments from ordinary language ural” rights which the state might refuse to rec- PHIL 102 into the formal language of logic, testing argu- ognize and therefore fail to Theory of Knowledge ments for validity, and constructing proofs for protect? valid arguments. Further topics may include An examination of skeptical doubts concerning Note: This course is offered on the basis of applications to inductive reasoning and the the possibility of knowledge. What distinguishes demand. Students interested in taking this theory of probability. Students of mathematics knowledge from opinion? Does evidence have to course should contact the Division Dean at and computer science will also find this course convince everyone before it constitutes proof? (250) 561-5830. beneficial because of its emphasis on proof Does what is true depend on what people regard 3 CR / (3,0) construction in a formalized language. as true? Can perception show us how the world really is or merely how it appears to creatures 3 CR / (3,0) PHIL 221 like us? Should we believe only what there is Social Philosophy PHIL 205 sufficient evidence to support? How is faith An investigation into the social ideals of lib- Philosophy of Science related to knowledge and belief? erty, equality, and justice. What sort of equality An examination of philosophical issues con- 3 CR / (3,0) is compatible with liberty and required by jus- cerning the nature of scientific theories and tice? Why should all opinions be allowed PHIL 106 explanations. How is theory to be distin- equal opportunity for expression in a free Critical Texts in Western Thought: guished from observation? How can theories market of ideas? Is it likely that true and intel- Ancient to Renaissance be tested by confrontation with observed facts ligent ideas will triumph over false and stupid if what we are willing to count as a fact This course is a companion to PHIL 107 and ideas in open competition? Is capitalism just depends in part on the theories we already will be conducted as a seminar devoted to the as much a system of exploitation as slavery or hold? Can we be immediately aware of more discussion of assigned readings. At the end of feudalism? than our own present sensory experiences? a series of seminars on the work of an author Note: This course is offered on the basis of Does every event have a cause? Do we have or group of authors there will be a short demand. Students interested in taking this reason to think that any event has a cause? written assignment giving students an oppor- course should contact the Division Dean at Are scientific and supernatural explanations tunity to formulate and express carefully their (250) 561-5830. incompatible? understanding of the issues raised. While 3 CR / (3,0) making their acquaintance with some impor- 3 CR / (3,0) tant ideas in ancient, medieval, and renais- Note: This course is offered on the basis of PHIL 230 sance western thought, students will develop demand. Students interested in taking this Introduction to their abilities to read, write, and speak, and to course should contact the Division Dean. Philosophy of Education uncover the meaning and structure of argu- An introduction to philosophical issues con- PHIL 210 ments in a variety of genres and subjects. cerning education. No previous acquaintance Logic II: Predicate Logic Texts will vary from year to year. with philosophy is presumed. We will begin 3 CR / (3,0) This course expands the power of logic to by examining the question “What is an edu- handle a range of arguments far beyond those cated person?” Is education concerned only PHIL 107 whose validity can be explained by proposi- with knowledge and skills or also with atti- Critical Texts in Western Thought: tional logic. It concentrates on translation from tudes and ambitions? What, if anything, distin- Modern and Contemporary ordinary language into the formal language of guishes education from vocational training, This course is a companion to PHIL 106 and will predicate logic and the construction of proofs indoctrination, or socialization? for valid arguments. Topics may include the be conducted as a seminar devoted to the discus- 3 CR / (3,0) University Credit Programmes / 159
Note: This course is offered on the basis of PHYS 204 PSCI 131 demand. Students interested in taking this Mechanics I—Statics The Administration of Justice course should contact the Division Dean. A first course for students in engineering and This introductory course is concerned with the the physical sciences. Topics include vectors major issues associated with the administra- PHYS 101 (two and three dimensions, dot products, cross tion of justice in Canada. It will examine such Introductory Physics I products, and triple products), statics of parti- issues as civil liberties and effective law This is a calculus-based physics course for sci- cles and rigid bodies, laws of dry friction, and enforcement, social and political justice, and ence majors. Topics covered include two- kinematics and kinetics of particles. national integrity. The purpose of the course is dimensional vectors, kinematics, dynamics, Prerequisites: PHYS 102 or 106, MATH 102 to provide students with an understanding of energy and momentum of particles, equilib- Prerequisites or Corequisites: MATH 201 and the dynamic processes of change in the admin- rium of rigid bodies, rotational motion, and 204 istration of justice. Significant tensions exist simple harmonic motion. Differentiation and between the ideals of justice and the realities 3 CR / (3,0) integration of one and two dimensional of politics. This fact will become apparent as motion equations is included. Cross products we examine political changes and the emer- and dot products will be introduced. PHYS 205 Mechanics II—Dynamics gence of new problems to which laws and Prerequisites: Physics 12, Applications of structures must constantly respond. A continuation of Physics 204. Topics include Physics 12 with a “B” or better, or PHYS 050 systems of particles, kinematics and dynamics Prerequisite: CRIM 103 or permission of the and Math 12 or MATH 050 or 100 of rigid bodies, centroids and moments of instructor Prerequisite or Corequisite: MATH 101 inertia, and mechanical vibrations (optional). 3 CR / (3,0) 3 CR / (3,3) Prerequisite: PHYS 204 PSYC 101 PHYS 102 Prerequisite or Corequisite: MATH 202 Introduction to Psychology I Introductory Physics II 3 CR / (3,0) This general survey course includes topics A sequential course to PHYS 101. Topics cov- such as a brief history of psychology, elemen- PHYS 211 ered are electric charges, electric fields, electric tary experimental design, the nervous system, Thermodynamics currents, electrical circuits, magnetic fields, sensation, perception, learning, memory, lan- electromagnetism, light, atomic physics, and A first course in thermodynamics suitable for guage, and thought. those continuing in chemistry, physics, or nuclear reactions. 3 CR / (3,0) engineering. Topics include temperature, heat Prerequisites: PHYS 101, MATH 101 and work, heat transfer, molecular properties, Prerequisite or Corequisite: MATH 102 PSYC 102 ideal and real gases, heat engine cycles, evap- Introduction to Psychology II 3 CR / (3,3) oration and refrigeration, entropy and the A continuation of PSYC 101. Topics will second law, the third law. This course is iden- include intelligence and intelligence testing, PHYS 105 tical to PHYS 201 except that there is no lab personality assessment, motivation, emotion, General Physics I component. mental health and behavioural disorder, psy- A general, algebra-based physics course, Note: This course is offered on the basis of intended for those not majoring in the physical chotherapy, social psychology, and develop- demand. Students interested in taking this mental psychology. sciences. Topics covered are kinematics, cir- course should contact the Division Dean at Prerequisite: PSYC 101—minimum “D” grade cular motion, dynamics, equilibrium, (250) 561-5830. momentum, energy, fluids, temperature, 3 CR / (3,0) Prerequisites: PHYS 101 or PHYS 105, MATH and heat. 102 Prerequisites: Physics 11, Applications of PSYC 103 Corequisite: MATH 101 Physics 12 with a “B” or better, or PHYS 045 Human Sexuality and Math 11 or MATH 045 3 CR / (3,0) This course is designed to provide a basic 3 CR / (3,3) understanding of human sexuality from a bio- PHYS 212 logical, psychological, and social perspective. Introduction to Linear Circuits PHYS 106 Topics will include such items as anatomy, General Physics II This course is recommended for students of physiology, and sexual responses, psycho- engineering and the applied sciences. The pro- This course, along with PHYS 105, will satisfy sexual development, sexual behaviour, and gramme addresses advanced applications of the physics requirement for those whose major sexual complications. Kirchhoff’s Laws; Thevenin and Norton Circuit programme areas require a year of university- 3 CR / (3,0) Theorems; DC Circuits; RLC circuits natural and level physics. Topics include electric charges, forced response; and impedance phasors. electric fields, magnetic fields, electric currents, PSYC 201 electrical circuits, light atomic physics, and Note: This course is offered on the basis of Statistics for the Social Sciences nuclear reactions. demand. Students interested in taking this This course covers the basic principles of course should contact the Division Dean at Prerequisites: Physics 11, Applications of descriptive and inferential statistics and (250) 561-5830. Physics 12 with a “B” or better, or PHYS 045 their application to research in the social and Math 11 or MATH 045 Prerequisite: PHYS 102 sciences. Experience will also be gained on the use of computer programmes for data 3 CR / (3,3) 3 CR / (3,3) 160 / University Credit Programmes analysis. Highly recommended for majors in Prerequisites: PSYC 101 and 102—minimum SOC 101 the social sciences. “D” grades Introduction to Sociology I Prerequisite: Math 11, MATH 045, or Applica- 3 CR / (3,0) An introduction to the basic sociological theo- tions of Math 12 ries and methods for studying individuals, 3 CR / (3,3) PSYC 206 groups, and institutions. Topics described and Developmental Psychology II explained will include culture, socialization, PSYC 202 This course involves an examination of theory families, education, gender, aging, and Research Methods in Psychology and research related to the development of the deviance. These concerns will be illustrated This course introduces the logic and applica- human being from adolescence through late and developed with Canadian materials. tion of various research methods in psy- adulthood. Topics are organized according to 3 CR / (3,0) chology. Students will learn how to formulate the physical, cognitive, social, and emotional research questions and choose appropriate aspects of development. SOC 102 research designs. Direct experience in data col- Prerequisites: PSYC 101 and PSYC 102— Introduction to Sociology II lection and research design will be provided in minimum “D” grades A continuation of SOC 101. Topics described the laboratory. Additionally, students will learn 3 CR / (3,0) and explained will include the characteristics how to write a research report according to and changes in the general population, local APA standards. PSYC 207 communities, ethnic groups, social move- Prerequisites: PSYC 101 and 102—minimum Introduction to Abnormal Behaviour ments, political parties, work settings, and reli- “D” grades This course examines a wide variety of models gious organizations. These concerns will 3 CR / (3,3) of abnormal behaviour, (i.e., medical, psychody- be illustrated and developed with Canadian namic, behavioural). The causes and treatments materials. PSYC 203 of several disorders (i.e., anxiety disorders, Prerequisite: SOC 101—minimum “D” grade Introduction to Personality somatoform disorders, schizophrenia, affective 3 CR / (3,0) The student is introduced to the field of per- disorders, psychopathy, alcoholism) will be sonality through the examination of several examined from the perspective of each model. SOC 201 theories of personality (i.e., psychoanalysis, Prerequisites: PSYC 101 and 102—minimum The Sociology of Work—General trait theory, Rogerian self theory, behavioural “D” grades This course provides an overview of the trans- theories). These theories, as well as assess- 3 CR / (3,0) formations in the structure of work during the ment procedures related to these theories, are industrial and post-industrial periods. The evaluated in terms of their scientific adequacy. PSYC 209 course will focus on an analysis of the socio- Prerequisites: PSYC 101 and 102—minimum Introduction to Biological Psychology logical and economics theories and debates “D” grades This course introduces students to the relation- that deal with the results of industrial capitalist 3 CR / (3,0) ship between brain function and behaviour in and bureaucratic forms of organizing and man- both humans and non-humans. Topics include aging work this century. Sociological research PSYC 204 behavioural genetics, neural function and will be drawn upon to present a critical Social Psychology organization, neuroanatomy, and methods. accounting of the “taken for granted” assump- The study of human behaviour and adjust- Sensory and motor systems as well as higher tions about the organization of work, the goals ment within interpersonal and social situa- cognitive processes such as learning, memory, of employers, the decision-making powers of tions. Some of the topics include: affiliation, and language will also be discussed. workers, and the structural constraints that attraction, attitude and attitude change, preju- Prerequisites: PSYC 101 and PSYC 102— shape the forces affecting today’s worker, dice, conformity, obedience, aggression, minimum “D” grades across occupational categories. The course will deal with a variety of contemporary concerns, altruism (helping behaviour), group dynamics, 3 CR / (3,0) and selected topics in human sexuality. Major including: globalization, downsizing, tech- social psychological theories are presented PSYC 210 nology and deskilling, professionalism, the along with a critical evaluation of research and Introduction to Cognitive Psychology decrease in the “real wage,” unemployment, underemployment, credentialism, the disem- research methodology related to the topics. This course introduces the student to current powerment of governments and unions, free Prerequisites: PSYC 101 and 102—minimum research and theories of human mental trade agreements, and the increasing restric- “D” grades processes. Topics may include attention, con- tions imposed by human resource models of cept formation, memory, reasoning, decision 3 CR / (3,0) management. The course will be specifically making, cognitive maps, imagery, applied and designed to have students research an occupa- PSYC 205 personal cognition, and language processing. tion in which they have Developmental Psychology I Highly recommended for psychology majors. an interest. This course involves an examination of theory Prerequisites: PSYC 101 and PSYC 102— Prerequisites: SOC 101 and 102 and research related to the development of the minimum “D” grades 3 CR / (3,0) human being from conception through child- 3 CR / (3,0) hood. Topics are organized according to the physical, cognitive, social, and emotional aspects of development. University Credit Programmes / 161
SOC 202 problems of private prejudice and the practice methodologies. Emphasis is placed on the The Sociology of Work—Industry, of institutional racism. The culture and behav- diversity of women’s experience within the Technology, and Social Change iour of Natives in Canada. An analysis of the context of differences in class, race, age, and This course has been designed to deal with a land claims issue in Canada. sexual orientation. The connections between variety of specific topics relevant to contempo- Prerequisites: SOC 101 and 102 women’s experiences in the everyday world rary labour markets and the globalized 3 CR / (3,0) and their representation in Canadian institu- economy. The course will focus on descriptions tions will be explored, with the aim of under- of the social transformations that have SOC 206 standing the relationship between personal occurred with the growth of service sector Social Problems empowerment and social change. employment, and emphasis will be placed on A sociological study of the creation, causes, 3 CR / (3,0) Canadian industries. Topics including the use and consequences of contemporary social of information technology, unpaid labour, problems in Canadian society. Topics described WMST 102 designing leisure, entrepreneurialism, the and explained will include organized crime, Introduction to Women’s Studies II informal economy and micro-entrepreneu- corporate crime, juvenile delinquency, sexual This course continues the multidisciplinary ralism will be addressed. The course will harassment, rape, AIDS, mental illness, alco- approach to the study of women developed in present analyses of trends aimed at resistance holism, and drug abuse. Factual and moral WMST 101. The course will focus on the crit- to transnational corporate organization, as well arguments concerning these and other social ical examination of gender segregation in the as a selection of social movements that have problems will be evaluated. paid labour force and its relationship to institu- resulted in the use of alternative ways of Prerequisite: SOC 101 or CRIM 101 or tionalized representations of women in science organizing work. This course is also designed instructor’s permission and medicine, law, politics, religion, and to provide an overview of the positions of spe- family. Emphasis will be placed on Canadian 3 CR / (3,0) cific groups of people experiencing double institutions as well as class, race, and age dif- jeopardy in the labour market, i.e., people of SOC 220 ferences between groups of women in Cana- colour, women, new immigrants, the differ- Women In Society dian society. ently-abled, non-heterosexual persons, young This course aims at a critical examination of Prerequisite: WMST 101 people, and the historical and contemporary position of 3 CR / (3,0) persons being re-trained. women in various societies, with particular Prerequisites: SOC 101 and 102 emphasis on Canada. Traditional sociological 3 CR / (3,0) theories and a number of feminist perspectives will be used to analyze gender inequality, the UNIVERSITY SOC 203 institutionalized means through which it is TRANSFER GUIDE Canadian Society I: reproduced, and the possibilities for mean- Identities and Ideologies ingful change in Canada. Students planning to transfer their credits to An examination of the structural, cultural and Prerequisite: SOC 101 or WMST 101 another institution should consult the British regional variations in the development of Columbia Transfer Guide to verify transfer- 3 CR / (3,0) social identities and political ideologies in ability of credits. Canada. An evaluation of the traditional ideolo- STS 800 The British Columbia Transfer Guide is pub- gies of Liberals, Conservatives, and Socialists Student Success 800 lished by the British Columbia Council on in Canada. An exploration of the modern polit- This course teaches the skills and attitudes Admissions and Transfer and is available in ical approaches of the Social Democrats and required to be successful as a student. It gives the CNC Counselling Centre and Library. Neo-Conservatives. A study of the conditions the newest and most efficient techniques for CNC counsellors will assist students in under which radical fringe political parties dealing with time, memory, reading, note- selecting transferable courses, however, the emerge and decline. An analysis of how the taking, and tests. It will also deal with a final responsibility for course selection rests various Canadian identities are tied to the variety of topics such as creativity, relation- with the student. political ideologies. ships, health, resources, and career planning. The British Columbia Council on Admissions Prerequisites: SOC 101 and 102 It shows you how to organize yourself and and Transfer (BCCAT) website is located at: 3 CR / (3,0) attain maximum success in your school, www.bccat.bc.ca business, and social life. SOC 204 Corequisite: It is recommended that students Canadian Society II: be enrolled in at least one other academic Race and Ethnic Relations course. An examination of the social organization of race and ethnic relations in Canada. The WMST 101 causes and consequences of the changing Introduction to Women’s Studies I pattern of immigration. Descriptions of the This course uses a multidisciplinary approach major ethnic groups and communities. The to the study of women in society and aca- development of the ideology, policy, and prac- demia. It explores the interdisciplinary and his- tice of multiculturalism. The survival and torical perspectives on women and examines decline of ethnic identities. An examination of the development of feminist theories and 162 College Staff
The information presented is correct as BALL, Robert, B.Sc., M.Sc. (Waterloo) BOWMAN, John, B.A. (Manitoba) of January 31, 2002. Physics Regional Director, Quesnel ADAMS, Penni, B.A. (Guelph), Forest Tech. BANIA, Jennifer, A.H.T., Fairview College BOWNESS, Brad, Computer Systems Technology (CNC) Lab Technician, Biology Diploma (BCIT), CNA, CNE, MSCE Programme Coordinator, Continuing Network Engineer, Computer Services BARKER, Wesley Education Assistant Manager, Facilities Services BRAUN, Darren AITKEN, Daniel, B.Sc. (Victoria) Custodian BEKKERING, Beatrice Biology Co-operative Education Co-ordinator BRBOT, Rosemary, B.A. (Victoria) ALISON, Patti, ECE–Basic and Post-Basic Instructor, Community Education BELOUS, Ekaterina, M.A. (Duke University), Certificate International Policy Development Policy BRISBOIS, Susan Assistant Head Teacher, Daycare Russia Project Co-ordinator Senior Payroll Clerk AMES, Gregory, D.D.S., F.A.G.D. BELSHAM, Floyd BRISCOE, Peter Dental Studies Custodian Hospitality Administration ANDERSON, Darlene BENOIT, Gera, BSW (Calgary) BROWN, Heather, C.D.A. (CNC) Administrative Assistant, Facilities Services Counsellor, Lakes District Dental Studies ANDERSON, Kevin, CNA BERRY, Diana BRUNDIGE, Donna, R.N., P.H.N. (UBC), Nurse Network Administrator, Computer Services Switchboard, Receptionist Practitioner (UBC), M.Ed. (SFU), I.D. ANDREW, Christine, B.N. (McGill), BERRY, Stuart, Dip., Telecom. & Electronics BRUVOLD, Wanda M.Ed. (Victoria), M.Ed. (Alberta) Manager, Media Services Library Technician Counselling BHATTASALI, Sonali, B.A. BUCK, Nicholas, B.Sc. (Concordia), M.Sc. ANDREWS, Bryan E., B.Comm (Guelph), MMS Computer Information Systems (Carleton) (Guelph) Mathematics Hospitality BIALUSKI, Gina, B.Sc. Business Operations (DeVry, CA) BUKSA, Doris, G.C.I.U., T.Q. ANONSON, June, M.Ed (University of Alberta), AEC Instructor, Lakes District Assistant, Media Services B.Sc.N (University of Alberta), R.N. Dean, Health Sciences BIECH, TED, B.Sc. (Hons.), M.Sc., Ph.D. (Simon BULL, Nancy Fraser) Senior Accounts Payable Clerk ANSETH, David, IP, TQ, Alberta TQ Mathematics Automotive Mechanics BURGESS, Donna BLACKBURN, Liz, Dip. Legal Secretary Programme Assistant, Small Woodlands APPLEGATE, Mary, R.N., B.Sc.N. (Western Programme Assistant, Mackenzie Programme Ontario), M.N. (Alberta) Nursing BLAIN, Robert BURNETT, Patti-Rae Computer Information Systems Daycare ASHURST, Cathy Regional Director, Lakes District BOESE, Barbara, B.A. (Hons.) (University of BURTON, Carl Saskatchewan) Millwright/Machinist BACON, D.D. Jordan Institutional Research Officer Publishing Assistant, BUSWELL, R. Alan, B.S.A. (Hons.) Media Services BORSATO, Elena (Saskatchewan); PDP (Simon Fraser); Grad. Learning Assistant, Quesnel Cert. Ed (Brisbane); P. Ag. BAHER, Debra Forestry Regional Service Assistant, Nechako BOURELLE, Arthur Toolroom Attendant, Trades College Staff / 163
BYRON, Arlene CRELLIN, Alison DRAGUSICA, Mellhina, B.A. Financial Aid Clerk College and Career Preparation, Quesnel Adult Special Education CALLAHAN, Catherine, Dip. Legal Secretary CRIST, Elaine DUFFEY, Natalie, ECE Basic/Post-Basic Cert., Office Assistant, Mackenzie Continuing Education, Admissions I.D.P. (VCC) Early Childhood Education CAMPBELL, Gayle CROSINA, Kara, B.Sc. (British Columbia) Program Assistant, Quesnel Chemistry DUPERRON, Alison Instructor, College and Career Preparation CAMPBELL, Steve, T.Q. Automotive Mechanics, CURRIE, Beverley, B.A. (British Columbia), T.Q. Electrical Work, I.P. M.Ed. (Toronto) DUPRAS, Lonnie Electrical Developmental Disabilities Certificate Office Assistant, Counselling CAPUTA, Jolanta, B.Ed. DAHL, Helen DUSSAULT, Ray English as a Second Language, ELSA Library Technician Electrician, Facilities Services CAREW, Julie DANG, Ken, B.Sc. (British Columbia) ELLIOT, Pirie, Technician Diploma (BCIT), A.Sc.T., Admissions Application Support Analyst, R.P.F., I.D. Computer Services Forestry CARPENTER, Dawn Regional Service Assistant, Quesnel DAVIDSON, Jill, B.A. (UVic) EMERSON, Cheryl, ECE Basic and Post-Basic AEC Instructor, Lakes District Certificates CARTER, Marie Assistant Head Teacher, Daycare Custodian DAVIDSON, Patricia, Dip. Exercise, PIDP Faculty, Mackenzie ERICKSON, Marlene, B.A. (Western CASH, Karen Washington) Academic Advisor, Quesnel DAVIDSON, Sharon Coordinator, First Nations Education Administrative Assistant, Lakes District CASWELL, Penny, CIS Dip. (CNC) Support Services Daycare DAVIES, Karen, M.Ed. (SFU) EVANS, Kelly, B.Sc. (Spec. Hons.) (Guelph), Regional Director, Nechako CHAN, Rosalie, M.B.A. (University of Durham) Ph.D. (Queens) Marketing/Management DAVIES, Paula Biology Instructor, College and Career Preparation CHULKA, Sandra, B.H.E. (Manitoba), EWART, Peter, B.A. (Lakehead), M.A. (Western M.L.S. (British Columbia) DAVIS, Joyce Ontario) Librarian AEC Administrative Coordinator, Lakes English District CHUNG, Stan, B.A. (Hons.) (British Columbia), FAHLMAN, Penny, B.A. (UBC) CMA M.A. (Toronto), B.C. Teaching Cert. (Simon DAVISON, George, B.A. (Hons.), M.A., Ph.D. Director of Finance and Bursar Fraser ) History FARR, Bill, B.Comm, LLB, I.D. English/PLA Coordinator, Centre for Finance and Law Learning and Teaching DEINSTADT, Tami Caregiver, Day Care FINCH, Cheryl CLARE, Sheldon, A.A. (CNC), B.A. (UBC) Custodian English DEIS, Shelley, Caregiver, Day Care FITZPATRICK, Colleen CLAY, Brenda Recruitment and Development, Human Payroll Clerk DEMMAN, Betty Secretary, Business Resources COLDWELL, Lana, B.S.W. (UBC), M.S.W. DEUTCH, William, T.Q. & I.P., BC Auto, I.D. FLATERUD, Ken (UNBC), R.S.W., Reality Therapy Cert. Custodian Social Services Automotive Mechanics DEZELL, Sharron FLECK, David, C.F.C.C. Cert. Journeyman COMEAU, Wilfred Culinary Arts Programme Power Plant Instructor, Early Childhood Education DITTMAN, Kris FOUGÈRE, Carolyn, B.Sc. B.Ed CONNORS, Joan, B.Sc. (Hons.) (Alberta), Lab Technician, Chemistry M.A. (Victoria) Student Placement Officer College and Career Preparation DJURIC, Anna FOUGÈRE, Scott, B.Sc. (St. Francis Xavier), M.Sc. English & Ph.D. (Victoria) CONROY, Kathleen, B.A., M.A., M.S.W. Chemistry Counsellor DOBIE, Diane FOWLER, Sylvia, CPS CORNELIS, Sheila Labour Relations Coordinator, Human Resources Executive Assistant to the President and Administrative Assistant, Finance, College Board Community and Continuing Education DOBROWOLSKI, Edward, B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D. FRANKS, Kathy, BC Prof. Teaching Cert. COVINGTON, Patricia, R.D.H. (DelMar), (Wroclaw) Mathematics Employment and Academic Advisor, B.Sc. (University of Texas), M.Sc. (UNBC) Mackenzie Dental Studies DORNBUSCH, Dennis, I.P., T.Q. Level 3 Inspector FRIEDRICH, Kori, R.N., B.S.N. (UBC) CRAMPTON, Dorinda, B.A. (Victoria), I.D. Nursing College and Career Preparation Welding 164 / College Staff
GABRIELSON, Diane M., ECE Basic Certificate, HEINZ, Wayne, I.D. Tech Diploma (BCIT) JACQUES, Lynn, Cert. Bus. Mgt., IDP, NAID, ASL (Lev. V), B.A. (History) Computer Information Systems Dip. Adult Ed., M.Ed. (Simon Fraser) Teacher, Daycare Regional Director, Mackenzie HEINZMANN, Gloria, R.N., I.D., B.S.N. GAGEL, Kevin, Computer Maintenance Home Support/Resident Care Attendant JAMES, Marion, Cert. Office Administration Technology Diploma (CDI) Senior Accounting Clerk, Mackenzie Network Administrator, Computer Services HELZEL, Patricia Administrative Assistant, Quesnel JENSEN, John, T.Q. & I.P., Alta. Auto, T.Q., I.D. GALBRAITH, Evelyn Automotive Mechanics University Transfer, Quesnel HEPBURN, Yvette, ECE Basic and Post-Basic Certificates JENSEN, Rachael GIESE, D. Lynn Assistant Head Teacher, Daycare Benefits Administrator, Human Resources Executive Assistant, Human Resources HERMANSON, Wayne JENVENNE, Joy GILBERT, Will Driver Caregiver, Day Care Clerk, Athletics and Recreation HIGGINS, Jeff JOHNSON, Joy GILES, Wayne, B.A. (Ryerson) Computer Technician, Quesnel Admissions Officer, Admissions Geographic Information Systems (GIS) HILDEBRANDT, Tana JOHNSON, Judith, B.Sc. (Hons.) (McMaster), GIROUARD, Norma Office Assistant III, Admissions M.Sc. (Waterloo) Secretary, Dean of College Foundations Biology HINES, Dougal, M.R.C., I.D. GRAHAM, Ralph Adult Special Education, Quesnel JOHNSON, Ric Instructor, Culinary Arts Computer Support Technician, Computer HOFF, Doris Anne Services GRAHAM, William, B.A. (British Columbia) Word Processing Operator, Computer AEC Instructor, Lakes District Services JOHNSTON-SCHUETZ, Cheryl, Technician Diploma (CNC) GRIFFITH, Alva HOFMEIER, Elizabeth, B.Sc. (Jt Hons) (UK), Lab Technician, Forestry Maintenance, Facilities Services M.Sc. (UNBC), BC Teaching Cert. University Transfer, Quesnel JONES, Brenda GRIFFITH, Eric, M.Ed. (SFU) Custodian Associate Director, Continuing Education HOLM, David, B.A. (Hons.), M.P.A. (Victoria), M.A., Ph.D. (Yale) JONES, Georgina, C.D.A., I.D. GRUNDMAN, Dale, B.Comm. (British History Dental Studies Columbia), M.Ed. (Victoria), Registrar HORNIBROOK, Patrick JONKER, Jan, N.Dip. (Tech Pret.), B.Sc. (Hons. Power Engineering Mineral Economics) (Rand Afrikaans HALL, David, C.A. (CDA), C.A. (S.A.), C.A. (Zim) University), B.Sc. (Hons. Geology) (Rand Accounting and Law HOUDEN, Joseph Afrikaans University) Electrical HALLUM, Howard Dean, Trades Culinary Arts Instructor, Lakes District HOYER, Jim KAHLKE, Elaine, B.Sc., M.B.A., CHRP Manager, Facilities Services HAMEL, Lorne, T.Q.Auto, T.Q. & I.P. HDM, T.Q. Director, Human Resources Heavy Duty Mechanics HUNTER, Blaine, CNA KANE, Greg, B.A. (Hons.), I.D., Techn. Dipl., Computer Information Systems HAMMOND, Clifford B.M.Cert., OMT (DBA), OMT (Dev.) Security Guard HUNTER, Susan, B.A., Ont. Teaching Cert. Computer Information Systems Business Administration HANKI, Pat, B.Ed., M.Ed. KAPPHAHN, Bob, I.P., T.Q. Coordinator IBBERSON, John, B.A. (Hons.), M.A. (Calgary), Electrical Faculty and Industry Training, D.Phil. (Oxford) Trades HARRIS, Bob, B.A. (Western Ontario), Dip.Ed. Philosophy (Western Ontario), M.Ed. (British Columbia), KAWEESI, George, B.Sc. (Hons.) (Dar-es- BC Teaching Cert. (British Columbia) IDIENS, Alan, M.B.A., B.Com., I.D. Salaam), M.Sc. (Saskatchewan) Counsellor Economics Computer Science HARRIS, John, B.A. (UBC), M.A. (UBC), Ph.D. JACKMAN, Christine, B.A., M.A. (SFU) KEIM, Sharon L. (McGill) English Secretary, Health Sciences English JACKSON, Christine, ECE Basic and Post-Basic KEMP, Eldonna HARTT, Taunia Certificates Custodian Programme Assistant, Continuing Education Head Teacher, Daycare KENNEDY, George, B.Soc.Sc., M.A. HATFIELD, Susan, B.A. JACKSON, Judith Economics College and Career Preparation Manager, Public Relations and KENNEDY, Tracey, CIS Dip. (CNC) Student Information HEALEY-OGDEN, Marion, R.N., R.C.C., B.S.N. Network Administrator, Computer Services (UBC), M.A. (UVic), M.Ed. (UNBC) JACKSON, Terry KING, Wendy, R.D.H., M.Ed. (SFU) Nursing English Dental Studies HEIN, Douglas Groundsperson, Facilities Services College Staff / 165
KIRKPATRICK, Bonnie, B.Med.Reh (Physio) LYNCH, Nancy, R.N., B.Sc.N. (St. Francis Xavier, MCALLISTER, Shirley (University of Manitoba) Nova Scotia) Toolroom Attendant, Trades Physiotherapist, Lakes District Nursing MCALLISTER, Susan, A.A.T., CMA KOHORST, Sandra MACDONALD, JenyLyn Controller Public Services Clerk, Admissions Library Clerk, Quesnel MCCABE, Susan KOSOWICK, Terry, B.B.A. (Simon Fraser), C.G.A., MACDONALD, John Instructor, College and Career Preparation I.D. Custodian Accounting and Finance MCCLELAND, Linda, ECE Basic and Post-Basic MACDONALD, Suzanne Certificates KRUSHELNICKI, Earl, B.Ed. Assistant, Human Resources Teacher, Daycare Adult Special Education MACKAY, Cyril D. MCCOMB, Tina, B.H.K., M.H.K. (Windsor), B.Ed. KRUSHELNICKI, Nancie Power Plant (Western Ontario) Manager, Student Residence, Conference Human Kinetics Services MACNEIL, Debbie, B.A. (Acadia), E.C.E. Certificate (N.S. Teachers’ College) MCDONALD, Tim, B.Sc. (Distinction) LALONDE, Micki Early Childhood Education (Washington State), M.A. (British Columbia), Academic Advisor, International Education R.Psych. MADILL, Marleen Psychology LAMBIER, Duncan, B.Phys.Ed (UBC), Graduate Manager, College Store Diploma of Education (Deakin University), MCKENZIE, Paulette, I.D. M.Ed. (SFU) MADJITEY, Jacob, B.Sc. (Hons.) (Ghana), Applied Business Technology, Lakes District Instructor, Employment Skills, M.Sc. (Regina) Community Education Computer Science MCKINNON, Barry, B.A. (SGWU), M.A. (UBC) English LANDON, Bruce, M.Ed. (UNBC) MADSEN, Jennifer, B.A. Dip., B.M. Cert. Counsellor, Quesnel Campus Office Assistant, Trades Division MCKIVETT, Gary, B.A. (UNBC) Library Technician LASKO, Garth, I.P., T.Q. MAGUIRE, Joan Welding Library Assistant McLEAN, Erin Programme Assistant, Community LAVOIE, Alain, C.Tech., IP MAIDA, Ralph, B.A. (Notre Dame), M.Sc. Education Electrical (Eastern Washington), Ph.D. (Pacific Western), B.C. Teaching Cert. MCLEOD, Angus, B.Sc. (Alberta), M.Sc. LAW, Debra, CMA Counsellor (Alberta), R.P.F., P.Ag. General Accountant Forestry MAIDES, Peter, B.A., M.A. (UVic) LEE, Barbara, A.M. CGA English MCLEOD, Jeromy Accounting Cafeteria Assistant MAISONNEUVE, Cindy LEFEBVRE, Suzanne Purchasing Assistant MCMULLEN, Bill, BA, BA (Hons) (McMaster), Instructor, English as a Second Language AGDDE (T), MDE (Athabasca) MAKOWSKY, Deborah Project Planner, Mackenzie LENTZ, Karin Caregiver, Day Care Senior Clerk/Textbook Buyer, College Store MCPHERSON, Ralph, B.A. (Waterloo), C.M.A., MALCOLM, Ben, B.Sc., M.Sc. (British Columbia) I.D. LEONARD, Allyson Dean, Science and Technology Accounting & Finance Receptionist, College Directions MALCOLM, Judith, B.Sc. (Calgary) MEESTER, Dana L’HERAULT, Carole, Dip. Farm Management, Mathematics Office Assistant, Quesnel B.A. Supervisor, Mackenzie MALLAIS, Maureen, M.Ed. (SFU) MICHAEL-DIDIER, Dani Project Planner, Community and Continuing Instructor, College and Career Preparation LINDAAS, Sylvia Education Programme Support Coordinator, Lakes MILLER, Beverly District MARTIN, Carmen Registration & Scheduling Officer Library Assistant LISSOWAY, Brent MILLER, Fran, B.A., B.Ed. Electronics Technician MARTIN, Peter, B.A. (UVic), P.D.P. (SFU), M.Ed. Disability Support Services (U. Sask) LO, Raymond, B.Sc. (Hons.) (Concordia), Programme Coordinator, Continuing MILLER, Robert, B.Sc. Ph.D. (McGill) Education Dean, Business Biology MASSE, Lila MINHAS, Shyama LOERKE, Alan Office Assistant III, Admissions Office Assistant IV, Co-op Security Guard MASTROMATTEO, Jan, B.A. (Gen.), MITCHELL, Marcia, I.D. LOERKE, Bruce, B.A. (Simon Fraser) B.A. (Spec.), M.A. Adult Basic Education, Quesnel Geography Sociology MOLLOY, Katie, I.D. Teaching Diploma (Eire) MATTINSON, Andrea College and Career Preparation, Quesnel Office Assistant, Quesnel 166 / College Staff
MORONG, Joseph, B.Sc. (Winnipeg), M.Sc. NORUM, Marlene PLETT, Katherine, B.A., M.L.Sc. (British (London) Custodian Columbia) Geographic Information Systems (GIS) Associate Director, College Resource Centres NUDDS, Michael, Technologist Diploma (CNC) MORRICE, Edward, B.Sc.F., (Lakehead) R.P.F. Lab Technician, Forestry POEPPEL, Laura Forestry Shipping and Receiving ODIORNE, Lance MORRISON, Donald, T.Q., P.W.P., I.D. Security Guard POZZEBON, Anna Welding Production Cook, Cafeteria OLD, Barbara, B.A. (UVic), M.Ed. (UBC) MUNK, Lindy, B.A. (British Columbia), M.A. Associate Director, Community Education PRECOSKY, Don, B.A. (Lakehead), M.A., (Ed.) (Simon Fraser) Ph.D. (New Brunswick) Psychology OLLECH, Sandra, R.N., B.S.N. (UBC), Masters, Dean, Arts and Social Services Community Health (UNBC) MUNRO, Cris, C.P.P. Nursing PRICE, Anne Manager, Purchasing Project Planner FAS, Lakes District O’MEARA, Jim, B.Sc. Management/Marketing MURGULY, George, B.A.Sc. (Toronto), P.Eng. (Clarkson) PRICE, Nettie, C.D.A. Engineering Design Technology Programme Co-ordinator, Continuing Lab Technician, Dental Studies Education NAHULAK, Dennis PULLAN, V. Ross Groundsperson, Facilities Services O’MEARA, Tami, SEAC, B.A. (Distinction) (UVic), Carpentry, Wood Technician M.Ed. (UNBC) NEALIS, Waneta, B.A. Applied Linguistics Academic Advisor, Counselling and QUARENGHI, Lorenzo, T.Q. I.P. (Victoria) Advising Carpentry AEC Instructor, Lakes District OUELLETTE, Peter RADLEY, Gail NEITZEL, Severine, Electronics Technologist Programme Developer, Lakes District Programme Coordinator, Lakes District Diploma Lab Technician, Electronics PACHECO, John, B.Sc. (British Columbia), RAGSDALE, Joan Teaching Certificate (Simon Fraser) Associate Regional Director, Lakes District NELSON, Lois College and Career Preparation Instructor, College and Career Preparation RAMSEY, Hazel, B.Sc. (Carroll), M.A. (Western PALARDY, Gaetane Illinois) NELSON, Robert, B.Sc.(Hons.), M.Sc., Ph.D. Instructor, CTC Culinary Arts College and Career Preparation (British Columbia) Physics and Astronomy PARKER, Ken, B.A., M.A. RAMSEY, Paul, B.A. (Carroll), M.A. (Western Criminology Illinois) NESDOLY, Katherine English (on leave) Office Assistant III, Gym Clerk PARKER, Marie, R.N., B.S.N. Home Support/Resident Care Attendant RAPHAEL, Clifford, B.A. (Hons.) (McMaster), NEUMANN, John, B.S.F., M.S.F. (British M.Sc. (British Columbia) Columbia), R.P.F. PASTRO, Nives D. Geography Forestry Secretary, Science and Technology REA, Bill, B.A. (Hons.), M.A. (Toronto) NI, Shudao, B.Sc. (Hebei, China), M.Sc. (China PATEY, Albert F. Sociology/Criminology University of Geoscience) Coordinator, Co-operative Education Forestry REEVES, Keith PAYNE, Wanda Custodian NIELSEN, Allan, T.Q.I.P. Auto, TQ Auto Head, Daycare, Lakes District Machinist, I.D. RICARD, Pat Co-operative Education Co-ordinator PEACH, Patricia, B.A., M.Sc. (LSE), Ph.D. Assistant, Cafeteria (Manchester) NOBLE, Patricia, R.D.H., A.A.S. (SUNY- Anthropology RICHARDS, Neil Farmingdale), B.Sc. (Ohio State University), Power Engineer PEACOCK, Eric, C.Tech., I.D., Technolgist M.Ed. (University of Georgia) RITCH, Elizabeth, B.Sc. (British Columbia), M.Ed. Dental Studies Diploma, GIS (CNC) Engineering Design Technology (British Columbia), M.Sc. (British Columbia), NOEL, Sheryl, CPS Teaching Certificate Administrative Assistant—Resources, PENNER, Maureen, R.D.H. (Manitoba), College and Career Preparation (on leave) Community and Continuing Education B.Sc.D. (Toronto) Dental Studies RIVET, Laurier NORDAL, Allan, C.Tech., CNA., Cert. Ed./Voc. Maintenance, Facilities Services PHILLIPS, Chantal, B.A., M.A. Speech Language Tec . RIVET, Virginia Electronics (Western Washington) Speech Language Pathologist, Lakes District Office Assistant III, Admissions NORLUND, Susan, B.S.W. ROBERTSON, Barbara, B.Sc. (Alberta), M.A. Employment and Education Advisor, PIRILLO, Agata Cafeteria Supervisor (Western Ontario) Mackenzie Psychology NORTHEY, Bruce, B.A. (Carleton), M.S.W. PITT, Vicki, B.Sc.(Hons.) (Lakehead), I.D. College and Career Preparation ROBINSON, Sandra, R.N., B.Sc.N. (British Columbia), R.S.W. Nursing Social Services College Staff / 167
ROCHE, Linda SIDSWORTH, Chris, B.A., M.A. (British TAYLOR, Robin, T.Q. Millwright Classroom Aide, Adult Special Education Columbia) Millwright/Machinist English RODALL, Katherine, C.D.A., I.D. TAYLOR, Walter, T.Q. & I.P.HDM, T.Q. & I.P.Auto, Dental Studies SINNOTT, Marie, B.A. (Waterloo), C.M.A., I.D. T.Q. & I.P. Comm. Transport Accounting and Finance Heavy Duty Mechanics ROSCHE, Perry Security Guard SLUYTER, Debra TEICHROEB, Luella Administrative Assistant, Trades Custodian ROSSI, Frank, T.Q. & I.P. Auto., Certificate in Adult Education (UVic), I.D. SLUYTER, William, T.Q. & I.P., Carpentry, I.D. TERRY, Linda Programme Coordinator, Continuing AWMABC GIS Inpsector, Lev. I Building Office Assistant II, Admissions Education Inspector Carpentry THAIR, Brian, B.A., M.A. (Saskatchewan), ROURKE, David, B.Sc. (Hons.), M.Sc. (SFU) Ph.D. (Latrobe) Physics SMILINSKI, Britt Biology Library Assistant ROY, Angela, B.A. (Western Ontario), THAIR, Maree, B.A. (Latrobe), TPTC (Phillips Diploma Ed. (Western Ontario) SMILINSKI, Charlyne Inst.), BC Prof. Teaching Cert. Applied Business Technology Access Facilitator, Career Centre, Nechako Centre for Student Success RYAN, Ron, B.Comm. (Sir George Williams SMITH, Beth THOMPSON, Gail University) Instructor, English as a Second Language Cafeteria Assistant Marketing/Management SOMERO, Jenny THOMPSON, Lynda, Cert. Office Administration SALI, Lois Executive Assistant to the Vice President, (CNC) Office Assistant, Centre for Student Success Academic Office and Computer Support, Mackenzie SAUVÉ. Jennifer, B.A. (Lethbridge), M.L.Sc. SORER, Sharon TIERNEY, Mary Ann, B.A., TESL (British (Toronto) Secretary, Arts and Social Services Columbia) Public Services LIbrarian International Education Co-ordinator STEARNS, Dave, B.Sc.F. (Utah), R.P.F., I.D. SCHAMEHORN, Cheryl A. Forestry TIMBRES, Marcia, B.A. (Lakehead) Supervisor, Quesnel Dean, College Foundations STEWART, Heather, Techn. Dipl., I.D. SCHIENBEIN, Garth Computer Information Systems TOBIN, James, B.Sc. (British Columbia) Facilities Assistant, Lakes District Centre for Student Success STEWART, Patricia SCHLUETER, Claus, C.Tech.,I.D. Accounts Payable Clerk TOBIN, Marina, B.Sc. (UBC) Electronics Engineering Technology Instructor, College and Career Preparation STURDY, Mary Ann, I.D., B.C. Teaching Cert. SCHMIDT, Linda, B.Ed. (UVic) College and Career Preparation, Quesnel TOMPKINS, Eric Focus Instructor, Lakes District Sociology/Criminology STURT, Dawn SCOTT, Michelle ABT and Computerized Bookkeeping TOMPKINS, Robert Office Assistant, VALT Security Guard SUMMER, Dorothy SCOTT, Steven Assistant, Cafeteria TOTT, Phyllis, LPN Advisor, College Directions Lab Technician, Nursing & Home SUTHERLAND, Michael Support/Resident Care Attendant SCOTT, Wilma Toolroom Attendant, Trades Printroom Clerk TROTTER, Maureen, B.A., M.Ed., BCACC SUWALA, Halina, M.Ed., BC Teaching Cert. Social Services, Quesnel SEENS, Paul, B.A. (British Columbia), M.A. (British Columbia) (McMaster), M.L.Sc. (Western Ontario) Disability Support Services TUCK, Cynthia, B.Sc. (Michigan State), M.A. Director, Student Services (Gonzaga) SYMMES, Nancy, R.N., B.S.N. (UBC) College and Career Preparation, Mackenzie SERVATIUS, Stacy, I.P., T.Q., Level 2 Inspector Nursing Welding TUTTOSI, Cheryl SYNOTTE, Lynn Custodian SHAFFER, Stan, B.A. (Hons.) (Concordia), Project Planner, Lakes District M.A. (SUNY-Binghamton) TYNDALL, Greg, B.Sc., M.A. (applied) English TAMKIN, Marion, B.Rec.Ed. (UBC) Psychology/Management Studies Instructor, Employment Skills, Community SHAW, Jeff Education UHRICH, James, Computer Maintenance and Maintenance/Facilities Services Repair Diploma (CDI) TARDIF, Michel, B.E.P. (Ottawa), M.H.K. Computer Support Technician, Computer SHELLEY, Stephen (Windsor), B.Ed. (Western Ontario) Services Pre-University Science Certificate, Human Kinetics Dawson College (Quebec) URL, Manfred Manager, Computer Services TAYLOR, James, B.A.Sc. (Toronto), Ph.D. Security Guard (McMaster) SHIELDS, Stacey Psychology Programme Co-ordinator, Nechako 168 / College Staff
VACHON, Lauren WARD, Ken, B.Sc. (Saskatchewan) WIEBE, Roger Darrin Receptionist, Community and Continuing Chemistry Custodian Education WATSON, William WILDAUER, Reinhard VAN BAKEL, Diane Classroom Aide, TARGET Millwright/Machinist Executive Assistant to the Director of Administrative Support Services and the WATT, Evelyn, B.Comm. (UBC), CHRP WILLIAMS, Bonnie Director of Finance/Bursar Human Resources Advisor, Compensation Applied Business Technology VANDERVELDE, Joanne WAUGHTAL, Val WINDSOR, James, B.E.S. (Hons.) (Waterloo), Business Administration Developmental Disabilities Certificate M.N.R.M. (Manitoba), Cert. Ld. Econ. (Dalhousie), M.P.A. (Queen’s), Cert. Intercult. VANNICE, Michelle WEED, Valerie, B.A., M.S.W., R.S.W. St. (UBC) Instructor, College and Career Preparation Social Services Geography VARLEY, Linda WELLER, Jennifer, ECE Basic Certificate WISHART, Catherine, B.J. (Carleton), Programme Assistant, Nechako Teacher, Daycare M.Ed. (Calgary) WENINGER, Terence, B.Sc., B.Ed. Director, Community & Continuing VICKERS, Jill Education Office Administration, Nechako (Saskatchewan), M.Ed. (Alberta), Ed.D. (Arizona State) WONDERS, Glen, B.Sc.F. (Alberta), R.P.F. VIIK, Deena President (Alberta and BC) Assistant, Continuing Education WERSTIUK, Karelyn Manager, Small Woodlands Programme, VU, Thai Thi Clerk, College Store Community and Continuing Education Cafeteria Assistant WHEATLEY, Nancy WRIGHT, Suzanne WAITE, Michele, B.A. Accounts Receivable Clerk College and Career Preparation, Quesnel Employment and Education Advisor, WU, Leanne Mackenzie WHEELER, Brenda Supervisor, Nechako Deli Worker WALTERS, Derek, T.Q. Millwright, Cert. Mech. WHITE, Wray YEE, Brenda, B.A. (Alberta), M.L.S. (Toronto) Eng. Librarian Millwright/Machinist Director, Administrative Support Services WHITEHORN, Sue YENSEN, Joan WANG, Li, M.Eng. (Memorial) Custodian Crew Chief Electronics Engineering Technology Clerk, Student Services, Quesnel WHITMER, Carole, S.D.T., R.D.H., B.V./T.Ed. YU, Simon, BA.Sc. (UBC), P.Eng. WANG, Mei, M.Sc. (New Brunswick) Engineering Design Technology Electronics Dental Studies WIEBE, Karen ZACKOWSKI, Kay WANKE, Heather A. Financial Aid Officer Adminstrator, International Education and Admissions and Accounting Service Fundraising Coordinator, Lakes District 169 Co-operative Education WORK TERM SCHEDULES
STATEMENT OF PURPOSE The purpose of the Co-operative Education Department is to deliver quality service to students, employers, and the community by delivering pro- grammes that prepare and assist students for transition to their career.
ACCOUNTING AND FINANCE
Fall Winter Summer Semester 1 Semester 2 Co-op 150 Semester 3 Co-op 250 Co-op 298 Semester 4
Co-op 250 and Semester 3 may be taken in reverse sequence.
COMPUTER INFORMATION SYSTEMS
Fall Winter Summer Semester 1 Semester 2 Co-op 150 Semester 3 Co-op 250 Co-op 298 Co-op 299 Semester 4 170 / Co-operative Education Work Term Schedules
ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY (TWO OPTIONS TO CHOOSE FROM)
Fall Winter Spring Academic 1 Academic 2 Co-op 150 Academic 3 Academic 4 Co-op 250 Academic 5
Co-op Option: two four-month work terms
Fall Winter Spring Academic 1 Academic 2 Summer Break Academic 3 Internship Co-op 150 Internship Co-op 250 Internship Co-op 298 Academic 4 Internship Co-op 299 Academic 5
Internship Option: a one-year work term (divided into three consecutive four-month terms) and a four-month work term
ENGINEERING DESIGN TECHNOLOGY
Fall Winter Spring Academic 1 Academic 2 Co-op 150 Co-op 250 Academic 3 Co-op 298 Academic 4
FOREST RESOURCE TECHNOLOGY
Fall Winter Summer Academic 1 Academic 2 Co-op 150 Academic 3 Academic 4 Co-op 250 Co-op 298 Academic 5
GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEMS
Winter Summer Fall Semester 1 Co-op 150 Semester 2 Co-operative Education Work Term Schedules / 171
HOSPITALITY ADMINISTRATION
Fall Winter Summer Academic 1 Academic 2 Co-op 150 Academic 3 Co-op 250 Co-op 298 Co-op 299 Academic 4
MARKETING AND MANAGEMENT
Fall Winter Summer Semester 1 Semester 2 Co-op 150 Co-op 250 Semester 3 Co-op 298 Semester 4
Notes: Semesters 3 and 4 may be taken in reverse sequence. Co-op 250 and Semester 3 may be taken in reverse sequence.
WRITING AND NEW MEDIA TECHNOLOGIES
Fall Winter Summer Academic 1 Academic 2 Co-op 150 Academic 3 Co-op 250 Co-op 298 Co-op 299 Academic 4 172 Glossary
ABESAP CCP EMAT Adult Basic Education Student Assistance College and Career Preparation English and Math Achievement Test Programme CE FNESS ABT Continuing Education First Nations Education Support Services Applied Business Technology CEC FTE ASE Canada Employment Centre Full-time Equivalent Student Adult Special Education CGA GED ASTTBC Certified General Accountant General Education Development Applied Science Technologists and Technicians (Grade 12 equivalency) of BC CIS Computer Information Systems GIS ATP Geographic Information Systems Admission Testing Programme CMA Certified Management Accountant GMAT AV Graduate Management Admission Test Audio-Visual CNC College of New Caledonia GPA BCAC Grade Point Average BC Association of Colleges CO-OP Co-operative Education HDM BCSAP Heavy Duty Mechanics BC Student Assistance Programme CT Career Technical HK BNG Human Kinetics (Physical Education) Business: the Next Generation ECCAD Emily Carr College of Art and Design HS/RCA CA Home Support/Resident Care Attendant Chartered Accountant ECE Early Childhood Education JET CAD/CAM Job Education and Training Computer Aided Design/Computer Aided EDT Manufacturing Engineering Design Technology LPN Licensed Practical Nurse CAI ELT Computer Assisted Instruction Entry Level Trades LSAT Law School Admission Test Glossary / 173
MCAT PVT TARG ET Medical College Admission Test Pre-Vocational Training Techniques for Access, Reaching Goals and Employment Training MS RN Media Services Registered Nurse TEC Training Enterprise Centre NIRS RNABC Northern Institute for Resource Studies Registered Nurses’ Association of BC TOEFL Test of English as a Foreign Language NITEP SAE Native Indian Teacher Education Programme Senior Alternate Education TSE Test of Spoken English NTE SAT National Teacher Examinations Scholastic Aptitude Test UBC University of British Columbia NVIT SFU Nicola Valley Institute of Technology Simon Fraser University UC University Credit OA SOFA Office Administration Safety Oriented First Aid Certificate UNBC (St. John Ambulance) University of Northern British Columbia OLA Open Learning Agency SSAT UT Secondary School Admissions Test University Transfer PD Professional Development SSF UVIC Social Services Foundation University of Victoria PDP Professional Development Programme SSTP VALT Social Services Training Programme Volunteer Adult Literacy Tutoring PE Physical Education (Human Kinetics) SSWK YDLI Social Services Worker Yinka Dene Language Institute PN Practical Nurse 174 Application for ADMISSION / RE-ADMISSION
APPLICATION D. Include supporting documentation— 3. ACCEPTANCE FOR No application for admission can be con- ADMISSION INSTRUCTIONS sidered for approval until all required docu- ments have been submitted. Original docu- Only completed applications with required Return all copies to: ments which cannot be replaced should not documentation can be considered for process- ing and approval. Official notification of CNC Admissions and Registration be sent. A Certified Copy of the original will acceptance will be issued by the Office of the 3330 – 22nd Avenue be accepted. Confirmation of admission status Registrar. A letter of acceptance is mailed to Prince George, BC V2N 1P8 is not given until all required documents are all students prior to registration. The letter will Canada submitted. confirm eligibility to register for courses. Telephone: (250) 562-2131 Toll-free: 1-800-371-8111 2. TRANSCRIPTS AND CERTIFICATES 4. REGISTRATION Please read carefully. The information entered on this form becomes part of An official transcript is one that has been The admission form is not a registration your permanent record at the College. issued by the educational institution offering into specific classes. If registration informa- Use a ballpoint pen and print clearly. the programme or course. Photocopies are tion is not sent with the letter of acceptance, it not acceptable. Most official transcripts will will be mailed separately. New students who do not register for any courses in their first 1. HOW TO APPLY bear an official stamp and/or signature. term of studies will be required to re-apply to A. Consult the College Calendar/Counselling A. Students from the province of British the College. Also, students who do not attend and Academic Advising Department—It is Columbia must submit an official statement of consecutive semesters or trimesters are important that applicants understand the their grade 11 and 12 marks. The original or required to re-apply for admission. nature of the programme for which they are a photocopy certified by the school is required. applying. Students are encouraged to discuss All submissions of an interim statement of INCOMPLETE OR INCORRECT their educational objectives with a counsellor grades are to be followed by an official tran- APPLICATIONS WILL BE script as soon as one is available. Only a con- before beginning the application process. The RETURNED Counselling and Academic Advising Depar- ditional admission will be determined on the tment can be reached at (250) 561-5818. basis of interim transcripts. B. Complete the Application for Admission B. Students who have completed their educa- Form(s) carefully—Answer all questions fully tion outside the province of British Columbia and accurately. Failure to do so may result in must submit official certificates or transcripts the application being returned. As official con- of grades indicating the subjects completed tact is often conducted by mail, it is important and the standing in each subject. to maintain up-to-date information with the C. Students who have attended, or are cur- College. The College will not accept responsi- rently attending, colleges or universities, may bility for problems caused by incorrect address be granted advance standing. Submit official information. transcripts with a written request for evalua- C. Application Fee—A non-refundable tion. Statement of grades will not be accepted $15 application fee must be submitted for as official transcripts. each application to a programme at the D. All transcripts and other documents filed College. Applications received without the $15 in support of your application become the fee will be returned. Please do not send property of the College. cash in the mail. Application for Admission / Re-Admission / 175
Application Fee College of New Caledonia $15.00
TO É UJ IT O ÉR U V Application for Admission R S A L 3330 22nd Avenue, Prince George, British Columbia V2N 1P8 Telephone Number (250) 562-2131 FAX Number (250) 561-5861
PERSONAL INFORMATION - PLEASE PRINT - COMPLETE APPLICATION THOROUGHLY Have you ever attended CNC? Yes No Student Number Have you ever applied but did not attend CNC? Yes No Last Name First Name Middle Name
Former Name (if applicable)
Mailing Address (street) City/Province Postal Code
Local Address (street) (if different than above) City/Province Postal Code
Phone Number (home) Phone Number (alternate) Birthdate (Year/Month/Day) ( ) ( )
Gender Male Female E-mail address (optional):
Citizenship Canadian Landed Immigrant International Student* Country of Citizenship (if not Canadian) *International Students must fill out a different application form: please contact your local campus.
If you have status, with which band are you currently registered. Aboriginal Status
If you are of Aboriginal ancestry, please indicate below. If you would like more information regarding support services, please contact First Nations Metis Inuit the First Nations Support Services Office at (250) 562-2131, Local 460.
Program applied for: Intended Enrolment Educational Goal Full Time Student Part Time Student
Preferred entry date: Location(s)/Campus: Year Fall (Sep-Dec) Spring (Jan-Apr) Intersession (May-Jun)
Previous Education (Official Transcripts are required for all institutions attended)
Last Secondary School Attended Location BC Personal Education Number (PEN)
Last Grade Completed
Post-Secondary Institutions Attended
Name Location Date last Attended Programme Transcripts 1. Enclosed 2. On File 3.
4. To Follow 176 / Application for Admission / Re-Admission
Last Name First Name Emergency Contact Information
Emergency Contact - Phone Number #1 Emergency Contact - Phone Number #2 ( ) ( )
Do you have a disability that may affect your learning or access to facilities? This information will Special Needs be used to plan the provision of support services. If yes, please contact College Access Services at Yes (optional) 562-2131 Local 248 Main Activity During The Past Year
Please indicate your main activity in the past twelve months: Where were you located: Attending Secondary School Attending Educational Institution not specified In B.C.
Attending College In Labour Force (employed or seeking work) In another province
Attending University None of the above (e.g. full-time domestic responsibilities) In another country
If you have ever attended a BC Secondary School, please answer the following:
• The B.C. School District (or High School) which you attended: School District No. ______Location ______High School Name: ______
• Your last date of attendance at a B.C. Secondary School: Year ______Month ______
Declaration
Collection of Information
The information on this form is collected for the purpose of determining admission, registration, and research and statistical analysis purposes. It is collected under the authority of the College and Institute Act and the Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy Act. The information you provide is protected under the Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy Act, which specifically limits how your information may be used or disclosed. If you have any questions about the collection and use of your information, contact the Freedom of Information Coordinator, College of New Caledonia, at 250-561-5828.
Declaration
I declare that the information I have provided in this application is complete and correct. Completion of this signed application permits the College to request and/or confirm any information necessary to support my application for admission. Falsifying any document or information submitted will result in the cancellation of admission or registration at the College
Signature: ______Date: ______
College of New Caledonia College of New Caledonia College of New Caledonia College of New Caledonia College of New Caledonia 3330 22nd Avenue Lakes District Campus Mackenzie Campus Quesnel Campus Nechako Campus Prince George, BC 545 Highway 16 540 Mackenzie Blvd. 488 McLean Street R.R.#2, V2N 1P8 Canada Box 5000 Mackenzie, BC Quesnel, BC Hospital Road Burns Lake BC V0J 2C0 Canada V2J 2P2 Canada Vanderhoof, BC Phone: (250) 562-2131 V0J 1E0 Canada V0J 3A0 Canada or Out of Town 1-800-371-8111 Phone: (250) 692-1700 Phone: (250) 997-7200 Phone: (250) 991-7500 Phone: (250) 567-3200 For Office Use Only
Date: ______Operator: ______December 2001 177 Two-Year CALENDAR
2002 JANUARY FEBRUARY MARCH APRIL SMTWT F S SMTWT F S SMTWT F S SMTWT F S 12345 12 12 123456 6789101112 3456789 3456789 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 27 28 29 30 31 24 25 26 27 28 24 31 25 26 27 28 29 30 28 29 30
MAY JUNE JULY AUGUST SMTWT F S SMTWT F S SMTWT F S SMTWT F S 1234 1 123456 123 567891011 2345678 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 45678910 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 9 101112131415 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 26 27 28 29 30 31 23 30 24 25 26 27 28 29 28 29 30 31 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
SEPTEMBER OCTOBER NOVEMBER DECEMBER SMTWT F S SMTWT F S SMTWT F S SMTWT F S 1234567 12345 12 1234567 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 6789101112 3456789 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 27 28 29 30 31 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 29 30 31
2003 JANUARY FEBRUARY MARCH APRIL SMTWT F S SMTWT F S SMTWT F S SMTWT F S 1234 1 1 12345 567891011 2345678 2345678 6789101112 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 9 101112131415 9 101112131415 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 26 27 28 29 30 31 23 24 25 26 27 28 23 30 24 31 25 26 27 28 29 27 28 29 30
MAY JUNE JULY AUGUST SMTWT F S SMTWT F S SMTWT F S SMTWT F S 123 1234567 12345 12 45678910 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 6789101112 3456789 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 29 30 27 28 29 30 31 24 31 25 26 27 28 29 30
SEPTEMBER OCTOBER NOVEMBER DECEMBER SMTWT F S SMTWT F S SMTWT F S SMTWT F S 123456 1234 1 123456 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 567891011 2345678 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 9 101112131415 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 26 27 28 29 30 31 23 30 24 25 26 27 28 29 28 29 30 31 178 Prince George CAMPUS MAP
Ogilvie Campus 1643 South Ogilvie • Carpentry • Electrical • Wood Technology 18TH AVENUE
N Power Engineering WE Welding Shop Parking 840 S Lot E Parking Lot F Millwright Shop 830 Parking Power Heavy Duty Lot D Plant Shop Academy Pub 800
Daycare 450
Parking Dental Computer & Food Lot C Parking
Lot B 400 Classroom Services Classrooms 300 200 100
Bus Visitor Metered Parking Library stop 700 Reserved Parking Gym
500 97 CENTRAL STREET HIGHWAY Handicapped Parking
Media Parking Bus stop
Parking Lot H Parking Lot A Parking Lot G
Student Residence
22ND AVENUE Nicholson Campus 2211 Nicholson • Automotive • Career Tech classrooms • Small Woodlands Programme 179 Index
A Biological Sciences, 141 College Store, 41 Biology, 141 Commerce, 140 Academic Honesty, 36 Biophysics, 141 Commercial Transport, 134 Academic Probation and Dismissal, 37 Bio-Resource Engineering, 141 Community and Continuing Education, 6 Academic Schedule, 11 Bursaries, 31 Complaint Procedure Access Services, 44 Business Administration, 47, 51 Human Rights, 38 Accounting and Finance Diploma, 52 Business Administration Transfer Guide, 66 Student Complaint, 38 Accounting and Management, 140 Business and Management Studies, 46 Computer Account Application Fee, 28 Administrative Assistant, 46, 47 Business: The Next Generation, 47 Computer Facilities, 41 Admissions, Registration and Records, 15 Computer Information Systems, 48, 53 Admission Procedures, 19 C Computer/Network Electronics Technician, 107 Admission Requirements, 15 Computer Science, 141 Adult Basic Education (ABE) Certification, 71 Cafeteria (Food Services), 43 Computerized Bookkeeping Certificate, 48 Adult Special Education (ASE), 72 Calculation of Course Fees, 27 Confidentiality, 24 Advanced Placement Programme, 21 Campus Map, 178 Contents, 1 Advanced Standing, 20 Campus Profiles: Continuing Education, 6 Anthropology, 140 Lakes District, 4 Continuing Education Refund Policy, 28 Appeals, Complaints & Discipline, 35 Mackenzie, 5 Convocation, 22 Appeal Procedure Nechako, 5 Co-operative Education, 7, 52, 105, 109, 113, Grade Appeals, 35 Prince George, 4 114, 131 Clinical Practice, 35 Quesnel, 6 Co-operative Education Work Term Schedules, Suspension or Termination, 37 Career Path Index, 140 169 Application For Admission/Re-admission, 174 Career, Technical and Vocational Programmes, 9 Counselling and Academic Advising, 42 Application Procedures, 18 Carpentry, 133 Credit Hours, 22 Applied Business Technology, 46 Centre for Student Success, 40 Criminal Records Searches, 26 Applied Science, 141 Certificate/Diploma/Degree Application, 21 Criminology, 140, 145 Apprenticeship Training, 138 Certificates, 21 Culinary Arts Programme, 135 Architecture, 10, 140 Change of Course or Section, 19 Arts and Social Science, 10, 140 Cheating on Tests, 36 D Assault, 36 Chemical Physics, 141 Associate Degree—Arts, 144 Chemistry, 141 Damage to Property, 36 Associate Degree—Science, 144 Chiropractic Medicine, 140 Day Care, 42 Astronomy, 141 Civil Engineering, 141 Degrees, 22, 144 Athletics and Recreation, 40 Clean Air Policy, 39 Dental Assisting, 77 Attendance, 39 CNC Fundraising Society, 33 Dental Hygiene, 79, 140 Audit Status, 21 Coat of Arms, 4 Dental Studies, 77 Automotive Service Programme, 131 College Access, 44 Dentistry, 140 Automotive Technician, 133 College and Career Preparation, 69 Design and Computer Aided Engineering, 141 College Board, 3 Designated Parking, 42 B College Foundations Programmes, 69 Developmental Disabilities Certificate, 99, 102 College of New Caledonia Students’ Diplomas, 21 Basic Insurance Coverage, 39 Association, 41 Diploma Ladder for Business Certificate BC Adult Graduation Diploma, 72 College Programmes, 9 Graduates, 50 Biochemistry, 141 College Staff, 162 Directory, 182 180 / Index
Distributed Learning Initiatives, 8, 99, 102 G M Disabilities—Services and Facilities, 44 General Education Development (GED), 74 Dismissal, 37 Machinist, 134 General Studies Award, 23 Drafting Technician, 104 Mackenzie Campus, 5 Geographic Information Systems Technology Management Diploma, , 54 (GIS), 112 Management Studies, 49 E Geography, 140, 141 Marketing, 140 Early Childhood Education, 74 Glossary, 172 Marketing and Management Diploma, 54 Economics, 140 Grade 12 Equivalency Tests (GED), 74 Mathematics, 140, 141 Education Degree, 140, 146 Grade Appeals, 35 Mechanical Engineering, 141 Election Information for Education Council and Grading System, 23 Media Services (MS), 44 the College Board, 8 Graduation Honours, 24 Medicine, 140 Electrical, 134 Gymnasium, 40 Message from the President, 3 Electrical Engineering, 141 Gymnasium User Fees, 28 Metallurgical Engineering, 141 Electronics Engineering Technology, 108 Microbiology, 141 Electronics Programmes, 106 H Millwright, 134 Electronics Technician, 106 Mining and Mineral Process Engineering, 141 Health and Safety, 43 Electronics Technology Bridge, 108 Misconduct, Personal, 36 Health Science Programmes, 77 Emergencies and Evacuation Procedure, 42 Misrepresentation, 37 Heavy Duty Mechanical Repair, 134 Emergency Loans, 34 Mission Statement, 3 History, 140 Employment Placement, 43 Home Economics, 140 Engineering, 140 N Home Support/Resident Care Attendant, 84 Engineering Design Technology, 104 Hospitality Administration, 53 Engineering Design Technologist, 105 Natural Resources Field Assistant, 110 Hospitality Operations, 49 Engineering Manufacturing, 141 Nechako Campus, 5 Housing (Residence), 44 Engineering Physics, 141 New Caledonia Teacher Education Consortium, Human Kinetics, 140, 145 English and Math Achievement Test (EMAT), 146 Human Rights, 38 40, 52 Northern Collaborative Baccalaureate Nursing English, 140 Programme (NCBNP) Bachelor of Science in English as a Second Language, 73 I Nursing, 86 Entry Level Trades Programmes, 132 Northern Outdoor Recreation and Ecotourism: Identification Cards, 19 Valemount, 50 Environmental Engineering, 141 Improper Behaviour, 36 Evacuation Procedures, 42 Quesnel, 50 Industrial Administration, 140 Nursing, 86, 93, 140 Industrial Relations, 140 F Information Centre/Switchboard, 43 O Insurance Coverage, Basic, 39 Fall Awards, 31 International Baccalaureate Programme, 21 Fee Information, 27 Ocean Engineering, 141 International Student Fees, 28 Computer Account Application, 28 Oceanography, 141 International Students, 15 Continuing Education Refund Policy, 28 100 Block Building Level 3 Classrooms, 44 Intramural Sports, 40 Gymnasium User Fees, 28 Introduction to CNC, 4 International Students, 28 P Semester Programmes, 27 Packages (UT), 141 J Senior Citizens, 28 Parking, 42 Service and Other Charges, 29 Job Education and Training (JET) Programme, Personal Education Number, 24 Sponsored Students, 29 73 Personal Misconduct, 36 Tuition Refund Policy, 29 Job Opportunities for Students, 43 Pharmaceutical Sciences, 140 Vocational and Other Programmes, 30 Pharmacology, 141 Finance, 140 L Physical Education (Human Kinetics), 140 Financial Aid and Student Awards, 31 Physics, 141 Financial Assistance, 34 Lakes District Campus, 4 Physiology, 141 Financial Planning and Investment, 49 Language Proficiency Index Placement Test, Plagiarism, 36 Fine Print, ii 140 Power Engineering—4th Class, 136 First Nations Education Support Services, 43 Late Registration, 19 Practical Nurse Programme, 93 Food Services, 43 Law, 140 President’s List, 24 Forest Resource Technology, 109 Learning Assistance, 45 Pre-UNBC BSW Diploma, 97 Forestry, 141, 146 Legal Secretary, 46, 47 Prior Learning Assessment, 22 Forestry Programmes, 109 Library, 43 Prince George Campus, 4 Freedom of Information, 19 Limited Enrollment Programmes, 19 Prince George Campus Map, 178 Fundraising Society, 33 Loans, Student, 34 Probation and Dismissal, 37 Index / 181
Professional Development Programme (PDP), Social Work, 141 Tuition Refund Policy, 29 146 Sociology, 140 Two-Year Calendar, 177 Provincial Apprenticeship Programmes, 138 Sponsored Students Fees, 29 Psychology, 140, 141 Sport Academy, 40 U Spring Awards, 31 University Credit Career Paths, 10 Q Statement of Grades (Transcripts), 25 Students’ Association, 41 University Arts, 139 Quesnel Campus, 6 Student Complaint Procedure, 38 University Credit Programmes, 139 Student Election Information for Education University Science, 139 R Council and the College Board, 8 University Transfer Guide, 103, 161 Urban Land Economics, 140 Recreation and Athletics, 40 Student Employment, 43 Refund Policy, 29 Student Loans, 34 V Refund/Withdrawal Dates, 26 Student Records (Transcripts), 25 Registration Procedures, 19 Student Selection Procedures, 20 Vocational and Other Programmes Fee Regulations, 39 Student Success Seminar Course, 41, 140 Information, 30 Rehabilitation Medicine, 141 Suspension or Termination Appeal, 37 Volunteer Adult Literacy Tutoring (VALT), 45 Repeating a Course, 24 Switchboard, 43 Residence, 44 W Resident Care Attendant, 84 T Washrooms, 45 TARGET, 73 Welcome to CNC, 3 S Teaching Assistant Certificate, 98 Welding, 137 SafeWalk, 44 Technical/Vocational Career Path, 9 Wildland and Recreation Environmental Scholarships, Awards, and Bursaries, 31 Technology Programmes, 104 Studies, 111 Science, 141 Telephone Directory, 182 Withdrawal from Courses, 25 Security, 44 Telephones, 45 Wood Processing and Engineering Technology, Semester Programmes: Test Supervision, 45 114 Date information, 13 Trades Programmes, 131 Wood Processing Technician, 113 Fees, 27 Transcripts, 25 Wood Products Processing, 141 Senior Citizens Fees, 28 Transfer of Credits, 25 Wood Programmes, 113 Service Fees and Other Charges, 29 Transfer Guides: Wood Sciences, 141 Services and Facilities, 40 Business Administration Transfer Guide, 66 Work Term Schedules, Co-operative Education, Services and Facilities for Students with University Transfer Guide, 103, 161 169 Disabilities, 44 Transition Planning Services, 44 Workers’ Compensation Coverage, 39 Smoking Policy, 39 Transportation, 45 Writing and New Media Technologies, 114 Social Service Worker, 97 Transportation and Utilities, 140 Social Services Programmes, 97 Tuition Fees, 27 182 Telephone DIRECTORY
Admissions, Registration Financial Aid and Student Awards Student Placement Services and Records (250) 561-5838 (250) 561-5840 (250) 561-5800 FIRST AID/EMERGENCY Student Residence Arts and Social Services LOCAL 200 (250) 561-5849 (250) 561-5815 First Nations Education Support Services Telephone Device for the Deaf Business Administration (250) 562-2131, local 460 (TDD/TTY) Programmes (250) 561-5852 (250) 561-5814 Fund Raising Society (250) 561-5857 Trades Programmes Centre for Student Success (250) 561-5804 (250) 562-2131, local 384 Health Science Programmes (250) 561-5841 University Credit—Arts College Foundation Programmes (250) 561-5815 (250) 561-5826 International Education (250) 561-5857 University Credit—Sciences College Store (250) 561-5830 (250) 561-5808 Library (250) 561-5811 REGIONAL CAMPUSES College of New Caledonia Lakes District Main Switchboard—Prince George (250) 692-1700 (250) 562-2131 Media Services (250) 561-5805 Mackenzie Community and Prior Learning Assessment (250) 997-7200 Continuing Education (250) 562-2131, local 545 (250) 561-5846 Nechako Public Relations and (250) 567-3200 Co-operative Education (250) 561-5806 Student Information (250) 561-5869 Quesnel (250) 991-7500 Counselling and Science and Technology Academic Advising Centre (250) 561-5818 Programmes (250) 561-5830
Disability Services (250) 562-2131, local 250 Security (250) 561-8926 or local 200